7 A "> C ft A SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Bulletin 57 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS BY GERRIT S. MILLER, Jr. /// Assistant Curator , Division of Mammals U. S. National Museum WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1907 Published June 29, 1907. ADVERTISEMENT. The scientific publications of the National Museum consist of two series — the Bulletin and the Proceedings. The Bulletin , publication of which was begun in 1875, is a series of more or less extensive works intended to illustrate the collections of the United States National Museum and, with the exception noted below, is issued separately. These bulletins are monographic in scope and are devoted principally to the discussion of large zoological and botanical groups, faunas and floras, contributions to anthropology, reports of expeditions, etc. They are usually of octavo size, although a quarto form, known as the Special Bulletin, has been adopted in a few instances in which a larger page was deemed indispensable. This work forms No. 57 of the Bulletin series. Since 1902 the volumes of the series known as “ Contributions from the National Herbarium ,” and containing papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum, have been published as bulletins. The Proceedings , the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are intended as a medium of publication of brief original papers based on the collections of the National Museum, and setting forth newly acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology derived there- from, or containing descriptions of new forms and revisions of lim- ited groups. A volume is issued annually, or oftener, for distribution to libraries and scientific establishments, and in view of the impor- tance of the more prompt dissemination of new facts a limited edition of each paper is printed in pamphlet form in advance. Charles D. Walcott, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution . W ASHiNGTOxr, U. S. A., June 15 , 1907. in PREFACE. This classification of the families and genera of bats, primarily based on skeletal and dental characters, is chiefly the result of my studies of the collections in the United States National Museum. During two visits to Europe I have, however, been permitted with the utmost liberality to examine the material in the museums of Lon- don, Paris, Leiden, and Berlin, with the result that members of prac- tically all the known genera of Chiroptera have passed through my hands.® To the authorities of these institutions I take pleasure in acknowledging my indebtedness. I am also under special obligations to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for the unique facilities that I have enjoyed for working in the British Museum, and to Mr. Knud Andersen for his unfailing kindness in verifying special characters in the specimens in London. Finally, to my assistant, Dr. Marcus W. Lyon, jr., acknowledgment is due for his care in superintending the drawing of some of the illustrations and assistance in reading proof during my absence from Washington. The pen drawings in the text are mostly by Miss Mary Mason Mitchell and the late Dr. J. C. McConnell; those in Plates XI to XIY are also by Doctor McConnell. The wash drawings of the teeth, forming Plates I to X, were made under my supervision by the late Mr. F. van Iterson. They should be regarded as semidiagram - matic. Owing to the fragmentary condition of the remains by which they are known, it has not seemed expedient to attempt to introduce the extinct genera in a system based on characters which the fossils have for the most part lost. It has also seemed inexpedient to deal with subgenera at a time when the species of bats are still very imperfectly known. All questions of nomenclature have been decided in accordance with the Code of Nomenclature of the American Ornithologists’ Union, pending the final adoption of an international code. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. a Cormura, Stenoderma. and Amorphochilus are the only genera among the 173 here recognized that I have not seen. CONTENTS. Page. Introduction I History 2 Anatomy 12 Wing 13 Humerus, shoulder, and elbow 13 Phalanges 17 Sternum and shoulder girdle 17 Teeth 20 Milk dentition 20 Dental formula 23 Normal cusps 29 Interrelation of teeth 33 Modifications of cusps 36 Classification 43 Order Chiroptera 43 Suborder Megachiroptera 44 Family Pteropidse 45 Subfamily Pteropinse 45 Genus Cynopterus F. Cuvier 47 Genus Niadius Miller 49 Genus Thoopterus Matschie 50 Genus Ptenochirus Peters 51 Genus Megserops Peters 51 Genus Balionycteris Matschie 52 Genus Sphserias Miller 53 Genus Rousettus Gray 54 Genus Pterocyon Peters 55 Genus Pteropus Brisson ■ 56 Genus Acerodon Jourdan 59 Genus Desmalopex, new genus 60 Genus Pteralopex Thomas 60 Genus Boneia Jentink 61 Genus Styloctenium Matschie 62 Genus Dobsonia Palmer 63 Genus Scotonycteris Matschie 64 Genus Epomophorus Bennett 65 Genus Hypsignathus H. Allen 67 Subfamily Kiodotinse 68 Genus Eonycteris Dobson 69 Genus Callinycteris Jentink 69 Genus Kiodotus Blyth 70 Genus Odontonycteris Jentink 71 Genus Syconycteris Matschie 72 Genus Trygenycteris Lydekker 73 Genus Melonycteris Dobson 73 Genus Nesonycteris Thomas 74 Genus Notopteris Gray 74 VII VIII CONTENTS. Classification — Continued. Page. Order Chiroptera — Continued. Suborder Megachiroptera — Continued. Family Pteropidse — Continued. Subfamily Nyctymeninae 75 Genus Nyctymene Beclistein 75 Subfamily Harpyionycterinse 77 Genus Harpyionycteris Thomas 77 Suborder Microchi roptera 78 Family Rhinopomidae 80 Genus Rhinopoma Geoffroy 81 Family Emballonuridae 82 Subfamily Emballonurinae 85 Genus^Emballonura Temminck 86 Genus Coleura Peters 87 Genus Rhynchiscus Miller 88 Genus Saccopteryx Illiger 89 Genus Cormura Peters 90 Genus Peropteryx Peters 90 Genus Peronymus Peters 90 Genus Centronycteris Gray 91 Genus Myropteryx Miller 91 Genus Balantiopteryx Peters 92 Genus Taphozous Geoffroy 93 Subfamily Diclidurinae 94 Genus Diclidurus Wied 95 Family Noctilionidae 95 Genus Noctilio Linnaeus 97 Genus Dirias Miller 99 Family Nycteridae 99 Genus Nycteris Geoffroy 101 Family Megadermidae 101 Genus Megaderma Geoffroy 103 Genus Lyroderma Peters 104 Genus Macroderma Miller 105 Genus Lavia Gray 105 Genus Cardioderma Peters 106 Family Rhinolophidae 106 Genus Rhinolophus Lacepede 108 Family Hipposideridae 109 Genus Hipposideros Gray 110 Genus Asellia Gray 112 Genus Anthops Thomas 113 Genus Coelops Blyth 113 Genus Cloeotis Thomas 114 Genus Rhinonycteris Gray 114 Genus Triaenops Dobson 115 Family Phyllostomidae 116 Subfamily Chilonycterinae 118 Genus Chilonycteris Gray 119 Genus Pteronotus Gray 120 Genus Mormoops Leach 121 CONTENTS. IX Classification — Continued. Page. Order Chiroptera — Continued. Suborder Microchiroptera — Continued. Family Phyllostomidse — Continued. Subfamily Phyllostominse 121 Genus Micronycteris Gray 123 Genus Xenoctenes, new genus 124 Genus Glyphonycteris Thomas 125 Genus Otopterus Lydekker 126 Genus Lonchorhina Tomes 127 Genus Dolichophyllum Lydekker 127 Genus Tonatia Gray 128 Genus Mimon Gray 129 Genus Anthorhina Lydekker 129 Genus Phyllostomus Lacepede 130 Genus Phylloderma Peters 131 Genus Trachops Gray 132 Genus Chrotopterus Peters 133 Genus Vampyrus Leach 134 Subfamily Glossophaginse 136 Genus Glossophaga Geoffroy 137 Genus Lonchophylla Thomas 139 Genus Monophyllus Leach 139 Genus Anoura Gray 139 Genus Lonchoglossa Peters 140 Genus Choeronycteris Tschudi 141 Genus Hylonycteris Thomas 142 Genus Leptonycteris Lydekker 142 Genus Lichonycteris Thomas 143 Subfamily Hemiderminse 144 Genus Hemiderma Gervais 145 Genus Rhinophylla Peters 146 Subfamily Sturnirinse 147 Genus Sturnira Gray 148 Subfamily Stenoderminse 149 Genus Brachyphylla Gray__ 152 Genus Uroderma Peters 154 Genus Vampyrops Peters 155 Genus Vampyrodes Thomas 156 Genus Vampressa Thomas 156 Qenus Vampyriscus Thomas 156 Genus Chiroderma Peters 157 Genus Mesophylla Thomas 158 Genus Ectophylla H. Allen 159 Genus Artibeus Leach 160 Genus Enchisthenes Andersen 162 Genus Ardops Miller 162 Genus Phyllops Peters 164 Genus Ariteus Gray 165 Genus Stenoderma Geoffroy 165 Genus Pygoderma Peters : 166 Genus Centurio Gray 168 Genus Sphseronycteris Peters 170 Genus Ametrida Gray 171 X CONTEXTS. Classification — Continued. Page. Order Chiroptera — Continued. Suborder Microchiroptera — Continued. Family Phyllostomidae — Continued. Subfamily Phyllonycterinse ! 171 Genus Phyllonycteris Gundlach 172 Genus Reithronycteris Miller 174 Genus Erophylla Miller 175 Family Desmodontidae 176 Genus Desmodus Wied 177 Genus Diaemus Miller 178 Genus Diphylla Spix 179 Family Natalidns 180 Genus Natalus Gray 183 Genus Pbodotes Miller 184 Genus Chilonatalus Miller 185 Genus Nyctiellus Gervais 185 Family Furipteridae 186 Genus Furipterus Bonaparte 188 Genus Amorphochilus Peters 190 Family Thyropteridae 190 Genus Thyroptera Spix 192 Family Myzopodidae 193 Genus Myzopoda Milne Edwards and Grandidier 194 Family Vespertilionidae 195 Subfamily Vespertilioninae 197 Genus Myotis Kaup 200 Genus Pizonyx Miller 202 Genus Lasionycteris Peters 203 Genus Pipistrellus Kaup 204 Genus Glischropus Dobson 205 Genus Scotozous Dobson 206 Genus la Thomas 206 Genus Pterygistes Kaup 207 Genus Eptesicus Rafinesque 207 Genus Vespertilio Linnaeus 209 Genus Rliinopterus Miller 210 Genus Hesperoptenus Peters 211 Genus Tylonycteris Peters 212 Genus Mimetillus Thomas 213 v Genus Philetor Thomas 213 Genus Histiotus Gervais 214 Genus Laephotis Thomas 215 Genus Otonycteris Peters 215 Genus Nycticeius Rafinesque 216 Genus Scotoecus Thomas 217 Genus Scoteinus Dobson 217 Genus Scotomanes Dobson 217 Genus Rhogeessa H. Allen 218 Genus Baeodon Miller 218 Genus Pachyotus Gray 219 Genus Chalinolobus Peters 219 Genus Glauconycteris Dobson 221 CONTENTS. XI Classification — Continued. Order Chiroptera — Continued. Suborder Microchiroptera — Continued. Family Vespertilionidas — Continued. Subfamily Vespertilioninse — Continued. Genus Lasiurus Gray Genus Dasypterus Peters Genus Barbastella Gray Genus Plecotus Geoffroy Genus Corynorhinus H. Allen Genus Euderma H. Allen Subfamily Miniopterinse Genus Miniopterus Bonaparte Subfamily Murininse i_ Genus Murina Gray Genus Harpiocephalus Gray Subfamily Kerivoulinse Genus Iverivoula Gray Genus Plioniscus Miller Subfamily Nyctophilinse Genus Antrozous H. Allen Genus Nyctophilus Leach Subfamily Tomopeatinse Genus Tomopeas Miller Family Mystacopidae Genus Mystacops Lydekker Family Molossidae Genus Chferephon Dobson Genus Eomops Thomas Genus Molossops Peters Genus Cheiromeles Horsfield Genus Nyctinomus Geoffroy Genus Mormopterus Peters Genus Platymops Thomas Genus Eumops Miller Genus Promops Gervais Genus Molossus Geoffroy Page. 221 222 223 224 225 225 229 229 230 232 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 244 245 247 249 251 253 254 257 259 260 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS TEXT FIGURES. Fig. 1. Milk dentition of Cynopterus minutus. Cat No. 141271, U.S.N.M. Nias Island. X about 3 21 2. Milk dentition of Eptesicus fuscus. Cat. No. 84550, U.S.N.M. X about 4 22 3. Milk dentition of Promops fosteri. Cat. No. 105681, U.S.N.M. Villa Rica, Paraguay. X about 3 22 4. Typical molar teeth of an insectivorous bat. A, crown view of maxillary molar. B, crown view of mandibular molar. C, side view of maxillary molar 30 ecd. — entoconid. mod. — metaconid. pcd. — paraconid. he. — liypocone. ms. — mesostyle. pro. — protocone. lied. — kypoconid. mts. — metastyle. pred. — protoconid. me. — metacone. pc. — paracone. ps. — parastyle. 5. Cynopterus sphinx. Cat. No. 102430, U.S.N.M. Madras, India. Adult female. X li 48 6. Cynopterus montanoi. Cat. No. 102432, U.S.N.M. Singapore, Malay Peninsula. Adult female. X Itj 49 7. A, Rousettus ample xicaudatus. Cat. No. 37930, U.S.N.M. Caves near Maulmain, Burma. Adult female. X 2. B. Pterocyon stramineus. Cat. No. 102461, U.S.N.M. Robertsport, Liberia. Adult female. X 2 55 8. Pteropus lepidus. Cat. No. 101670, U.S.N.M. Saddle Island, South China Sea. Type. Adult female. X 1 58 9. Epomopliorus franqueti. Cat. No. 38189, U.S.N.M. Liberia. X ltU 66 10. Kiodotus lagochilus.e Cat. No. 123440, U.S.N.M. Philippine Islands. Adult female. X H - 71 11. Rhinopoma microphyllum. Cat. No. 37389, U.S.N.M. Egypt. Im- mature female. X 1£ 81 12. Emballonura peninsularis. Cat. No. 83556, U.S.N.M. Trong, Lower Siam. Adult male, X 2.J 87 13. Rliynchiscus naso. Cat. No. 51565, U.S.N.M. Escondido River, Nicaragua, 50 miles from Bluefields. Adult male. X 2 88 14. Saccopteryx Mlineata. Cat. No. 6102, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Caura, Trinidad. X 2 89 15. Peropteryx trintatis. Cat. No. 7496, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Port of Spain, Trinidad. Adult female. Type. X 2 90 16. Balantiopteryx plicata. Cat. No. 51142, U.S.N.M. Morelos, Tehuan- tepec, Mexico. Adult female. X 2 92 17. Taphozous saecolaimus. Cat. No. 141092, U.S.N.M. Tarussan Bay, Sumatra. Adult female. X 2 94 XIII XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Page. Fig. 18. Diclidurus virgo. Cat. No. 120577, U.S.N.M. Champerico, Gua- temala. X If 95 19. Nycteris javanica. Cat. No. 112608, U.S.N.M. Sembrong River, Joliore. X If 100 20. Megaderma spasma. Cat. No. 112733, U.S.N.M. Tanjong Sika Kap, Joliore. X 11 104 21. A, Asellia tridens. Cat. No. 38021, U.S.N.M. Egypt. Adult female. X 2. B, Hipposideros larvatus. Cat. No. 83570, U.S.N.M. Lower Siam. Adult female. X 2 112 22. Tricenops persicus. Cat. No. 123439, U.S.N.M. Aden, Arabia. X 2_ 115 23. Pygoderma bilabiatum. Cat. No. 105685, U.S.N.M. Sapucay, Para- guay. X If 167 24. Phyllonycteris poeyi. Cat. No. 103585, U.S.N.M. Guanajay, Cuba. Adult female. X If 173 25. Reithronycteris aphylla. Cat. No. 9, Museum, Institute of Jamaica. Type. Adult male. X If 174 26. Natalus mexicanus. Cat. No. 102509, U.S.N.M. Morelos, Mexico. Adult female. X 2f 184 27. Chilonatalus micropus , X 2§ 185 28. Nyctiellus lepidus. Cat. No. 103898, U.S.N.M. Isle of Pines, Cuba. Adult female. X 2f 186 29. Furipterus horrens, X 2§ 189 30. Thyroptera discifera, X 2f 192 31. Pizonyx vivesi. Cat. No. 123701, U.S.N.M. Guaymas, Mexico. X If 202 32. Pipistrellus pipistrellus, X 2 205 33 . Hesperoptenus tickelli. Cat. No. 123437, U.S.N.M. Ceylon. X 2__ 211 34. Tylonycteris pachypus. Cat. No. 83526, U.S.N.M. Trong, Lower Siam. Adult male. X If 212 35. Philetor rohui. Cat. No. 123438, U.S.N.M. Albert, New Guinea. X 2f 214 36. Chalinolobus tuberculatus. Cat. No. 38031, U.S.N.M. Dunnedin, New Zealand. Adult male. X 2§ 220 37. Euderma maculatum. Cat. No. 122545, U.S.N.M. Mesilla Park, New Mexico. Adult male. X If 226 38. Kerivoula hardwickii. Cat. No. 141591, U.S.N.M. Western Java. Adult male. X 2§ 233 39 . Molossops planirostris. Cat. No. 37741, U.S.N.M. Paraguay. X2_ 248 40. Molossops temminckii. No. 4530. Miller Coll. X 2 249 41. Nyctinomus brasiliensis. Cat. No. 37873, U.S.N.M. Parana, Brazil. X 2 252 42. Nyctinomus europs. Cat. No. 101502, U.S.N.M. Brazil. Para- type. Female. X 2| 252 43. Nyctinomus macrotis. Jamaica, No. 3914. Miller Coll. X about 2f_ 253 44. Mormopterus minutus. Cat. No. 4915, Arner. Mus. Nat. Hist. Trinidad, Cuba. Adult male. X 2\ 254 45. Eumops calif ornicus. Cat. No. 88451, U.S.N.M. Tucson, Arizona. X 2 256 46. Eumops abrasus. Cat. No. 37456, U.S.N.M. Surinam. Adult male. X 2 257 47. Eumops nanus. Cat. No. 0.7.11.99, British Museum. Bogava, Chi- riqui, Panama. Type Adult male. X 2 258 ) LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XV Page. Fig. 48. Promops fosteri. Cat. No. 105677, U.S.N.M. Villa Rica, Para- guay. Adult female. X 259 49. Molossus rufus. Cat. No. 114885, U.S.N.M. Supacay. Paraguay. X 2 260 PLATES Plate I. Fig. 1. Upper tootlnrow, X V- (9f), Bhinolophus ferrum-equinum. Cat. No. 124390, U.S.N.M. Near Genoa, Switzerland. 2. Upper toothrow, X 8, Pachyotus Tcuhlii. Cat. No. 113462, U.S.N.M. Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. 3. Upper toothrow, X \2- (4f), Vampyrus spectrum. Cat. No. 78127, U.S.N.M. Biol. Survey, Dept. Agric. Coll. Coatzacoalcos, Vera Cruz, Mexico. . 4. Upper toothrow, X V4- (8f), H arpiocephalus harpia, Tomes Collection. Java. Plate II. Fig. 1. Lower toothrow, X -4j (9|-), Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum. Cat. No. 124390, U.S.N.M. Near Genoa, Switzerland. 2. Lower toothrow, X 8, Pachyotus Tcuhlii. Cat. No. 113462, U.S.N.M. Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. 3. Lower toothrow, X (4f), Vampyrus spectrum. Cat. No. 78127, U.S.N.M. Biol. Survey, Dept. Agric. Coll, Coatzacoalcos, Vera Cruz, Mexico. 4. Lower toothrow, X -%4- (8|), Harpiocephlus harpia, Tomes Collection. Java. Plate III. Fig. 1. Upper toothrow, X 8, Micronycteris megalotis. Cat No. 102913, U.S.N.M. La Guaira, Venezuela. 2. Upper toothrow, X 8, Glossophaga longirostris. Cat. No. 102817, U.S.N.M. Macuto, Venezuela. 3. Upper toothrow, X 8, Sturnira lilium. Cat. No. 105591, U.S.N.M. Villa Rica, Paraguay. 4. Upper toothrow, X 8, Phyllonycteris poeyi. Cat. No. 113725, U.S.N.M. Baracoa, Cuba. Plate IV. Fig. 1. Lower toothrow, X 8, Micronycteris megalotis. Cat. No. 102913, U.S.N.M. La Guaira, Venezuela. 2. Lower toothrow, X 8, Glossoj)haga longirostris. Cat. No. 102817, U.S.N.M. Macuto, Venezuela. 3. Lower toothrow, X 8, Sturnira lilium. Cat. No. 105591, U.S.N.M. Villa Rica, Paraguay. 4. Lower toothrow, X 8, Phyllonycteris poeyi. Cat. No. 113725, U.S.N.M. Baracoa, Cuba. Plate V. Fig. 1. Upper toothrow, X ^ (7 ^) , Artiheus lituratus. Cat. No. 121450, U.S.N.M. Sapucay, Paraguay. 2. Lower toothrow, X -3j (7$), Artiheus lituratus. Cat. No. 121450, U.S.N.M. Sapucay, Paraguay. 25733 — 07 m ii XVI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Plate VI. Fig. 1. Upper toothrow, X ^ (6f), Vroderma convexum. Cat. No. 111722, U.S.N.M. Colon, Panama. 2. Upper toothrow, X -3s2- (Of), Centurio senex. Cat. No. 37786, U.S.N.M. Mirador, Mexico. 3. Upper toothrow, X -356- ( 7f ) , Brachypylla cavern arum . Cat. No. 106085, U.S.N.M. St. Vincent, West Indies. Plate VII. Fig. 1. Upper toothrow, X f (If), Pteropus vampyrus. Cat. No. 101594, U.S.N.M. Linga Island, East Indies. 2. Upper toothrow, X 4, Nyctymene major. Cat. No. 124639, U.S.N.M. Duke of York Island. 3. Upper toothrow, X 4, Niadius princeps. Cat. No. 141234, U.S.N.M. Mojeia River, Nias Island, East Indies. 4. Upper toothrow, X 4, Melonycteris melanops. Cat. No. 124628, U.S.N.M. Duke of York Island. Plate VIII. Fig. 1. Lower toothrow, X f- (If), Pteropus vampyrus. Cat. No. 101594. U.S.N.M. Linga Island, East Indies. 2. Lower toothrow, X 4, Nyctymehe major. Cat. No. 124639, U.S.N.M. Duke of York Island. 3. Lower -toothrow, X 4, Nicmus princeps. Cat. No. 141234, U.S.N.M. Mojeia River, Nias Island, East Indies. 4. Lower toothrow, X 4, Melonycteris melanops. Cat. No. 124628, U.S.N.M. Duke of York Island. Plate IX. Fig. 1. Upper toothrow, X 8, Hemiderma suhrufum. Cat. No. 123773, U.S.N.M. State of Vera Cruz, Mexico. 2. Upper toothrow, X 8, Erophylla planifrons. Cat. No. 102055, U.S.N.M. Nassau, Bahama Islands, West Indies. 3. Upper toothrow, X Nj- (7f ), Desmodus rotundas.1 Cat. No. 114999, U.S.N.M. Sapucay, Paraguay. Plate X. Fig. 1. Lower toothrow, X 8, Hemiderma siibrufum. Cat. No. 123773, U.S.N.M. State of Vera Cruz, Mexico. 2. Lower toothrow, X 8, Erophylla planifrons. Cat. No. 102055, U.S.N.M. Nassau, Bahama Islands, West Indies. 3. Lower toothrow, X 3ze- (7f ), Desmodus rotundas. Cat. No. 114999, U.S.N.M. Sapucay, Paraguay. Plate XI. Rhinopoma microphyllum, Cat. No. 18538, U.S.N.M., Egypt. All figures X li. Fig. 1. Sternum. 2. Lateral view of pelvis. 3. Dorsal view of pelvis. 4. Ventral view of pelvis. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XVII Plate XII. DicUdurus virgo, Cat. No. 120577, U.S.N.M., Guatemala. All figures, except 2, X If. Fig. 1. Leg bones. 2. Part of leg bones enlarged and cross section of same. 3. Sternum. 4. Lateral view of pelvis. 5. Ventral view of pelvis. 6. Dorsal view of pelvis. Plate XIII. Noctilio leporinus, figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, Cat. No. 114006, U.S.N.M., male; fig. 3, Cat. No. 86708, U.S.N.M., female, Trinidad, West Indies. All figures X lb Fig. 1. Leg bones. 2. Sternum. 3. Ventral view of pelvis, female. 4. Lateral view of pelvis, male. 5. Dorsal view of pelvis, male. 6. Ventral view of pelvis, male. Plate XIV. Molussus pretiosus. Cat. No. 102778, U.S.N.M. La Guaira, Vene- zuela. All figures X lb Fig. 1. Sternum. 2. Leg bones. 3. Lateral view of pelvis. 4. Ventral view of pelvis. 5. Dorsal view of pelvis. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. By Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., Assistant Curator, Division of Mammals, XJ. S. National Museum. INTRODUCTION. In 1758, Linnaeus knew seven bats, all of which he placed in Ves- pertilio , the fourth and last genus of the order Primates. The Avork of the next fifty years, as recorded by Tiedemann in 1808, though it had resulted in the recognition of the order Chiroptera, had not increased the species beyond 14, while the number of genera, even with the addition of the flying lemur, Avas still only seven. The first subdivision of the order into families appears to be due to Goldfuss, who, in 1820, arranged the genera in four groups, one of Avhich still comprised the flying lemur. To each group he definitely applied the name “ Familie.” The real foundation for the current classifi- cation was, however, not laid by Goldfuss, but by Gray, who pub- lished the first of his many papers on bats in 1821. Gray excluded the flying lemur, recognized the tAvo main subdivisions of the order, and applied to the names of families the system of nomenclature now in use. According to this scheme there were two suborders, the Fruc- tivorse and Insectivorae, the former containing the families Pteropidse and CejDhalotidae, the latter the NoctilionidaB and Vespertilionidae. Though Gray’s system was not followed very closely during the suc- ceeding fifty years, it was finally given definite form by Gill in 1872 and Dobson in 1875, and since then has been almost universally adopted. The new classification now presented is, in fact, little more than an amplification of that founded by Gray. The increase in our knowledge of the Chiroptera since 1821 has been, however, very great. As we have seen, Linn8eus recognized only one genus of bats; Gray placed the number comprised in his four families at about 14. In 1865 Peters divided the group into 10 families and subfamilies, con- taining, in all, 59 genera. When Dobson published his Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British Museum, in 1878, he described 401 25733— No. 57—07 m 1 1 2 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. species, 80 genera, and Id families and subfamilies. As might have been anticipated, this work, the only complete special monograph of the order, was such a stimulus to the study of bats that since it appeared these animals have received more attention than ever before. In 1904 Trouessart recorded no less than 851 species, 122 genera, and 18 families and subfamilies. It appears, however, that even these numbers are much too small. Detailed study of the skeleton, par- ticularly of the wing and shoulder girdle and of the structure of the tooth cusps, leads me to the conclusion that among the known species at least 173 genera and 36 families and subfamilies should be recog- nized. With regard to the species, recent work a shows that an enor- mous increase is to be expected as the characters on which distinc- tions are based come to be better understood. It seems highly prob- able that the total number of recognized bats will eventually exceed 2,000 named forms. HISTORY. The following summaries are intended to give somewhat in detail the more important facts in the development of the classification of bats. The list, though incomplete, gives a sufficiently clear idea of the course that this work has followed. 1758. Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, I, 10th ed. V espertilio, the only genus of bats recognized, appears as the fourth genus of Primates (p. 31.) The other genera are Homo , Simia , and Lemur. In the twelfth edition, 1766, Noetilio is separated from V espertilio and placed among the Glires. This is apparently the only instance of one genus of bats being referred to a different order from the others. 1772. Briinnich, Zoologia Fundamenta. V espertilio is here one of the genera of Ferae ; the others are Hystrix , Lepus , Cavia , Castor , MuSy Sciurus , Erinaceus, Forex , Phoca , Lutra , Hyaena , Fells , Canis. C ereopitli.ecus , and I^emur. The orders recognized are: Bruta, Ferae, Pecora, Bellua, and Cetacea. 1777. Scopoli, Introductio ad Historian! Naturalem. The genus V espertilio is placed between Brady pus and Lemur in the Ungui- culata. The position of this order in the system is as follows : Tribus Nil. Mammalia. Gens I. Cetacea. Gens II. Quadrupedia. Divisio I. Aquatilia. Divisio II. Terrestria. Ordo I. Ungulata. Ordo II. Unguiculata. a See especially the papers (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, II, pp. 75-145, October 17, 1905, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XVI, pp. 648-662, December, 1905) by Mr. Knud Andersen on the Old World leaf-nosed groups. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 3 1777. Erxleben, Systema Regni Animalis. Two genera of bats are recognized, P ter opus and Vespertilio, both placed in the Linnsean order Primates. 1779. Blumenbach, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte. The Mammalia are divided into 12 orders: I, Xnermis; II, Pitheci; III, Bradypoda; IV, Sclerodermata ; V, Chiroptera; VI, Glires; VII, Ferse; VIII, Solidungua; IX, Bisulca; X, Belluae; XI, Palmatse, and XII, Cet- acea (pp. 57-59). Vespertilio , with 5 species, is the only genus of bats. 1800. Cuvier, Legons d’Anatomie Comparee. The Cheiropteres are placed as a subdivision of the Carnivora. 1806. Dumeril, Zoologie Analytique. The Mammalia are divided into 14 families, the first three of which are Bimanes, Quadrumanes, and Chiropteres. Six genera of bats are recognized. 1808. Tiedemann, Zoologie. The bats form the “ X Ordnung, Vogel - artige Saugthiere, Fliegende Saugthiere, Chiroptera (Chiropteres, Alipedes.)” There are 7 genera, one of which is G aleopit hecus. 1816. Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, dritter Theil, Zoologie. The bats (17 genera) form the first division of “ III Ordnung, Vogelsuke — Khmer,” thus : III Ordnung, Vogelsuke — Klauer. A. Haltklauer. 1 S. Finkenklauer — Flere; Fledermause. 2 S. Rabenklauer — Tatzer. ; Spitzm., Igel. 3 S. Spechtenklauer — Ivraller; Zahnerlose, Ameisenba- ren, Gurtelth., Schnabelth. B. Reissklauer. 4 S. Aukenklauer— Robben. 5 S. Reiherklauer — like ; Mar der. 6 S. Huhnerklauer — Koter ; Hunde, Katzen. 7 S. Trappenklauer — Baren. 1817. Cuvier, G., Le Regne Animal, I. In this work the “ Cheirop- teres ” form the first family of “ Carnassiers.” They are all placed in the genus Vespertilio, but this is divided into two main groups, the Rousettes (P ter opus) and the true bats. Among the latter, 12 sub- divisions or subgenera are recognized. Essentially the same plan is followed in the second edition, published in 1829. 1820, Desmarest, Mammalogie. The classification is the same as that of Cuvier : Ord. Carnassiers. Premiere Famille, Cheiropteres. Premiere Tribu, Galeopitheques. Seconde Tribu, Chauve-souris. The minor groups of the former author are, however, recognized as 16 genera, while no less than 95 species are described. 4 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1820. Goldfuss, Handbuch der Zoologie. The arrangement of the bats is as follows : 13te Ord., Chiroptera. 1 Familie, Xoctiliones ( T aphozous , Dysopes , Noctilio , Nycti- nomous , Myopterus , Plecotus , Vespertilio-, iStenoderma.) 2 Familie, Harpy ise ( Ilarpyia , P ter opus) . 3 Familie, Phyllostomata ( Megaderma , Rhinolophus , Rhino- poma , Nycteris , Phyllostoma) . 4 Familie, Galeopitheci. 1821. Gray, On the natural arrangement of Vertebrose Animals, London Medical Repository, XV, pp. 296-310, April 1, 1821. In this little known work, Gray subdivided the vertebrates as follows : Sub-kingdom I. Vertebrosa. Class I. Bimanes. Order I. Primates. Class II. Quadru manes. Order I. Platyonychse. Order II. Gampstonychse. Order III. Heteronychas. Class III. Cheiroptera. Order I. Fructivorse. Family I. Pteropidse (Pteropus, Rousettus) . Family II. Cephalotidae (C ephalotes) . Order II. Insectivorse. Family I. Noctilionidse (Molosses, Xyctinomes, Stenodermes, Noctilio , Vampyre, Phyllostoma) . Family II. Vespertilionida? (Megadermes, Rhyno- lophus , Nycterus, Rhynopoma, Thaphosores , Fes- pertilio , Plecotus , Barhastella) . Class IV. Quadrupedes. Subclass I. Unp'uiculata. Order I. Order II. Order III. Order IV. Order V. Order VI. Order VII. Order VIII. Edentulse. Order IX. Order X. Order XI. Order XII. Pterophorse. Plantigradse. Digitigradse. Amphibise. Rosores. Tardigradse. Oligodontse. Proboscidise. Tesserachense. Trichena?. Monochenge. Order XIII. Hydrophorse. Order XIV. Ruminantes. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 5 1821. Gray — Continued. Sub-kingdom I. Vertebrosa — Continued. Class V. Pedimanes. Order I. F era?. Order II. Brutae. Order III. Glires. Order IV. Rosores. Class VI. Cetaceae. Order I. Herbivorae. Order II. Carnivorae. 1823. Spix, Simiarum et Vespertilionum Brasiliensium Species Novae. Though dealing especially with the bats of Brazil the author proposed a general classification that influenced many subsequent writers. It was as follows : Fam. I. Anistiophori. Genus I. Noctilio. II. Molossus. III. Thyroptera. IV. Proboscidea. V. Vespertilio. Fam. II. Istiophori. Genus V I. Vampyrus. VII. Phyllostoma. VIII. Glossophaga. IX. Diphytta. 1827. Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie. The ftying lemur is once more associated with the bats, and the group thus formed is made a division of the carnivores : Ordre Carnassiers. Division Cheiropteres. Tribu Galeopitheques. Tribu Chauve-souris. The true bats are subdivided into two sections, the Istiophori con- taining the groups Pliyllostomes and Rhinolophina, and the Anistio- phori, with the groups Vespertilionina, Noctilionina, and Pteropina. Twenty-three genera are recognized. 1829. Fischer, Synopsis Mammalium. The bats are placed as the second order, Chiroptera, without subdivision into secondary groups. 1831. Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distribuzione metodica degli Ani- mali Vertebrati. The bats form the second order, Chiroptera. They are all placed in the single family “ Vespertiliones (Vespertilio- nidse),” but this group is subdivided into five sections or subfamilies. Ord. 2. Chiroptera. Fam. 4. Vespertiliones (Vespertilionidse). Noctilionina ( Cheiromeles Dysopes , Thyropte- rus Stenoderma , VSlyopteris , Aello Tapho- zous (.“ Taphagous ”) Noctilio , Ccelano). 6 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1831. Bonaparte — Continued. Ord. 2. Chiroptera— -Continued. Fam. 4. Vespertiliones (Vespertilionidse) — Continued. Vesper tilionina ( Proboscidea , Diclidurus , Ves- pertilio , Furia , Plecotus , Barbastellus) . Pteropina ( Pteropus , Cynopterus , Macroglos- sus: Harpyia , Ceplialotes). Phyllostomina ( Phyllostoma , V ampyrus , modus , Gloss op hag a, Rhinopoma , Mormops , Megaderma , Nyctophilus , Nyctinomus ) . Rhinolophina ( Rhinolophus Phyllorrhina) . 1838. Bonaparte, Synopsis Vertebratorum Systematis. (Nuovi Annali delli Scienze Naturali, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, pp. 105- 113.) The subdivisions of the Chiroptera are now as follows : Pteropodidse. Pteropodina. V espertilionidse. Noctilionina. Vespertilionina. Rhionolopliina. Rhinopomina. V ampiridse. V ampirina. 1838. Gray, A revision of the genera of bats (Vespertilionidae) , and the description of some new genera and species. (Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, pp. 486-505, December, 1838.) In again dealing with the classification of bats Gray abandoned his earlier plan and adopted the main divisions introduced by Spix. As thus modified the arrange- ment of the group was as follows. The number of genera had now been increased to 47 : F amily V espertilionidse. A. Istiophori. * Tribe I. Phyllostomina. Tribe II. Rhinolophina. B. Anistiophori. Tribe III. Vespertilionina. Tribe IV. Noctilionina. Tribe V. Pteropina. 1840. Wagner, Sclireber’s Saugthiere. (Supplement, I.) The fly- ing lemurs are again associated with the bats. Ord. Volitantia. I. Unterord. Dermoptera. II. Unterord. Chiroptera. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 7 1840. Wagner — Continued. Ord. Y olitantia — Continued. II. Unterord. Chiroptera — Continued. I. Fam. Frugivora. II. Fam. Istiophora. I. Sippe. Desmodina. II. Sippe. Phyllostomata. III. Fam. Gymnorhina. I. Sippe. Brachyura. II. Sippe. Gymnura. III. Sippe. Vespertilionina. 1842. Lesson, Nouveau Tableau du Regne Animal, Mammiferes. The classification adopted by Lesson differs in many respects from those of previous writers. I. Classe. Mammiferes. I. Sous-Classe Mammiferes Normaux. I. Ordre Mastomonadelphie. I. Tribu Bimana. II. Tribu Quadrumana. III. Tribu Chiroptera. VI. Famille Pteropusidese. VII. Famille Noctilioninese. VIII. Famille Y espertilionese. IX. Famille Phyllostominese. X. Famille Rhinolophineae. 1854. Gervais, Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes. The order Cheiropteres is divided into the four families Pteropodes, Phyllo- stomides, Rhinolophides, and Yespertilionides. 1855. Gervais, Documents Zoologiques pour servir a la Monographie des Cheiropteres Sud-Americains. Animaux Nouveaux ou Rares re- ceuillis dans l’Amerique du Sud sous la direction du Comte de Castel- nau, pp. 25-88. Only two families are dealt with, but these are sub- divided into groups that have been recognized by most subsequent writers. Cheiropteres Phyllostomides. Tribu Desmodina. Tribu Stenodermina. Tribu Glossophagina. Tribu Yampyrina. Cheiropteres Yespertilionides. Tribu Noctilionina. Tribu Molossina. Tribu Emballonurina. Tribu Nycticeina. Tribu Yespertilionina. 8 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1865. Peters, Yorlage von Abbildungen zu einer Monographie der Chiropteren, nnd Ubersicht der von ihm befolgten systematischen Ordnung der hieher gehorigen Gattungen. (Monatsber. k. prenss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1865, pp. 256-258.) The followijig groups are recognized : I. Fam. Pteropi with 10 genera. II. Fam. Megadermata with 4 genera. III. Fam. Rhinolophi with 3 genera. IV. Fam. Phyllostomata. I. Subfam. Vampyri with 5 genera. II. Subfam. Glossophagee with 5 genera. III. Subfam. Stenodermata with 5 genera. IV. Subfam. Desmodi with 2 genera. V. Subfam. Mormopes with 3 genera. V. Fam. Brachyura with 6 genera. VI. Fam. Molossi with 2 genera. VII. Fam. Vespertiliones with 14 genera. 1866. Gray, I. Synopsis of the genera of Vespertilionidae and Noc- tilionidse. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, pp. 89-93.) II. A revision of the genera of Pteropine Bats (Pteropidse) and descriptions of some apparent^ undescribed species., (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, pp. 62-67.) III. A revision of the genera of Rhinolophidse, or Horseshoe Bats. (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, pp. 81-83.) IV. Revision of the genera of Phyllostomidse, or Leaf- nosed Bats. (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, pp. 111-118.) In these four papers Gray again revised his classification of the bats. He recognized 5 families and 37 subfamilies or “ tribes,” but no larger groups. Family Pteropidse. Pteropina, 2 genera. Macroglossina, 4 genera. Cephalotina, 1 genus. Harpyiana, 1 genus. Cynopterina, 2 genera. Epomophorina, 3 genera. F amily Rhinolopliidse. Rliinolophina, 3 genera. Rhinonycterina, 1 genus. [Phyllorhinina] , 8 genera. Rhinopomina, 1 genus. Megadermina, 2 genera. Nycterina, 3 genera. Family Phyllostomidse. Lonchorhinina, 1 genus. Macrophyllina, 1 genus. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 9 1866. Gray — Continued. F amily Phyllostomidae — Continued. Vampyrina, 6 genera. Phyllostomina, 8 genera. Trachyopina, 1 genus. Brachyphyllina, 1 genus. Glossophagina, 3 genera. Stenodermina, 8 genera. Desmodina, 2 genera. Centurionina, 2 genera. Family Vespertilionidae. Scotophilina, 4 genera. Romiciana, 1 genus. Vespertilionina, 5 genera. Natalinia, 4 genera. ? Nycticellina, 1 genus. Plecotina, 2 genera. Nyctophilina, 1 genus. Nyctericina, 2 genera. Afterwards removed to the Rhino- lophidae. Furipterina, 1 genus. Emballonurina, 7 genera. Diclidurina, 1 genus. Family Noctilionidae. Noctilionina, 2 genera. Mormopsina, 1 genus. Phyllodiana, 3 genera. ? Spectrellina, 1 genus. Molossina, 4 genera. 1872. Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals. (Smith- sonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 230.) The bats are arranged as follows: Order Chiroptera. Suborder Animalivora. Family Desmodidae. F amily Phyllostomidae. Family Mormopidae. F amily Rhinolophidae. Family Megadermidae. a. Vampyrinae. b. Glossophaginae. c. Stenoderminae. Family Vespertilionidae. a. Vespertilioninae. b. Nycticejinae. 10 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1872. Gill — Continued. Order Chiroptera — Continued. Suborder Animalivora — Continued. F amily Molossidse. Family Noctilionidfe. a. Noctilionime. b. Emballonurinse. c. Furiinae. Suborder Frugivora. Family Pteropodidae. 1875. Dobson, Conspectus of the suborders, families and genera of Chiroptera arranged according to their natural affinities. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, pp. 345-357, November, 1875.) Dobson’s classification has been the standard, little departed from except in minor details, during the past thirty years. Order Chiroptera. Suborder I. Megachiroptera. Family I. Pteropidse. Group I. Pteropi, 6 genera. Group II. Macroglossi, 3 genera. Suborder II. Microchiroptera. Family II. Rhinolophidse. Subfamily I. Rhinolophinae, 1 genus. Subfamily II. Phyllorhininae, 4 genera. Family III. Nycteridae. Subfamily I. Megaderminae, 1 genus. Subfamily II. Nycterinae, 1 genus. Family IV. Vespertilionidae. Group I. Plecoti, 7 genera. Group II. Vespertiliones, 8 genera. Group III. Miniopteri, 3 genera. Family V. Emballonuridae. Subfamily I. Emballonurinae. Group I. Emballonurae, 4 genera. Group II. Taphozoi, 3 genera. Group III. Rliinopoma, 1 genus. Group IV. Noctiliones, 1 genus. Subfamily II. Molossinae. Group V. Molossi, 4 genera. Group VI. Mystacinae, 1 genus. Family VI. Phvllostomidae. Subfamily I. Lobostomime. Group I. Mormopes, 3 genera. Subfamity II. Phyllostominse. Group II. Vampyri, 10 genera. Group III. Glossophagse, 6 genera. Group IV. Stenodermata, 10 genera. Group V. Desmodontes, 2 genera. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 11 1886. Gill, Standard Natural History, V, pp. 159-177 Suborder Frugivora. Family Pteropodidae. Suborder Animalivora. F amily Rhinolophidae. Subfamily Rhinolophinae. Subfamily Phyllorhininae. Family Megadermidae. Subfamify Megaderminae. Subfamily Nycterinae. Family Vespertilionidae. Group Plecoti. Group Vespertiliones. Group Miniopteri. Family Emballonuridae. Group Furiae. Group Emballonurae. Group Dicliduri. Group Rhinopomata. Family Molossidae. Family Noctilionidae. Family Phyllostomidae. Subfamily Phyllostomines. Subfamily Glossophagines. Subfamily Stenodermines. Family Mormopidae. Family Desmodontidae. 1892. Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien. The classification adopted by Winge is the only recent one that differs notably from that of Dobson. It is as follows (p. 24) : Pteropodidae. Pteropodes. Macroglossi. Rhinolophidae. Megadermatini. Nycterides. Megadermata. Rhinolophini. Phyllorhinae. Rhinolophi. Phyllostomatidae. Phyllostomatini. Phyllostomata. Glossophagae. 12 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1892. Winge — Continued. Phyllostomatidse— Continued. Phyllostomatini — Continued. Stenodermata. Desmodontes. * Mormopini. Emball onuridse. Rhinopomatini. Emballonurini. Emballonurse. Taphozoi. Vespertilionidse. Natalini. Vespertilionini. Molossini. 1904. Weber, Die Saugethiere. By a combination of Winge’s results with those of earlier writers the following scheme is produced (pp. 400-401) : Megachiroptera. Pteropodidse. Pteropodime. Macroglossinse. Microchiroptera. Rhinolophidse. Megadermatinse. Rhinolophinse. Phyllostomatidse. Lobostominse. Phyllostominse. Desmodontinse. Emballonuridse. Rhinopomatinse. Emballonurinse. V espertilionidse. Ratalinse. V espertilioninse. Molossinse. ANATOMY. Though a general study of Chiropterine anatomy is still much needed, it is not my purpose in the present paper to undertake this work. Certain special parts, as the wing, shoulder girdle, sternum, and the cusps of the teeth, which have not hitherto been adequately described, but which appear to be of particular taxonomic impor- tance, will, however, be treated in some detail. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 13 Wing. The general structure of the wing in bats has been so frequently described that no detailed account is necessary here. Two special parts of the flying apparatus need, however, a few words. HUMERUS, SHOULDER, AND ELBOW. As might be anticipated from its modification to serve as a wing, the anterior limb of the bats differs considerably from that of mam- mals that do not fly. The most obvious peculiarity is the great length- ening of the fingers to support the flying membrane, but the long bones and their two principal joints have also undergone considerable changes. The humerus, though in general without special modifica- tions in form or unusual development of ridges for muscular attach- ment, is peculiar in the large size of the trochiter (tuberculum majus) and trochin (tuberculum minus), the former in some families being so greatly developed as to extend beyond the head and form a definite secondary articulation with the scapula, thus giving the shoulder joint a very unusual strength, while limiting its motion strictly to a single plane. The bicipital groove is usually deep and well defined, especially in the larger Pteropidee. Shaft slender, mostly subterete, though somewhat flattened distally, varying in form from distinctly sigmoid in the lower groups to nearly straight in the higher, its deltoid crest always present, low and broad in the Megacliiroptera, high and flangelike in the Microchiroptera. Except for this crest the shaft is never marked by distinct ridges, though a faint trace of the supinator ridge is sometimes present. No supracondylar fora- men or supratrochlear perforation. Internal condyle usually large, though in the most specialized groups reduced to a mere base for the long spinous process. External condyle obliterated by the dis- placement outward of the articular surface. Capitellum large, with a well-developed external ridge and groove; trochlea reduced to a mere ridge scarcely more prominent than that on outer side of capi- tellum. The whole distal articular surface is in most bats so dis- placed outward as to be partly or in extreme cases almost wholly beyond axis of shaft. The elbow joint is formed almost exclusively by the humerus and radius, since the ulna is so reduced as to be nearly functionless. At its distal end the ulna is incomplete ; among the Megacliiroptera it is continued as a threadlike cartilaginous strand to wrist, though in old age.it may become fused with radius; in the Microchiroptera this fusion with radius is invariable, though the point at which it takes place is not always the same. Occasion- ally the proximal extremity also is anchylosed. Olecranon scarcely extending beyond radius and forming no definite part of joint, suc- ceeded by a sesamoid ossicle nearly equaling it in size. 14 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Among recent mammals the nearest approach to the conditions just described is found in the Colugidse. Here the trochiter and trochin, though less developed than in the Pteropidse, strongly suggests the form characteristic of the bats as compared with* their much more rudimentary condition in Tupaia. Of the two processes the trochin is distinctly the larger, and it is obvious at a glance that the distal extremity of the humerus in Cynocephalus more nearly resembles that of Pteropus than it does that of Tupaia or than that of P ter opus does the most highly developed type in the Microcliiroptera. This resemblance is further heightened by the size and form of the deltoid crest, which is rather closely alike in Cynocephalus and P ter opus, while in both Tupaia and the Microcliiroptera it is noticeably dif- ferent, At the distal extremity of the humerus the resemblance be- tween Cynocephalus and the bats is less exclusive. In the Colugidse both supracondylar foramen and supratrochlear perforation are present and the supinator ridge is well developed, characters all of which are in common with the Insectivora. The actual surface of articulation, however, resembles that of the bats in the reduction of the trochlea and the large size of the capitellum, the outer edge of which shows the first suggestion of the groove and ridge which is so prominent a feature in the Chiroptera. As would be expected from the reduced condition of the trochlea, the ulna is much reduced from its normal form. It is throughout very slender, the distal half flattened against radius, into which it blends near wrist. Proximally it is slightly larger than in Pteropus , though very greatly reduced as compared with Tupaia , and the small, abruptly curved olecranon forms a definite part of the joint, its extremity fitting into the supra- trochlear perforation. It seems, therefore, that without touching on the question of the general relationships of the Dermoptera, it may safely be said that the long bones and two principal joints of the anterior limb in this group are intermediate in structure between those of Insectivores and Bats, but distinctly nearer the latter, and that ill this respect at least Cynocephalus represents a stage that was passed through by the near ancestors of Pteropus. In 1892, Winge a first called attention to the striking differences, already alluded to, in the humerus and shoulder joint of the Mega- ehiroptera and of the more highly specialized Microcliiroptera. A fact not mentioned by Winge is that, while the Microcliiroptera, as a whole, show a much more specialized condition of the humerus than the Megachiroptera, different members of the group show different degrees of this modification, and these degrees are very largely charac- « Jordfundne og Nulevende Flagerinus (Chiroptera) fra Lagou Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24, THE FAMILIES AND GENEEA OF BATS. 15 teristic of families. In a group like the bats, where divergence from ordinary mammals has been chiefly in the direction of changing the front limbs from legs to wings, it seems necessary to give special weight in classification to such characters as these. Pteropidaz. — The very characteristic structure of the humerus in this group shows no important variation in the numerous genera that I have examined. The head is broadly rounded, slightly oval in outline, well defined everywhere, except on the side next the trochiter, into which it merges. Trochiter ill-defined, low and broad, scarcely rising above base of head, to which it is joined by a level, smoothly rounded surface. Trochin slightly higher and narrower than troch- iter, and much better defined, a well-developed groove, about as wide as its lateral diameter, separating it from head, and a similar though even more strongly defined groove isolating it dorsally from the low, broad, deltoid crest. Shaft somewhat triangular proximally, flat- tened distally, its sigmoid flexure distinct. Capitellum moved out- ward slightly beyond line of shaft and entirely obliterating epicon- dyle. Epitrochlea large, its lateral diameter more than half that of capitellum, its spinous process distinct, though short. Microchiroptera.— The least specialized type of humerus in the Microchiroptera is found in the Rhinopomidse and Emballonuridse. In these families both trochin and trochiter have risen about to level of upper surface of head of humerus, a development which causes little change in the form of either tubercle as compared with its con- dition in the Pteropidse. The alteration in form is most noticeable in the trochiter, which is now well defined throughout, and separated from head by a distinct groove over which the smooth surface of the head is extended. This groove is narrower and better defined than that dividing the head from the trochin. Though so distinctly increased in size the trochiter is not large enough to reach the edge of the glenoid fossa of the scapula, the shoulder joint remaining therefore strictly single. Head globular in Rhinopoma , somewhat compressed in the Emballonuridse. As in all other Microchiroptera the deltoid crest is high and knifelike, very different from the low, rounded form in the Megachiroptera. The shaft of the bone is nearly terete throughout, except where distorted by the deltoid crest, and a little flattened distally. It has a slight single curvature. Capitellum essentially as in the Pteropidse. A slight modification of this type is^ found in the Noctilionidse. Here the head of the humerus is greatly compressed and strikingly ridgelike. The well-defined trochiter is very small and narrow, though rising fully as high as in the related groups, while the trochin is greatly increased in size, being nearly as large as the head. The groove separating the trochin from the well-developed though rather small deltoid crest is ill-defined. 16 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Another stage is represented by the Old World leaf -nosed groups, tlie Nycteridae, Megadermidae, Rhinolophidae, and Hipposideridae. In the first two of these the shoulder joint is still single, and the shaft of the humerus shows a slight though evident sigmoid flexure ; the trochin and trochiter are as in the Emballonuridae, neither rising distinctly above head. In the Rhinolophidae and Hipposideridae the shaft of the humerus is nearly straight, with merely a slight upward curve in distal third, while the trochiter has increased in length sufficiently to exceed the head slightly and to form a definite secondary articulation with the scapula by a surface about half as large as glenoid fossa. In ; ize the trochiter is still distinctly ex- ceeded by the trochin, which, however, barely rises above head. At its distal extremity the humerus in all four families is peculiar in the lengthened epitrochlea, bearing near middle a well-developed peg- like process, and the very conspicuous displacement outward of the capitellum and consequent widening of the entire distal region. This displacement is greatest in the Megadermidae, where the articular surface is almost wholly exterior to the axis, and the width of the distal extremity is nearly one-fourtli length of humerus. In the Nycteridae the displacement is rather less, though the proportion of width of extremity to length of bone remains about the same. In the Rhinolophidae and Hipposideridae it is still less, and the proportion of width to length is normal — that is, about as one to six. The displacement of the articular surface remains very evident, and the epitrochlea and its spinous process are of the same character as in the Nycteridae and Megadermidae, though less elongated. In the American leaf-nosed bats the shoulder joint is essentially like that of the Rhinolophidae and Hipposideridae, except that in the Cliilonycterinae the trochiter is so shortened as to form no articulation with the scapula. In this subfamily the shaft of the humerus has a slight single curvature, while in the others the bend is often, though not invariably, double. Throughout the family the capitellum is slightly displaced outward and the epitrochlea is small or moderately developed, the spinous process, when present, at its distal extremity. A similar type of humerus occurs in the Desmodontidae, but both trochiter and trochin rise somewhat higher beyond head. The Natalidae, Furipteridae, Thvropteridae, and Myzopodidae agree with each other in the form of the humerus. This differs from the Phyllostomine type merely in the somewhat enlarged trochiter, which now about equals the trochin in size and slightly exceeds it in height ; distal extremity as in the Phyllostomidae ; flexure single or faintly double. From the last type as best shown in the Thyropteridae to the highly specialized form characteristic of the Vespertilionidae, Mystacopidae, and Molossidae the transition is rather abrupt. In these families THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 17 the trochiter slightly exceeds the somewhat reduced trochin in actual size*, while in height it extends conspicuously beyond it as well as beyond the head of the humerus. The double articulation with the scapula is now complete, and the surface on which the flangelike trochiter acts is nearly as large as the glenoid fossa. The shaft of the humerus is nearly straight, or with a moderate single curvature; dis- tal extremity scarcely wider than shaft, the articular surface not displaced outward, the short epitrochlea scarcely more than the base to the high spinous process, which projects beyond distal extremity in much the same manner as the trochiter beyond head.® PHALANGES. The first digit contains two phalanges, the distal of which bears a claw, functional in all bats except the two genera of Furipteridse. In the second digit the metacarpal alone is present in the Embal- lonuridse, Nycteridae, Rhinolophidae, Hipposideridse, Natalidae, Fu- ripteridae, and Thyropteridae. One distinct bony phalanx is present in all other families of Microchiroptera except the Rhinopomidae, in which there are two. Three phalanges are present in this finger in all of the Megachiroptera, the terminal bone in most genera provided with a claw. Three is the usual number of phalanges in the third, fourth, and fifth digits. The distal phalanx is always cartilaginous in the fourth and fifth, though in carefully prepared material its joint with the second phalanx may be detected when both are present. In the third digit the terminal phalanx is ossified in the Phyllos- tomidae, Desmodontidae, Thyropteridae, Myzopodidae, and Mystaco- pidae. When not completely ossified its joint with the second phalanx is at least clearly indicated and partially of bone, a condition readily observed in the Vespertilionidae and Molossidae. No distinct third phalanx is present in the third, fourth, and fifth fingers of any Megachiroptera, or among the Rhinopomidae, Emballonuridae, Noc- tilionidae, Nycteridae, Megadermidae, Rhinolophidae, Hipposideridae, Natalidae, and Furipteridae, though it is probable that the terminal cartilage, when present, usually, if not always, represents this bone. Sternum and Shoulder Girdle. The general characteristics of the sternum and shoulder girdle (Plate XI, fig. 1; Plate XII, fig. 3; Plate XIII, fig. 2; Plate XIV, fig. 1) are as follows: Sternum. — The presternum is large, strongly keeled, and with three anterior lobes, one of which is vertical and continuous with the keel (from which it is often scarcely to be distinguished), the two others a In the genus Eptesicus both processes are unusually short. 25733— No, 57—07 m 2 18 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. horizontal, their substance thickened and strengthened to receive the - articulation of the clavicles,® and their combined length equal to or greater than longitudinal diameter of presternum. Mesosternum with a longitudinal median ridge, occasionally rising to a distinct keel, the segments of the bone always fused in adults, and their bound- aries usually obliterated. In cross section the depth of this part of the sternum is usually greater than the width, but to this rule there are conspicuous exceptions. Xiphisternum short, tapering or somewhat expanded posteriorly, its length usually greater than its width, its terminal cartilage well developed. The distinction be- tween the presternum and mesosternum is usually evident, but that between the mesosternum and xiphisternum seldom persists except in the Megachiroptera. Shoulder girdle . — The scapula is large, oval in form, the post- scapular fossa much larger than the anterior fossa, its surface divided into three secondary surfaces set at slight angles with each other. The spine is short and moderately high, with a large, strong acro- mion. Coracoid large, usually curved outward, but occasionally straight and directed inward; rarely bifid at tip. Clavicle curved, its length about equal to that of scapula or of longest ribs, its shaft somewhat compressed, in one genus ( Diclidurus ) (Plate XII, fig. 3) conspicuously expanded. The articulation of the clavicle with the enlarged horizontal anterior lobe of the presternum is by a broad, unusually definite surface, from which the clavicles project upward and outward over the thorax nearly at right angles with each other. Ribs. — The ribs decrease gradually in length from the longest to the second; between the second and the unusually shortened, thick- ened first, the reduction is much more noticeable, producing a break in the otherwise uniform series. Both portions of the first rib are shortened, but the modification, as compared with the others, is most noticeable in the sternal part, which is usually much expanded later- ally. The vertebra to which this rib is attached is usually free, both anteriorly and posteriorly, but not infrequently it becomes fused with the last cervical vertebra, even when, as in the Molossidse, no special modification of the shoulder girdle has taken place. These two vertebree, together with the first rib, are so intimately associated with the shoulder girdle in the changes which it undergoes that they may conveniently be treated as forming part of it. M odifications of the shoulder girdle and sternum. — The modifica- tions presented by the shoulder girdle and sternum of bats are, as might be anticipated, mostly connected with the mechanical problems of furnishing surfaces of attachment for the very large pectoral ®For the homologies of the elements included in this region see Leche, Bihang Svensk. Akad Hand!., V, No. 15 ; also, Flower, Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia, 1885, p. 253. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 19 muscles and strengthening the arch by which the body is suspended to the wings during flight. Somewhat remarkably, however, the largest species, the great Pteropines,® in which the mechanical diffi- culties would be expected to be greatest, show little specialization except for the rather unusual development of the keel, particularly on mesosternum, a peculiarity which is most pronounced in the larger members of the group. The elements of the first rib and its attach- ments remain distinct, and except for the usual Chiropterine pecu- liarities show no characters worthy of note. Essentially the same conditions, though with much less development of the keel, are found in most of the Microchiroptera. So far as my observations go it is constant in the Rliinopomidse, Emballonuridse, Roctilionidse, Phyllostomidse, Desmodontidse, Myzopodidse, and in most of the Vespertilionidse. The first stage in the strengthening process is found in the Molossidse, the Mystacopidae and in one subfamily of Vespertilionidse, the Tomopeatinse. It consists in the slightly greater thickening of the first rib, and the fusing of the last cervical and first dorsal vertebrae into a solid ring. There is no appreciable change in the form of any of the bones, and the keel of the mesoster- num remains very slightly indicated. A peculiar modification of this process occurs in the Thyropteridae where the fusion takes place between the first and second dorsals, the last cervical remaining free. In the Natalidae it is again the last cervical and first dorsal that fuse; but in this family the supporting arch is further strengthened by a noticeable widening of the horizontal lobes of the presternum, so that the greatest anterior width exceeds the length' of presternum and mesosternum together. The first rib is also thickened and its sternal segment is greatly reduced in length. Keel of mesosternum relatively as high as in the Pteropodidse, and a slight keel on xiphisternum. The most remarkable series of changes occurs in the four related families Nycteridse, Megadermidse, Rhinolophidse, and Hipposide- ridse. In the Nycteridse the conditions are not very different from those in the Ratalidse. The keel is equally high and it extends simi- larly on the short, wide xiphisternum. The presternum is, however, less broadened and strengthened, and the last cervical vertebra is not fused with the first dorsal. In the Megadermidse the mesosternum and xiphisternum are of the ordinary type, but the presternum is greatly widened, so that it is essentially a heavy transverse bar with a slight median backward projection. Laterally it is fused with the first rib, so that the only break in the continuity of the ring is at the point of articulation of the ribs with the vertebrae. As in the Kycte- «The weight of an alcoholic specimen of Pteropus from Tenasserim (Cat. No. 104451, U. S. N. M.) is 739.5 grams, while that of a Rhinolophus ferrumequinum from Genoa, Italy (Cat. No. 18472, U. S. N. M.), is only 16.8 grams. Yet in the smaller animal the strengthening process is carried to the extreme. 20 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ridse the first dorsal vertebra is fused with the last cervical. In the Rhinolophidse the seventh cervical vertebra and first dorsal are so completely fused that their boundaries can not be detected ; this com- pound vertebra is fused with the first rib, which in turn is fused with presternum. The second rib fuses with first at about its point of attachment with presternum, to which it is joined throughout the rest of its course by a thin sheet of bone, ^Vt first sight, therefore, the presternum appears to be enlarged to a broadly crescentic plate applied to mesosternum at middle of its convex posterior border. The original elements of this mass, though perfectly fused, can still be distinguished. In the Hipposideridae the strengthening process attains its highest degree of perfection. Here the general structure is as in the Rhinolophidae, but the fusion of the first and second ribs involves the entire bone to and including the corresponding dorsal vertebrae. A solid ring is thus formed, including three vertebrae, two ribs, and the presternum, the elements indicated by a slit- like vacuity between the upper halves of the ribs, a small median space between the two dorsal vertebrae, and two minute roundish apertures in the region corresponding to space between horizontal arm of presternum and sternal portion of second rib. The mechanical need for this remarkable strengthening in bats of this size is by no means apparent. Teeth. Though much has been published concerning the teeth of bats, par- ticularly by Winge,a the subject is still by no means exhausted. This is especially true of the modifications of the various cusps of the per- manent cheek teeth, Avhich have hitherto received little attention. Before passing to this more important aspect of the dentition, how- ever, a few words on the milk teeth and the tooth formula may not be out of place. MILK DENTITION. The peculiar and very highly specialized milk dentition of bats has long been known in a general way, but the material has not yet been brought together for a complete study of its .variations. The largest number of milk teeth that has been observed is 22, with the formula: ^ 9 g ^ ^ (rm g me ^ mp ^——^=22). As this is present in Myotis , a genus with the maximum number of per- manent teeth, it probably represents the complete set. It also occurs in Eptesicus , in which the corresponding portion of the permanent den- — 2 3. 1. 4 tition is } 2 3* l‘ - 9 - 1 and *n -^as^uru8 with the permanent teeth aJorfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes Brasilien, 1892, pp. 56-58. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 21 ^ In Nyctinomus brasiliensis , with corresponding part of permanent formula the same as in Lasiurus , it also appears to be present, though I have been unable to verify the occurrence of miz. - 2 3. 1. 1 2 A slightly reduced formula _* ^ aPPears to be charac- teristic of the Desmodontidse and Phyllostomidse, though the pos- terior tooth both above and below is occasionally so small that its presence can not be positively determined. In Desmodus the doubtful tooth is mp 2, while in Pliyllostomus it is mp 2. In two specimens of Artibeus (Nos. 38309 and 38310, U. S. Nat. Mus., Old Providence Island, Carribbean Sea) , on the other hand, I can find no trace of mp x. F or the Megachiroptera the complete milk dentition is prob- ably the same as that of the Phyllostomidse. At least, I have verified — 2 3. 1. 1 2 the formula j— ^ — * 1* 1 *n ^VnoI>^eTUS anc^ Pterocyon. In both of these the posterior tooth above and below corresponds with pm 4, and pm 4, respectively, pm 3 and pm 3 being conspicuously without a preceding functional deciduous tooth. In form the milk teeth are for the most part quite unlike those of the permanent dentition. They are usually slender, minute spicules, with straight or re- curved tips, and their only function is prob- ably, as has been frequently suggested, to aid the young in clinging to the mother during flight. In size they are so insignificant that one may not infrequently persist in the edge of an alveolus until the permanent tooth is nearly grown. Ihese peculiarities ot size and form, cynopterus minutus, Nias together with the very early development of island, no. 141271. x , .. . . ^ . ABOUT B. the permanent dentition, preclude all possi- bility that the milk teeth can be used in mastication, and indicate that, whatever may be the case with other mammals, in bats the de- cidous teeth can have had little if any influence on the modifications of the permanent set. The simplest form of milk tooth is a straight terete spicule, tapering to a sharp point, and with no evident differentiation between root and crown. This is found in the lower cheek teeth of Cynopterus. The next and more usual type differs in the definite recurving of the point. This curve may be slight and gradual (canines and cheek teeth of Cynopterus (fig. 1) and Pterocyon , upper canine of Myotis yuman- ensis) or strong and abrupt, sometimes almost angular (canines and cheek teeth of Phyllostomidse, canines and incisors of Nyctinomus brasiliensis) . Occasionally this type is further modified by a slight but evident shortening and thickening of the crown, or the faint indi- 22 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ■ Fig. 2.— Milk dentition of Eptesicus fuscus. No. 84550. x about 4. cation of incipient secondary cusps ( mp 2 of Pteroycon , cheek teeth of Phyllonycteris) . The presence of a definite secondary cusp below and behind the main cusp is probably characteristic of the loAver cheek teeth in the Vespertilionidse. It is very noticeable in Eptesi- cus fuscus , less so in Myotis albescens. Similar cusps occasionally, though less frequently, occur in the upper teeth and in both upper and lower canine ( Eptesicus (fig. 2), Myotis ). In Nyctinomus bra- siliensis the canine has an additional secondary cusp situated on the anterior edge of the tooth somewhat nearer the tip. Contrary to what might be expected, the milk incisors present more varia- tions of form than any of the other deciduous teeth. The simplest incisors are perhaps those of Desmodus , in which the upper teeth are of the primitive recurved type, without trace of second- ary curvature or extra cusps, while the lower teeth are widened above, the outer slightly bifid. In Nyctinomus brasilien- sis the upper incisors are simple and terete, but with a distinct double curve inward and backward, like those of Promops fosteri (fig. 3). The lower incisors are, however, much like those of the permanent set, with well differentiated, flattened, bifid crowns, the inner lobe dis- tinctly the larger. In Eptesicus and Myotis both upper and lower incisors are trifid, those of the lower jaw scarcely recurved and very closely resembling the teeth of the permanent set, those of the upper jaw strongly recurved and with the cusps longer and more distinct than in the mandibular teeth. In the three genera of Phyllostomidse at hand, Phyllostomus , Artibeus , and Phyllonyc- teris , there is evident differentiation between the inner and outer incisor of the upper jaw. This is slightest in Phyllostomus, where the outer tooth is longer than the inner, its point bent forward and th’en back, the concavity directed outward and backward; inner tooth with crown flattened but tapering to a fine recurved point below which there is a slight concavity on outer side. Lower incisors not seen. In Arbiteus the upper teeth are of much the same form, but the inner is distinctly notched at apex, much as in its successor; lower incisor faintly trifid, the middle lobe highest. Upper incisors of somewhat the same type are found in Phyllonyc- teris, though the differentiation is less evident. Inner tooth with a distinct secondary cusp on outer side considerably below level of main cusp. The lower teeth are so minute that the details of their form can not be determined. The upper incisors of Cynopterus and the Fig. 3.— Milk denti- tion of Promops fos- teri, Villa Rica, Paraguay. No. 105681. x about 3. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 23 lower incisors or Pterocyon are of the simple, little recurved type; the lower incisors of the former are straight, with bluntly rounded, slightly thickened crowns. Upper incisors of Pterocyon not seen. DENTAL FORMULA. The nearest approach in bats to the typical complete dentition of higher mammals — that is, a set of 44 teeth — as expressed by the formula 12 3. 1. 123456 7,3-3 ^1-1 12 3. 1. 123456 7* 3-3’ ° 1-V pm 4-4 m3--3 =11. 4-1’ '" 3-3 is a set of 38, lacking one upper incisor and one upper and one lower , - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 premolar: p 2 3. 1. _ 2 3 1 5 6 T 38. The smallest number known is _ 2 _ 1 45 20, represented by the formula — * ^ = 20. Between these extremes occur no less than 50 formulas, representing totals of 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, and 36. No bat is yet known with 22 teeth. The following table shows the distribution of the various total numbers of teeth among the 173 genera now recognized : The genera of bats arranged according to the total number of ‘teeth. 24 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 00 CO Natalus. Chilonatalus. Phodotes. Nyctiellus. Thyroptera. Myzopoda. Myotis. Pizonyx. Kerivoula. Phoniscus. <£> CO Odontonycteris. Furipterus. Amorphochilus. Lasionycteris. Plecotus. Corynorhinus. Miniopterus. t* CO Rousettus. Pterocyon. Pteropus. Acerodon. Desmalopex. Pteralopex. Eonycteris. Kiodotus. Syconycteris. Trygenycteris. Melony'cteris. Emballonura. Chilonycteris. Pteronotus. Mormoops. Micronycteris. Xenoctenes. Gly phony cter is. Otopterus. Lonchorhina. Dolichsphyllum. Phylloderma. Trachops. Vampyrus. Glossophaga. Lonchophylla Monophyllus. Pipistrellus. Glischropus. Scotozous. Ia. Pterygistes. Chalinolobus. Barbastella. Euderma. Murina. Harpiocephalus. c4 CO Boneia. Callinycteris. Nesonycteris. Coleura. Rhynchiscus. Saccopteryx. Cormura. Peropteryx. Peronymus. Myropteryx. Centronycteris. Balantiopteryx. Diclidurus. Nycteris. Rhinolophus. Tonatia. Phyllostomus. Chrotopterus. Lonchoglossa. Anoura. Hemiderma. Rhinophylla. Brachyphylla. Artibeus (part). Enchisthenes. Uroderma. Vampyrops. Ardops. Phyllops. Stenoderma. Sturnira. Phyllonycteris. Reithronycteris. Erophylla. Eptesicus. Vespertilio. Rhinopterus. Hesperoptenus. Tylonycteris. Mimetillus. Philetor. Histiotus. Lxphotis. Glauconyderis. Lasiurus. Nyctinomus (part) . o CO Harpyionycteris. Cynopterus. Niadius. Thoopterus. Balionycteris. Sphxrias. Styloctenium. Myropteryx. Taphozous. Hipposideros. Anthops. Galops. Tnxnops. Mimon. Anthorhina. Chceronycteris. Leptonycteris. Hylonycteris. Artibeus (part). Vampyrodes. Mesophylla. Ariteus. Nycticeius. Scotcecus. Scoteinus. Scotomanes. Otonycteris. Rhogeessa. Bxodon. Pachyotus. Dasypterus. Nyctophilus. Chxrephon. Nyctinomus (part) . Mormopterus (pt.). Eumops. Promops. oo Ptenochirus. Megxrops. Dobsonia. Scotonycteris. Epomophorus. Hypsignathus. Notopteris. Rhinopoma. Noctilio. Dirias. Megaderma. Lyroderma. Asellia. Clxotis. Rhinonycteris. Artibeus (part). Vampyressa. Chiroderma. Ectophylla. Pygoderma. Centurio. Sphxronycteris. Antrozous. Tomopeas. Mystacops. Mormopterus (pt.). Molossops (part). Platymops. ; Macroderma. Lavia. Cardioderma. Lichonycteris. Vampyriscus. Diphylla. Eomops. Molossops (part). Cheiromeles. Molossus. 1 "8 fei © CO i§ la . GiCi THE FAMILIES AND GENEBA OF BATS. 25 The different formulas, with the genera by which they are repre- sented, are as follows: -2 3. 1. -2 34 5 6 7. 1 2 3. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7. 12 3. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -2-4 5 6 7. 1 2 3. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -2 3 45 6 7. 1 2-. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -2 3 45 6-. 12 1. - 234567 -2 3. 1. - -3 4 5 6 7 1 2-. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 -2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 1 2 3. 1. - 2 -4 5 6 7 -2 3. 1. -2-4 5 6 7. I 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 -2-. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6- 1 2 -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 Nyctiellus , Natalus, Chiloncitalus, Phodotes, Thyvop- teva, Myzopoda, Myotis, Pizonyx, Kerivoula , Pho- niscus. Fuviplevus, Amorphochilus. Lasionycteris, Plecotus, Corynorhinus, Minioptevus. Odontonycteris. Rousettus , Pterocyon, Pteropus, Acevodon, Desmalopex , Ptevalopex, Eonycteris , Kiodotus , Syconyctevis , Tvy- genycteris, Melonycteris. Chilonycteris, Pteronotus, Mormoops, Microny clevis, Xenoctenes, Glyphony ctevis, Oloptevus, Lonchovhina, Dolichophyllum, Phyllodevma, Tvachops, Vampyvus, Glossophaga, Lonchophylla, Monophyllus. Pipistvellus, Glischvopus, Scotozous, la, Ptevygisles, Chalinolobus, Bavbastella, Eudevma, Muvina, Hav- piocephalus. Emballonuva. Boneia. -2 3. 1. - 2 3 45 6-. 1 2 -. 1.-2 3 4 5 6 - -2 3. 1. - 2 34 5 6-. -2 -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 -2-. 1. -2 -4 5 6 7. 1 2 3. 1. -2-4 5 6 7' Calling clevis. % Nesony clevis. Coleuva , Rhynchiscus , Saccoptevyx, Covmuva , Pevop- tevyx, Pevonymus, . Centvonyctevis, Balantioplevyx, Dicliduvus. -2 3. 1. 4 5 6 7 1 2 3. 1. -2-4567 - 2 -. 1. -2-4 5 6 7. 1 2 -. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7. 1 - -. 1. -234567 -2 3. 1. -234567 . 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7. 1 2 -. 1. -2-4567 Nyctevis. Rhinolophus. Tonatia , Chvotoptevus. Lonchoglossa, Anouva. Phyllostomus, Hemidevma, Rhinophylla, Bvachy- phylla, Avtibeus (part), Enchisthenes , Urodevma, Vampyvops, Avdops, Phyllops, Stenodevma, Stuv- niva, Phyllony clevis, Reithvonyctevis, Evophylla. j ^ y — 2 — 4 5 q 7=32. Eptesicus, Vespevtilio, Rhinoptevus, Hespevoptenus, Tylonyctevis, Mimetillus, Philetov, Hisliotus, Lsepho- tis, Glaucony ctevis. 4 \ \ — V'k f ^=32. Lasiuvus, Nyctinomus (part). ± Z o, 1. — Z — 4 o o / - (2) 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7=^°‘ Harpyiony ctevis. 26 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. - 2 3. 1. -2345-- 1 2-. I. -2 3. 1. -23456- -23456- - 2 1. - 2 -. 1. -23456- -2-4 5 6 7. 1 2 1. . 1. -2-4567 -2-4567 1 2 3. 1. - 2 1. -2-4567 - 2-45 6 7. 1 2-. 1. - 2 3. 1. -2-4567 --3 4 5 6 7. 1 - 1. -2 3. 1. -2-4567 -- 34 5 6 7. . 1. -2 3. 1. -234567 -- 3 4 5 6-. 1 2 -. 1. - 2 3. 1. -23456- -- 34 5 6-. 1 2 -. 1. -2 3. 1. -2-4567 -- 34 5 6-. 1 2 -. 1. - 2 -. 1. -2-4567 4 5 6 7. 1 2 3. 1. -2-4567 - 2 -. 1. -2-4 5 6 7. 1 2 -. 1. -2-4567 -2 3. 1. -2345-- - 2 -. 1. -2 3. 1. -23456- -- 3 4 5--. 1 2 -. 1. - 2 -. 1. -23456- --3 4 5 6-. -2-. 1. -2 3. 1. -234567 -2345-- -2-. 1. -2-. 1. -23456- 4 5 6 7 1 2 -. 1. -2 3. 1. -2-4567 4 5 6 7. 1 - -. 1. . 1. -2-4567 -2-4567 1 2 -. 1. - 2 -. 1. -2-4567 456 7 1 2 -. 1. -2 3. 1. -2-4567 --3456- 1 2 -. 1. -2-456- - 2 -. 1. 4 5 6 7 1 2 -. 1. -2-4567 -2-. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 1 - -. 1. . 1. -2-4567 4 5 6 7 ] 2 -. 1. -2 3. 1. -2-4567 --3456- . 1. -2 3. 1. -23456- --3456- 1 - -. 1. -2-456- =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =30. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =28. =26. =26. =26. Cynopterus , Niadius , Thoopterus, Sphserias. Bali onycteris, Styloctenium . Hipposideros, Anthops, Ccelops, Trisenops. Myropteryx. Taphozous. Mimon, Anthorhina. Cheer onycteris , Hylonycteris. Leptonycteris. Artibeus (part) . Vampyrodes , Mesophylla, Ariteus. Otonycteris, Nyct'ceius, Scoteinus, Scotoecus, Scoto- manes, Rhogeessa, Bseodon, Pachyotus , Dasypterus, Nyctophilus , Mormopterus ( part) . Chserephon, Nyctinomus (part) Eumops (part), Pro- mops. Ptenochirus, Megserops. Scotonycteris, Epomophorus , Hypsignathus. Dobsonia. Notopteris. Rhinopoma. Noctilio, Dirias. Megaderma , Lyroderma. Asellia , Rhinonycteris , Clceotis. Artibeus (part), Vampyressa, Chiroderma, Ectophylla, Pygoderma, Centurio, Sphseronycteris, Ametrida. Antrozous, Tomopeas, Molossops (part), Mormopterus (part), Platymops, Eumops (part). Mystacops. Macroderma , Lavia, Cardioderma. Lichonycteris. Vampyriscus. THE FAMILIES AND GENEKA OF BATS. 27 - 2 3. 1. 4 5 6 - 1 2 -. 1. -2-456- -2-1. 4 5 6 7. 1 1. -2-4567 -2-. 1. -2 3 4 5--. . 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - - 2 -. 1. 4 5-- 1 2 -. 1. i i 1 1 =26. =26. --24. Diphylla. Eomops, Molossops, (part; Nyctymene. Cheiromeles, Molossus. =20. Desmodus, Disemus. It will be noticed at once that certain formulas are characteristic of particular groups, or rather that a given formula never occurs in widely separated families. Thus, among the genera with 31 teeth -2 3. 1. -23456- the formula is confined to the Pteropidae, 1 2 -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 -2 3. 1. - -345 67, ,, ™ , ,-2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 1 2 -■ 1. - 234567 t0 the ^lostonncte, and 1 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 6 6 7 to the Vespertilionidae. Similarly among the 32-toothed genera the formula -2 -. 1. - 2-4567 1 2 3. 1. - 2 -4 5 6 7 -2 3. 1. --34567 is peculiar to the Embalionuridae, -2 3. 1. 4567 1 2-. l. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 t0 thS Phyllostomid®’ and 12 3. 1. - 2- 4567 to the Vespertilionidae. The only formulas that occur in two or more 2 3. 1. - 234567 families are 12 3. 1. - 234567 :38, found in the Natalidae, Thyr- - 2 -. 1. • 4 5 6 7 30 opteridae, Myzopodidae, and Vespertilionidae, — ~ ^ ± § q y found in 9 genera of Vespertilionidae and 1 of Molossidae ( Mormop terns), and -2 -. 1. 4567 = 28, found in two aberrant genera 1 2 -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 each of Vespertilionidae ( Antrozous and Tomopecis ) and Molossidae (. Molossops , part, and Mormopterus , part). Even in these excep- tional cases, however, the families involved are not distantly allied. The only teeth that are never absent are the canines, the last pre- I. 45 molar and the first molar, * ----- — those never present the first upper incisor and the first upper and lower premolar, — 2 3. 1. — 234567 6lr3 -iffir 2 3 4 5 6 7‘ ^le re(^uc^ons by which the various formulas have been produced appear to be as follows: Incisors. — In the upper jaw the permanently missing incisor is without much doubt the first. This is indicated, as shown by Winge, by the correspondence of the two upper teeth with the two outer of the lower jaw when the maximum set is present, and also, even more strongly, by the general tendency throughout the group for the pre- maxillaries to become reduced, particularly along the inner edge. This would inevitably result in eliminating that part of the bone in which the first incisor grows. Of the remaining upper incisors it is 28 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. invariably the outer that disappears first. This tooth may be seen in every stage of degeneration among the genera with 2-2 upper incisors, while in none is it distinctly more developed than its fellow, though in some of the long-tongued Pteropidae and in certain genera of Gloss- ophaginae it is slightly the larger. In the lower jaw the incisors become reduced from the outer side, a process mostly associated with narrowing of the anterior portion of the mandible. This process is especially well illustrated in the Molossidae. The third incisor exists in some species of Nyctinomus and in Mormopterus , though reduced in size and crowded beneath the cingulum of the canine, the prominent cusp of which has assumed its function. In Clioer ephon, Eumops , Promops , and most species of Nyctinomus it has disappeared. In some species of Molossops the narrowing of the mandible has reduced and distorted the second incisor, the cingulum cusp of the canine in turn taking the functions of this tooth, while in other species of Molossops , in Eomops , Cheiro- meles , and Molossus the second incisor has disappeared. There is little doubt that a similar course has been followed throughout the Microchiroptera. In the Megachiroptera no genera are known with 3-3 lower incisors, and it has been assumed by Winge that the first tooth is absent, a conclusion based chiefly on the correspondence in position of these teeth with the second and third of the upper jaw. The probability of this view seems heightened by the almost univer- sally larger size of the outer tooth as compared with the inner, while in the Microchiroptera the reverse is normally the case. In the fruit- eating Phyllostomidae, however, there is a similar reduction in the size of the inner incisor as compared with the outer, probably due to the action of the tongue, and I prefer to assume that the frugivorous habits of the Pteropidae account for the relative size of these teeth also, and that the course of reduction in this group forms no exception to the rule, so far at least as regards the disappearance of the outer tooth first. The next incisor to disappear is, however, probably i 17 acted upon, as it must have been, by the tongue. In the genera Dobsonia , N esonycteris , and Notopteris i 2 is therefore the remaining tooth. Premolars. — Both above and below it is probably the first pre- molar that is permanently absent, though of this there is no proof. In the upper jaw the next to disappear is either pm2 or pm 3. Three premolars are present in members of the families Pteropidae, Phyllostomidae, Natalidae, Thyropteridae, Myzopodidae, and Vesper - tilionidae. The anterior tooth ( pm 2) is the more reduced in four of these, the Pteropidae, Phyllostomidae, Natalidae, and Thyrop- teridae, while the median ( pm 3) is the smaller in the two others, the Myzopodidae and Vespertilionidae. While the evidence is there- fore not conclusive for any of the other families, it appears safe to THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 29 assume, from general considerations of relationship, that the small upper premolar is pm 3 in the Furipteridae and pm 2 in the Nyc- teridae, Megadermidae, Rhinolophidae, Hipposideridae, Mystacop- idae, and Molossidae. It seems probable that the degeneration of pm 2 is characteristic of the fruit-eating bats and their near relatives and that the reduction and disappearance of pm 3 occur in the insec- tivorous groups. As regards the small upper premolars, therefore, the families may be grouped as follows : Dominant tooth, pm 2 : Megadermidse. Rhinolophidae. Hipposideridae. Myzopodidae. Vespertilionidae. Mystacopidae. Molossidae. Dominant tooth, pm 3 : Pteropidae. Phyllostomidae. Natalidae. Furipteridae. Thyropteridae. In the lower j aw pm 3 becomes reduced before pm 2 in all the groups of Microchiroptera, some members of which possess both teeth — the Rhinolophidae, Phyllostomidae, Natalidae, Furipteridae, Thyropteridae, Myzopodidae, and Vespertilionidae. Hence it is prob- able that this is the normal process throughout the suborder. In the Megachiroptera, however, the opposite is taking place. In every known genus of Pteropidae both pm 2 and pm 3 are present, but pm 2 is invariably the smaller tooth. Molars. — While the posterior molar of both jaws is invariably reduced, it is never absent except in certain frugivorous and sanguiv- orous bats; that is, in various genera of Pteropidae and Phyllosto- midae, and in all of the Desmodontidae. The middle molar dis- appears in some of the Pteropidae and Desmodontidae, but is not yet known to be absent in any member of the Phyllostomidae. The vari- ous ways in which these teeth are suppressed are as follows : 5 6- Harpy ionycteris , Dobsonia, Artibeus (part), Vampyrodes, Mesophylla, 5 6 7' Ariteus. 5 6 - Balionycteris, Styloctenium , Leptonycteris, Lichonycteris , Artibeus (part), 5 6-’ Vampyriscus, Vampyressa, Chiroderma, Ectophylla, Pygoderma , Centu- rio , Sphseronycteris, Arnetrida, Diphylla. 5 — Nyctymene, Cynopterus, Niadius , Thoopterus , Ptenochirus , Megserops , Sphx- 5 6-' rias, Scotonycteris, Epomophorus, Notopteris. Desmodus, Disemus. NORMAL CUSPS. The typical Chiropterine dentition, which occurs essentially unmod- ified in at least some genera of every family except the Pteropidae and Desmodontidae, is as follows : Upper incisors subulate, the point slightly curved backward; cin- gulum well developed, particularly on outer side; a posterior or lat- eral secondary cusp usually present on one or both teeth. Lower 30 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. incisors with crown well differentiated from root, its length greater than height or width,0 its cutting edge approximately horizontal, but with two evident notches. No striking differences in size or form between the teeth composing a series, except that the outer lower incisor is often wider than the others and with one or two blunt sup- plemental cusps posteriorly. Canines simple, the upper larger than the lower and usually the highest tooth in the entire series. Cingulum well developed, that of the lower tooth conspicuously oblique. Shaft subterete, that of the upper tooth flattened or slightly concave on inner side, that of lower tooth similarly flattened or concave posteriorly. The shaft of the upper tooth at base occupies almost entire crown, while that of lower appears to. be situated a little in front of middle of crown so that the posterior portion forms a slight heel. Premolars except pm 4 essentially like the canines, though very much smaller and with height of crown not conspicu- ously greater than 1 e n g t h . Cingulum well developed, hori- zontal or slightly ob- lique. Posterior up- per premolar much larger than either of the others, its cusp nearly as high as that of canine, from which it differs in shape in the presence of a conspicuous flange-like posteroexternal extension, with well-developed cutting edge and supported by a second root. Inner side of this extension flat, continuous, with flattened postero- internal surface of cusp ; crown with a slight but evident postero- internal heel ; cingulum well developed, often forming an anterior cusp at base of main cusp and occasionally another on heel. The first and second upper molars resemble each other, though the second is usually the larger of the two. The crown (fig. 4) is much wider than long or high, three-rooted, and set obliquely, so that the outer portion is higher than the inner. & Its outer border is « Length=diameter in axis of tooth row ; width— diameter perpendicular to tooth row ; height=distance from lower edge of cingulum to extremity of high- est cusp. & Strictly speaking, it is lower, more ventral, but in the position in which the teeth are always examined it is higher. C Fig. 4.— Typical molar teeth of an insectivorous bat. A — Crown view of maxillary molar. A.— Crown view of MANDIBULAR MOLAR. C. — SIDE VIEW OF MAXILLARY MOLAR. ecd. — ENTOCONID. mtS. — METASTYLE. hC.— HYPOCONE. pc— PARACONE. hcd. — HYPOCONID. pcd. — PARACONID. me— METACONE. prC.— PROTOCONE. mcd. — METACONID. pred. — PROTOCONID. ms— MESOSTYLE. pS. — PARASTYLE. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 31 nearly straight, though usually marked by three projections and two indentations. The anterior border is unsymmetrically convex, the inner border variously truncate, rounded, or double convex, the posterior border with a concavity usually somewhat greater than con- vexity of anterior border. The inner posterior portion of the crown, bearing no large cusp, is usually flattened and often produced into a noticeable heel. The crown bears three main cusps, corresponding to those of the primitive tritubercular tooth, the inner anterior proto- cone (fig. 4, prc .), the outer anterior paracone (fig. 4, pc.), and the outer posterior metacone (fig. 4, me.). Not infrequently the inner posterior hypocone (fig. 4, he.) is also present, but in bats this cusp never attains a size sufficient to obscure the tritubercular aspect of the crown. Very rarely (in some Phyllostomidae, particularly Brachy- phylla , Plate VI, fig. 3) an intermediate cusp, the protoconule, occurs between protocone and paracone, and another, the metaconule, at inner base of metacone. At the extreme outer edge of the tooth are three small cusps, the anterior parastyle (fig. 4, ps.), the median mesostyle (fig. 4, ms.), and the posterior metastyle (fig. 4, mts.)a. The styles are connected wdth the main cusps of the outer row by four conspicuous, trenchant, slightly concave ridges, or flutings, the com- missures (fig. 4), the first extending from parastyle to paracone, the second from paracone to mesostyle, the third from mesostyle to metacone, the fourth from metacone to metastyle. The commissures are approximately equal in length, though increasing slightly from first to fourth. Together with the cusps, which they connect, these ridges form a conspicuous W-pattern, the variations in the form of which are of much systematic importance. Of the three main cusps the protocone is situated at a lower level than the others. In form it is more robust, though usually less elevated; frequently it occupies nearly the entire inner section of the tooth. A narrow commissure extends forward from anterior side of this cusp, past base of para- a In describing the molar teeth I have adopted the cusp nomenclature pro- posed by Osborn (See American Naturalist, XXII, p. 1072, December, 1888) as the most simple and convenient. The fact that it was based on a mistaken idea of the succession of cusps (See Gidley, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 106, July 10, 1906) is of little weight compared with the convenience of an exact name for each part of each tooth. The system of numbering the cusps (cusp No. 1—ps, No. 2 —ms, No. 3 =mts, No. 4— pc, No. 5— me, No. 6=pb, No. 7 =hc, etc.) proposed by Winge (Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren., Ki0ben- havn, 1882, pp. 15-19, pi. hi) and recently adopted by Andersen and Wroughton (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XIX, p. 129, February, 1907) appears to be equally misleading as regards the succession of cusps, while it has the great disad- vantage of furnishing no convenient names. With regard to the position of the primitive cusp : Winge placed it in the outer row (mesostyle), Osborn in the inner row (protocone), while the observations of Gidley, based on much more extensive material, shows almost conclusively that it is in the middle row (paracone). 32 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cone to parastyle. A similar commissure occasionally extends pos- teriorly behind base of metacone to metastyle, but this is less con- stantly present. The paracone and metacone form the highest portion of the tooth ; the metacone, together with third and fourth commissures, is usually larger than the anterior cusp and ridges. A faintly developed cingulum may usually be traced along anterior, inner, and posterior edges of crown. On outer side the cingulum is practically absent. The third molar is always smaller than either of the others, and some of its elements are reduced or absent. The process of reduction, which invariably proceeds from behind forward, varies, in teeth that can not be regarded as abnormal, from a mere shortening of the metastyle and fourth commissure, accompanied by diminution in height and diameter of the metacone, as seen in cer- tain Ehinolophidae (Plate I, fig. 1), to absence of everything except the parastyle, paracone, protocone, the first commissure, and a trace of the second, elements which are always present in this tooth. This condition is well illustrated by Pachyotus (Plate I, fig. 2). In the mandible the first and second molars are also alike in form, with the second usually a little the larger. Five cusps are present, the outer anterior protoconid (fig. 4, jircd.) , the inner anterior para- conid (fig. 4 , pcd.), the inner median metaconid (fig. 4, mcd.), the outer posterior l^poconid (fig. 4, hcd.) , and the inner posterior entoconid (fig. 4, ecd.). In general appearance these teeth resemble the outer higher portion of the upper molars reversed, the three inner cusps corresponding in form to the styles, and the protoconid and hypoconid to the paracone and metacone. The hypoconid is, however, lower than the protoconid, though the width of the tooth through the base of this posterior cusp is normally greater than that through the protoconid. The points of the cusps of the two rows are nearer together than in the upper teeth, and the commissures are shorter and more strongly concave, the third extending down- ward from point of hypoconid to base of metaconid. The two seg- ments of the W are therefore disconnected, though this is not at first sight apparent when crowns are viewed from above. A well developed though not very prominent cingulum extends around outer base of crown from paraconid to entoconid. Third lower molar with posterior segment usually much smaller than the first, owing to the great reduction in size of both hypoconid and entoconid and the close approximation of these two cusps. In some Rhinolophida? and Emballonuridae, however, the tooth is practically identical with m x and m 2 (Plate II, fig. 1). In the first and second upper molars of insectivorous bats the metacone .may be said to be the dominant cusp. It is not only the largest and the first to appear above level of alveolus as the teeth grow, but in the modifications to which the form of the crown is subjected the metacone invariably THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 33 remains the most important cusp, drawing the protocone and para- cone toward it, so to speak, and gradually absorbing them. This process may continue until the molars approximate the large premolar in form, though no genus is yet known in which the protocone and paracone are entirely obliterated. In the third upper molar, how- ever, the paracone is the more permanent, as the successive short- ening of the tooth from behind soon eliminates the metacone. In all the mandibular molars the protoconid is the chief cusp. Like the metacone of m 1 and m 2 it is the first to appear as the permanent teeth cut the gums, while it is the largest and most conspicuous cusp throughout all changes known to occur. INTERRELATION OF TEETH. Owing to the high cusps and deep hollows which cause the crowns to fit closely interlocked when the jaws are closed the interrelation between the teeth of the two jaws is very intimate, so much so that no modification can take place in a given region without its counter- part in the opposed structures. Lateral motion of the mandible, though supposed by at least one careful observer to be absent,0 un- doubtedly occurs to the extent of permitting the posterior surface of the lower canine to come in contact with the anterior surface of the corresponding upper tooth. In individuals with worn teeth the front face of the upper canine shows abrasion that could not otherwise be accounted for. This lateral motion is sufficient to give the opposed cusps and commissures of the molars the shearing action on which their effectiveness depends. In the typical condition with the maxi- mum number of teeth present the interrelation of the two sets are as follows : Incisors. — The inner upper incisor is opposed chiefly to i 3, the large median lobe of which fits into the notch formed by basal cusp of upper tooth ; extreme tip of i 2 nearly in contact with inner edge of median lobe of i 2. Outer upper incisor with long posterior sur- face in contact with anterior surface of lower canine, the two teeth playing against each other with a shearing motion as the jaws close. The extreme tip of the tooth almost touches notch at posterior outer base of i 3' when jaws are tightly shut. Inner lower incisor not op- posed to any tooth in upper jaw. Canines— The chief opposition of the canines is a shearing contact between the anterior inner edge of the upper tooth and the posterior outer edge of lower. The point and inner surface of the upper tooth also plays against the first lower premolar, or rather its inner pos- terior edge cuts any food material pressed upon it by the two small 0 Gosse, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 426, December, 1847. The animal observed was a Noctilio, and the motion of the jaws is described as vertical only. 25733— No. 57—07 m 3 34 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. premolars together. In the genera with large, triangular- crowned trenchant premolars (most Phyllostomidse, Natalidse, etc.) the inner posterior edge of the upper canine has become knife-like. It is crossed by the anterior edge of the anterior lower premolar with a true shearing motion, while its cingulum is so formed as to fit the point and posterior edge of the smaller tooth. Premolars. — In bats with terete premolars the upper and lower teeth do not come actually in contact, those of the mandible lying distinctly nearer to the sagittal plane than those of the upper jaw. The point of pm 2 comes slightly below and behind that of pm 3, while that of pm 4 approaches pm 3 and the cingulum of pm 2. The large upper premolar (^>m4) shears with its interior inner sur- face close to but not in contact with the posterior outer surface of pm 4, while its main cusp and posterior cutting edge play against the cusp and anterior outer surface of prd 1 °, the extreme point of which nearly touches surface of heel. When the premolars are trenchant the anterior edge of each lower tooth shears against the posterior inner edge of the preceding upper tooth, while the posterior edge cuts upon the anterior edge of the corresponding tooth in the upper jaw. The relations of the first lower premolar to the upper canine have already been explained. Molars. — As the distance between the two rows of mandibular teeth is sensibly less than that between the opposed sets,^ it follows that to obtain a uniformly shearing action of the molars the jaws must be thrown either to the right or left before the beginning of the stroke. When the mandible is at its extreme lateral position the outer and inner cusps of the lower teeth are closely opposed, respectively, to the styles and highest cusps of the upper teeth — that is, in the outer rows ; prcd 1 to ps 1, lied 1 to ms 1, pred 2 to mts 1 and ps 2, lied 2 to ms 2, prcd 3 to mts 2 and ps 3, hed 3 to ms 3, in the inner rows, ped 1 to the apex of />m4, mod 1 to 1, ecd 1 and ped 2 to me 1, mod 2 to pc 2, ecd 2 and ped 3 to me 2, med 3 to pc 3, ecd 3 to me 3. The triangles of the lower teeth with their concave blade-like edges (commissures) tilted slightly inward, and termi- nated externally by the recurved cusps face the spaces between the similarly concave but outward-tilted edges of the upper triangles, ' each lower triangle lying in front of the corresponding triangle of « For the sake of brevity the cusps of the three molars may be referred to by their abbreviation followed by the numbers 1, 2, and 3. Thus prd l=proto- conid of first lower molar ; me 3=metacone of third upper molar. 6 In a specimen of Noctilio (No. 37435, Mona Island, West Indies), the greatest distance between outer edges of upper toothrows is 12.2 mm. ; between outer edges of lower toothrows, 8.9 mm. In Myotis calif ornicus (No. 25826. San Diego County, California) the same measurements are, respectively, 4.9 mm. and 2.8 mm. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 35 the upper tooth. As the jaws close the cutting edges pass each other with a shearing motion, c 1 working against posterior edge of pm 4, c 2 against c1, c 3 against c 2, c 4 against c 3, and so on to the end of the series. At the same time a less important though equally definite action takes place between the innermost cusps of both sets of teeth. This consists principally of the passing of the posterior inner side of mcd 1, 2, and 3 and anterior inner side of ecd 1, 2, and 3 across the inner surface of the three protocones, the point of the large cusp in each instance fitting closely to the angle between the two small ones. The paraconid of m 2 and m 3 also comes within cutting dis- tance of the hypocone of m1 and m2 when it is large enough to be functional. As the stroke finishes each hypoconid scrapes through the hollow at middle of opposed crown, and finally comes in oppo- sition with inner side of corresponding protocone, across which it passes as the jaw is moved downward and toward the opposite side to take its position for the next stroke. At the same time each protoconid passes through the space at front of its corresponding upper tooth and comes similarly in opposition with posterior heel of the tooth in front, or with its hypocone when this cusp is present. While the full stroke just described is taking place on one side, a somewhat reversed half stroke occurs on the other, the inner surface of the long outer cusps of the lower teeth cutting against the outer side of the opposed inner cusps of the upper teeth, the action between them being the exact reverse to that which takes place near the end of the full stroke. As the recovery for the next stroke proceeds, the rounded convex outer surface of the protoconids and hypoeonids pass through the depressions between the paracones and metacones, while the similarly rounded inner surfaces of the upper teeth pass between the main cusps of the lower teeth, the result being a grind- ing and crushing action which must be very effective in the final trituration of small particles of food. The foregoing description of the' molars in action is primarily based on the genus Noctilio , in which the molars are large enough to be readily examined and in which their effectiveness of structure is at its maximum. The cutting apparatus is essentially the same in all bats with normal teeth, though its apparent effectiveness is in some instances reduced without any considerable change in the form of the cusps. Thus, in Myotis myotis the protoconids and hypoeonids are so long and straight that they are less readily brought in contact with the styles, the stroke apparently losing thereby. In some Phyllosto- midse the lateral motion of the mandible is lessened by the large size of the canines, which in certain genera develop large cutting edges. When this occurs the outer portion of the upper molars appears to be invariably reduced, the corresponding change in the lower teeth showing itself in the lessened transverse diameter of the triangles. 36 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. This is well illustrated by the genera Anthorhina (canines small, lateral motion of mandible free, outer portion of upper teeth well developed), Phyllostomus (canines large, with strongly trenchant edges, lateral motion reduced, outer portion of upper teeth relatively less developed), and V ampyrus (canines very large, lateral motion nearly absent, outer portion of upper teeth noticeably degenerate), a series which also shows the exceedingly nice adjustment betAveen the different parts of the cutting apparatus, since the gradually increas- ing size of the canines is closely followed by alterations in the cusps throughout the series of molar teeth. MODIFICATIONS OF CUSPS. While the majority of bats retain, together with their insectivo- rous habits, the typical primitive dentition almost unmodified, the members of certain groups show conspicuous changes in the form as well as in the function of the teeth. These alterations, Avhich pro- ceed chiefly by suppression of the original cusps, follow two main lines, one leading to a flat-crowned type of tooth effective for crush- ing the pulp of fruits, the other to a narrow, blade-like form most perfectly developed in those bats which subsist on blood. Among insectivorous bats a third line of divergence seems to be incipient. In this the molars tend to assume a single-cusped form closely resembling the fourth premolar. This is accomplished by the reduction of the styles and commissures and by the blending of the protocone and paracone with the metacone and of the paraconid and metaconid with the protoconid. In the most extreme instance knoAvn, hoAvever, it is not complete, as the three cusps are still recognizable. The first step in this direction is seen in various unrelated genera and consists in the reduction of the mesostyle together with the second and third commissures, accompanied by a distinct draAving together of the three main cusps, a noticeable diminution in the size of the protocone and paracone, and the partial fusion of the latter with the metacone. In the mandibular teeth the corresponding change is seen in the reduced area of the- triangle formed by the protoconid, paraconid, and metaconid as compared with the basal area of the croAvn. This condition occurs in the Nycteridse, Megadermidse, the genus V ampyrus (Plates I, II, fig. 3) and in Pachyotus (Plates I, II, fig. 2). In the Megadermidse it shows various degrees of develop- ment, being well advanced in Megaderma , M aero derma, and Cardio- derma , merely suggested in Lavia. In Pachyotus (Plates I, II, fig. 2) it has reached the same stage as in Megaderma in the maxillary teeth, while the mandibular teeth are slightly further advanced, hav- ing the second triangle noticeably smaller than the first. The next stage occurs in the genus Harpiocephalus (Plates I, II, fig. 4). In this the mesostyle has disappeared, together with the second and third THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 37 commissures, and the parastyle and metastyle are closely approxi- mated, though distinct and unusually large. The three main cusps are much closer together than in any other genus of bats, and the protocone and paracone are so reduced as to appear like mere append- ages to the large metacone. The whole tooth thus rather closely resembles a normal fourth premolar, the first and fourth commissures representing the anterior and posterior cutting edges, respectively, and the metacone the main cusp. In the lower molars all of the cusps except the protoconid are so reduced that the teeth approximate the form of the lower premolars. While H arpiocephalus represents the extreme of this peculiar variation so far as at present known, it would not be surprising to find genera in which the metacone alone remains, thus forming the complete parallel to the similar changes which have resulted in the suppression of all but the paracone in such genera of Insectivora as Centetes , Ericulus , and others.® The next and more important series of changes is that leading to the flat-crowned crushing tooth. This type of dentition, character- istic of fruit-eating bats, reaches its highest development in the Pteropidee, but is found in various intermediate conditions in mem- bers of the Phyllostomidse. As no transitory stages are known in the Pteropidae, the conditions in the Phyllostomidse present much the greater interest. Among the Chilonycterinae and Phyllostominae, the two most prim- itive groups of the Phyllostomidae, the teeth usually show no special modifications (Plates III, IV, fig. 1). The premolars, and occa- sionally the canines, are trenchant, and the molars retain their outer cusps and commissures well developed and functional, except where the lateral motion of the jaws is lessened by the excessive development of the canines, the extreme of which condition is seen in V ampyrus (Plates I, II, fig. 3). Such modification as occurs tends, therefore, rather toward the narrow, blade-like type. In the Glossophaginse the first stage in the flattening process is clearly seen (Plates III, IV, fig. 2) . The molars of the upper jaw have nearly lost the mesostyle, while the parastyle in m 1 and in m 2 is prac- tically indistinguishable from the base of the paracone. The meta- style, however, remains long, though low; fourth commissure wTell developed, but the other three reduced to a mere trace. In m 3 the parastyle remains long, while it is the metastyle that has disappeared. Paracone and metacone well developed, the metacone, as usual, the larger. Protocone low and broad, extending backward along inner margin of crown as a noticeable ridge. The three main cusps are wide apart, and the space between the protocone and those of the outer row is less encroached upon by the bases of the cusps. It thus suggests the first trace of the flattened crushing surface. The man- a See Gidley, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 94, July 10, 1906. 38 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. dibular molars retain all of their cusps, but these are low and rounded. This is especially true of the paraconid, which is much the lowest of the cusps on inner side. The protoconid and metaconid, as well at the hypoconid and entoconid, stand nearly opposite each other, the anterior pair united by a rather high ridge, the remnant of the second commissure. Another stage is represented by the Sturnirinse (Plates III, IY, fig. 3). Here the styles and commissures have completely disappeared, leaving a parallel-sided, squarish, or oblong crown, the median por- tion of which is occupied by a broad groove nearly continuous from one tooth to the next. In the upper teeth the three primitive cusps are present and in practically their normal position, though all are much hollowed out from the inner side. The protocone is large, ex- tending along entire lingual side of tooth. Paracone smaller, but better defined than metacone. Third molar with the elements so reduced that the homologies of the cusps are doubtful. In the lower teeth the reduction of the paraconid, begun in the Glassophaginse, is carried so far that this cusp is absent in m 2 and m 3, while in m t it is decidedly the smallest of those on lingual side. The other cusps stand opposite each other in pairs, the metaconid facing the proto- conid and the entoconid facing the hypoconid. They are of much the same character as those of the upper teeth, being placed at ex- treme edge of crown and with the inner side hollowed out to form the. longitudinal furrow. Traces of the four principal cusps are visible in the posterior tooth. In the typical genus of Phyllonycterinse (Plates III, IV, fig. 4) a stage is reached in which the lower molars closely resemble those of the Pteropidse, while the upper teeth remain more as in the Sturnirinse. From those of the latter group the maxillary teeth differ, principally in the lowering of the protocone, so that the longitudinal groove becomes rather a broad, nearly flat, crushing surface. The paracone and metacone are also flattened, but their distinctness remains evi- dent, In the slight hollow between them may often be seen the last trace of the mesostyle (not shown in the figure). In the mandible the crowns of the molars are flat, with a slightly raised rim, on which is faintly indicated a trace of the protoconid, metaconid, and hypoconid. So faint are these traces that they might readily escape notice. In m 1 the anterior portion of the crown is somewhat nar- rowed, bearing a rather prominent cusp, probably the protoconid, on the anterior inner side of which there is a slight concavity. This hol- low may represent the space between protoconid and paraconid. A glance at fig. 4, Plate IY and Plate YIII, will show the striking simi- larity between these teeth and those of the Pteropidse. Before pass- ing to the latter, however, it may be well to describe a very important aberrant type of crushing dentition found in the PhyllostomidsB. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 39 This aberrant type (Plates V and YI) is found throughout the large subfamily Stenoderminse. In the maxillary teeth the paracone and metacone, with occasionally an intermediate cusp, perhaps the rem- nant of the mesostyle, form a cutting edge at outer margin, usually with a distinct cingulum in the normal position and an equally well- developed ridge on inner side extending from point or base of paracone to posterior base of metacone; the crowns are increased in width to form a large crushing area, the surface of which is usually roughened by folds or wrinkles, from which may be developed a definite protoconule and metaconule (Plate VI, fig. 3) ; and a very large hypocone is often as a conspicuous postero-internal heel, which, in the most extreme instances, occupies the entire lingual side of the tooth and assumes the appearance of a protocone, causing the latter to occupy the relative position of a protoconule, though always recog- nizable by its large size (Plate VI, fig. 2). In the mandibular teeth a similar widening and flattening of the crowns has taken place ; the surface of the enamel is of the same character; the paraconid is absent, and the metaconid and entoconid tend to assume a subulate form, rising abruptly from the flattened surface of the crown (Plate V, fig. 2). The Stenodermine dentition most nearly resembles the Sturnirine type, and it seems probable that the two had a common origin, though the Stenodermine type has now become much the more aberrant. Among the different genera there is considerable variation in the details of the tooth structure, though never enough to obscure the pecidiar appearance characteristic of the type. The nearest approach to the Sturnirinae is seen in V ampyrops and Chiroderma , both of which lack all definite trace of the hypocone.® In the former the surface of the crowns is nearly smooth and the inner cingulum of the outer cusps is well developed, while in the latter the croAvn surface is coarsely wrinkled and the inner cingulum is absent. Either genus is readily distinguishable from Sturnira by the increased breadth of the crowns and the consequent replacing of the longitudinal groove by a wide crushing area. In TJroderma (Plate VI, fig. 1), the second upper molar shows a small shelf-like postero-internal projection, while in the first molar this has increased in size and assumed a distinct cusp-like form. About the same stage is represented by the first molar of Pygoderma , while an evident trace of the small hypocone can usually be detected in the greatly reduced second molar. A very rudimentary metaconule is present in m 1 and m 2 of TJroderma , and a similar but larger cusp is represented in the o The faintest possible suggestion of this cusp, or rather of a cingulum in the position that the cusp occupies in other genera, is present in some specimens of V ampyrops lineatus. 40 BULLETIN 5 1, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. same teeth of Stenoderma as figured by Peters.® Artibeus (Plate V, fig. 1 ) , shows the hypocone of m 1 large and in characteristic position for the group — that is, mostly lingual to the protocone. In m 2, how- ever, the condition is about the same as in Uroderma. The genera Ariteus , Phyllops , Ardops , and Sphceronycteris have the hypocone of m 2 well developed and of the same form as that in m 1, though not as large. This is accompanied by an increased widening of the crowns. The maximum of widening is seen in the first molar of Centurio (Plate VI, fig. 2), where the distance from hypocone to protocone is nearly equal to that from protocone to paracone, and the points of these three cusps are exactly in line with each other. Between the bases of the paracone and metacone in the first and second molar of TJroderma (Plate VI, fig. 1) may be detected a slight depression, the middle of which is occupied by a faintly marked groove. This is probably the first trace of the peculiar structure that forms so conspicuous a feature in the second molar of each jaw in E ctophylla. As already pointed out, a minute metaconule is present in Uroderma and Stenoderma , apparently developed as a specialization of the rugosity of the crushing surface. The same cusp is present in the first and second molars of Brachyphylla (Plate VI, fig. 3) as a low though evident longitudinal or oblique ridge, best developed in m 2. In the first molar there is a protoconule of somewhat the same size and form, though smaller and more strictly longitudinal. This cusp becomes of considerable importance in the second molar, where its height and its basal area are both fully half as great as in the protocone, which the new cusp resembles in form. So strong is this resemblance that were it not for its position on the crown and for the reversal of the relative sizes the protoconule might be mistaken for the protocone and the protocone for the hypocone of a somewhat aberrant tooth of the usual Stenodermine type. In the third molar a similar cusp is present, though not as high or as well defined. The inner margin of the teeth is without trace of cingulum or shelf-like rudiment of the hypocone. In the mandicular teeth the intermediate cusps are rather well developed in m 2, though absent or barely indicated in m x and in m 3. When present they assume the form of low, subterete elevations at base of metaconid and entoconid. The very peculiar arrangement of cusps in this otherwise primitive genus is probably a development from a type in which the teeth resembled those of Chiroderma. The Pteropine dentition (Plates VII, VIII) though at first sight strikingly different from that of the typical Microchiroptera, has undoubtedly been developed from a primitive type similar to that a Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1876, plate facing p. 434. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 41 retained by the otherwise more highly modified insectivorous bats through a series of stages analogous to those that may now be seen in the Phyllostomidse. Owing to the early and complete assumption of frugivorous habits these intermediate stages have disappeared among the Megachiroptera, and no fossil forms have yet been found in which they may be traced. While no genus of Microcliiroptera, however strictly frugivorous its members may be, has teeth exactly resembling those of the Pteropidse, the change that would be neces- sary to pass between such dentitions as those of Pteropus and Phyl- lonycteris is much less than those which can be observed step by step from the latter back to the normal primitive condition of the cusps. In its simplest and most characteristic form, as seen, for instance, in P ter opus (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 1) this dentition is immediately recognizable by the bluntly rounded incisors, large and conspicuously ridged canines, and by the striking uniformity of the cheek teeth. The first and last cheek tooth both above and below is usually small or deciduous, its terete crown flat, concave, or slightly cusped. The others have oblong or squarish crowns bearing a large outer and a small inner elevation, these elevations high and cusp-like in the more anterior teeth, becoming successively lower toward the posterior end of the series, where, particularly in the lower jaw, they may be scarcely more than the rims of the conspicuous longitudinal median groove. The distinction between the inner and outer cusp is not always evident, particularly in the first large tooth of the lower jaw, and the space between them is usually somewhat filled in by the ridge- like inner bases of the cusps. Anteriorly where the cusps are high the crushing surface is strongly oblique, while posteriorly, where the cusps are low, it is nearly horizontal. While no intermediate stages are known directly connecting this type of dentition with normally cusped ancestral forms, it is safe to assume, from analogy with the frugivorous Phyllostomine bats, that in the upper molars the two cusps are the protocone and paracone and in the lower molars the protoconid and metaconid. Teeth essentially like those of Pteropus are found in many genera of Megachiroptera. In Styloctenium and the long-tongued genera simplification has taken place, in the first instance by broadening and flattening the cusps and ridges until a nearly cushion-shaped crown results, in the second (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 4) by reduction in the size of both crowns and elevations. The more usual type of divergence is seen in the tendency to produce additional cusps and ridges not homologous with the parts of the primitive insectivorous tooth. This is well illustrated by Nyctymene (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 2) and Niadius (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 3). In the former the first, second, and third of the large mandibular cheek teeth develop 42 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. an extra cusp behind the protoconid, while the upper canine has a new cusp on the outer side of its tip. In Niadius the extra canine cusp is at the posterior base, while the additions to the cheek teeth take the form of small terete cusps near middle of crushing surface. The latter region is occupied by a longitudinal ridge in Dobsonia. In Pteralopex and Harpyionycteris the tendency toward supernu- merary cusps is carried to the greatest extreme, the penultimate cheek tooth of the latter, both above and below, containing no less than three well-developed, subequal cusps on each side, the resulting form closely resembling that of the molars of the Jurassic Bolodon. The last series of changes leads to the cutting teeth of the sanguiv- orous bats. The chain of intermediate stages is here less complete than in that leading to the fruit-crushing type, as the teeth of the Desmodontidse are so excessively modified as to stand quite alone. The first step in this direction may apparently be seen, however, in the Hemiderminse and in the genus Erophylla. The teeth of Hemiderm ,a (Plates IX and X, fig. 1) are not con- spicuously different from those of Glossophaga. The mesostyles have, however, completely disappeared, and the parastyles and metastyles have practically lost their identity in the large bases of the paracones and metacones. The two outer main cusps are well developed, and their edges, together with what remains of the commissures, are strongly trenchant. Protocone low, short, and rounded, widely sepa- rated from the outer cusps and forming entire inner section of crown. In the lower molars the original cusps may all be traced, but those of the outer row stand not far from middle of crown, where they form a nearly straight cutting edge, while those of the inner row are much reduced. The paraconid is present, however, in all three teeth, though in the first it is less developed than in the others, while the entoconid, though low and indistinct, is present as a postero-internal rim in all but the last. The process of reduction begun in this genus is carried much further in Rhino pliylla. The protocone has here prac- tically disappeared, being represented by a mere inner rim to the outer cusps, which now stand close to lingual side of crown. The paracone and metacone are low and very narrow, producing a faintly two-lobed cutting edge ; paracone lower than metacone. On the outer side the crown is relatively wide, and the basal remnants of the parastyle and metastyle are evident. The corresponding changes in the lower molars have resulted in a form of crown scarcely dis- tinguishable f i om that of the premolars, except by their slightly greater length and more distinct main cusp (protoconid). On close inspection the last trace of the hypoconid may be detected, appear- ing in profile as a mere backward prolongation of the median cutting edge, but showing a distinctly indicated thickened base when viewed from above. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 43 From such teeth as those of Rhinophylla to the excessively modi- fied molars of the Desmodontida; (Plates IX and X, fig. 3) the tran- sition could readily be made. The cutting edge in these minute teeth therefore probably represents the combined paracone and metacone in the maxillary teeth and the protoconid and hypoconid in the lower jaw. It is useless, however, to attempt to suggest exact homologies for the three cusps indicated in the posterior lower cheek tooth of Desmodus , as it is probable that these are mere secondary growths. Another suggestion as to the probable origin of the Desmodontine molars is furnished by the teeth of Erophylla (Plates IX, X, fig. 2). These differ from those of PhyZlonycteris (Plates III, IV, fig. 4) in their distinct narrowing and in the development of a well-defined cut- ting edge along the outer portion of the crowns, both above and below. Order CHIROPTERA. 1779. Chiroptera Blumenbach, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, p. 74. Geographic distribution. — Eastern and western hemispheres to the northern and southern limits of tree growth. In the Pacific Ocean the range of the order extends to the Galapagos Islands and Hawaii from America, and to New Zealand, Samoa, the Caroline and Ladrone Islands from Asia. Characters. — Mammals with the front limbs modified for true flight, the fingers greatly elongated (the third usually at least equal to head and body) and joined together by a membrane which extends to sides of body and legs ; shoulder girdle much more developed than pelvis, the sternum usually keeled ; knee directed backward owing to rotation of leg for support of wing membrane. Number of forms. — There are at present recognized about 900 forms of Chiroptera, a number probably representing considerably less than half of what will eventually be known. Principal subdivisions. — The families of bats fall naturally into two main groups representing, as Winge has shown, two distinct stages in the specialization of the anterior limbs for flight. They may be distinguished as follows: KEY TO THE SUBORDERS OF CHIROPTERA. Second finger retaining an evident degree of independence, its ungual pha- lanx present; humerus with trochiter and trochin small, the former never articulating with the scapula ; mandible with angular process broad and low or practically absent ; margin of ear forming a com- plete ring MEGACHIROPTERA, p. 44. Second finger scarcely if at all independent from third, its ungual phalanx absent ; humerus with trochiter and trochin large, the former usually articulating with the scapula ; mandible with angular process well developed, long and narrow ; margin of ear not forming a complete ring MICROCHIRORTERA, p. 78. 44 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Remarks. — The distinction between these two groups is so sharp and definite that it is a matter of great convenience to recognize the Megachiroptera and Microchiroptera as suborders, though it may be questioned whether they are of equal structural importance with other suborders of Mammalia. Suborder MEGACHIROPTERA. 1821. Fructivorcp Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1872. Frugivora Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 18, No- vember, 1872. 1875. Megachiroptera Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 346, November, 1875. 1878. Megachiroptera Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 2. 1899. Megachiroptera Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 1. Geographic .distribution. — Tropical and subtropical regions of the Old World, east to Australia, Samoa, and the Caroline Islands. Characters. — In addition to the characters given in the key (p. 48) the following may be mentioned: Tragus never present; skull with rostral portion variable in length, but never specialized in form ; pre- maxillary well developed, usually free, always without palatal branch ; postorbital processes well developed; teeth very highly modified for frugivorism, the cheek teeth of upper and lower jaws closely resem- bling each other in form; molars normally with two blunt cusps on anterior portion of crown, these representing the protocone and para- cone in upper teeth, the protoconid and metaconid in lower; mandi- bular incisors never more than 2-2. Number of forms. — According to Matschie about 150 recognizable forms of Megachiroptera are now known. Principal subdivisions. — The Megachiroptera are all members of one family, the Pteropidse. Remarks.— Though the structure of the teeth presents a high de- gree of specialization, the development of the wings and the form of the skull represent an evolutionary stage much nearer to normal mam- mals than that which has been reached by the Microchiroptera. The index finger retains its ungual phalanx and much of its primitive in- dependence from the third digit ; the humerus has not yet developed a high, flange-like deltoid crest for muscular attachment, nor has it acquired a secondary articulation with the scapula. Finally the whole general appearance of the skull is more nearly that of an ordi- nary mammal and less distinctively that of a bat. On the other hand, the molar teeth have nearly lost all distinct traces of their primitive structure. That this fact is of relatively little importance is shown, however, by the existence in a family of Microchiroptera, the Phyl- lostomidse, of a complete series of stages connecting the normal form THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 45 of the teeeth with one nearly resembling that of the Megachiroptera. But, even if this were not true, in a group of characteristically volant animals the chief taxonomic importance must be assigned to the development of the wings. Family PTEROPIDCE Gray. 1821. Pteropidce Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1827. Pteropina Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 99. 1831. Pteropina Bonaparte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Pteropodidce Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bo- logna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112. 1838. Pteropina Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 502, December, 1838. 1854. [ Pteropidce ] “ Pteropides ” Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mamm., p. 184. 1865. Pteropi Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 256. 1872. Pteropodidce Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 18. 1875. Pteropidce Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 346, November, 1875. 1878. Pteropodidce Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 3. 1892. Pteropodidce Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. 1899. Pteropodidce Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 1. Geographic distribution. — Same as that of the suborder Mega- chiroptera. Characters. — As in the suborder. Principal subdivisions. — The famity Pteropidse is divisible into four groups worthy of recognition as subfamilies. KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF PTEROPIDCE. Premaxi 11a ries broadly united anteriorly. Molars with blunt, indistinct cusps Nyctymenin^e, p. 75. Molars with at least 5 sharp cusps each Harpyionycterin^e, p. 77. Premaxillaries separate or barely united anteriorly. Tongue not highly extensible ; molars and incisors not specially reduced in size ; braincase never strongly deflected ; upper surface of mandib- ular symphysis forming conspicuous angle with alveolar line, Pteropina, p. 45. Tongue highly extensible ; molars and incisors considerably reduced in size ; braincase strongly deflected ; upper surface of mandibular sym- physis parallel with alveolar line KicdotincE, p. 68. SiaLfkrnily PTEROPINA. 1878. Pteropodidce Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 3 (part; Pteropi part). 1891. Pteropodince Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 650. 1899. Pteropodidce Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 1 (part). 46 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — The same as that of the Megachiroptera (p. 44). Characters. — -Premaxillaries separate, though usually in contact anteriorly, retaining their distinctness throughout life; bony palate, narrowing gradually behind tooth rows, the width of interpterygoid fossa, including hamulars, distinctly less than distance between pos- terior molars; canines parallel when jaws are closed; cheek teeth well developed, without unusual development of cusps ; tongue not specially elongated. Principal subdivisions. — The Pteropinse, the largest group of ther Pteropidae, includes at least 19 genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF PTEROPIN^. Occiput so little deflected that alveolar line projected backward falls out- side of skull or at most passes through condyle. - Upper cheek teeth more than 3-3. Upper incisors with widened, trenchant crowns ; calcar absent. Sphcerias, p. 53. Upper incisors styliform ; calcar present. Lower incisors 2-2 ; outer upper incisor nearly as long as inner. Dentition normal ; canines with secondary cusp ; crown of cheek-teeth without median ridge. Crowns of molars longer than broad, without evident median cusp Cynopterus, p. 47. Crowns of molars subquadrate, pm 4 and m x with distinct terete cusp slightly in front of middle of crushing surface .7 Nicidius, p. 49. Dentition unusually heavy ; canines without secondary cusp ; crown of pm 4 and m 1 with distinct median ridge. Thoopterus, p. 50. Lower incisors 1-1 ; outer upper incisor conspicuously shorter than inner. Upper cheek teeth 5-5 Balionycteris, p. 52. Upper cheek teeth 4-4. Rostrum nearly straight above ; tail present. Ptenochirus, p. 51. Rostrum strongly concave above ; tail absent. Megwrops, p. 51. Upper cheek teeth 3-3. Cheek teeth all subterete Scotonycteris, p. 64. Cheek teeth not all subterete. Dorsal and ventral profiles of skull strongly converging ante- riorly; lower molars with one cusp on outer side. Epomophorus, p. 65. Dorsal and ventral profiles of skull nearly parallel ; lower molars with two cusps on outer side Hypsignathus, p. 67. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 47 Occiput so much deflected that alveolar line projected backward passes through or above root of zygoma. Posterior portion of occiput not distinctly elongated and tubular. Audital bulla with annular meatus ; first lower molar scarcely longer than second Rousettus, p. 54. Audital bulla with tubular meatus; first lower molar nearly as long as second and third together Pterocyon, p. 55. Posterior portion of occiput distinctly elongated and tubular. • 2-2 Incisors . Canines with well-developed secondary cusps -Pteralopex, p. 60. Canines without secondary cusps. First and second lower molars with broad, flat postero- internal heel in addition to the two longitudinal ridges ’ ; Acerdon, p. 59. First and second lower molars without postero-internal heel. Upper molariform teeth (pm4 m 1 and m2) subquad- rate in outline, essentially alike in form ; crown diameter of inner mandibular incisor about \ that of outer Desmalopex, p. 60. Upper molariform teeth (pm4 m1 and m2) not sub- quadrate, differing notably from each other in form ; crown diameter of inner mandibular incisor about | that of outer Pteropus, p. 56. * . 2-2 Incisors less than — - . Lower incisors 2-2 ; upper incisors wide apart Boneia, p. 61. Lower incisors 1-1 ; upper incisors close together. Upper incisors 1-1 ; cheek teeth normal Dobsonia, p. 63. Upper incisors 2-2 ; cheek teeth with rounded crowns and broad low ridges Styloctenium, p. 62. Genus CYNOPTERUS F. Cuvier. 1825. Cynopterus F. Cuvier, Des Dents des Mammiferes, p. 248 ( Pteropus margvnatus Geoflroy—Vespertilio sphinx Vahl). 1828. Pachysoma Is. Geoffroy, Diet. Class. Hist. Nat., XIV, p. 703, Septem- ber, 1828. ( Pteropus melanocephalus, P. titttuecheilus, P achy soma diardii, P. duvaucelii, P. brevicaudatum) . Not Pachysoma MacLeay 1821. 1878. Cynopterus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 80 (part; mar- ginatus, scherzeri, br achy soma) . 1899. Cynopterus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 74 ( subgenus ) . Type-species. — Pteropus marginatus Geofiroy—Vespertilio sphinx Vahl. Geographic distribution. — India and the Malay region, east to the Philippine Islands. Number of forms. — As here restricted, the genus Cynopterus con- tains about a dozen known forms, most of them closely related to C. sphinx. 48 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. -2 3 4 5 -- .2-2 1-1 3-3 1 2 -. 1. -2 3 4 5 6 2-2’ ° 1-1’ pm 3-3’ 1-1 2-2 =30. Teeth without special modifications. Upper incisors in contact with each other, but separated from canine by wide diastema, nearly terete, their crowns slightly flattened antero-posteriorly, the inner tooth of each pair slightly longer than the outer. Lower incisors somewhat flattened laterally, the outer of each pair slightly the larger; cutting edge blunt, nearly flat, though divided by a shallow notch into two in- conspicuous lobes. Canines both above and below with a secondary cusp on inner side formed by a slight prolonga- tion of the cingulum and some- what variable in its develop- ment in different species. An- terior upper premolar perma- nent, but scarcely larger than incisor in cross section and so short as barely to penetrate the gum. Its crown is nearly flat, though with a faintly in- dicated antero-external cusp. The corresponding lower tooth is considerably larger, its disk- shaped crown somewhat con- cave except for the minute antero - external cusp. The three suceeding cheek teeth almost exactly resemble each other above and below ; pm 3 and ^m 3 are higher and shorter than the others, and the inner ridge tends to form a blunt cusp opposite base of main cusp ; m1, pm 4, andmt have the longitudinal furrow well de- veloped and bounded on the inner side by a distinct, though low, ridge, and on the outer side by a much higher ridge, which rises anteriorly into a blunt cusp. Their crowns are noticeably longer than broad. The sec- ond lower molar closely resembles the anterior lower premolar, except that it lacks the small antero-internal cusp. The skull (figs. 5, 6) very primitive in form, the ventral profile nearly straight, the dorsal pro- file showing no special peculiarities. Floor of brain case scarcely THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 49 deflected, though placed at a slight angle with palate. Occipital region without trace of tubular elongation. Alveolar line projected backward barely touches audital bulla and occipital condyle. Ros- trum short (least distance from orbit to nares less than lachrymal width), its dorsal profile slightly concave. Premaxillaries in con- tact anteriorly, but not fused, slender throughout, and tapering above to a recurved point distinctly below upper rim of nares. Palate nor- mal. Audital bullae well developed, but without tube or lip at meatus. Mandible with broad low angular process. Exter- nal form short and heavy. Nostrils very prominent, almost tubular. Upper lip divided by a deep nar- row vertical groove. Sec- ond finger with well-de- veloped claw. Wings from sides of back. Tail distinct, its terminal half free from the inter femo- ral membrane. Calcar weak, its length about equal to breadth of foot. Species examined— Gy- nop terus sp hinx ( Vahl ) , G. angulatus Miller, G. montanoi Robin, C. tit- thcrcheilus Temminck, G. sp. (Celebes), G. scherzeri (Zelebor), G. melanocephalus (Temminck), G. major Miller, G. pagensis Miller, G. brachyotis (Muller). Fig. 6.— Cynopterus Montanoi. Adult Female. Singa- pore, Malay Peninsula. No. 102432. xU. Genus NIADIUS Miller. 1906. Niadius Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 83, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Gynopterus princeps Miller. Geographic distribution. — Nias Island, off west coast of Sumatra. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters. — Like Gynopterus , but with the larger cheek teeth broader and more squarish in outline ; crown of pm 4 and m 4 with 25733— No, 57—07 m— 4 50 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. distinct terete cusp slightly in front of middle of crushing surface (Plate VIII, fig. 3). Species examined. — Niadius princeps (Miller). Remarks. — In the somewhat increased size and the squarish out- line of the cheek teeth this genus shows a slight approach to Thoop- terus ; but the terete cusp in pm 4 and m 4 differs conspicuously from the ridge which occupies the same position in the related group. Genus THOOPTERUS Matsehie. 1878. Cynopterus Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 80 (part, latidens= nigrescens ) . 1899. Thoopterus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 77 (part). Subgenus of Cynopterus to contain nigrescens , melanocephalus, and Manfordi. Type-species. — Cynopterus nigrescens Gray (C. latidens Dobson). Geographic distribution. — Borneo, Celebes, Morotai, and Luzon. Number of forms. — Only two species of Thoopterus are known, T . nigrescens (Gray) and T . spadiceus Thomas. Characters. — Like Cynopterus in external characters (tail and cal- car present). Skull as in Cynopterus , except that interorbital region is narrower and zygomata stand out more widely. Teeth as in Cy- nopterus ^ but incisors smaller (though of the same proportions) ; upper canine without trace of secondary cusp, except a slight angular elevation of the cingulum postero-internally ; lower canine with a rather abrupt lobule on inner side, developed from cingulum and not forming a distinct cusp ; and cheek teeth ( except the small pm 2 and pm 2) greatly enlarged, their crowns subquadrate in outline. The crown of pm 4 and m 1 is crossed by a distinct ridge, this better developed in Thoopterus nigrescens than in T . spadiceus , in which it is somewhat obscured by the unusually large inner lobe. In the type of T . spadiceus the smaller upper premolar is absent and no trace of its alveolus can be detected. Species examined. — Thoopterus nigrescens (Gray), T. spadiceus * (Thomas). Remarks. — This genus is at once recognizable by its general re- semblance to Cynopterus (though with the tail somewhat reduced), and the enlarged, subquadrate cheek teeth. As here used the limits of the group differ from those originally assigned to it by Matschie in the exclusion of the species melanocephalus and blanfordi; the first of which is a Cynopterus ; while the second I have made the type of the genus Sphcerias. THE FAMILIES AND GEN EE A OF BATS. 51 Genus PTENOCHIRUS Peters. 1861. Ptenochirus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Weissensch. Berlin, p. 707 ( jagori , subgenus of P achy soma = Cynopterus) . 1878. Ptenochirus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 81 (subgenus of Cynopterus ) . 1899. Ptenochirus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 77 (part, subgenus). Type- species. — P achy soma ( Ptenochirus ) jagori Peters. ■Geographic distribution. — Philippines, Borneo. Number of forms. — Two species of Ptenochirus are now known. Characters. — External and cranial characters like Cynopterus (tail and calcar present) . Dental formula : - 2 3.1.- 2345 — ^.2-2, -2-1.- 23456-*' 1-1 c 1-1 1-1’ 3-3 m 1-1 2-2 = 28. Upper incisors smaller and more pointed than those of Cynopterus , distinctly though narrowly separated from each other, the outer tooth of each pair scarcely more than half as long as inner; lower incisor smaller than the corresponding tooth (i 2) in Cynopterus , nearly terete (not widened antero-posteriorly) . Canines as in Cynopterus , but without secondary cusps. Cheek teeth differing from those of Cynopterus in a general widening and flattening of the crowns, the outline of which becomes subquadrate in pm 4, pm 4, and m 15 and the less distinctness of the median furrow encroached upon by the thickened inner ridge. Species examined. — Ptenochirus lucasi Dobson, P. jagori Peters. Remarks. — This genus differs from Cynopterus in the absence of the inner pair of lower incisors, the reduction in size of the outer upper incisors, and in the broader, flatter molariform teeth. The last, character suggests Thoopterus , but is less pronounced and the teeth are not increased in size. Genus MEG^EROPS Peters. 1841. Megera Temminck, Monogr. de Manfm., II, p. 274 ( ecaudata ). 1841. Megcera Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm., II, p. 359 ( ecaudata ) ; not of Wagler, 1830, or of Robineau-Devoidy, 1830. 1865. Megcerops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 256. (Substitute for Megcera.) 1878. Megcerops Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus., p. 87 (subgenus of Cynop- terus). 1899. Megcerops Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 79 (subgenus of Ptenochirus) . Type-species. — Megcera ecaudata Temminck. Geographic distribution. — Sumatra, Borneo. Number of forms. — Only the type-species is known. 52 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters .- — Like Ptenochirus , but with no visible tail and with rostral portion of skull strongly concave both dorsally and laterally. The peculiar concave dorsal profile is shown in Matschie’s figure.® In this skull the rostrum is also concave laterally, or perhaps the form might be better described as deeply compressed in and below the mid-nasal region. Species examined.— M eg cer ops ecaudatus (Temminck) from Bor- neo. Remarks. — -Though Meg err ops has been generally regarded as a subgenus of Cynopterus , and Matschie has placed it under Ptenochi- rus , I think that it may more naturally be allowed to stand as a dis- tinct genus. By the tooth formula and the character of the cheek teeth it is rather closely allied to Ptenochirus , but the absence of any external tail and the peculiar form of the rostrum sufficiently differ- entiate it. The type of u Cynonycteris ” grandidieri Peters, which I have ex- amined in Paris, someAvhat closely resembles Megcerops in the form of the rostrum (see Matschie’s plate already referred to), but differs from this genus in the presence of 2-2 lower incisors. As Matschie suggests,5 the supposed m 1 and m 2 are the two roots of the single molar tooth, the crown having been entirely worn away. In the lower jaw the anomalous “ m 2” and “ m3” are likewise the remnants of the normal second molar. The animal had, therefore, the dental formula of Cynopterus. In its bad condition, however, the structure of the teeth being quite obscured by their excessive wear, I prefer not to attempt to assign the species to any genus. Genus BALION YCTERIS Matschie. 1899. Balionycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 80. ( maculatus .) T ype- species. — Cynopterus maculatus Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Borneo. Number of forms. — One, the type species. Characters. — Like Ptenochirus , but without external tail and with 5-5 upper cheek teeth. Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - . 2-2 1-1 3-3 2-2 OA - 2 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 1-1’ 1-1’ pm 3-3’ m 2-2-30' Teeth closely resembling those of Ptenochirus except for the pres- ence of the minute second upper molar. Incisors styliform ; canines « Die Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., pi. [viii], fig. 5. It is even more- pronounced in a Bornean specimen in the British Museum (No. 95.10.4.1, Kina Balu, John Whitehead). & Die Flederm. des. Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 71. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 53 without supplemental cusps; crowns of larger cheekteeth subquad- rate in outline, the median groove, as in Ptenochirus , less distinct than in Cynopterus. General form of skull as in Cynopterus and Ptenochirus . Species examined. — Balionycteris maculatus (Thomas). Remarks. — The only known species of this well-characterized genus is further recognizable by its excessively small size (forearm only 41 mm.) and by the conspicuous yellowish spotting of the wings. 1899. Thoopterus Matschie, Flederm. des. Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 77 (part). 1906. Sphwrias Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 83, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Cynopterus blanfordi Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Burma. Number of forms. — The type-species. Characters.— Like Cynopterus , but without calcar and external tail; incisors with conspicuously developed, sharply pointed, cut- ting edges. Dental formula, as in Cynopterus: Cheek teeth and canines as in Cynopterus, except that the canines show no trace of secondary cusps. Incisors better developed than in any of the related genera, and of conspicuously different form. In Cynopterus the cutting edge of the lower incisors is flat, though divided by a shallow emargination into two faintly indicated equal lobes. In Sphcerias the outer lobe is practically absent, and the inner lobe is elongated and sharply pointed, so that the series of teeth, when viewed from in front, shows four conspicuous serrations instead of six low, ill-defined points, or four rounded or flattened surfaces. The upper incisors are even more peculiar, the crown being sharp edged and angular, well differentiated from the shaft, and having a large main cusp near the middle. Skull as in Cynopterus. Species examined. — Sphcerias blanfordi (Thomas). Remarks. — The type and only known species of this genus was placed by Matschie in Thoopterus , but is strikingly different from all of its allies, particularly in the absence of the calcar, the very narrow interfemoral membrane, and the remarkably developed in- cisors. Though perhaps most nearly allied to Cynopterus , its rela- tionships to the genera of the group to which it belongs can not be regarded as very intimate. Genus SPHCERIAS Miller. - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 - - . 2-2 1 2 1. - 2345 6- * 2-2’ 54 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus ROUSETTUS Gray. 1821. Rousettus Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. ( cegyptiacus .) 1829. Cercopteropus Burnett, Quart. Journ. Sci. Lit. and Art, XXVII, p. 269, April-June, 1829. ( cegyptiacus , amplexicaudatus.) 1843. Xantliarpyia Gray, List Spec. Mainm. Brit. Mus., p. 37. ( amplexi - caudata.) 1843. Eleutherura Gray, Voyage of the Sulphur. Mamm., Pt. 2, p. 29. ( Pteropus hottentottus Temminck=P. collaris Illiger.) 1852. Cynonycteris Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Zool., I, Saugeth., p. 25. {collaris.) 1870. Senonycteris Gray, Catal. Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating Bats, Brit. Mus., p. 115. ( Pteropus seminudus Kelaart =Rouseitus am- plexicaudatus.) 1878. Cynonycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 70 (part). 1899. Myonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 63. ( torquatus. ) 1899. Xantharpyia Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. ftir Naturk., p. 65. ( brachycephala , brachyotis, cegyptiaca, collaris, amplexicaudata.) Type-species. — Pteropus cegyptiacus Geoff'rov. Geographic distribution . — Africa; Southern Asia to the Hima- layas; Malayan region to the Philippines; New Guinea, Bismark Archipelago, Solomon Islands. ' Number of forms. — Eight species are currently recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1.- 2 3 4 5 6 - .2-2 1-1 3-3 2-2 _ 1 2 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2’ 1 - Vpm 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3_34‘ Teeth essentially as in Cynopterus , but cheek teeth with cusps, ridges, and grooves less strongly developed. Upper incisors low, widely spaced, the central pair not higher than the outer teeth, the crowns bluntly rounded but distinctly differentiated from shafts ; iower incisors with front surface marked by a groove which in some species is so deep as to produce distinct emargination of the cutting edge. Skull (fig. 7) differing from that of Cynopterus in the slightly greater deflection of the occipital region, the alveolar line projected backward, passing through middle of occiptal condyle, and in the longer rostrum (distance from orbit to nares greater than lachrymal breadth) . External characters essentially as in Cynopterus , but muz- zle less shortened. Second finger with well-developed claw; tail and calcar present. Species examined. — Rousettus cegyptiacus (Geoffroy), R. amplexi- caudatus (Geoffroy), R. philippinensis (Gray), R. collaris (Illiger), R. brachyotis (Dobson), and R. torquatus (Dobson). Remarks. — As here understood the genus Rousettus includes the forms placed by Matschie in the subgenera Rousettus and Myonycteris. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 55 Genus PTEROCYON Peters. 1861. Pterocyon Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, I, p. 423 (paleaceus=stramineus) . 1878. Gynonycteris Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 70 (part). 1881. Leiponyx Jentink, Notes from the Leyden Museum, III, p. 59. ( Leiponyx biittikoferi. ) 1899. Pterocyon Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 62. (Subgenus of Xantharpyia=Rousettus.) 1899. Leiponyx Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 85. (genus.) Type-species. — Pteropus stramineus Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Arabia; Africa south of the Sahara; Madagascar. Number of forms. — -Three species of Pterocyon are now known. Characters. — Dental formula 2 3. 1. - 23456 1 2 .2-2 ,1-1 3-3 2 - 2 _Q, 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 ''2 -2*' 1 1‘ 3 3‘ 3-3 34 Teeth as in Rousettus ex- cept that the crowns of the lower incisors are not grooved on the anterior face, and the cutting edges are uniformly rounded." The skull (fig. 7), while in general closely resembling that of Rousettus is distin- guished by the remarkable development of the audital bullse, the outer portion of which is distinctly differen- tiated from the inner as a prominent lip or short tube surrounding the meatus. (Fig. 7.) Nothin0, COinpar- fig. 7— A, Rousettus amplexicaudatus. adult female. , , Caves near Maulmain, Burma. No. 37930. x2. B, able tO tills Structure occurs Pterycyon stramineus. Adult female. Robertsport, in the related genera or in Liberia, no. 102461. x2. any of the bats that I have examined. External chraacters as in Rousettus. a In the species of Rousettus now known the crown of the first lower molar is scarcely longer than that of the second, while in Pterocyon stramineus and P. dupreanus it is about as long as the second and third together. This char- acter has been made very prominent by Matschie, but I do not consider it of special taxonomic importance, however convenient it may be as a means of recognizing members of the two genera. 56 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Species examined. — Pterocyon biittikoferi (Jentink) P. dupreanus (Pollen) and P. Stramineus (Geoffroy). Remarks. — This genus is distinguishable from all other groups of Chiroptera by the structure of the audital bullae, and from its nearest ally, Rousettus , by the entire-edged lower incisors as well. The type specimen of Leiponyx biittikoferi , which I have examined in company with Doctor Jentink, appears to be unquestionably a Pterocyon in which the claw of the index finger is lacking. The individual is so old that the crowns of the molars are completely worn away, a fact that may have some bearing on the absence of the claws.0 While the form of the molars can not be determined, the incisors, canines, and anterior premolars agree perfectly with those of Pterocyon , as do also the general aspect of the. skull, the peculiar structure of the audital bullae, and, with the one exception already noted, the details of external form. Genus PTEROPUS Brisson. 1762. Pteropus Brisson, Regn. Anim. in Classes IX distrib., 2 ed., p. TL3 {vampyrus) . 1799. Spectrum Lacepede, Tabl. des Div. Sousdiv. Orders et Genres, des Mammif., p. 15 {vampyrus). 1866. Eunycteris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 64 ( phaiops ). 1870. Pselaphon Gray, Catal. Monkeys, Lemurs and Fruit-eating Bats Brit. Mus., p. 110 (ursinus=pselaphon) . 1878. Pteropus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 15 (part, included Acerodon and Styloctenium) . 1899. Pteropus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 5 (part, included Pteralopex and Acerodon). 1899. Sericonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 30 (subgenus of Pteropus containing the species rubricollis, temmincki, petersi, personatus, capistratus, molossinus, woodfordi) . 1899. Eunycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 11 (subgenus of Pteropus containing the species melanopogon, papua- nus, degener, neohibernicus) . 1899. Spectrum Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 19 (sub- genus of Pteropus containing the species poliocephalus, leucopteruSf pselaphon, vetulus, vampyrus, anetianus, rayneri, samoensis, dasy- mallus, loochooensis, formosus, rodricensis, lombocensis, brunneus . scapulatus, livingstoni, macrotis, epularis, assamensis, hypomela- nus, mariannus. Type- species. — V espertilio vampyrus Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — From the Comoro Islands, Madagascar, and India, to Tasmania, Samoa, the Ladrones, and southern Japan (Kiusiu). o Specimens with one or both claws very imperfectly developed, or perhaps reduced by disease or injury, have been observed in Pteropus capistratus (No. 122124, U.S.N.M. ) , P. hypomelanus (No. 105440), P. modiglianii (No. 140992), P. poliocephalus (No. 13594), and Acerodon sp. (No. 105454). THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 57 Number of forms. — About 70 forms of P ter opus are now recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - .2-2 1-1 3-3 1 2-1. - 2 3 1 5 6 7 '' 2-2,Cl-l,pm 3-3’ m 2-2 3-3 34. Incisors (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 1) , terete with slightly differentiated crowns, the lower bluntly rounded, the upper with a fairly defined cutting edge. The upper incisors are in contact or nearly in contact with each other, but are separated from canine by wide diastema. They form a slightly convex row, and the outer tooth of each pair is distinctly shorter than the inner. Lower incisors separated from each other and from canines by minute spaces, the row slightly convex and the inner tooth of each pair smaller than the outer. Canines sim- ple, without secondary cusps, the cingulum rather prominently developed on posterior and inner sides, and the shaft, especially of the upper teeth, marked by conspicuous longitudinal furrows. Anterior premolar (pm 2 and pm 2) small, that in upper jaw much smaller than incisors and deciduous, its crown bluntly pointed, that in lower jaw slightly larger than outer incisor, per- manent, its crown rounded in outline, the surface concave, the outer edge usually somewhat higher than inner. Posterior molars (m 2 and m 3) essentially like anterior lower premolar in size and form, but m 2 usually with a more prominent inner edge and often with a distinct outer anterior cusp or tubercle. The remaining cheek teeth (pm 3, pm 4, m 1, and pm 3, pm 4, m 1? m 2) rather closely resem- ble each other and are all formed on the same general plan of a sub- quadrate or somewhat elongated crown with distinct median furrow in long axis of jaw and a well developed outer and inner ridge, each ridge tending to rise into a cusp a little in front of middle. The outer ridge and cusp is always larger than the inner, and in the region between the cusps the longitudinal groove is usually con- stricted or partly obliterated. This type of structure is most per- fectly shown by m 1 and m 15 the ridges and cusps tending to become obsolete in the more posterior teeth, while they successively increase at the expense of the median furrow in the two large premolars, so that pm 3 and pm 3 assume almost the aspect of short canines, each with a well developed, or at least distinctly indicated, secondary cusp on inner side, the longitudinal groove having been made almost vertical by the elongation of the cusps. Skull (fig. 8) moderately elongate, the length of rostrum considerably greater than lachrymal breadth. Premaxillaries well developed, in contact anteriorly but not fused, their breadth along nasal suture at least equal to that at alveolus of outer incisor. Occipital region strongly deflected and distinctly tubular, the floor of the braincase forming so great an angle 58 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. with palate that alveolor line projected backward passes through tympanic region or base of zygoma. Audital bulla reduced to a mere ring. Externally characterized by absence of tail, narrow inter- femoral membrane, well developed calcar, and large claw on index finger. Species examined. — P ter opus admiralitatuwJ Thomas, P. aldabren- Dobson, P. cagayanus Mearns, P. capistratus Peters, P. chrysoproc- tus Temminck, P. con- spicillatus Gould, P. coronatus Thomas, P. dasymallus Temminck, P. edioardsi Geoffroy, P. f annulus Miller, P. fuscus Dobson, P. ge- minor.um Miller, P. gi- ganteus (Brunnich) , P. goiddi Peters, P. grandis Thomas, P. hypomelanus Tem- minck, P. keraundren Quoy and Gaimard, P. lanensis Mearns, P. lanigera H. Allen, P. lepidus Miller, P. leu- copterus Temminck, P. livingstoni Gray, P. lombocensis Dobson, P. loochooensis Gray, P. m el an o p o g o n Schlegel, P. modigli- anii Thomas, P. molos- sinus Temminck, P. natalis Thomas, P. nicobaricus Zelebor, P. personatus Temminck, P. poliocephalus Tem- minck, P. pselaphon Say, P. rayneri Gray, P. rubricollis Geoffroy, P. samoensis Peale, P. scapulatus Peters, P. seychellensis Milne Edwards, P. temminckii Peters, P. vampyrus Linnaeus, P. woodfordi Thomas. Remarks. — Members of the genus P ter opus may be recognized by the large number and simple structure of the teeth, combined with the absence of the tail, and the presence of a well developed claw on the index finger. The species are usually large, among them some of the largest bats. sis True, P. anetianus Gray, P. Brunneus Fig. 8. — Pteropus lepidus. Adult female. Saddle Island, South China Sea. No. 101670, type. xl. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA. OF RATS. 59 In extent of distribution and in the number of its species Pteropus exceeds all other genera of Megachiroptera. It also has the most complete and least modified dentition. These two circumstances have caused the genus to be generally regarded as the most primitive of the group ; but it seems probable that the deflection and tubularity of the brain case, the great reduction of the audital bullse, and the complete absence of the tail are of more importance than the large number of teeth, and that Pteropus is in reality less primitive than Cynopterus , Rousettus , and Pterocyon. Genus ACERODON Jourdan. 1837. Acerodon Jourdan, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, 2e ser., VIII, Zool., p. 369 ( jubatus ). 1878. Pteropus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 15 (part). 1899. Acerodon Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 9 (sub- genus of Pteropus. Type-species. — Pteropus juhatus Eschscholtz. Geographic distribution. — Eastern part of the Malayan region (Philippines, Djilolo, Batjan, Celebes, Flores, Timor, Sumba). Number of forms. — Seven or eight forms of Acerodon have been described. Characters. — Like Pteropus , but with smaller canines and larger, more complex molariform teeth. Dental formula as in Pteropus. Upper incisors as in Pteropus , but somewhat more elongate and less bluntly pointed. Lower incisors differing from those of Pteropus in the much greater contrast in size between the inner and outer tooth of each pair. Canines much shortened as compared with Pteropus , the mandibular canine little exceeding the height of pm 3. Though reduced in length the canines retain their thickness, and the cingulum is even better developed than in the related genus. Small premolars as in Pteropus. Upper molariform teeth differing from those of Pteropus in relatively greater size, greater breadth of crowns, greater distinctness of cusps, and a peculiar trenchant character of the edges and ridges. First large lower premolar {pm 3) essentially as in Pteropus. The three succeeding teeth differ from those of all other Pteropidse in the presence of a broad, flat postero-internal heel, sharply differentiated from the two ridges and extending considerably beyond them, especially behind. Cranial and external characters as in Pteropus. Species examined. — Acerodon jubatus (Eschscholtz) and several undetermined forms. Remarks.— Although not generally recognized as distinct from Pteropus this genus is well characterized by the form of the lower cheek teeth. Additional characters are furnished by the reduced size of the canines and of the inner lower incisors. 60 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. DESMALOPEX, new genus. Type-species. — Pteropus leucopterus Temminck (as understood by Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 32. 1878). Geographical distribution. — Philippine Islands. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters— Like Pteropus / but skull with broader rostrum and palate, orbits directed slightly more upward, and teeth showing sev- eral peculiarities that suggest Pteralopex. Upper incisors subequal, distinctly larger than in Pteropus , the cross section of the crown nearly one-third that of canine, the cingulum produced into a notice- able shelf posteriorly. Lower 4 incisors very unequal, the crotvn area of the outer nearly one-half that of canine, that of the inner scarcely more than one-lialf as great. Canines not peculiar, the upper with- out secondary cusps. Small upper premolar well developed, not deciduous, its diameter nearly half that of upper incisor, its crown flat. Small lower premolar relatively larger than in Pteropus , but smaller than in Pteralopex , its outer edge raised but not distinctly cuspidate. The remaining premolars, both above and below, agree with those of Pteropus , except that pm s shows no trace of cusp on inner side. Molars, both above and below, subquadrate in outline, the length of the crown never conspicuously greater than the width (m 3 and m 1 not elongated as in Pteropus) . In the maxillary teeth the cusps are like those of Pteropus except that they are higher rel- atively to length of crown. Lower molars peculiar in that the ridges of m x and m, are each divided into two low but distinct rounded cusps. The quadritubercular form resulting from this is very noticeable in m 15 less so in m 2. Third lower molar as in Pteropus. Species examined. — Desmalopex leucopterus (Temminck). Remarks. — This genus is intermediate between Pteropus and Pte- ralopex, though nearer the former. In the broadened rostrum and slightly upturned orbits the skull distinctly suggests Pteralopex , while the same tendency is shown by the form and relative size of the incisors, the well-developed small upper premolar, the squarish out- line of the molars, and the extra cusps of m \ and m 2. Externally there are no characters worthy of note. Genus PTERALOPEX Thomas. 1888. Pteralopex Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., I, p. 155, February, 1888. ( atrata .) 1899. Pteralopex Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 11. (Subgenus of Pteropus.) Type-species. — Pteralopex atrata Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Solomon Islands. Number of forms— Only the type species has been thus far dis- covered. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 61 Characters. — In general like Pteropus , but skull with broader, nearly parallel-sided rostrum, more upwardly directed orbits, and high sagittal crest, somewhat obscuring tubularity of occipital re- gion, and both canines and cheek teeth conspicuously several-cusped. Except as noted, the skull does not differ particularly from that of Pteropus. The posterior portion of brain case is distinctly tubular and so deflected that the alveolar line, projected backward, passes just below root of zygoma. Premaxillaries rather shorter and broader than in Pteropus , and in contact for about 2 mm. anteriorly. Audital bullse as in Pteropus. Dental formula as in Pteropus , but pm 2 larger and apparently persistent. “ Upper incisors with broad posterior ledges. Upper canines short vertically, enormously thick antero-posteriorly, each with one stout secondary cusp halfway up its posterior edge, and two smaller postero-internal basal cusps. Pre- molars and molars short and broad, their anterior and posterior basal ledges so developed and their main cusps so conical as to destroy all the appearance of longitudinal grooving characteristic of the genus Pteropus. Lower incisors extremely disproportionate in size, the outer not less than about twenty times the bulk of the inner. Canines very short vertically, with a simple posterior basal ledge. Cheek teeth markedly cuspidate, the general longitudinal grooving quite obliterated. Posterior premolar and first molar each with three high anterior cusps, and a low posterior basal ledge.” ° Specie's examined. — Pteralopex atrata Thomas. Remarks. — The dentition of Pteralopex represents one of the ex- treme phases of that tendency to develop secondary cusps, which appears to be everywhere latent in the Pteropidse. The stages through which it has passed are indicated in the genera A cerodon and Des- malopex. The much-reduced inner mandibular incisor, the broad- ened rostrum, and the complete, strongly upturned orbits are also highly specialized characters. Genus BONEIA Jentink. 1879. Boneia Jentink, Notes from the Leyden Museum, I, p. 117. (bidens.) 1899. Boneia Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 69. Type-species. — Boneia bidens Jentink. Geographic distribution. — Celebes. Number of forms. — Two species are now known. Characters. — Like Pteropus , but with a distinct tail; only 1-1 up- per incisors ; cheek teeth with crowns much flattened. Dental formula : - 2 -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - . 1-1 1-1 3-3 2-2 co TT 1 2 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 f 2-2 c’ 1-1’ pm 3-3’ m 2-2 — 32' pper lncl" a Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc*. London, 1888, p. 473. 62 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. sor very small, the inner extremity of the premaxillary projecting beside it and appearing at first sight like a second tooth. Lower inci- sors as in Pteropus , but disproportion in size between outer and inner more evident. Canines not peculiar, except that the lower are more strongly curved backward and outward than in the related genera. Small upper premolar (pm 2) apparently permanent, con- siderably larger than in Pteropus. Except for the greater size of pm 2, the two anterior cheek teeth in each jaw are essentially as in Pteropus. The three posterior above (pm 4, m 1, and m 2) and the four posterior below pm 4, m 4, m 2, and m 3) are remarkable for their very flat crowns, with very low, though sharp, peripheral ridges. The crown of m 1 and of m 4 is crossed by a distinct transverse ridge be- tween the two very rudimentary cusps. General outline of crowns as in Pteropus. Skull differing from that of Pteropus in the slightly greater deflection of the brain case (alveolar line projected backward passes slightly above root of zygoma) and in the low, wTeak posterior section of mandible, the coronoid process forming an unusually slight angle with the ramus. External characters as in Pteropus , except for the presence of a well-developed tail projecting distinctly beyond inter femoral membrane. Index finger with claw. Species examined. — Boneia bidens Jentink and B. menadensis Thomas. Genus STYLOCTENIUM Matsehie. 1878. Pteropus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 15 (part). 1899. Styloctenium Matschie, Fleclerm. cles Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 33. ( wallacei .) Type-species. — Pteropus wallacei Gray. Geographic distribution. — Celebes. Number of forms. — One, the type species. Characters. — Like Pteropus , but with only 1-1 lower incisors and 2-2 lower molars; cheek teeth subterete in outline and with smoothly rounded crowns. Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - . 2-2 1-1 3-3 2-2 OA - 2 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - 1 1-1’ ° 1-Vpm 3-3’ m 2-2— 3°’ Incisors both above and below terete, very straight, the crowns abruptly pointed and scarcely differentiated from shafts. Canines as in Pteropus , but rather short and thick. Small upper premolar (pm 2) deciduous, similar in size and form to that of Pteropus. Other anterior cheek teeth not peculiar, though rather less pointed than in Pteropus. Posterior three teeth in each jaw (pm 4, m 1, m 2, and pm 4, m 13 m 2), with crowns nearly circular in outline and with eventy rounded surface, the cusps and ridges, though normal in posi- tion, so flattened and broadened as to be scarcely noticeable. Skull THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 63 as in Pteropus. Posterior portion of brain case strongly tubular, and occipital region so deflected that alveolar line projected backward passes through root of zygoma. Audital bullse as in Pteropus. Ex- ternal characters as in Pteropus. Species examined. — Stylocienium wallacei (Gray). Remarks. — This genus is well differentiated from its allies by its peculiar dental formula and by the structure of the incisors and pos- terior cheek teeth. Genus DOBSONIA Palmer. 1810. Cephalotes Geoffroy, Ann. Mus. cl’Hist. Nat. Paris, XV, p. 104 (part). 1828. Hypoderma Is. Geoffroy, Diet. Class. cl’Hist. Nat., XIV, p. 706 (not of Latreille, 1825). 1840. Hypodermis Blyth, Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, p. 69. 1878. Cephalotes Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 91. 1898. Dohsonia Palmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XII, p. 114, April 30, 1898. 1899. Cephalotes Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 85. 1902. Dohsonia Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XV, p. 198, October 10, 1902. Type-species. — Cephalotes peronii Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Celebes, Moluccas, New Guinea, Bis- mark Archipelago, Solomon Islands. Number of forms. — Three species are now recognized. Characters. — Differs from Pteropus in absence of claw of index finger, presence of well -developed tail, attachment of membranes along middle of back, and in the presence of only 28 teeth. Dental formula : - 2 - .1. --3456- - 2 - .1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 1-1 1-1’ c 1-1 1-1’ pm 2-2 3 - 3’* m 2-2 3-3 =28. Upper incisors short, but well developed, in contact or nearly so, the crowns about as wide as long and with distinct cutting edge. Lower incisors almost structureless spicules with barely indicated blunt crowns. Canines rather short, not peculiar in form, without second- ary cusps, those of the lower jaw nearly in contact. No small upper premolar (pm2). The corresponding tooth in the lower jaw is rela- tively larger than in Pteropus , and is not separated from canine or from first large premolar by any appreciable space. The other pre- molars both above and below differ from those of Pteropus in greater development of the cusps and in more trenchant ridges. Small posterior molars (m 2 and m 3) as in Pteropus. Anterior molars (m 1 and m 15 m 2 ) resembling the large premolars in their general charac- teristics as compared with the corresponding teeth in Pteropus , the crown of each with a distinct median longitudinal ridge at middle of furrow. This ridge is continuous nearly from end to end of m 2, 64 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. in m 1 and m ± it is confined to the region behind the cusps, and in some specimens is obsolete in the first lower molar. Skull much shorter and more heavily built than that of P ter opus, but of essen- tially the same type. Distance from orbit to nares about equal to lachrymal width. Posterior portion of brain case slightly tubular, and occipital region so deflected that alveolar line projected back- ward, passes just below root of zygoma. Premaxillaries very narrow, the width scarcely more than that of crown of incisor. The inner extremities barely come in contact. Audital bullae somewhat wider than in Pteropus , but less developed than in Gynopterus. External characters unlike those of Pteropus in the absence of the claw of index finger, the presence of a distinct tail, and the attachment of the wing membranes along middle of back. Species examined. — Dobsonia palliata (Geoffroy), D. minor (Dob- son), and D. magna (Thomas). Remarks. — The genus Dobsonia is one of the most aberrant of those associated with Pteropus by the form of the skull. Its chief modifi- cation is in the direction of a general shortening of the facial part of the skull, with crowding of the tooth rows and a tendency to eliminate the less important anterior teeth. Genus SCOTONYCTERIS Matsehie. 1894. •Scotonycteris Matschie, Sitz.-Ber. Gesellscli. naturforsck. Freunde. Berlin, No. 8, p. 200. 1899. Scotonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Natnrk., p. 70. Type-species. — Scotonycteris zenkeri Matschie. Geographic distribution. — West Africa (Kamerun and Fernando Po). Number of forms. — Two species are now known, the type and S. bedfordi Thomas. Characters. — Dental formula as in Epomophorus and Hypsigna- thus. Incisors and canines essentially as in Epomophorus , the former styliform and without noticeable contrast in size, the latter relatively larger than in the allied genera, though of the same form, the anterior surface smoothly rounded. Cheek teeth all subterete, essentially alike in form, the small lower premolar ( pm 2) tapering to a point, the two lower molars flattish; other cheek teeth {pm 3, pm 4, m1, pm 3, pm 4) with obliquely sloping crowns and no distinct flat crushing sur- face (their form closely resembling that of pm 3 in Epomophorus comptus). Skull not flattened as in Epomophorus , but resembling that of Gynopterus except that rostrum is compressed in region of diastema and the premaxillaries are spatulate instead of tapering above. Mandible remarkably slender and weak, its form almost exactly as in Epomophorus. Audital bullse as in Epomophorus. Externally much as in Epomophorus , except that the lips are less THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 65 developed. There is a rudimentary papilla-like tail, the calcar is present, as is the claw of the index finger, the wings are attached low on the sides, as in Epomophorus , and the fur is slightly woolly. Species examined. — Scotonycteris bedfordi Thomas. Remarks. — This genus has been placed near Cynopterus by Mats- chie, but it appears to be more closely related to Epomophorus. Though the skull more nearly resembles that of the former, this char- acter seems to indicate merely a less specialized stage than has been reached by E pomophorus. Similarly primitive are the slightly de- veloped lips. The number of teeth, the form of the mandible, and the broadly hairy back all resemble E pomophorus , while the struc- ture of the teeth could easily be derived from that of the related genus by a process nearly the opposite to that which has taken place in Hypsignathus. Genus EPOMOPHORUS Bennett. 1836. Epomophorus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc., London (1835), p. 149, Feb- ruary 12, 1836. ( macroceplialus .) 1866. Epomops Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 65 ( franqueti ). 1878. Epomophorus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 4 (part). 1899. Epomophorus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 34 (part). 1899. Epomops Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 56 (subgenus for E. comptus, E. franqueti, and E. clohsonii). 1899. Micropteropus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 57 (subgenus for E. pusillus). 1899. N anonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 58 (subgenus for E. veldkampii) . Type-speeies. — Pteropus epomophorus Bennett— /h macroceplialus Ogilby. Geographic distribution. — Africa, south of the Sahara. Number of forms. — About two dozen forms of Epomophorus are now known. Next to Pteropus this is the largest genus of Mega- chiroptera. Characters. — General appearance much as in Pteropus , but lips fuller; tail present, though usually not visible externally; occipital portion of skull (fig. 9) slightly deflected and not tubular, and upper cheek teeth only 3-3. Dental formula \ - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 -- .2 - 2 1 - 1 2- 2 1 - 1 - 12 1. -23156 - *2 - 2’ cl- VpmZ - 3’ m 2 - 2-28, Upper incisors small, sty li form ; the crowns pointed, but not much differentiated from shafts; the outer tooth of each pair shorter than inner, but not strongly contrasted in size. The incisors are sepa- rated from each other by narrow spaces and from the canine by a wide diastema. Lower incisors equal in size, forming a nearly straight row between the canines, separated from each other and 25733— No. 57—07 M 5 66 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. from canines by narrow spaces, their crowns bifid or notched, rather distinctly marked off from shafts, sometimes by an evident con- striction.® Canines small and weak, not peculiar in form, without secondary cusps or distinct ridges, the anterior surface without trace of longitudinal furrows. Except that the mandibular canines are smaller, they are almost identical in appearance with those of the upper jaw. No small maxillary premolar or molar (pm 2, m2). The remaining maxil- lary teeth (pm 3, pm 4, and m1) are essentially as in P ter opus, except that they are rela- tively smaller, and the cusps and ridges, though sharp and distinct, are not as large. Anterior premolar separated from ca- nine by a notice- able diastema, and from next premo- lar by spaces rela- tively wider than in P t er o p u s . Small lower pre- molar (pm 2) of about the same relative size as in Pteropus (dis- tinctly larger than incisors) , but with an outer cusp and obliquely flattened surface. Other mandibular teeth differing from those of Pteropus about as in the case of the corresponding maxillary teeth, the small molar (m2) closely resembling m3 of Pteropus. Skull (fig. 9) broad and flattened, the depth of brain case usually little more than half its width. Deflection of occipital region slight, the alveolar line con- Fig. 9.— Epomophorus fkanqueti. Liberia. No. 38189. xli a Very noticeable in an immature E. franqueti from Mount Coffee, Liberia (Cat. No. 83798, U. S. N. M.j. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 67 tinued backward usually passing through audital bulla and occipital condyle. Audital bullse about as in Cynopterus , much better de- veloped than in Pteropus. Mandible slender and weak, its depth between pm 3 and pm± scarcely greater than length of pmz ; coronoid low and very gradually sloping. In its external characters the genus differs from Pteropus chiefly in the very large full lips and the pres- ence of a distinct, though very rudimentary tail consisting of two vertebrae and readily detected by touch. Males usually with con- spicuous glandular mass and tuft of modified hairs on shoulder. Species examined.— Epomophorus comptus H. Allen, E. crypturus Peters, E. dobsonii Bocage, E. franqueti Tomes, E. gambianus Jen- tink, E. labiatus (Temminck), E. macrocephalus (Ogilbv), E. minor Dobson, E. neumanni Matschie, E. pusillus Peters, E. wahlbergi Sun- devall; also several undetermined forms. Genus HYPSIGNATHUS H. Allen. 1861. Hypsignathus H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 156. ( monstrosus .) 1862. Sphyrocephalus Murray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1862, p. 8. (lahro- sus=monstrosus. ) 1862. Zygcmocephalus Murray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pi. i (misprint). 1878. Hypsignathus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 6 (subgenus). 1899. Hypsignathus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 42 (subgenus). Type-species . — Hypsignathus monstrosus H. Allen. Geographic distribution — Western and central Africa from Gam- bia to the Uelle region and French Kongo. Number of forms. — The type species only. Characters , — Like Epomophorus , but with lips much more devel- oped, the upper lip thrown into conspicuous folds anteriorly and about nostrils; beneath upper lip the mouth communicates with a paired sac extending from extremity of muzzle to halfway between eyes and ears. No shoulder glands. Tail reduced to a tubercle quite hidden beneath the skin and barely perceptible to the touch. Skull like that of Epomophorus , but with dorsal and ventral profiles nearly parallel, the depth of rostrum in males greater at diastema than in lachrymal region. Teeth as in Epomophorus , but incisors more widely spaced, lower incisors very obscurely or not bilobed, canines even more reduced in size, small lower premolar barely pier- cing gum, pm 4, m 1, pm 4, m a , and m 2, with inner ridge much more developed than in Epomophorus and median furrow correspondingly deepened, outer ridge of lower molars divided into two distinct blunt cusps. Species examined. — Hypsignathus monstrosus H. Allen. Remarks. — -The peculiarities of Hypsignathus monstrosus , espe- cially those of the teeth, are too great to allow the animal to be placed in the genus Epomophorus , 68 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Sxxbfam.il y KIODOTINiE. 1875. Macroglossi Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4tli ser., XVI, p. 346, November, 1875 (group of Pteropidcc) . 1878. Macroglossi Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 4 (group of Ptero- pidw). 1891. Car pony cteriinw Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 654. 1898. Kiodotince Palmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XII, p. Ill, April 30, 1898. 1899. Pteropodidce Matschie, Flederm. Berliner Mus. Naturk., p. 1 (part). Geographic distribution. — Malay region from Darjiling to the Philippines; also New Guinea and northern Australia, and the neigh- boring islands east to the Fiji and Caroline groups. A single genus occurs in West Africa. Characters. — Premaxillaries at first separate, but uniting and losing their distinctness later in life; bony palate narrowing gradually behind toothrows ; mandibular symphysis elongated, its upper surface parallel with alveolar line; tongue highly extensible; teeth (except canines) much reduced in size. Principal subdivisions. — Nine genera of Kiodotinae are at present known. key to the genera of kiodotince. Occipital portion of skull slightly deflected, the alveolar line when projected backward passing through root of zygoma Eonycteris, p. 69. Occipital portion of skull much deflected, the alveolar line when projected backward passing considerably above root of zygoma. Lower cheek teeth 5-5 ; tail present. 2-2 Incisors p upper cheek teeth 4-4; tail extending to heel. Notopteris, p. 74. 2-2 Incisors upper cheek teeth 5-5; tail not extending to knee. Callinycteris, p. 69. Lower cheek teeth 6-6 ; tail absent. 2-2 Incisors .. Nesonycteris, p. 74. Incisors Incisors well developed, the lower forming a continuous line between canines Syconycteris, p. 72. Incisors minute, the lower not forming a continuous line between canines. First three maxillary cheek teeth approximately alike in size and form. Upper cheek teeth 6-6 Odontonycteris, p. 71. Upper cheek teeth 5-5 Kiodotus, p. 70. First three maxilliary cheek teeth differing conspicuously among themselves in size and form. Length of mandibular symphysis nearly twice distance between outer surface of canines ; lower incisors not bifid Melonycteris , p. 73. Length of mandibular symphysis scarcely greater than distance between outer surface of canines ; lower incisors conspicuously bifid Trygenycteris, p. 73. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 69 Genus EONYCTERIS Dobson. 1873. Eonycteris Dobson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XLII, Pt. 2, p. 204. 1878. Eonycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 94. 1899. Eonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 89. Type-species. — Macroglossus spelceus Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. Number of forms. — The type is the only species yet known. Characters. — Externally like Rousettus , except that muzzle is more elongate and the index finger has no claw. Tail and calcar well developed. Tongue with the usual characters of the subfamily, sharply pointed, and highly extensible. Skull not strikingly differ- ent from that of Rousettus , but more slender, and occipital region more deflected, the alveolar line when continued backward passing through or slightly above root of zygoma. Mandible not as heavy as in Rousettus and coronoid not rising as abruptly; otherwise differ- ing only in the character of the symphysis peculiar to the sub- family. Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - .2-2 1-1 3-3 2-2 1 2 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2’ c 1 - 1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3~'34’ Upper incisors of equal size, simple, shorter than in Rousettus , but not distinctly different in form or position. Lower incisors ap- parently similar to upper (hone seen with unworn crowns), directed distinctly forward, separated from each other and from canines by subequal spaces about as wide as diameter of incisor at alveolus. Canines slender and not very large, without secondary cusps and with barely indicated cingulum, the front surface of the upper canine marked by a deep longitudinal groove. Cheek teeth essentially as in Rousettus , but lateral ridges and median grooves less distinct. Species examined. — Eonycteris spelcea (Dobson). Remarks. — While this genus by the structure of the tongue and an- terior portion of the mandible is evidently a member of the subfamily Kiodotinse, it is the least characteristic of the group, lacking the noticeable deflection of the occipital region that occurs in all the others and showing in the form of the teeth and rostrum a stage of development intermediate between the more typical genera and Rousettus , which may be regarded as occupying a position near the point of departure of the long-tongued group. Genus CALLINYCTERIS Jentink. 1889. Gallinycteris Jentink, Notes from the Leyden Museum, XI, p. 209, November, 1889. 1899. Gallinycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 90. Type-species. — C allinycteris rosenbergii Jentink. Geographic distribution. — Celebes. 70 BULLETIN 5*7, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Number of forms. — The genus is represented by the type species only. Characters. — -Like Eonycteris , but with wing attached to second toe instead of to first, and with lower molars 2-2 instead of 3-3. The teeth are throughout more robust than those of E onycteris, and the crowns of the last upper premolar and first upper molar are distinctly broader in proportion to their length. Species examined. — C cdlinycteris rosenbergii Jentink. Remarks. — Though closely related to Eonycteris this genus ap- pears to be well characterized by its heavier dentition and by the absence of the small m 3. Doctor Jentink has kindly sent me a photograph of the skull of the type, which shows that the specimen is a young adult with the teeth unworn. Genus KIODOTUS Blyth. 1824. Macroglossus Schinz, Naturgesch. und Abbild. Saugeth., p. 71 (not Macroglossum Scopoli 1777). 1827. Macroglossa Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 115. 1840. Kiodotus Blyth, Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, p. 69. 1848. Rhyncliocyon Gistel, Naturgesch. Thierreiclis fur kohere Scliulen, p. ix (not of Peters, 1847). 1878. Macroglossus Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 95. 1891. Carponycteris Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals Living and Extinct, p. 654. 1899. Macroglossus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 95 (part). 1898. Kiodotus Palmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XII, p. Ill, April 30, 1898. Type-species. — Pteropus minimus Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Malay region from Darjiling to the Phil- ippines, New Guinea, and the Solomon Islands. Number of forms. — Three or four species are currently recognized. Characters.— Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 23456-. 2-2 12 -.1. -234567^2-2’ 1-1 1-1’ pm 3-3 3-3’ m 2-2 3-3 34. Upper incisors subequal, minute, simple, distinctly projecting for- ward, the diameter of the crowns much less than that of posterior molars, the teeth of each pair separated by a space about equal to diameter of tooth at alveolus, the pairs separated from each other by a slightly wider space and from canines by diastemata double as wide. Lower incisors similar to upper in form and position, but outer tooth appreciably larger than inner and median space much wider than that between outer incisor and canine, the latter interval about equal to that between the incisors of each pair. Canines strong THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 71 and well developed, without secondary cusps or prominent cingula, the maxillary canines with deep longitudinal groove on anterior sur- face. Cheek teeth small, without distinct contrasts of size or form, the two anterior in each jaw (pm 2, pm s, pm 2, pm 3) with the crowns compressed and elevated into distinct though blunt cusp, the others (pm m m pm m m 2, m3) with narrow nearly flat crowns bounded by indistinct ridges, of which that on the outer side is the less developed. Anterior premolar, both above and below, close to canine, but separated from succeeding premolar by space about double as great as width of its crown. In both jaws the anterior premolar is smaller than the next. Skull (fig. 10) with a weak rostrum and large brain case, the occipital region not tubular but so strongly deflected that the alveolar line projected backward passes between root of zygoma and middle of braincase. Postorbital processes short and little curved. Development of audital bul- lae about as in Cynopterus. Mandible very weak, and ramus distinctly con- cave beneath. Symphysis long, its greatest diameter equal to about twice the distance between outer sides of ca- nines. Externally characterized by presence of well-developed claw on in- dex finger, attachment of wing mem- brane to base of fourth toe, and rather low on sides of body. No external tail. Species examined . — Kiodotus minimus ( Geoff roy) and K . lago - chilus (Matschie). Fig. 10.— Kiodotus lagochilus. Adult female. Philippine Islands. No. 123440. X U. Genus ODONTONYCTERIS Jentink. 1902. Odontonycteris Jentink, Notes from the Leyden Museum, XXIII, No. 3 (July, 1901), p. 140. July 15, 1902. Type-species. — Odontonycteris meyeri Jentink. Geographic distribution. — Known only from two small islands south of the Philippines, Great Sangir and Cagayan Sulu. Number of forms. — Only the type:species is known. Characters. — Like Kiodotus , but upper molars 3-3 and papillae of tongue less developed. The dental formula -2 3.1.-2 3 4 5 6 7.2-2 1-1 3-3 12- 1. - 234567^ 2-2’ 1 - 1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 3-3 3-3 is unique among Pteropine bats. In actual form, however, the teeth 72 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. do not differ very noticeably from those of Kiodotus. Incisors and canines quite as in that genus. Cheek teeth both above and below uniformly smaller than in Kiodotus (compared with a Philippine specimen of the lagochilus type), a character that is especially notice- able in the upper molars, the combined crown length of which (3 teeth) is scarcely more than in the related genus (2 teeth). Third upper molar well developed, nearly as large as m 3, its crown sub* circular in outline. External characters as in Kiodotus. Tongue with the papillae smaller than in Kiodotus (compared with Philip- pine lagochilus only), those at side and tip (except extreme anterior margin) so widely spaced that the surface of the tongue is plainly visible between them (in Kiodotus they overlap so that the surface of the tongue is quite hidden). Species examined. — Odontonycteris meyeri Jentink or a closely related species from Cagayan Sulu (north of Sandakan, Borneo). Remarks. — While the characters of the single specimen of Odon- tonycteris that I have examined (male, ad. Cat. No. 125316, U.S. N.M., collected by Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, February 25, 1904), might suggest an abnormal Kiodotus , they ar,e too important to permit the name to be placed in synonymy. This individual has in the left mandible a small supplemental tooth behind the third molar. Genus SYCONYCTERIS Matsehie. 1899. Syconycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 98. (Subgenus of Macroglossus=Kiodotus.) 1902. Syconycteris Jentink, Notes from the Leyden Museum, XXIII, No. 3 (July, 1901), p. 131, July 15, 1902. (Genus.) Type-species. — Macroglossus minimus vai*. australis Peters. Geographic distribution. — New Guinea, northen Australia, and the neighboring islands (Bismarck Archipelago, Aru, Louisiade Islands) . Number of forms. — Four species are recognized. Characters. — Like Kiodotus , but with much larger incisors, the height of those in upper jaw greater than width of premaxillaries, those in the lower jaw forming a continuous line between canines, and all, except the middle, pair below (which are less than half as large as outer), approximately equal in diameter to posterior molars (m 3 and m3). Occiput not as much deflected as in Kiodotus , the alveolar line when projected backward passing distinctly below mid- dle of braincase. Species examined. — Syconycteris crassa (Thomas). Remarks. — As Doctor Jentink has pointed out, this group, origi- nally defined as a subgenus of Kiodotus to contain the species austra- lis, papuanus , finschi , and crassus , seems quite worthy of recognition as a genus. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 73 Genus TRYGENYCTERIS Lydekker. 1885. Megaloglossus Pagenstecher, Zool. Anzeiger, VIII, p. 245, April 27, 1885. (Not Megaglossa Rondani, 1865.) 1891. Trygenycteris Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 655. 1899. Megaloglossus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 101. Type-species. — Megaloglossus ivoermanni Pagenstecher. Geographic distribution. — Western Africa from Liberia to the Kongo. Number of forms. — The type species only has been thus far dis- covered. Characters.— Like Kiodotus , but skull with occipital region less deflected (alveolar line projected backward, passing noticably below middle of braincase), mandibular symphysis scarcely or not longer than distance between outer edges of canines, incisors equally spaced, the middle upper teeth not projecting forward, the lower with dis- tinctly bifid crowns, and anterior upper premolar (pm 2) conspic- uously smaller than next succeeding tooth. Species examined. — Trygenycteris woermanni (Pagenstecher). Remarks. — This genus is unique among the Iviodotine bats in its perpendicular middle upper incisors and distinctly bifid lower in- cisors. In the shortness of the mandibular symphysis it is ap- proached by Eonycteris only. Genus MELONYCTERIS Dobson. 1877. Melonycteris Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 119, June, 1877 (see Catal. Chiropt. . Brit. Mus., p. 97). 1877. Clieiropteruges Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, II, p. 17, July, 1877. 1899. Melonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 92. Type-species. — Melonycteris melanops Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Southwestern New Guinea and the Bis- marck Archipelago. Number of forms. — One; the type species. Character. — Externally like Kiodotus , except that the nostrils are more projecting and the wing is attached to dorsum of foot slightly above base of third toe. (The only known species is not as small as the species of Kiodotus , head and body about 110 mm., and the color of the underparts, head, and face is much darker than that of back.) Skull not essentially different from that of Kiodotus , though larger and more heavily built. Teeth 34 (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 4) as in Kiodotus -23.1. - 2345 6- TT 12- 1 -234567 L PPer lnclsors and outer lower incisors 74 BULLETIN 57, uNlTEt) STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. as small, relatively, as in Kiodotus ; inner lower incisors smaller, con- trasting with outer teeth almost as much as in Syconycteris , but sepa- rated in median line by a space equal to that occupied by each pair. Upper canines with broad, well-defined, longitudinal groove on anterior face, bounded on each side by a sharp ridge; cingulum ill defined; no trace of secondary cusps. Lower canine with barely indicated furrow on outer side. Anterior upper cheek tooth ( pm 2) scarcely larger than incisor, close to base of canine. Anterior lower premolar (pm, 2) considerably larger than corresponding maxillary tooth (its diameter about twice that of i3), but similarly crowded against canine. Middle upper premolar (pm 3) conspicuously larger than the other cheek teeth, separated from pm 2 and pm 4 by spaces slightly greater than length of its alveolus. Other teeth essentially as in Kiodotus. Species examined. — Melonycteris melanops Dobson. Genus NESONYCTERIS Thomas. 1887. Nesonycteris Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., XIX, p. 147, February, 1887. 1899. Nesonycteris Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. flir Naturk., p. 91. Type-species. — Nesonycteris woodfordi Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Solomon Islands. Number of forms. — One.. Characters. — Like Melonycteris , but index finger without claw, and lower incisor only 1-1. (The only known species is nearly uniform yellowish brown throughout, with no conspicuous contrasts of color.) Dental formula : -2 3. 1. -23456-. 2- 2 1-1 3-3 2-2 - 2 1. - 234567*1-1’ c 1 - 1’ Pm 3 - 3’ m 3-3~32' In form the teeth closely resemble those of Melonycteris. Lower incisors almost in contact with canines, leaving a wide median space. Species examined. — Nesonycteris woodfordi Thomas. Genus NOTOPTERIS Gray. 1859. A oiopteris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 36. 1878. Notopteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 92. 1899. Notopteris Matsci-iie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 88. Type-species. — Notopteris macdonaldii Gray. Geographic distribution. — Fiji Islands, New Hebrides, and Caro- line Islands. Number of forms. — Only the type is now known. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. -2*3 46- -2 -. 1. - 23456 2-2 1-1 3-3 1-1 oc i ^ — --o i — tiTM o — o’ m * — ^=28. 1-1’ 1-1’ 3-3' THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 75 Inner upper incisor very minute, not penetrating the gum; outer very small, but piercing the gum. Lower incisors about equal to outer upper incisor, placed close to canine, the mandible projecting considerably in front of it. Canines strong and well developed, not peculiar in form, the upper with deep longitudinal groove on front surface. Cheek teeth essentially as in Melonycteris'. Skull much as in Melonycteris , but occiput not as strongly deflected (alveolar line projected backward passes a little below middle of brain case) . Bullae only a little wider than in Pteropus. Externally much like a rather small Cynopterus , but with middle of back bare owing to attachment of membranes along median dorsal line (a triangular furred area on rump), no claw on index finger, and tail so long that it reaches to the extended heel, therefore much longer than in any other known Pteropine bat. Caudal vertebrse 10. Species examined. — Notopteris macdonaldii Gray. SixLfamily- NTYCTYNLENTIIN^EG. 1821. Cephalotidce Gray, London Medical Repository, XVI, p. 299, April 1, 1821 (part, probably included both Nyctymene and Dobsonia). 1878. Pteropodidce Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 3 (part; Pteropi, part). 1899. Pteropodidce Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 1 (part). Geographic distribution. — From Celebes and Halmahera to the Bismarck Archipelago and northern Australia. Characters. — Premaxillaries broadly and solidly fused anteriorly (length of median suture almost equal to distance between ca- nines), all their boundaries completely lost in adults; bony palate not narrowing behind tooth rows, the width of interpterygoid fossa (including hamulars) slightly greater than distance between pos- terior molars; canines parallel when jaws are closed, the lower canines in contact with each other; no lower incisors; cheek teeth not unusually cuspidate. Principal subdivisions.— The subfamily Nyctymeninse contains the single genus Nyctymene. Genus NYCTYMENE Beehstein. 1800. Nyctymene Bechstein, Syst. Nebers. Vierf. Tliiere, II, 615. 1810. Geplialotes Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, XV, p. 104. 1811. Harpyia Ileiger, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. et Avium, p. 118 (not of Ochsen- heimer, 1810). 1837. Gelasinus Temminck, Monogr. de Mamm., II, p. 100. 1862. Uronycteris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 262 ( Cynopterus albi- venter Gray =Vespertilio cephalotes Pallas fide Dobson). 1878. Harpyia Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 88. 1895. Uronycteris Thomas, Novitates Zoologicae, II, p. 163, June, 1895. 76 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1899. Gelasinus Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 81. 1899. Bdelygma Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 82 (subgenus for Harpy ia major Dobson). 1902. Nyctimene Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XV, p. 198, October 10, 1902. 1905. Nyctymene Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1904), p. 188, April 18, 1905. ’ Type-species— V espertilio cephalotes Pallas. Geographic distribution. — From Celebes and Halmahera to the Bismarck Archipelago and northern Australia. Number of forms. — Six forms of Nyctymene are now known. Characters— Dental formula : - 2 -. 1.-2345 — .1 - 1 1 - 1 3 - 3 1 - 1 ^ - - -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - * 0 - 0’ c 1 - 1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 2 - 2 4' Incisors large, completely filling space between canines, their crowns subterete and distinctly marked off from shafts hy well-developed cin- gula ; cutting edge well developed, notched near outer side. Canines (Plates VII, VIII, fig. 2) strong and rather short, their anterior sur- face smoothly rounded, the lower simple, in contact just above cingu- lum, their tips slightly diverging, the upper with well-developed sec-' ondary cusp usually present, though this occasionally (N. robinsoni) represented by a mere thickening of the enamel. Small premolar (pm 2 and pm 2) well developed, its crown terete and slightly flat- tened, the tooth just equal to cingulum of canine in height. Second lower molar like small premolar, but crown nearly double as large and obscurely quadrate in outline. Other cheek teeth (pm 3, pm 4, pm 3, pm 4, m ^ and m 2) essentially alike in form, those in each jaw gradually diminishing in size from before backward, the median groove deep but much distorted by the large anterior cusps which are so developed as to obliterate most of the horizontal surface of the crown except in the upper molar and first lower molar; inner cusp showing a distinct tendency to become terete, especially m%p?n 3 and pm 3, and outer cusp, except in pm 4 and m *, tending to be bifid. Skull short and heavy, the distance from orbit to nares less than lachrymal width; brain case narrow and very little deflected, the alveolar line projected backward, passing about through condyle; occiput not tubular ; audital bullae better developed than in Pteropus , but less so than in Cynopterus ; mandible practically without angular process. Externally characterized by presence of well-developed tail, a claw on index finger, conspicuously tubular nostrils, and attachment of wings low on sides of bod}^ and to bases of second and third toes. Species examined. — Nyctymene cephalotes (Pallas), N. major (Dobson), A. albiventer (Gray), N. aello Thomas, N. robinsoni Thomas, and N . lullulce Thomas. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 77 SiiLfAiriily IT^V'RT’YIOIISrN' CTBRIN JEh. Geographic distribution. — Known only from Mindoro, Philippine Islands. Characters. — Premaxi] laries broadly and solidly fused anteriorly (length of median suture considerably less than distance between canines), all their boundaries completely lost in adults; bony palate narrowing rapidly behind tooth rows ; canines crossing each other at nearly right angles when jaws are closed, the lower canines almost in contact with each other, and lower, incisors probably absent ; cheek teeth very unusually cuspidate, each molar with five or six distinct sharply pointed cusps. Principal subdivisions. — This subfamily is represented by the genus llarpyionycteris only. Genus H ARPYION YCTERIS Thomas. 1896. Harpyionycteris Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli ser., XVIII, p. 243, September, 1896. 1898. Harpyionycteris Thomas, Trans. Zool. Soc., London, XIV, p. 384, pi. xxx (animal) ; pi. xxxv (skull and teeth). 1899. Harpy ionycteris Matschie, Flederm* des Berliner Mus. fur Naturk., p. 70. Type-species. — Harpy ionycteris whiteheadi Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Island of Mindoro, Philippine Islands. Number of forms. — Only one species is known. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 - 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - .1 - 1 f 1-1A 1-1 3-3 2-2 - - (3) 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 0 - 0 V°rl - l'/'l - V /"" 3 3’. m 3-3 28 or 30. Upper incisor very large, completely filling space between canines, their form much as in Eurnops (p. 257) , that is, each with an obliquely projecting hooked cusp and a broad posterior heel, the two cusps in contact at middle, then diverging outward. Lower incisor a minute spicule, probably not normally present.® Canines slanting noticeably forward, very broad, with well developed cingulum and large posterior secondary cusp, this in the upper canine almost equal in diameter to main cusp, though much shorter. In the lower canine the cingulum forms a second supplemental cusp in front of the main shaft of the tooth. Small upper premolar well developed, though not# unusually large, with distinct anterior cusp and narrow posterior heel. The corresponding tooth in the lower jaw ( pm o) is much larger, its size when viewed from the side nearly equaling that of the first molar. In form it somewhat resembles the canine though the cingulum and secondary cusp are ® In tlie type it occurs in the right mandible only. 78 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. less developed. Middle upper premolar (pm3) large, almost equal to the canine, with well developed inner and posterior secondary cusps. It is closety resembled by pm 3, the main cusp of which is, however, more slender. The last premolar both above and below has a distinct inner and posterior secondary cusp and a bifid main cusp. First lower molar of the same type, but shorter. Second and third molars both above and below much shorter than the other teeth when viewed from the side, each with three outer and three inner cusps between which extends the fairly well-defined median groove. Skull not unlike that of Pteropus in general form, but occipital region apparently not tubular. The deflection of the occiput is so slight that the alveolar line when projected backward passes through base of zygoma. Externally characterized by unusu- ally short legs, absence of tail, presence of claw on index finger, and attachment of wings low on sides of body. Species examined. — Harpyionycteris whiteheadi Thomas. Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA. 1821. Insectivora Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299. April, 1, 1821. 1872. Animalivora Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 16. November, 1872. 1875. Mmrochiroptera Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 346. November, 1875. 1878. Microchiroptera Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 2. 1899! Microchiroptera Matschie, Flederm. des Berliner Mus. ftir Naturk, p. 1. Geographic distribution. — The same as that of the order Chirop- tera (p. 43) . Characters. — The following characters may be enumerated in addi- tion to those mentioned in the key on page 43 : Tragus normally present (absent in Rhinolophidse and Hipposideridse only) ; skull with rostral portion usually specialized in form ; postorbital proc- esses usually absent or rudimentary (well developed in Emballonu- ridse) ; teeth of the insectivorous type, except in some of the Phyllos- lomidse and in the Desmodontidse, the cheek teeth of the upper and lower jaws very different from each other (except in the Desmodon- tidse) , the cusps of the molars when present homologous with those of the primitive tuberculo-sectorial tooth ; lower incisors often 3-3. * Xumber of forms. — By far the greater number of known bats are members of the suborder Microchiroptera. At least 600 forms are now recognized. Principal subdivisions. — As might be expected from the large num- ber of its species, the suborder Microchiroptera presents much more diversity of structure than the Megachiroptera. The genera group themselves naturally into 16 families. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 79 KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF M ICROC H IROPTERA. Premaxillaries absent Megadermid.e, p. 101. Premaxillaries present. Premaxillaries usually free, always incomplete, their boundaries never obliterated. Premaxillaries represented by nasal branch only, or with a very incomplete palatal branch. Postorbital processes , absent ; second finger with two pha- langes Rhinopomhle, p. 80. Postorbital processes present ; second finger without pha- langes- Emballonuriile, p. 82. Premaxillaries represented by palatal branch only. Toes with two phalanges each ; pelvis with postacetabular foramen H ipposideriile, p. 109. Toes (except hallux) with three phalanges each; pelvis with- out postacetabular foramen. Premaxillaries bony throughout, in contact with each other and with maxillaries ; tragus present ; fibula absent, Nycterid^e, p. 99. Premaxillaries partly cartilaginous, free from each other and from maxillaries; tragus absent ; fibula present, Rhinolophid^e, p. 106. Premaxillaries always fused with surrounding parts, complete or incom- plete, their boundaries very early obliterated. Ischia fused together beneath posterior extremity of sacrum, Noctilioniile, p. 95. Ischia not fused together beneath sacrum. Fibula robust (its diameter usually about half that of tibia), contributing largely to strength of short, stout leg. Third phalanx of middle finger cartilaginous except at extreme base ; claws simple Molossid^e, p. 241. Third phalanx of middle finger bony; claws with basal talon Mystacophle, p. 239. Fibula very slender or rudimentary, not contributing essen- tially to strength of long, slender leg. Third phalanx of middle finger cartilaginous except at extreme base. Humerus with trochiter much longer than trocliin, projecting conspicuously beyond head, and forming a complete secondary articulation with scapula, VESPERTILIONimE, p. 195. Humerus with trochiter scarcely longer than trochin, not projecting conspicuously beyond head, its articu- lation with scapula frequently slight or none. Presternum not broadened anteriorly ; keel of mesosternum very high ; claw of thumb well developed : Natalhle, p. 180. Presternum greatly broadened anteriorly; keel of mesosternum a mere ridge ; claw of thumb rudi- mentary _ Furipterhle, p. 186. Third phalanx of middle finger bony. Canine teeth very large, shear like ; molars enormously reduced, without trace of crushing surface, Desmodonthle, p. 176. 80 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Canine teeth not shearlike or specially modified ; mo- lars well developed, with at least some trace of crushing surface. Toes (except hallux) with three phalanges each; thumb and foot without sucking disk, PhYLLOSTOMULE, p. 116. Toes with two phalanges each ; thumb and foot with sucking disk. Tragus free; no mushroom-shaped process in auditory meatus ; second finger reduced to an incomplete metacarpal ; sucking disks pedicillate Thyropterid.e, p. 190. Tragus adnate to ear conch ; a conspicuous mushroom-shaped process in auditory mea- tus ; second finger with well-developed meta- carpal ; sucking disks sessile, Myzopodid^e, p. 193. Family RHINOPOMIMl. 1821. Vespertilionidw (part; Race 1, part) Gray, London Medical Reposi- tory, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1827. “ Les Phyllostomes ” Lesson, Man. de Mannnalogie, p. 76 (part). 1831. Vespertiliones (Vespertilionidw) (part; Phyllostomina , part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Rhinopomina) Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Phyllostomina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, December, 1838. 1854. [ RTiinolophidw ] “ Rhinolophides ” Gervais, Ilistoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, p. 200 (part). 1865. Megadermata Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissenscli., Berlin, p. 256 (part). 1866. Rhinolophidw (part; Rhinopomina ) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 8L 1872. Rhinopomatida’ Dobson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XLI, Pt. 2, p. 221. 1875. Emhallonuridw (part; Rliinopomata) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878 . Emballonuridw (part; Rliinopomata ) Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 353. 1886. Emhallonuridw (part; Rliinopomata) Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 169. 1891. Emballonuridw (part) ; Emballonurinw, part, Rhinopomatine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 666. 1892. Emballonuridw (part; Rhinopomatini ) Winge, Jordfundne og nule- vende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — From Egypt through southern Asia, to Burma and Sumatra. Characters. — -Humerus with trochiter well developed though not as large as trochin, not articulating with scapula, neither tubercle rising above head; epitrochlea not specially developed (about as in Pteropidse) , capitellum nearly in line with shaft ; second manal digit THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 81 ‘ with two distinct bony phalanges; third digit with two well-de- veloped phalanges, but no trace of third: shoulder girdle (Plate XI, fig. 1) normal, the seventh cervical vertebra not fused with first dorsal; foot normal; fibula complete, threadlike; pelvis (Plate XI, fig. 2-4) normal, the boundaries of the sacral vertebrae clearly indi- cated; skull (fig. 11) without postorbital processes; premaxillaries separate, not fusing with surrounding parts, the nasal branch well developed, the palatal branch much shortened, appearing as a broadly angular thickening of lower portion of nasal branch; palate ending posteriorly in plane of last molars ; teeth of the normal insectivorous type ; tragus present, simple ; muzzle with distinct ridgelike dermal outgrowth. Remarks. — The family Rhinopomidae is strikingly characterized by the presence of two phalanges in the second finger, the small trochiter of the humerus forming no secondary articula- tion with the scapula, the free premaxillaries from which the palatal branch is nearly lack- ing, and the absence of postorbital processes. The strongly primitive shoulder joint, differ- ing from that of the Megachiroptera merely in the greater size of the humeral tuberosities, as compared with the head of the bone, indicates a low position for the group. This is con- firmed by the retention of two distinct pha- langes in the second finger, a character not found elsewhere in the Microchiroptera, and by the free premaxillaries closely resembling those of the Pteropidae. As these primitive characters are not offset by any strong spe- cializations it seems proper to regard this family as the lowest of the suborder. A similar conclusion was reached by Peters, and addi- tional evidence in its favor has been brought forward by Winge, who, however, assigns to the group a higher rank. Principal subdivisions. — The family Rhinopomidae is represented by the single genus Rhinopoma. Genus RHINOPOMA Geoffroy. 1813. Rhinopoma Geoffroy, Descr. de PEgypte, II, p. 113. 1821. Rhynopoma Bowdich, Anal. Nat. Class. Mamm., p. 30. 1854. Rhinopomns Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mamm., p. 202. Type-species. — Rhinopoma microphyllum Geoffroy = V espertilio. microphyllum Briinnich. Geographic distribution. — Same as that of the family (p. 80). N . 25733— No, 57—07 u — : — G Fig. 11.— Rhinopoma micro- phyllum. Immature fe- male. Egypt. No. 37389. x li. 82 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2-. 1. 4567.1-1 1-1 1-1 3-3 1 2 1. - 2 -4 5 6 7 * 2-2’ c \-Y>Pm .2-2’ m 3 - B Upper incisors, oblique, styliform, minute, barely penetrating the gum, the crotvns scarcely differentiated from the shafts, and hardly exceeding tips of premaxillaries. Lower incisors equal, in contact with each other, but separated from canines by spaces about half width of outer tooth, their crowns with distinct outer and inner lobe and a minute, sometimes obsolete, median lobe. Canines simple, without distinct cingulum, the upper with well- developed anterior and posterior cutting edges. Cheek teeth normal, without noticeable peculiarities of any kind. Upper premolar (pm 3) with small but distinct anterior outer cusp. Molars with broad inner ledges, but no hypocone. Third upper molar with dis- tinct metacone, mesostyle, and three commissures. Skull (fig. 11) without postorbital processes, but with lachrymal region distinctly swollen. Combined breadth of nasals greater than length. Pre- maxillaries tapering upward, in contact anteriorly, but not fused. Audital bullse large, the outline on inner side flattened, but not emarginate. Externally characterized by the long tail, about equal to head and body in length and far exceeding the rather narrow interfemoral membrane. Ears rather large, extending a little be- yond nostril when laid forward, broadly joined across forehead by deep band of membrane; antitragus low, ill defined; tragus large, membranaceous, not peculiar in form; keel barely indicated. Sides of muzzle much swollen laterally, the median region occupied by a deep, broad, longitudinal groove, which becomes almost pitlike poste- riorly beneath ears. Nostrils opening forward by oblique slits (closed in alcoholic specimens) on the surface of an ill-defined pad, the upper edge of which is surmounted by a ridgelike, rudimentary noseleaf . Lips neither swollen nor wrinkled. Species examined. — Rhinopoma microphyllum (Briinnich) and R. cystops Thomas. Remarks. — The species of Rhinopoma are easily recognizable by the broad muzzle with its rudimentary, ridgelike noseleaf, very pe- culiar nostrils, and the excessively long slender tail. Family EMBALLONURID.E. 1821. Vespertilionidce (part; Race 1, part) Gray, London Medical Reposi- tory, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1827. Rhinolophina Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 81 (part). 1831. V espertiliones (V espertilionidw) (part; V espertilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Noctilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot, II, p. 498, December, 183§, THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 83 1855. [ V espertilionidce ] “Yespertilionid.es” (part); Emballonurina, part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, ZooL, Mamm., p. 62. 1865. Brachyura Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257 (part). 1866. Vespertilionidce (part; Emballonurina and Diclidurina ) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 3d ser., XVII, p. 92. February, 1866. 1867. N octilionidce (part; T aphozoince) Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 30. 1870 . Vespertilionies (part; Noctiliones, part) Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wissencb., Wien. Math. Naturwiss. Cl., LXI, Pt. 1, p. 458. 1872. N octilionidce (part; Emballonurince) Gill, Arrangement of the Fami- lies of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurce and Taphozoi) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349. November, 1875. 1878. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurce and Dicliduri ) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 353. 1886. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurce and Dicliduri) GiLl, Standard Natural History, V, p. 169. 1891. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurince, part, Emballonurina ) Flower and Lydekker,' Mammals living and extinct, p. 666. 1892. Emballonuridce (part ; Emballonurini ) Winge, Jordfundne og nule- vende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Tropical portions of both hemispheres; in the Pacific Ocean east to Samoa, but not known in Australia or New Zealand. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter well developed, though not as large 'as trochin, not articulating with scapula, neither tubercle rising above head; epitrochlea not specially developed, but with distinct spinous process (especially in T aphozous and Diclidurus) , capitellum nearly in line with shaft; second manal digit with fully developed metacarpal, but no phalanges; third finger with two phalanges, of which the proximal is flexed on dorsal surface of metacarpal when at rest; shoulder girdle normal, the seventh cervical vertebra free; foot normal; fibula complete, thread-like; tibia flattened or grooved posteriorly ; pelvis normal, except that boundaries of sacral vertebrae are nearly or quite obliterated; skull with well-developed postorbital processes (in Diclidurus these are obscured by the very wide supra- orbital ridges) ; premaxillaries represented by nasal branches only, never fused with each other or with maxillaries; palate ending in plane of last molars or produced somewhat behind it, in the latter case very abruptly narrowed back of toothrows; audital bullae emarginate on inner side; teeth normal; tragus present, simple; muzzle without special cutaneous outgrowths. Remarks. — The members of the family Emballonuridae are recog- nizable by their normal teeth, free premaxillaries, well-developed postorbital processes, the reduced condition of the index finger, and the primitive structure of the shoulder joint. Externally they may be distinguished by the combination of slender leg with reflexed 84 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. proximal phalanx of third finger. In all the known genera the tail perforates the interfemoral membrane and appears on its upper sur- face distinctly back from the edge. Next to the Rhinopomidae the Emballonuridse appear to combine the greatest number of primitive characters with the least degree of specialization. The head of the humerus is nearly as in Rhinopoma. As in the Rhinopomidse the premaxillaries retain their Pteropine condition of freedom; while another character pointing in the same direction is seen in the long, curved postorbital processes. On the other hand, the index finger has completely lost its phalanges and a curious specialization appears in the flexing forward of the proximal phalanx of the third finger. The other portions of the skeleton as well as the general external structure are neutral. History. — This family was first recognized as a distinct group by Gervais in 1855. It was treated by him as a tribe of the Vesper- tilionidse under the name Emballonurina, and was composed of Urocryptus (=Saccopteryx) , Diclidurus , Emballonura , Proboscidea (= Rliync his cus) , C entronycteris , and Furia ( = Fuript erus) . Except for its subordinate rank it was therefore essentially the same as the present family Emballonuridse, the only difference being the inclusion of the genus Furipterus , a member of the family Furipteridse. Ten years later Peters enlarged the group by adding the genera Mysta- cina (=Mystacops) , representing the family Mystacopidse, and Noc- tilio , representing the family Noctilionidse. He also discarded or overlooked the name proposed by Gervais, and substituted the new term Brachyura.a Gray, in 1866, practically returned to the classi- fication of Gervais, but improved it by eliminating Furipterus. He also separated Diclidurus as a group Diclidurina, of equal rank with the Emballonurina, Furipterina, and his eight other subdivisions of the family Vespertilionidse.6 Fitzinger placed the group, enlarged by the addition of Chilonycteris , Mormoops , and N octilio , as a sub- family Noctiliones of the family Vespertilionidse (“ Vespertiliones”) .c Gill returned to the more natural arrangement of Peters, but used Gray’s name Noctilionidse/7 In 1875 Dobson combined the Brachy- ura and Molossi of Peters to form the family Emballonuridse. This strikingly artificial assemblage has been accepted as a family by most recent authors. Both Winge 6 and Harrison Allen/ however, re- « Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1865, pp. 257-258. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, pp. 92-93, February, 1866. c Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math. Nat. Cl., LXI, Abtli. 1, pp. 458-530, 715-828; LXI I, Abtb. 1, pp. 13-66. d Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17, November, 1872. ® Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24, 1892. f Monograph of the Bats of North America (1893), p. 162, March 14, 1894. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 85 moved the Molossine genera to form a subdivision of the Vesper- tilionidse. Principal subdivisions. — The genera of Emballonuridse as a whole form a very homogeneous group, but the South American Diclidu- rus is so different from the others that it must be regarded as forming a distinct subfamily. KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF EMBALLONURIDSE. Postorbital process slender, distinct ; clavicle not expanded. Emballonurince, p. 85. Postorbital process broad, almost obliterated by the very wide supraorbital ridge ; clavicle greatly expanded Diclidurince, p. 94. ShTd family TCTYHBAJL. I ,< )JS I7 K’I N/F. 1866. Emballonurina, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 92. February, 1866. 1878. Emballonurce Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 353. 1886. Emballonurce Gill, Standard Nat. Hist., V, p. 169. Geographic distribution. — Same as that of the family Embal- lonuridse (p. 83). Characters. — Postorbital processes long and curved, in no way obscured by supraorbital ridges, their length at least four times their width; clavicle normal, its greatest width about one-sixth its length; tibia either subterete or with outer side flattened. Principal subdivisions. — At least eleven well-defined genera may be recognized among the members of the subfamily Emballonurinse. KEY TO THE GENERA OF EMBALLONURINA. Upper incisors 2-2; wings without pouches Emballonura , p. 86. Upper incisors 1 - 1 ; wings with or without pouches. Wings without pouches : Heavily built species with forearm usually more than 50 mm.; frontal region of skull conspicuously concave Taphozous, p. 93. Lightly built species with forearm less than 50 mm. ; frontal region of skull not conspicuously concave. Anterior upper premolar ( pm 2) styliform ; muzzle not notice- ably produced Coleura, p. 87. Anterior upper premolar (pm2) lancet shaped; muzzle notice- ably produced Rhynchiscus, p. 88. Wings with pouches : Molars without hypocones ; upper incisors absent in adult. Myropteryx, p. 91. Molars with hypocones ; upper incisors present in adult. Premaxillaries rudimentary above, much exceeded by greatly inflated anterior portion of rostrum Balantiopteryx, p. 92. Premaxilaries well developed above, their extremities lying distinctly on upper surface of rostrum. Muzzle and anterior root of zygoma so little expanded that tooth rows are visible from above. Centronycteris, p. 91. 86 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Muzzle and anterior root of zygoma so expanded that tooth rows are hidden from above. Interpterygoid fossa broad in front, the palate with evident median projection Cormura, p. 90. Interpterygoid fossa strongly narrowed anteriorly, the palate without median projection. Upper surface of rostrum flat, with a slight me- dian longitudinal groove- Saccoptcryx, p. 89. Upper surface of rostrum distinctly swollen, con- vex, without noticeable median groove. Rostrum so much swollen anteriorly that its* dorsal profile is nearly parallel with tooth row Peropteryx, p. 90. • Rostrum so little swollen anteriorly that its dorsal profile forms a conspicuous angle with tooth row Peronymus, p. 90. Genus EMBALLONURA Temminek. 1838. Emballonura Temminck, Van der Hoeven’s Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch. en Physiol., V, p. 22. 1878. Emballonura Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 359. Type-species. — Emballonura monticola Temminck. The genus con- tained four species, monticola , saxatilisy caninus , and ealcaratus { —maximiliani') , among which no type was designated. As all but the first have received other generic names, monticola , by elimination, becomes the type. Geographic distribution. — From the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra east to Samoa. One species occurs in Madagascar. Number of forms. — Seven forms of Emballonura are currently recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 .2-2 12 3. 1. - 2- 4567* 3-3’ C 1-1 1-1’ . ,2-2 pm — 3-3 3-3 = 34. Upper incisors simple, small but well developed and permanent, subequal, the inner tooth of each pair slightly the larger. Lower incisors small, subequal, trifid, apparently often deciduous in old age. The first and second are in contact with each other, the third is slighty smaller than the others and separated from the second by a minute space and from the canine by an area equal to the length of an incisor. Canines small, with well-developed cingu- lum, but no posterior prolongation. Both above and below the cin- gulum develops a distinct anterior and posterior cusp. Small upper premolar ( pm 2) a minute spicule in which no definite structure is visible. Lower premolars ( pm 2 and pm 3) almost exactly resem- bling canine, but shorter and less slender. Upper molars broad, the first and second with distinct hypocones, the third with the meta- cone nearly as large as in the first and second, but with no trace of 87 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. metastyle or of fourth commissure. Third lower molar smaller than first or second, but with all the elements complete. Skull (fig. 12) very delicate and lightly built, the rostrum about half as long as brain case, broad and flat, with distinct though not excessive lateral inflation and a broad median longitudinal groove. Anterior lower border of orbit so expanded that toothrows are not visible from above. Postorbital processes very slender, extending nearly to zy- gomata. Basisphenoid pits broad and shallow, the median divi- sion barely indicated by a low ridge. Audital bulla smaller than combined area of pits, distinctly emarginate antero-internally. Mandible with angular process bent conspicuously outward. Tibia scarcely flattened posteriorly. Extern- ally characterized by the slender form and absence of both specially elongated muzzle and deep depression between eyes. Like all of the Old World mem- bers of the family, Emballonura lacks unusual glandular development in the wings. Species examined. — Emballonura semi- caudata (Peale), E. peninsularis Miller, E. anambensis Miller, and E. nigre - scens (Gray). Remarks. — In the presence of 2 - 2 up- per incisors, in the slight flattening of the tibia and in the special modifica- tions that distinguish most of the other genera, Emballonura is the most primi- tive member of the family. It is also the most widely distributed genus in the group, in this respect approached by Taphozous only. Fig. 12.— Emballonura peninsularis. Adult male. Trong, Lower Siam. No. 83556. X2L Genus COLEURA Peters. 1867. Coleura Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 479. 1878. Coleura Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 364. Type-species. — Emballonura afra Peters. Geographic distribution. — Eastern Africa from Mozambique to upper Egypt ; Seychelle Islands. Number of forms. — Only two members of this genus have been de- scribed. Characters. — Like Emballonura , but upper incisors only 1 — 1 ; pre- maxillary strongly bent inward above; basisphenoid pits coalesced, very deep posteriorly, where they are margined by a conspicuous overhanging edge. Species examined. — Coleura afra (Peters). 88 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus RHYNCHISCUS Miller. 1823. Proboscidea Spix, Simiarum . et Vespertilioiiuin Brasil. Spec. Nov., p. 61. (Not Proboscidea J. G. Brugiere, 1791.)' 1867. Rh ynchonycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissenscb., Berlin, p. 477. (Not Rhinclionycteris Tschudi, 1844-46.) 1878. Rliynchonycteris Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit, Mus., p. 366. 1904. Proboscidea Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 343, October 8, 1904. 1907. RhynchiscHS Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc., Washington, XX, p. 65. June 12, 1907. Type-species— Proboscidea saxatilis Spi ^=V espertilio naso Wied. Geographic distribution— The mainland of tropical America. Number of forms. — Only one species of Rhynchiscus is now known. Characters. — -Dental formula : -2-. 1. - 2-4 5 6 7 .1 -1 ...... 1 zl 1 ■ — 2-45 6 H 3-3’ 1-1’ pm 2-2 m 3-3 : 32. 2-2’ ■ ' 3-3 Upper incisor minute, simple, persistent, inserted in main axis of premaxillary and at extreme tip of bone, the teeth, therefore, converging. Lower incisors small, trifid, forming a continuous, slightly concave line between canines. Canines and lower premolars as in Emballonura. Anterior upper premolar (pm2) unusually large, its crown sharply pointed and noticeably flat- tened laterally, the outline being nearly an isosceles triangle. First upper molar with conspicuous antero-external cusp separate from small parastyle. Hypocone of m1 and m 2 very distinct, subterete. Third upper molar with well-developed metacone and three commissures. Lower molars all alike in form, the third merely smaller than the others, all the cusps normal. Skull (fig. 13) with rostrum somewhat more than half as long as brain case, and so deep posteriorly that the forehead forms scarcely any angle with upper surface of rostrum. Lachrymal region slightly inflated. Premaxillaries short, very broad posteriorly, extending to upper surface of rostrum. Basisphenoid pits deep, their outer border sharply defined; but on inner side they merge into each other without dividing ridge. Audital bulla slightly larger than the two pits together. Mandible very abruptly bent upward behind tooth row. Externally characterized by the greatly elongated muzzle, and among the American genera by the absence of wing sacs. The only known species has the forearm sprinkled with Fig. 13.— Rhynchiscus naso. Adult male. Escondido River, Nicaragua, 50 miles fromBluefields. No. 51565. X2. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 89 minute tufts of grayish fur, a character of much use in identifying specimens. / Species examined. — Rhynchiscus naso (Wied). Genus SACCOPTERYX Illiger. 1811 . Saccopteryx Illiger, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. et Avium, p. 121 ( leptura ). 1888-39. U rocryptus Temminck, Van der Hoeven’s Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch. en Physiol., V, p. 31 (bilineata) . 1878. Saccopteryx Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 369 (part). Type-species. — V espertilio leptura Schreber. Geographic distribution. — Mainland of tropical and subtropical America. Number of forms. — About half a dozen species of this genus have been described. Characters. — Teeth as in Rhynchiscus , except that pm 2 is a simple terete spicule, and the outer anterior cingulum cusp of m1 is less developed. Skull (fig. 14) with broad flat rostrum considerably more than half as long as brain case, and so low posteriorly as £o form a dis- tinct angle with forehead. Sides of rostrum very slightly inflated and median groove obsolete. Lower rim of orbit so expanded as to hide tooth row when viewed from above. Pre- maxillaries large, expanded poste- riorly, and terminating on dorsal surface of rostrum by an abruptly truncate margin. Postorbital proc- esses large, broad, and flat. Brain case with distinct sagittal crest. Trinidad, no. 6102,amer. mus. nat. hist. Basisphenoid pits large, well de- x2- fined, separated in middle by a distinct longitudinal plate. Audital bulla not as large as area of the pits, slightly but distinctly emar- ginate antero-internally. Externally distinguished by the presence of a glandular sac opening on upper surface of antebrachial mem- brane close to forearm near elbow. The sac is conspicuous in males, less developed in females. Species examined. — Sac'copteryx bilineata (Temminck), S. leptura (Schreber), S. canescens Thomas, S. gymnura Thomas, S. centralis Thomas. 90 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus CORMURA Peters. 1867. Cormura Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 475, plate opposite p. 480. Type-species. — Saccopteryx brevirostris Wagner. Geographic distribution. — Brazil. Number of forms. — The type is the only known species. Characters. — Skull as in Saccopteryxy but rostrum shorter; depth through lachrymal region greater; rims of orbits more widely ex- panded, palatal emargination extending back to level of small pre- molar; and interpterygoid fossa nearly parallel-sided, slightly con- stricted near middle, its anterior termination broad and encroached on by evident median palatal projection. Teeth not essentially dif- ferent from those of Saccopteryx . Position of wing sac not known. Species examined. — The characters of Cormura are known from Peter’s description and plate only. Remarks. — Though apparently a near ally to Saccopteryx , this genus is readily distinguishable by the structure of the interpterygoid Genus PEROPTERYX Peters. 1867. Peropteryx Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 472 (genus). 1878. Peropteryx Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 370 (subgenus of Saccopteryx) . 1899. Peropteryx Miller, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 178, October 20, 1899 (genus). Type-species. — V espertilio caninus Wied. Geographic distribution. — Tropical main- land of America, north to southern Mexico ; southernmost Lesser Antilles. Number of forms. — Three species of Pe- ropteryx are now known. Pig. 15.-t-Peropteryx trinitatis 1 u type, adult female. Port of Characters. — Like Saccopteryx but with spii^iEiNiBAD. No; 7496, amer. rostrum (fig. 15) so inflated that it is uni- formly convex both antero-posteriorly and laterally ; depth of rostrum anteriorly great enough to make the dor- sal profile nearly parallel with tooth row. Wing sac opening outward near the anterior border of antebrachial membrane. Ears separate. Species examined. — Peropteryx canina (Wied), P. kappleri Peters, and P. trinitatis Miller. Genus PERONYMUS Peters. 1868. Peronymus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 145 (subgenus of Peropteryx) . Type-species. — Peropteryx leucoptera Peters. Geographic distribution . — Northern South America. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 91 Number of forms. — The type species is the only member of the genus now known. Characters. — Like Peropteryx , but rostrum so little inflated anteri- orly that its dorsal profile slopes conspicuously forward toward line of tooth row. Ears joined across forehead by "a band of membrane 3 mm. high. In the only known species the wings are white from level of elbow outward (five specimens examined). Species examined.— Per onymus leucopterus (Peters). Remarks. — The peculiar form of the rostrum, together with the con- nected ears, seem enough to give Peronymus generic rank. Though in exactly the same position, the wing sac is better developed in the female of Peronymus than in that of Peropteryx. Genus CENTRONYCTERIS Gray. 1838. Centronycteris Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 499 (subgenus of Proboscidea) . 1867. Centronycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Ber- lin, p. 478 (genus). 1878. Centronycteris Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p,- 371 (subgenus of Saccopteryx) . Type-speeies. — V espertilio calcarata Wied=F. maximiliani Fischer {Saccopteryx wiedi Palmer). Geographic distribution. — Brazil and Peru. Number of forms. — The type is the only known species. Characters. — Similar to Saccopteryx , but whole animal, including skull, more slender. Lower edge of orbit so little expanded that tooth row is distinctly visible from above. Wing sac not known (all the specimens thus far taken have been females), but probably situ- ated near edge of antebrachial membrane close to shoulder. Species examined. — Centronycteris maximiliani (Fischer). Genus MYROPTERYX Miller. 1906. Myropteryx Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 59, May 1, 1906. Type-species. — Myropteryx pullus Miller. Geographic distribution. — Brazil and Dutch Guiana. Number of forms. — The type is the only member of the genus yet known. Characters. — Externally most nearly resembling Peropteryx , with which it agrees in position of wing sacs, but with broader head and more widely separated ears. Skull essentially like that of Saccop- teryx,, but with shorter, relatively deeper rostrum. Teeth differing from those of all the previously known sac-winged genera in the absence of hypocone in first and second upper molar, and in the minute, early deciduous upper incisor. Species examined. — Myropteryx pullus Miller. 92 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Remarks. — While examining the bats in the Royal Museum of Nat- ural History in Berlin I found four specimens from Surinam col- lected by Kappler and labeled by Peters as Cormura brevirostris. On comparison with the original description and figure of this genus,® however, striking discrepancies were at once apparent. An- other specimen of the same animal, from Baranciva, Brazil, was sent me by Dr. Lorenz von Liburnau, of Vienna, with the informa- tion that the type of Cormura , originally in the Natural History Museum, could no longer be found. The genus Cormura therefore rests wholly on the plate and description; and as these do not agree with the specimens it was necessary to name the animal represented in the museums of Vienna and Berlin. This genus is well character- ized by the complete absence of hypo- cones in the upper molars and by the great reduction of the upper incisors. In the four adults examined the upper incisors are absent. In an immature individual, however, there are two very minute teeth in each premaxil- lary. Whether this condition is nor- mal can only be conjectured, but neither tooth has the appearance of a remnant of the milk dentition, no trace of which can be found elsewhere. In the description of Cormura the upper incisors are merely said to be extremely fig. 16,-balantiopteryx plicata. small, while the figure shows them of adult female. Morelos, tehuante- n0rmal size for members of the group. pec, Mexico. No. 51142. x 2. . . , „ No mention is made ot the hypocones of the upper molars, but these cusps are unmistakably indicated in the plate. Genus B ALANTIOPTE RYX Peters. 1867. Balantiopteryoc Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Ber- lin, p. 476 (genus). 1878. Balantiopteryoc Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 371 (subgenus of Saccopteryoc) . 1904. Balantiopteryoc Elliot, Land and Sea Mammals of Middle America and West Indies, p. 611 (genus). Type-species. — Balantiopteryx plicata Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical and subtropical mainland of America. Number of forms. — Only two species of B alantiopteryx have been described. a Peters, Monatsber.. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1867, p. 475, plate opposite p. 480. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 93 Characters. — Distinguished from the other sac-winged bats by the great inflation of the rostrum (fig. 16), which rises anteriorly much above the extremities of the very slender, rudimentary premaxillaries and posteriorly forms a deep median concavity. Wing sac at middle of antebrachial membrane, its orifice directed inward and upward. Species, examined. — B alantiopteryx plicata Peters and B. infusca Thomas. Genus TAPHOZOUS Geoffroy. 1813. Taphozous Geoffroy, Descr. de l'Egypte, II, p. 113 (perforatus) . 1842. Saccolaimus Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Regn. An ini., Mamin., p. 19 (pub- lished as a synonym of Taphozous, from Kuhl manuscript). 1875. T aphony cteries Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 548 (subgenus for Taphozous saccolaimus, T. afflnis, and T. peli) . 1878. Taphozous Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 378. 1878. Taphonycteris Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 379 (subgenus for Taphozous saccolaimus, T. affinis, and T. peli). Type-species. — Taphozus perforatus Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Africa (except northwestern portion), southern Asia, and the East Indies east to Australia, New Guinea, and the Philippine Islands. Number of forms. — Sixteen forms of Taphozous vers now recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2-. 1. - 2-4 5 6 7 .1- 1 1-1 2-2 3-3 1 2 -. 1. -2-4 5 6 7 ^ 2 - 2’ c 1 - V-Vm 2-2’ m 3-3~30* Upper incisor in main axis of premaxillary very minute, often absent in old individuals, its tip never attaining level of cingulum cusp of canine. Lower incisors large, imbricated, trifid, forming a continuous and strongly convex row between canines. Canines strong and with well-developed posterior extension, especially in the max- illary teeth. The cingulum of the upper canine develops two small though distinct cusps, one anteriorly, the other posteriorly. In the lower canine these are barely indicated. Cheek teeth showing no special peculiarities • except that the small upper premolar (pm2), though very low, its crown scarcely or not reaching level of cingulum of canine and large premolar, is unusually broad and is provided with a distinct main cusp and a posterior cingulum cusp, occasion- ally with an anterior cingulum cusp also. First and second upper molars subquadrate in outline, the w pattern rather shallow ; no distinct hypocones. Third upper molar with only two commissures, the tooth terminating posteriorly at the mesostyle. The mandibular cheek teeth call for no special comment. Skull (fig. 17) with 94 BULLETIN 57. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. rostral portion snort ana flat, less than half the length of brain case, conspicuously narrowed in front of lachrymal region. Interorbital region strongly concave. Premaxilla ries large, broadly rounded off posteriorly, extending to upper surface of rostrum. Postorbital process well developed, curved, terete, or slightly flattened. Ptery- goids gradually diverging posteriorly, the hamulars nearly straight. Basisphenoid pits large and deep, separated by a conspicuous me- dian plate. Audital bullse large, conspicuously emarginate on inner side. Mandible with notice- able concavity in lower outline beneath premolars. Externally characterized by the short, very conical muzzle, deep hol- low between eyes, long lower lip terminating anteriorly in two naked areas separated by a groove, slender foot, and sim- ple tail, the latter perforating inter femoral membrane. Species examined. — T aplioz- ous perforatus Geoffroy, T. mauritianus Geoffroy, T. me- lanopogon Tennninck, T . nudi- ventris Cretzschmar, T. sacco- laimus Temminck. Remarks. — Though showing no special peculiarities of ex- ternal form this genus is prob- ably the most aberrant of the Emballonurinse. Pligh special- ization is shown in the form of the rostrum and anterior por- tion of the mandible, the deeply grooved tibia, and the high spinous process of the epitrochlea, all of which indicate affinities with the Diclidurinse. S-CLUlairiily DICLIDURINSE. 1866. Diclidurina Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 92, Feb- ruary, 1866. 1878. Dicliduri Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 355. 1886. Dicliduri Gill, Standard Nat. Hist., V, p. 169. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America. Characters. — Skull (fig. 18) with postorbital processes short and straight, scarcely more than the projecting median angle of the very THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF .BATS. 95 wide supraorbital ridge; clavicle greatly expanded, its width just below middle more than one- third of its length; tibia (Plate XII, figs. 1, 2), with a longitudinal groove, so deep that the bone, has the appearance of a hollow cylinder slit along the outer side. Principal subdivisions. — The subfamily contains the one genus Diclidurus. Genus DICLIDURUS Wied. 1819. Diclidurus Wied, Isis, p. 1629. 1878. Diclidurus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 391. Type-species. — Diclidurus albus Wied. Geographic distribution. — Same as that of subfamily. Number of forms. — Three species are currently recognized. Characters.— The characters of the genus Diclidurus are the same as those of the subfamily. The following may be added: Dental 2-.1.-2-4567 .1-1 1-1 2-2 3-3 p Pm 2 — 2’ rn formula %. K =32. 123.1.-2-4567 " 3-3’ ” 1 -l’W- 2-2’ T 3-3‘ « Wing without sac. Tail curved upward and forward, its tip pene- trating uropatagium and associated with structures in the membrane which appear to be glandular. In the three known spe- cies the color is white. Species examined.— Diclidurus scutatus Peters and D. virgo Thomas. Family NOCTILIONIDJE. 1821. Noctilionidw Gray, London Medical Re- pository, XV, p. 299 (part), April 1, 1821. 1827. Noctilionina Lesson, Man. de Mam- malogie, p. 99 (part). 1831. V espertiliones ( V espertilionidw ) (part; Noctilionina, part) Bonaparte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim, Vert., F 18. -Diclidurus virgo. Cham- ^ perico, Guatemala. No. 120577. * ' X ly. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Noctilionina, part) Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112. 1838. V espertilionidw (part; Noctilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 498, December, 1838. 1855. [V espertilionidw'] “ Vespertilionides ” (part: Noctilionina ) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 52. 1865. Brachyura Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257 (part). 1866. Noctilionidw (part; Noctilionina ) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d. ser., XVII, p. 92, February, 1866. 1870. Vesjiertiliones (part; Noctiliones, part) Fitzinger Sitz.-ber-. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math. Naturwissensch., Classe, LXI, Abth, I, p. 457. 96 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1872. Noctilionidce (part; NoctiUonince) Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurince, part, Noctiliones ) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XVI, p. 349. November, 1875. 1878. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurince, part, Noctiliones ) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 353. 1886. NoctilionidcB Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 171. 1889. Brachyuridce Ameghino, Actas de la Acad. Nac. de Ciencas de la Rep. Argentina en Cordoba, VI, p. 350. 1891 . Emballonuridw (part; Emballonurince, part, Noctilionine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals Living and Extinct, p. 666. 1892. Phyllostomaticlce (part; Mormopini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Cuba and southern Mexico. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter much smaller than trochin, its articulation with scapula slight and indefinite, by an ill-defined surface less than one-third as large as glenoid fossa, the two tubercles rising barely to level of head, epitrochlea well developed, with dis- tinct spinous process, capitellum slightly out of line with shaft; second manal digit with metacarpal as long as that of third, its single phalanx very short and rudimentary; third finger with two phalanges, the terminal of which, as well as that of fourth digit, lies folded beneath first when wing is at rest; shoulder girdle normal, the keel on the mesosternum (Plate XIII, fig. 2), slightly developed, seventh cervical vertebra not fused with first dorsal; foot normal, but with enormously developed bony calcar, supported by greatly enlarged, distally expanded, and flattened calcaneum (Plate XIII, fig. 1) ; fibula thread-like, extending to head of tibia, but cartilagi- nous at its upper extremity; pelvis (Plate XIII, figs. 3-6), abnormal, the ischia fused together and with under side of laterally-compressed, urostyle-like sacrum, a symphysis pubis also present in males ; skull without distinct postorbital processes; premaxillaries represented bv both nasal and palatal branches, fused in adult with each other and with maxillaries, the nasal branches unusually long and well devel- oped, the palatal branches short and scarcely visible from below, though easily distinguishable in young skulls on floor of nares; pal- ate completely closed anteriorly; teeth normal; ears separate; muzzle without leaf-like outgrowths ; orifice of mouth transverse, not extend- ing behind canines, the very full lips forming distinct cheek pouches. History. — The history of the family Xoctilionidae is sufficiently indicated by the synonymy on page 95. From this it will be seen that the group was originally associated with the Vespertilionidse, but that, by most recent authors, it has been placed in the Emballonuridae. In 1886 Gill recognized it as a distinct family. Winge in 1892 united THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 97 it with the Chilonycterinae (‘ Mormopini ’) as a section of the Phyl- lostomiche. Remarks. — That this group should be regarded as a distinct family is sufficiently indicated by the peculiarities of the wing, shoulder joint, skull, and pelvis. Its relationships, however, are less clear. The large trochin and small trochiter with its slight articulation with the scapula indicate a low position near the Ivhinopomidae and Em- ballonuridae, while the structure of the premaxillaries, though obscured by the early fusion of the elements of the rostrum, is not very different from that found in Rhinopoma. It seems probable, therefore, that the three families originated somewhat closely together among the more primitive of the Microchiroptera, though each throughout its subsequent development has followed a different path. Principal subdivisions. — Two genera may be distinguished among the species of Noctilionidae. KEY TO THE GENERA OF NOCTILIONtm®. Length of tibia and foot together more than half 1 total length ; ’ upper molars separated postero-internally by wide spaces ; commissure of hypocone in m1 and m2 obsolete Noctilio, p. 97. Length of tibia and foot together less than half ‘ total length ; ’ upper molars separated postero-internally by narrow spaces; commissure of hypocone in m1 and m 2 well developed Dirias, p. 99. Genus NOCTILIO Linnaeus. 1776. Noctilio Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., I, 12tli ed., p. 88. 1808. Noctileo Tiedemann, Zoologie, I, p. 536 (Naclitlowe, V[espertilio'] lep- orinus Linnams). 1821. Celceno Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 69 (hrooJcs iana= leporinus ) . 1878. Noctilio Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 393 (part). Type-species. — V espertilio leporinus Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America north to Cuba and southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Two forms, leporinus and mastivus , the status of which is not clearly understood, are now usually recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. 4567 1 - 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 2-2 §Ti’c i-i l-c pm 1-1 2-2’ m Upper incisors very unequal, closely crowded at middle of space between canines ; the inner about twice as high as long, subterete, but with noticeable posterior heel, their shafts curving outward distally, 25733 — No. 57 — 07 m 7 98 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. strongly in contact at about middle; the outer placed somewhat behind inner, beyond the well-developed cingulum of which they scarcely extend, their terete crowns with small inner cusp; lower incisors closely crowded between canines, the crown larger than high, and. about as broad as long, narrowed posteriorly, the upper surface with distinct concavity, and dull cutting edge distinctly, though not deeply, bilobed. Upper canines high and short, with distinct, though not unusually developed, very oblique cingulum, but no secondary cusps, the inner surface slightly concave, with median ridge, the outer surface uniformly convex; lower canines not peculiar except for a slight twist in the shaft at about middle. Cheek teeth both above and below essentially normal, except that the main cusps of the upper molars are placed unusually far inward and the mandibular molars project very noticeably beyond outer edge of jaw. Upper premolar nearly parallel sided, its crown more than twice as broad as long, its two cusps well developed and strongly resembling a pro- tocone and paracone. Lower premolars showing no special peculiar- ities, the posterior (pm4) almost in contact with canine, the anterior much crowded inward. First and second upper molars subequal, the four cusps, three styles, and the commissures all well developed ; hypocone very distinct, terete, but with scarcely a trace of commissure. Posterior surface of each tooth strongly concave, so that the three molars are separated by very noticeable spaces. Third upper molar with about half the crown area of second, its three cones, two styles, and three commissures well developed. Lower molars with all the normal elements distinct. Form of skull highly characteristic; brain case deep, short oval in outline, with very prominently flaring, shelf- like mastoid region and distinct sagittal crest. This divides ante- riorly into two rather high ridges extending out nearly perpendicu- larly and strongly downward over broadly terete interorbital region. Rostrum about half as long as braincase, highly arched, the nares almost tubular and opening directly forward except for a slight posterior emargination. Palate distinctly concave laterally, almost flat antero-posteriorly ; behind tooth rows it narrows very gradually, much as in the Pteropidae. Audital bullae small, but covering about half surface of cochleae. Ears separate, slender and pointed, with well-developed tragus. Muzzle pointed, the nostril pad strongly projecting, but nostrils not tubular. Lips very full. Chin with well- developed cross ridges. Tibia and foot together equaling about 60 per cent of total length. Tail well developed, considerably more than half as long as femur, extending about to middle of interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Noctilio leporinus (Linnaeus), including both “ leporinus ” and “ mastivusj 5 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 99 Remarks. — Except from the next genus Noctilio is so readily dis- tinguishable that it requires no special comparison with any known group of bats. Externally it is perhaps most easily recognized by the excessively long legs and large feet, heavy, bony calcar, and long terminal phalanx of third finger, flexed under metacarpal; but its strongly wrinkled lips, sharp muzzle, and pointed, erect ears are also highly characteristic. In most of its peculiarities, undoubtedly to a considerable degree correlated with its largely fish-eating habits, Noctilio is the more specialized of the two genera comprised in the family. 1878. Noctilio Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 293 (part). 1904. Dirias Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 84, June 4, 1906 (albiventer) . Type- species. — Noctilio albiventer Spix. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of South America. Number of forms. — Dirias albiventer (Spix) and D. zaparo (Ca- brera). Characters. — Like Noctilio externally but with less elongated leg and foot, the length of tibia and foot together scarcely exceeding 40 per cent of the “ total length.” Skull as in Noctilio. Teeth as in Noctilio except that the first and second upper molars are very slightly emarginate posteriorly, so that the spaces between the teeth are scarcely noticeable; liypocone relatively largely than in Noctilio and connected by a high, conspicuous commissure, with the commis- sure extending from protocone to metacone. Species examined. — Dirias albiventer (Spix). 1821. Vespertilionidce (part; Race 1, part) Gray, London Medical Reposi- tory, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1827. Rliinolophina Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 81 (part). 1831. Vespertiliones ( Vespertilionidpe ) (part; Phyllostomina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una clistrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Vespertilionidce (part; Rliinolophina, part) Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Natural!, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112. 1838. Vespertilionidce (part; Vespertilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 494, December, 1838. 1854. [ Rhinolophicla: ] “ Rliinolophides ” Gervais, Llist. Nat. des Mammi- feres, p. 200 (part). 1855. Nycterina Van der Hoeven, Hanclb. der Dierkunde, 2d ed., II, p. 1028 (part). 1865. Megadermata Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 256 (part). 1866. Rhinolophidce (part; Nycterina) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 83. 1872. Megadermidce Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17 (part). Genus DIRIAS Miller. WfcOC. BIOL. SOC. WASHINGTON, 100 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1875. Nycteridce (part; Nycterincc ) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4tb ser., XVI, p. 348, November. 1875. 1878. Nycteridce (part, Nycterince) Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 161. 1886. Megadermidce (part, Nycterince ) Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 165. 1891. Nycteridce Flower and Lydekker, Mammals Living and Extinct, p. 658 (part). 1892. Rhinolophidce (part; Megadennatini part, Nyctericles) Winge, Jord- * ftwidn^v ©g. nuleyende Flagermus (Cliiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasil ien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Africa, except northwestern portion ; also the Malay Peninsula, Java, and Timor. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter small, about equal to trochin, not articulating with scapula, the two tubercles rising very slightly above head ; epitrochlea very large, with conspicuous styloid process, capi- tellum carried outward beyond line of shaft; second manal digit consisting of well-developed metacarpal only ; third finger with two phalanges ; shoulder girdle normal except that seventh cervical vertebra is fused with dorsal, and keel of sternum is unusually well developed, forming most of meso- sternum, longitudinal portion of pre- sternum is somewhat broadened, and first rib is noticeably strengthened; fibula absent ; pelvis normal except that as a whole it is unusually short and broad, ischia wide apart posteri- orly; skull (fig. 19) with postorbital processes present but obscured by the very broad supraorbital ridges ; interorbital region deeply concave; premaxillaries represented by palatal branches only, these bony throughout and completely filling space between maxillaries; teeth normal; tragus present, simple; muzzle with cutaneous outgrowths margining a deep longitudinal Fig. 19.— Nycteris javanica. Sembrong River, Johore. No. 112608. x 1|. History. — Though variously associated by the earlier authors with the Vespertilionidse, Phyllostomidac, or Rhinolophidse this family was placed with the Megadermidse by Peters as long ago as 1865. Since then it has remained in this position, the two groups being regarded as sections of a family Megadermidae or Nycteridae. Though undoubtedly this association is natural the peculiarities of the two seem great enough to warrant their recognition of separate families. Remarks. — The Nycteridae are at once recognizable by their long tails included to the tip in membrane, large ears with well developed THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 101 tragi, and the deep frontal grove, margined by leaf-like outgrowth. Other diagnostic characters are the absence of the fibula, the well- developed palatal branches of the premaxillaries, and the peculiar structure of tlie frontal region of the skull. Principal subdivisions. — The family Nycteridse contains the single genus Nycteris. -pit. _ Genus NYCTERIS Geoffroy. ~ °~ lCL \y Yiydfe.rm3) much smaller than other two. Lower molars with cusps normal in size and position. Skull with rostrum nearly as long as braincase, its sides slightly but distinctly inflated from orbit to nares, its dorsal surface with shallow longitudinal groove. Anterior portion of rostrum broad (palate broader anteriorly than posteriorly) ; nares subcircular, opening almost directly forward. Braincase subglobose, its length, breadth, and depth about equal. No distinct sagittal crest or ridges for muscle attachment. Floor of braincase slightly elevated above level of dor- sal wall of clioanse. Audital bullse small, covering not more than half of the large cochleae. Wings from sides of body, the back completely furred. Dermal outgrowths on chin not excessively developed. Species examined. — I have examined all of the known forms except C. personata Wagner. Genus PTERONOTUS Gray. 1838. Pteronotus Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 500. 1878. Cliilonycteris Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 447 (part). 1890. Pteronotus Allen, Bull. Amer. Mas. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 178, December 10, 1890 (genus). 1901. Dermonotus Gill, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIV, p. 177, Septem- ber 25, 1901. 1904. Dermonotus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia; p. 250, March, 1904, issued April 7, 1904. 1905. Pteronotus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVIII, p. 223, Octo- ber 17, 1906. Type-species. — Pteronotus davyi Gray. Geographic distribution. — Mainland of tropical America north to southern Mexico; also the islands of Trinidad and Dominica, West Indies. Number of forms. — Three; two in South America and the West Indies, the other in Mexico. Characters. — Like Chilonycteris , but with the wings attached along middle line of back. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. l2l Species examined. — Pteronotus davyi Gray and P. fulvus (Thomas) . Remarks. — This genus is immediately recognizable among Amer- ican bats by the apparently bare back, the fur of the upper surface of the body being concealed by the wings. Genus MORMOOPS Leach. 1821. Aello Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, Pt. 1, p. 69 ( cuvieri ). 1821. Mormoops Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, Pt. 1, p. 76 (blainvillii) . 1829. Mormops Cuvier, Diet. Sci. Nat., LIX, p. 422. 1878. Mormops Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 454, 1901. Mormoops Mtller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XXX, p. 277, December 27, 1901. 1902. Mormoops Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 160, March, 1902, issued June 11, 1902. Type-species. — Mormoops blainvillii Leach. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to Cuba and the southern border of the United States (Texps). Number of forms. — Six forms of Mormoops are now recognized. Characters.- — In general like Chilonycteris , but skull so greatly shortened that both rostrum and braincase are broader than long; braincase greatly deepened, its floor so elevated that lower rim of foramen magnum is above level of rostrum; teeth essentially as in Chilonycteris , except that lower incisors are of about equal size .and uniform structure, the inner tooth lacking all trace of backward extension of the crown; dermal outgrowths on chin very highly developed. Species examined. — All the known forms. Subfamily PHYLLOSTOMIXJS. 1838. Phyllostomina (part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, De- cember, 1838. 1840. Phyllostomata (part) Wagner, Schreber’s Saugthiere, Supplements, I, p. 384. 1842. Pliyllostominece (part) Lesson, Nouveau Tableau du Regne Animal, Mammi feres, p. 30. 1855. Glossophagina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 40. 1855. Vampyrina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 44. 1865. Vampyri (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 256. 1866. Lonchoronina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 113. 1866. Macrophyllina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 113. 1866. Vampyrina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 113. 1866. Phyllostomina Gray. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 114. 122 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1866. Trachyopina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 114. 1866. Brachyphyllina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 115. 1872. Vampyrince Gill, Arrangement of the families of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Vampyri Dobson, Ann. and Mag-. Nat. Hist., 4tli ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 1878. Vampyri Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit Mus., p. 458. 1886. Phyllostomince Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 173. 1891. Phyllostomatinw Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and ex- tinct, p. 672 (Vampyrine division). 1892. Pliyllostomata Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chirop- tera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to the Bahamas and southern California. Characters. — Teeth essentially normal, though in some genera there occurs a reduced condition of the mesostyle and commissures of m 1 and m 2, and of the paraconid and metaconid of m x and m 2 ; humerus with definite secondary articulation with scapula, epitrochlea large, with slightly developed spinous process; muzzle with noseleaf ; lower lip without plate-like outgrowths. Principal subdivisions. — This subfamily, containing all the leaf- nosed American bats with normal teeth, has fourteen well defined genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF PHYLLOSTOMINCE. Lower incisors 1-1. Lower premolars 3-3 Tonatia, p. 128. Lower premolars 2-2. Audital bullae very large, their height on inner side greater than width of basioccipital A nthorliina, p. 129. Audital bullae not enlarged. Crown of outer upper incisor as wide as that of inner ; audital bullae well developed Mimon, p. 129. Crown of outer upper incisor much narrower than that of in- ner, audital bullae very narrow Ghrotopterus, p. 133. Lower incisors 2-2. Lower premolars 2-2 Phyllostomus, p. 130. Lower premolars 3-3. Rostrum as long as braincase ; molars wider than palate ; the W-pattern much distorted W ampyrus, p. 134. Rostrum shorter than braincase ; molars narrower than palate ; W-pattern essentially normal. Middle lower premolar about as large as third. Audital bullae large, their greatest diameter much more than distance between them Otopterus, p. 126. Audital bullae small, their greatest diameter scarcely equal to distance between them. Inner upper incisor chisel-shaped, the front face of the two teeth together scarcely convex ; second up- per premolar without distinct style and with main cusp in front of middle of crown, its apex curved backward Gly phony cteris, p. 125. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 123 Inner upper incisor not chisel-shaped, the front face of the two teeth together strongly convex or biconvex ; second upper premolar with distinct style and with the main cusp at middle of crown, its apex straight. Crown of inner upper incisor longer than wide ; lower incisor row concave posteriorly. Micronycteris, p. 123. Crown of upper incisor wider than long ; lower incisor rowT convex posteriorly. Xenoctenes, p. 124. Middle lower premolar much smaller than third. First lower premolar in contact or nearly so with third, the second displaced inward from the tooth row. Length of rostrum much less than breadth of brain- case Dolichophyllu/in, p. 127. Length of rostrum about equal to breadth of brain- case Trachops, p. 132. First lower premolar distant from third, the second in tooth row. Dorsal profile of rostrum strongly convex ; a deep depression between orbits Lonchorhina, p. 127. Dorsal profile of rostrum not convex ; no depression between orbits Phylloderma, p. 131. Genus MICRONYCTERIS Gray. 1856. Schizostoma Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool. Mamin., p. 49. Not of Bronn, 1835. 1862. Schizastoma Gray, Catal. Bones Mamm. Brit. Mus., p. 38. 1866. Micronycteris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 113. 1872. Vampyrella Reinhardt, Vidensk. Meddelelser, Naturhist. Forening Kjobenhavn, IV, p. hi. Not of Cienkowsky, 1865. 1878. Schizostoma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 476. 1891. Micronycteris Lydekker in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 673. 1906. Micronycteris Andersen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7tli ser., XVIII, p. 50, July, 1906. Type-species. — Micronycteris megalotis Gray. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of the American main- land north to central Mexico. Number of forms. — Four forms of Micronycteris are now recog- nized : M . megalotis Gray, M. m. mexicanus Miller, M. microtis Miller, and M. minuta Gervais. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates III-IV, fig. 1) : -2 3. 1. — 34567 * 2-2 1 - 1 2 - 2 3-3 o, 12 1. - 234567* 2 - 2’ c 1-1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3~ ■ Upper incisors very unequal, completely filling space between ca- nines. The inner tooth is large, the crown at least twice as high as wide, slightly projecting and somewhat oblique, so that the middle pair of teeth are strongly in contact distally, though the roots are rather wide apart; cutting edge faintly divided by notch near outer 124 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. side into two very unequal lobes ; anterior face convex, posterior con- cave; cingulum distinct. Outer incisor scarcely extending beyond cingulum of inner, its crown flat, with slight cusp on inner side and roundish in outline. Lower incisors small, simple, forming a continu- ous, slightly convex row between canines, the crowns subquadrate in outline, when viewed from above, the cutting edges faintly bifid and the anterior face of each tooth distinctly concave. Inner tooth of each pair slightly larger than outer. Canines strong, simple, with well-developed cingula, but no supplemental cusps, the anterior face of the shaft smoothly rounded. Anterior upper premolar (pm3) large, its area when viewed from the side about equal to that of pos- terior tooth ( pm 4), crown strongly trenchant. Posterior upper pre- molar (pm 4), with main cusp straight, situated at or near middle of crown ; style well developed, but inner cusp obsolete, and longitudi- nal groove scarcely indicated. First lower premolar (pm 2) of much the same form, though smaller. Second lower premolar nearly as large or slightly smaller than first or third, perfectly in the toothrow. Other teeth showing no special peculiarities. Molars normal, though the paracone and metacone of m 1 and m 2 are situated farther out- ward than usual, causing a slight flatness in the W pattern ; hypocone low but distinct. Third upper molar with less than half the crown area of m 2, its four cusps distinct, but the two commissures deephr emarginated. Lower molars, with the cusps, normal in position, and all well developed except the entoconid of m s, which is so reduced as to be practically absent. Paraconid smaller than hypoconid, especially in m 1? where it is also less distinct from protoconid than in m 2 and m 3. Skull slender and light, the rostrum narrow and tapering, more than half as long as bra incase, its upper surface evenly convex later- ally. Braincase rather large, its surface with no conspicuous ridges. Anteriorly the forehead rises rather abruptly, and posteriorly the metencephalon is marked off by a distinct constriction. Audital bullae small and well developed, covering about half of cochleae. Ears variable in size, usually large, j oined* across forehead. Aoseleaf well developed. Tail short but distinct, extending about to middle of very wide interfemoral membrane. Species examined . — I have examined all of the known forms. Remarks. — The species of Micronycteris are all rather small, deli- cately' formed bats, having the forearm from 82 to 38 mm. in length. The tooth formula, short rostrum, well-developed middle lower pre- molar, and small audital bullye distinguish the genus from all of the others except the closely related Gly phony cteris and Xenoctenes.- Genus XENOCTENES, New. Type-species. — Schizostoma hirsutum Peters. Geographic distribution. — Costa Rica. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 125 Characters. — Externally similar to Micronycteris , but with con- necting band of ears very low. Skull and teeth as in Micronycteris , except that the incisors both above and below are notably peculiar. Inner upper incisor subtereti-conical, the crown slightly wider than long at base, the shaft convex in front, concave behind, tapering to a simple, moderately acute point. The two teeth are set very obliquely, their bases wide apart, their shafts in contact just below tip. Cingu- lum very slightly developed, so that distinction between crown and root is made less evident than in Micronycteris. Outer incisor small, much as in Micronycteris , but somewhat overlapping base of inner tooth. Lower incisors much crowded between canines, the pos- terior outline of the row convex, the anterior margin slightly con- cave. The outer tooth is tightly wedged into angle between inner and canine, which are strongly in contact; crowns of both teeth, but especially of inner, much wider than long. Otherwise they resemble the lower incisors of Micronycteris. Species examined. — Xenoctenes hirsutus (Peters). Remarks.- — While the upper incisors in this genus are less modified than those of Micronycteris , the lower incisors are distinctly more specialized in form. Genus GLYPHONYCTERIS Thomas. 1896. Gly phony cter is Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XVIII, p. 301, October, 1896. 1906. Glyphonycteris Andersen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XVIII, p. 58, July, 1906. Type-species. — Gly phony cteris sylvestris Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Costa Pica, Peru, Guiana, and Brazil. Number of forms. — Three species are known. Characters.- — Like Micronycteris , but ears separate; skull with ant- orbital region distinctly inflated, and basisphenoid pits deep and distinct, with sharp median dividing ridge; middle upper incisor with anterior face flat; upper premolars with main cusp situated distinctly in front of middle of crown, the point slender and slightly recurved, neither tooth with evident indication of rudimentary styles; the two teeth not differing conspicuously from each other in form, the inner border with well developed secondary cusp separated from main cusp by deep longitudinal groove ; concave areas of molars larger proportionally to the cusps than in Micronycteris / lower incisors trifid, the division indicated nearly to base of crown by grooves along anterior face. Species examined —Gly phony cteris sylvestris Thomas, G. behni Peters, and G. brachyotis Dobson. Remarks. — This genus, though closely related to Micronycteris and Xenoctenes , is sufficiently characterized by the form of the upper pre- molars and the inflated antorbital portion of the skull. 126 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus OTOPTERUS Lydekker. 1843. M acrotus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 21. Not Macrotis Reid, 1837. 1878. M acrotus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 463. 1891. Otopterus Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 673. 1904. Macrotus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., 1893, p. 33, March 14, 1894. 1904. Macrotus Miller, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XXVII, p. 345, January 23, 1904. 1904. Macrotus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 427, April, 1904, issued June 29, 1904. Type-species. — Macrotus waterhousii Gray. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of middle America from Guatemala to southern California and Arizona, also the Greater Antilles and the Bahama Islands. Number of forms. — Eight forms are recognized by Rehn, the most recent writer on the genus. Characters. — Dental formula and structure of teeth, essentially as in Micronycteris , but first and second upper molars without hypo- cones, and entoconid of first and second lower molars not as well developed ; paraconid of m x about as in Micronycteris or slightly more reduced. Skull like that of Micronycteris except that the brain case rises less abruptly in front, forming only a very slight angle with rostrum, the rostrum is distinctly flattened above, and the audital bullae are conspicuously enlarged, covering almost the entire cochleae, their greatest diameter distinctly greater than the width of the space between them; basisplienoid pits even less distinct than in Micronycteris. Externally distinguishable from Micronycteris by the even larger ears and by the much longer tail, the extremity of which projects beyond the hinder edge of the broad inter femoral membrane. Species examined. — With the exception of Otopterus pygmceus I have examined all the known forms of this genus. Remarks. — Although there seems to be no good reason for reject- ing the name Macrotus of Gray on account of the previous use of the same word by Leach as a nomen nudum applied to the long-eared bat of Europe, or on account of De jean’s Macrotis , 1833, the case is different as regards Reid’s Macrotis of 1837. This name is properly defined and is clearly of the same etymology as Gray’s Macrotus. 1 therefore prefer to adopt Otopterus. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 127 Genus LONCHORHINA Tomes. 1863. Lonchorhina Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 81. 1878. Lonchorhina Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 461. Type-species. — Lonchorhina aurita Tomes. Geographic distribution. — West Indies (Trinidad and the Baha- mas) and Venezuela. Number of forms. — The type-species is at present unique. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. — 34567 v 2 - 2 12 -. 1.-234567 *2 -2’ c 1-1 1-1’ jpm 2-2 3-3’ m 3-3 3-3 =34. Teeth essentially as in Micronycteris except that crowns of lower incisors are wider (width about equal to height), the outer upper incisor has a distinctly hooked point close to inner tooth and a flatfish heel extending outward and backward, the second lower premolar (pm s) is smaller than either of the others, and the anterior upper premolar “is scarcely larger than outer incisor. Skull showing a curious resemblance to that of Chilonycteris / a distinct concavity at base of rostrum between orbits ; dorsal profile of nasals strongly con- vex, the anterior extremity of the bones projecting over the nares as a conspicuous, slightly downward-curved point; middle of braincase low, not rising conspicuously above occiput as in Micronycteris ; basi- sphenoid pits very large and distinct, so carried forward that the an- terior edge slightly overhangs; audital bullse small, as in Micronyc- teris. Ears large, separate. Noseleaf very large, the horizontal portion with thickened ridge in front of nasal openings. Tail much longer than femur, produced to edge of wide interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Lonchorhina aurita Tomes. Remarks. — This strikingly characterized genus appears to be not distantly related to Micronycteris and Otopterus , with which it agrees fairly well in the structure of the teeth and, except for the peculiar rostrum, in the form of the skull. The resemblance to Chilonycteris pointed out by Dobson appears to be wholly superficial. Genus DOLICHOPHYLLUM Lydekker. 1838. Macrophyllum Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 489. Not Macrophylla Hope, 1837. 1878. Macrophyllum Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 468. 1891. Dolichopliyllum Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living .and extinct, p. 673. Type-species. — Phyllostoma macrophyllum Wied. Geographic distribution. — Brazil. Number of forms. — Only the type species is thus far known. 128 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters . — In general not unlike Micronycteris , but ears separate and tail longer than femur, continued to outer edge of broad inter- femoral membrane. Skull with short rostrum, its length less than breadth of braincase; nares emarginate laterally and above, leaving a noticeable flattish area over roots of incisors; basioccipital pits obsolete; audital bullse small, not covering half of cochleae. Teeth essentially like those of Micronycteris , except that middle lower pre- molar (pm 3) is minute and so crowded inward that first and third are almost in contact, first upper premolar (pm 3) is not much larger than outer incisor, middle upper incisors project more conspicuously, and lower incisors have the crowns relatively wider. Species examined. — Dolichophyllum macrophyllum (Wied). Genus TONATIA Gray. 1827. Tonatia Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, V, p. 71 (Vam- pyrus Widens Spix). 1836. Lophostoma d’Orbigny, Voyage dans l’Amerique merid., pi. vi (syl- I vicola=amhlyotis according to Dobson). 1878. Lophostoma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 473. 1891. Lophostoma Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, i p. 673. 1898. Tonatia Palmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XII, p. 110, April 30, 1898. Type-species. — V ampyrus bidens Spix. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, from Brazil to Panama. Number of forms. — Four forms of Tonatia are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. --34567.2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 1--. 1, - 234567 A - 1’ 0 1-V Pm 3-3’ m 3 - 3— 32- Teeth throughout more robust than those of Micronycteris , though not essentially different in structure. Inner upper incisors with lower, longer, more obliquely set crowns than those of Micronycteris , the posterior face more strongly concave and outer posterior border in contact with canine. Outer incisor crowded forward, completely filling angle between canine and 'inner incisor, its anterior surface nearly half as extensive as that of inner tooth. Lower incisor dis- tinctly higher than wide, the anterior surface slightly concave, but cutting edge not distinctly emarginate. Canines showing no pecu- liarities except that the lower are in contact posteriorly. Cheek teeth essentially like those of Micronycteris except that anterior upper premolar is much broader than long and middle lower premolar is minute and quite functionless, crowded between the anterior and -posterior teeth and not rising to level of cutting surface. First and second upper molars with small but distinct hypocone. Skull like that of Micronycteris , but not as lightly built. Zygoma with abrupt THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 129 expansion near anterior base. Basisphenoid pits absent. Audital bullae small, covering less than half surface of cocheleae. Sagittal crest well developed, not divided anteriorly, but continued forward as a line traceable to posterior extremity’ of nasals. Noseleaf well developed. Ears large, separate or joined across forehead. Tail shorter than femur, extending about to middle of broad interf emoral membrane. Species examined. — Tonatia bidens (Spix) and T. Venezuelan (Rob- inson and Lyon). Genus MIMON Gray. 1847. Mimon Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 14. 1878. Mimon Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 491. Type-species. — Phyllostoma bennettii Gray. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — -Only the type species is at present recognized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. --34567.2-2 1-1 2-2 3 - 3_QA 1 - 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 1 - 1’ 0 1 - V? m 2 - 2’ m 3 - 3 ' ' Teeth like those of Tonatia except that the inner upper incisors are scarcely oblique and are separated from canines by distinct space occupied by well-developed outer incisor, lower canines are not in contact, and the rudimentary middle lower premolar has disappeared. Lower molars with paraconid slightly more distinct than in Micro- nycteris. First upper premolar ( pm 3) much larger than outer incisor. Lower incisor higher than wide. Skull slender, but with rather broadly arched rostrum noticeably different from the almost half-terete form of the same region in Tonatia , Otopterus , and Micro- nycteris. Zygoma without expansion either in front or behind. Basisphenoid pits broad and shallow, separated by a prominent median ridge. Audital bullse small, covering about one-half surface of cochleae, but unusually narrow, with almost a ridge along ventral edge; height of bulla on inner side barely equal to width of basi- occipital. Ears large, separate. Tail about as long as femur, ter- minating near middle of broad interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Mimon bennettii (Gray). Genus ANTHORHINA Lydekker. 1855. Tylostoma Gervais, Expect du Comte de Castelnau, Amer. Suet, Zoot Mamm., p. 49. Not of Sharpe, 1849. 1878. Tylostoma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 488. 1891. Anthorhina Lydekker in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 674. Type-species. — Phyllostoma cremdatum Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America, 25733— No. 57—07 m 9 - . 130 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Number of forms. — Three species of Anthorhina are now known. Characters. — Teeth essentially as in Mimon , the dental formula the same, and the inner upper incisor similarly vertical; anterior upper premolar (pw% 3) scarcely larger than outer incisor; lower incisor with crown about as wide as high, and cutting edge faintly trifid ; lower molars like those of Micronycteris. Skull not strikingly differ- ent from that of Mimon , but rostrum with indication of median groove, basisplienoid pits deep and distinct, and audital bullae large, each covering more than half of cochlea, their height on inner side much greater than width of basioccipital. Ears large, separate. Tail about as long as femur, terminating at middle of very broad interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Anthorhina crenulata ( Geoff roy ), and A.picata (Thomas). Genus PHYLLOSTOMUS Lacepede. 1799. Phyllostomus Lacepede, Tabl. des Div., Sousdiv., Ordres et Genres des Mammif., p. 16 ( hastatus ). 1800. Phyllostoma Cuvier, Legons d’Anat. Comp., Tabl. I (described in Tabl. Elem. d’Hist. Nat., p. 105, 1798). 1866. Alectops Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 114 (ater=elongatam) . 1878. Phyllostoma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 484. 1901. Phyllostomus Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XXX, p. 282, December 27, 1901. Type-species. — V espertilio hastatus Pallas. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Honduras. Number of forms. — Eight forms of Phyllostomus are now known. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. --3 45 6 7 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 1 2 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2’ c 1 - 1’ pm 2 - 2’ m 3 - 3-32' In form the teeth for the most part resemble those of Micronycteris , there being no essential differences in the molars, canines, and upper incisors of the two genera. Hypocone distinct though low in m 1, obsolete in m 2. Paraconids as in Micronycteris . Premolars with thick, rather short shafts, and slightly developed cingula. Middle upper incisor simple, somewhat projecting, the front surface nearly as long as high, the posterior surface slightly concave; lateral in- cisor short and blunt, scarcely rising to level of indistinct cingulum of canine and middle incisor. Upper canine with a broad flattish groove on anterior face of shaft and a less developed one on antero- outer face. Lower incisors forming a continuous, nearly straight row between cingula of canines, the outer tooth slightly smaller than inner; upper surface of crown slightly longer than height of ante- rior surface; cutting edge faintly trifid, the middle lobe smallest. Skull heavy and robust, with broad, rather low and flattish rostrum, THE FAMILIES AND GEN EE A OF BATS. 131 high sagittal crest and broadly expanded, shelf-like paroccipital processes. Zygomata heavy, a little expanded both anteriorly and posteriorly. Basisphenoid pits evident, though rather shallow. Floor of braincase forming an evident angle with roof of posterior nares. Audital bullse small and flat, covering about one-half surface of cochleae ; the height (considerably less than width. Ears moderately large, widely separate. Noseleaf well developed, though simple. Tail less than half as long as femur, projecting from base of moder- ately wide inter femoral membrane. Species examined — Phyllostomus discolor Wagner, P . hastatus (Pallas), P. latifolius Thomas, P. verrucosus Elliot. Remarks . — This genus is at once recognizable by the robust, heavy form of its members, most of which are of medium or large size, the simple, well-developed noseleaf, moderately small, separate ears, short tail, heavy skull, and the combination of two lower incisors with two lower premolars. Genus PHYLLODERMA Peters. 1865. Pliylloderma Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 513 (subgenus of Phyllostomus). 1866. Guandira Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 114. 1878. Pliylloderma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 482 (genus). Type-species. — Pliylloderma stenops Peters. Geographic distribution. — Cayenne. Number of forms. — One, the type species. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - -34567.2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 12 -. 1. - 234567^-2’ c i - 1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3~34' Teeth much as in Phyllostomus , but differing in several details: Inner upper incisors bifid, the slender outer cusps longer than the inner ; inner lower incisor nearly twice as wide as outer when viewed from the front, faintly bifid, the outer tooth not distinctly so (the same difference in size is noticeable in crown view of these teeth, and both crowns are more drawn out antero-posteriorly than in Phyl- lostomus) ; anterior face of upper canine without longitudinal groove; crowns of mandibular premolars narrower and more trenchant than in Phyllostomus , and a minute pm 8 wedged transversely between the two functional teeth; mandibular molars narrower than in Phyllos- tomus, with the W pattern somewhat flattened, though perfectly dis- tinct owing to the presence of all the normal elements of the teeth. Skull apparently much like that of Phyllostomus latifolius, but nasals probably rising more abruptly behind nares, and rostrum probably deeper and shorter. Mandible deeper, and symphysis menti longer and more oblique than in Phyllostomus latifolius. External charac- ters essentially as in Phyllostomus. 132 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Species examined . — Phylloderma stenops Peters (type specimen of Guandira cayenensis Gray, of which the- skull is badly damaged). Remarks. — Although showing throughout a general resemblance to Phyliostomus this genus is readily distinguishable by the bifid middle upper incisors, the narrow lower molars, and the presence of the minute pm 3. Genus TRACHOPS Gray. 1825. Istiophorus Gray, Zool. Journ., II, p. 242, July, 1825 (part). Not of Lacepede, 1802. 1846. Histiophorus Agassiz, Nomenclator Zool., Index Univ., p. 183. 1847. Trachops Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 14. 1865. Trachyops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 512. 1878. Trachyops Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 481. Type-species. — Trachops fuliginosus Gray —Vampyrus cirrhosus Spix. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — The type species is the only form now recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - -34567.2-2 1-1 1 2 -. T. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2’ G- 1 - 1 pm 2-2 3-3’ 3-3 m — =34. Maxillary teeth like those of Phyliostomus (anterior face of canine similarly grooved), but outer incisor very small, almost hidden between canine and inner incisor, cheek teeth relatively larger than in Phyliostomus , the greatest transverse diameter of m 2 nearly equal to width of palate ° ; m 1 and m 2 with large, well-defined hypocone and noticeably elongated postero-external segment. Ex- cept for the presence of a minute pm 3 smaller than the lower incisors and crowded completely from toothrow on inner side, so as to be invisible from without, the mandibular teeth differ from those of Phyliostomus in the noticeable compression or narrowing of the crowns of the molars, and the general elevation of all the cusps except the liypoconid of m 1 and m 2, which is somewhat more reduced than in the related genus. The entoconid of these two teeth is, how- ever, much more developed than it is in Phyliostomus. Skull more elongated and rounded than that of Phyliostomus f interorbital region smoothly rounded and somewhat depressed; posterior zygo- matic expansion angular-emarginate in front, the anterior expan- sion barely indicated; audital bullae covering about half surface of cochleae, their height fully equal to width. Externally similar to a In Phyliostomus hastatus it is about one-half, in P. discolor considerably less than half, and in P. latifolius and P. longifolius slightly more than half. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 133 Phyllostomus , but ear longer than head, and front and sides of lips and chin thickly beset with small cylindrical warts, most numerous anteriorly. Tail much shorter than femur, appearing on upper sur- face of broad interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Trachops cirrhosus (Spix). Remarks. — This genus is at once recognizable by the wart-stud- ded lips and the peculiar position of the small lower premolar. Genus CHROTOPTERUS Peters. 1865. Chrotopterus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 505 (genus). 1878. Chrotopterus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 469 (subgenus of Vampyrus). 1900. Chrotopterus Allen Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIII, p. 91, May 12, 1900 (genus). T ype-species. — V ampyrus auritus Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms.— The type is the only species known. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3.1. --34567.2-2 1 -1 2-2 3-3 on 1 - 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 1-1’ c 1 - 1’ pm 3 - 3’ m 3 - Maxillary teeth essentially like those of Phyllostomus , except that the inner incisors are lower and less projecting, the canine is less distinctly grooved on front surface, the anterior premolar ( pm 3) is small, crowded outward from the toothrow, and so low that its short cusp barely exceeds cingulum of canine; molars with main cusps large and well developed, but with protocone lower in pro- portion to other cusps, and with paracone and metacone nearer each other than in the normal arrangement, and mesostyle, together with its commissures, notably reduced, so that the W pattern is dis- torted by the lengthening of the posterior limb and the shortening of the two median limbs. Mandibular incisors and canines as in Phyllosto- mus, though the canines more closely approach each other. Anterior premolar {pm 2) with the cusp broad and low, more resembling an angular- cutting edge than a true cusp; middle premolar {pm 3) mi- nute, crowded completely from toothrow on inner side as in Trachops , so that pm 2 and pm 4 are in contact. Lower molars with the cusps essentially unmodified, except that the hypoconid and entoconid are relatively lower than in Phyllostomus and the paraconid and metaconid of m 1 are nearer to the protoconid and less distinct from it. Skull essentially as in Phyllostomus , but less angular; rostrum and interorbital region subcylindrical ; paroccipital expansion small but distinct; audital bulla small, covering less than half cochlea, its diameter nearly twice height at inner edge. Externally character- 134 BULLETIN 5 1, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ized by the very large though simple ana separate ears (the middle of conch extends to nostril when laid forward) ; tail barely percep- tible in base of very wide interfemoral membrane; lips and chin nearly smooth ; fur unusually long and soft. Species examined. — Clirotopterus auritus (Peters). Remarks. — Though currently regarded as a subgenus of V ampyrus. this group is sufficiently well characterized to be recognized as a dis- tinct genus. As pointed out by Dobson, it is in many respects inter- mediate between Yampyrus and the more ordinary members of the subfamily. The structure of its teeth also places it in an intermedi- ate position, though nearer the more normal genera than to Yam- pyrus. Genus VAMPYRUS Leach. 1821. Yampyrus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 79. 1878. Yampyrus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 469. Type-Species. — -Vespertilio spectrum Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America north to southern Mexico ; Greater Antilles. Number of forms. — Only the type species is recognized. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates I, II, fig. 3) : - 2 3. 1. - - 3 4 5 6 7 . 2- 2 1 - 1 2-2 3 - 3 1 2 -. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2’ C1 - 1’ pm 3-3’ ™ 3 - 3~U' Middle upper incisors low and wide, their cutting edges strongly oblique, but entire, and almost in contact with canines laterally; outer incisors pushed slightly forward out of tooth row, barely rising to. level of cingulum of canine. Canines relatively larger than in any other genus of Phyllostomidse, flattened in front, the moder- ately developed cingulum forming a low but distinct postero-internal cusp. Anterior premolar (pm*) with crown longer than wide, the height of its somewhat trenchant cusp barely equal to length of crown. Posterior premolar (pm 4) peculiar in the very slight indi- cation of the postero-external thickening. Upper molars with the same peculiarities as in C hrotopterus, but much exaggerated; dis- proportion between height of protocone and that of outer cusps very great, owing less to suppression of forming than to unusual elongation of latter; paracone and metacone so high that the outer side of the teeth presents a conspicuous oblique surface, about half of which is limited above by the sharply trenchant edge of the fourth commissure, which has practically no posterior thickening to represent metastyle. The three main cusps are so near together that the triangle indicated by their points is scarcely more than one-fourth the area of base of crown.® Parastyle and mesostyle ® In Chrotopterus this triangle is about one-tliird of the crown area, while in Phyllostomus it is between one-third and one-half. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OE BATS. 135 greatly reduced, though present. W -pattern even more distorted than in Clirotopterus , but still visible. Lower incisors very small, about equal in size, forming a concave row between canines and not rising to level of cingulum of the large teeth. Their crowns are very low, slightly wider than long, with an ill-defined cutting edge extending across middle. Lower canines very large, their bases nearly in contact postero-internally, the posterior face of shaft and outer portion of base flattened and slightly hollowed along region of contact with upper canine; cingulum indistinct and without sec- ondary cusps. Lower premolars compressed, with rather dull cut- ting edges, the middle tooth {pm 3) fully in tooth row and about half size of anterior premolar, the posterior {pm 4) distinctly larger than pm 2, the height of its cusps about equal to length of crown. Lower molars still more highly modified than those of Clirotopterus , though in the same direction. In all three teeth the protoconid is very large, nearly twice as high as the hypoconid ; in m ± the para- conid and metaconid are so reduced as to appear as mere appendages to the protoconid, the former scarcely breaking the contour of the anterior cutting edge of the main cusp, the latter slightly less indis- tinct. With the increased height of the tooth both of these rudi- mentary cusps have been carried much farther above the base of the tooth than the position they normally occupy. The entoconid, however, remains in its usual position, though its size is less than in Phyllostomus. In m 2 the changes have not progressed so far, the paraconid and metaconid retaining their distinctness and normal positions with regard to the protoconid, though their size is reduced, and they are carried much above the level of the small entoconid. The posterior tooth is still less modified, though the same tendency is shown, and the entoconid is absent. Skull considerably elongated, the breadth of brain case less than one-third greatest length. Sagit- tal crest well developed, especially in occipital region. Paroccipi- tal expansions distinct, though not very large, strongly concave beneath. Rostrum subcylindrical. Zygoma slightly expanded an- teriorly and posteriorly. Audital bullae very small, covering less than half cochlear surface, their height at inner edge less than diameter. Symphysis menti very long, the jaws strongly compressed above it. Externally much like Phyllostomus , but with the chin smooth as in Chrotopterus , the muzzle much elongated, and the tail absent; interfemoral membrane very wide; ear extending to ex- tremity of muzzle ; fur normal. Species examined.— Vampyrus spectrum (Linnaeus). Remarks. — In the peculiar heightening and narrowing of the molars this genus shows the most aberrant type of tooth structure known in the subfamily. The tooth formula, however, has remained somewhat primitive in the presence of a large pm 3, a character probably due to the elongated condition of the mandible. 136 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Siobfaxivily GLOSSOPHAG-IN^]. 1838. Phyllostomina (part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, Decem- ber, 1836. 1842. Phyllostominece (part) Lesson, Nouveau Tableau du Regne Animal, Mammiferes, p. 30. 1845. Olossophagina “ Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Mamm. Europe, p. 5.” 1855. Glossophagina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 40. 1865. Glossophagce (part) Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257. 1866. Glossophagina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 115. 1872. Glossophagince Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Glossophagce (part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 1878. Glossophagce (part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 497. 1886. Glossophagince (part) Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 173. 1891. Phyllostomatince (part ; Glossopbagine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 672. 1892. Glossophagce (part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. 1898. Glossophagince (part) H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 237. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north on the mainland to southern Arizona and in the West Indies to Cuba. Characters. — Teeth slightly abnormal. Upper molars with the styles reduced in size and closely approximated to the paracone and metacone, this in connection with the obsolescence of the commissures nearly obliterating the W -pattern. Lower molars with the five typ- ical cusps present, but reduced in height, particularly the paraconid, the commissures very rudimentary. All of the cheek teeth elongated. Rostrum much produced. Tongue long and highly extensible, its surface armed with conspicuous bristle-like papillae. Noseleaf pres- ent, well developed, though never very large. History. — First recognized as a distinct group by Bonaparte in 1845, the Glossophaginae have continued to be so regarded by prac- tically all subsequent authors. Since the discovery of Phyllonycteris and Reithronycteris these genera have been placed with the Glosso- phaginae, but this association appears to be quite unnatural. Except that these are now removed, the subfamily, as here understood, has the same limits as with most recent writers. Remarks. — The members of the subfamily Glossophaginae are rec- ognizable by their elongated muzzle, highly extensible tongue, and slightly modified teeth. They are all small bats with well-devel- oped through simple nose leaves, and small, separate ears. Principal subdivisions. — Nine genera of Glossophaginae are now known, based principally on differences in the number of teeth. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 137 KEY TO THE GENERA OF GLOSSOPHAGINAE. Molars |A. Lower premolars 2-2 Leptonycteris, p. 142. Lower premolars 3-3 Lichonycteris, p. 143. Molars Upper premolars 3-3. A very rudimetary tail concealed in base of interfemoral mem- brane; zygomatic arch slender, but definitely ossified; outer upper incisor subterete; anterior upper premolar nearly in con- tact with canine Lonclioglossa, p. 140. No external tail ; zygomatic arch incomplete or partly ossified ; outer upper incisor with section of crown conspicuously ellip- tical ; anterior upper premolar separated from canine by space equal to length of its base Anoura, p. 139. Upper premolars 2-2. Lower incisors well developed in adult. Upper incisors showing no marked contrast in size ; lower in- cisors with broad, flat crown ; zygomatic arch complete. Glossophaga, p. 137. Upper incisors showing marked contrasts in size; lower in- cisors with narrow trenchant crowns ; zygomatic arch in- complete ; Lonchophylla, p. 139. Lower incisors minute or absent in adult. Zygomatic arch complete ; lower incisors usually present in adult, but very minute .Monophyllus, p. 139. Zygomatic arch not complete ; lower incisors absent in adult. Pterygoids convex on inner side, the hamular processes not in contact with audital bullae Hylonycteris, p. 142. Pterygoids deeply concave on inner side, the hamular processes in contact with audital bullae. Choeronycteris, p. 141. Genus GLOSSOPHAGA Geoffroy. 1818. Glossophaga Geoffroy, Mem. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, IV, p. 418 (soricina) . 1838. Phyllophora Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 489 ( amplexicaudata= soricina). Not of Thunberg, 1812. 1847. Nicon Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 15 (caudifer= soricina) . 1878. Glossophaga Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 499. 1898. Glossophaga H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 240. Type-species. — V espertilio soricinus Pallas. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to central Mexico, and in the West Indies to Jamaica. Number of forms. — Six species of Glossophaga are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates III, IV, fig. 2) : -2 3. 1. - -34567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 , 12-1.-2 34:6 6 7 *2-2’ c 1 - V 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3-34- 138 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Upper incisors well developed, distinctly projecting forward and forming a continuous row almost from canine to canine (the dia- stema less than width of outer incisor). Crown of inner tooth longer than high, the cutting edge straight, slightly oblique, the posterior surface flat and almost parallel with anterior surface. Outer tooth shorter, though with cutting edge in line with that of inner, its crown more oblique, though of about the same area. Lower incisors well developed, completely or nearly filling space between canines, the crowns very low and about as broad as long, the outline roundish or subquadrate, the upper surface with a faint median ridge. Canines strong, simple, with slightly developed cingula and no secondary cusps, the upper with distinct anterior and posterior cut- ting edge. Upper premolars with narrow trenchant crowns, longer than high, triangular in outline when viewed from the side, the main cusp slightly in front of the middle, the styles obsolete. First and second lower premolars similar, but with lower crowns; third with crown distinctly widened posteriorly. First and second upper molars with nearly half of the crown occupied by a conspicuous pit-like depression on the inner side of which is the narrow but distinct protocone, and on the outer side the paracone, metacone, and mesostyle. Parastyle and metastyle small, and commissures low; this, together with the distinct pushing outward of the para- cone and metacone causing a noticeable flattening and widening of the W -pattern. Third upper molar with crown area more than half that of second, the median depression well developed, as are the protocone, paracone, and elongated, low parastyle; mesostyle and metacone somewhat reduced, and the three commissures distinct. Inner border of all three molars strongly convex. Lower molars with the usual five cusps present and distinct, the three teeth alike in form, but the last slightly smaller than either of the others. While the cusps are well developed the commissures are obsolete, giving the crowns a peculiar multituberculate appearance when viewed from above. Skull with braincase large and elongate, but low, rounded and smooth. Rostrum somewhat shorter than braincase, low and weak. A small but distinct lachrymal inflation. Basisphenoid pits distinct but shallow. Audital bullae small, covering less than half surface of cochleae, their greatest diameter slightly more than width of basioccipital. Tail not as long as tibia, extending barely to middle of broad interfemoral membrane. Species examined. — Glossophaga antillarum (Rehn), G. elongata Miller, G. longirostris Miller, G. mutica Merriam, G. soricina (Pallas), and G. truei FI. Allen. THE FAMILIES AND GENEBA OF BATS, 139 Genus LONCHOPHYLLA Thomas. 1908. Lonchophylla Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XII, p. 458, October, 1903. Type-species. — Lonchophylla mordax Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Brazil and Venezuela. Number of forms. — Two species of Lonchophylla are known. Characters . — Like Glossophaga , but zygomatic arch incomplete; inner upper incisor higher than wide and more than double the bulk of outer tooth, which stands by itself near middle of space between large incisor and canine; lower incisors with narrow trifid cutting edges, the outer separated from canine by a space nearly equal to the length of its crown ; and last upper molar nearly as large as either of the others, its parastyle short. Species examined. — Lonchophylla mordax Thomas and Z. tlxomasi J. A. Allen. Remarks.— This genus is well characterized by the incomplete zygomatic arch, and by the form of the incisors both above and below. Externally it resembles Glossophaga. Genus MONOPHYLLUS Leach. 1821. Monophyllus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 75. 1878. Monophyllus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 503. 1898. Monophyllus H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Pliilos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 247. 1900. Monophyllus Miller, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., II, p. 31, March 30, 1900. Type-species. — Monophyllus redmani Leach. Geographic distribution. — West Indies from Cuba to Barbados. Number of forms. — Five species of Monophyllus are now known. Characters. — In general like Glossophaga ; zygomatic arch com- plete; tail about half as long as femur, projecting beyond edge of very narrow interfemoral membrane. Teeth essentially as in Glosso- phaga, but upper incisors much smaller and of equal length, the outer sharp pointed, the inner with flat cutting edge, neither of the incisors in contact with the other or with canine ; lower incisors very minute, with roun’dish flat crowns, the four teeth standing as two pairs, one pair on each side of a broad median space; upper and lower pre- molars with conspicuous styles; upper molars with inner margin obliquely truncate. Species examined. — I have examined all the known forms. Genus ANOURA Gray. 1838. Anoura Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 490 ( geoffroyi ). 1844-46. Rhinchonycteris Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, p. 71 (peruana— geof- froyi). 1846. Anura Agassiz, Nomencl. Zool., Index Univ., p. 27. 1868. Glossonycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 365 ( lasiopyga ). 140 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1878. Glossonycteris Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 508. 1893. Anura Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 335. 1898. Anura H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 256. 1901. Anoura Miller and Rehn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XXX, p. 286, December 27, 1901. Type-species. — Anoura geoffroyi Gray. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Only one species is currently recognized. Characters. — Like Lonchoglossa , but with no external tail; zygo- matic arch incomplete or imperfectly ossified; outer upper incisor noticeably elliptical in section, the outline of its anterior surface tri- angular; anterior upper premolar (pm2) separated from canine by a space about equal to length of its base. Species examined. — Anoura geoffroyi Gray. Genus LONCHOGLOSSA Peters. 1818. Glossophaga Geoffroy, Mem. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., Paris, IV, p. 418 (part). 1868. Lonchoglossa Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 364. 1878. Lonchoglossa Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 506. 1898. Lonchoglossa II. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 256. Type-species. — Glossophaga caudifera Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America. Number of forms. — Two species are currently referred to this genus. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - 234567 . 2-2 1-1 3-3 3-3 00 . 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 % 0-0’ c l-l’-P™ 3-3’ m 3-3-32' Upper incisors minute, styliform, the inner smaller than the outer, the teeth of each pair close together, though not in contact, the inner teeth separated from each other and the outer separated from canines by spaces about equal to that occupied by the two incisors together. Anterior upper premolar (pm 2) much smaller than the others, nearly in contact with canine, but separated from second premolar (pm 3) by distinct space. Other teeth as in M onophyllus , except that inner bor- der of upper molars is narrow and convex. Skull essentially as in M onophyllus , but zygomata very slender, basiphenoid pits obsolete, and hamular processes ligulate, curved outward and backward, and slightly twisted. Tail very rudimentary or absent, when present ex- tending to edge of narrow interfemoral membrane, but the vertebrae incompletely ossified, so that the tail might easily be overlooked. Species examined — Lonchoglossa caudifera (Geoffroy). THE FAMILIES AND GENEEA OF BATS. 141 Remarks. — Though not very well characterized this genus is dis- tinguishable from Anoura by the rudimentary though evident tail, the nearly terete outer upper incisors, and the position of the anterior upper premolars (pm 2) close to base of canine. The zygomatic arch though very slender is apparently always present and com- pletely ossified. The status of Lonclioglossa wiedi as a member of this genus seems open to much doubt. I have seen no authentic specimens, but the characters given by Peters and Dobson make it appear more prob- ably an Anura , if, indeed, it is specifically separable from A. geoffroyi. Genus CHCERON YCTERIS Tsehudi. 1844. Clioeronycteris Tschudi, Weigmann’s Arcbiv. filr Naturgeschichte, 1844, I, p. 247. (Aomen nudum.) 1844-46. Clioeronycteris Tschudi, Fauna Peruana. Mamm., p. 70 (subgenus of Glossophaga) . 1868. Clioeronycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., Berlin, p. 366 (genus). 1878. Clioeronycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 509. 1898. Choernycteris (sic) H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 252. Type-species. — Clioeronycteris mexicana Tschudi. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north to southern Arizona. Number of forms. — Four species are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 . 1.-234567*0-0’ c 1-1’ pm 3-3’ m 3~3-i50' Upper incisors minute, in pairs, the teeth of each pair in contact with each other but separated from canine by distinct space and in middle by an interval nearly twice as great. Crowns of incisors much longer than high and nearly as wide as long, that of the inner tooth flat and horizontal, that of the outer oblique and with a low, blunt cusp on inner side. Canines and premolars with no special peculiarities, the latter long and narrow, with high main cusp and well-developed styles. Upper molars distinctly spaced, with para- style and metastyle absent, and mesostyle greatly reduced, though indicated in all three teeth, the W pattern therefore barely suggested. The three molars are almost exactly alike in form, but the third is slightly smaller than either of the others. Lower molars with all the cusps present, but, with exception of protoconid, much reduced, the three teeth essentially alike. Skull with rostrum very greatly elongated in some species, in others not unusually so for members of the subfamily. Zygomata incomplete. Pterygoids strongly con- 142 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cave on inner side, the hamulars in contact with audital bullse. Tail well developed, about half as long as femur, extending less than half way to edge of very wide interfemoral membrane. Calcar present, distinct though weak. Species examined. — Cheer onycteris godmani Thomas, C. intermedia Allen and Chapman, C. mexicana , Tschudi, and C . minor Peters. Genus HYLONYCTERIS Thomas. 1903. Hylonycteris Thomas Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XI, p. 286. March, 1903. T ype-species. — Hylonycteris underwoodi Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Costa Rica. Number of forms. — Only the type species is known. Characters. — Closely resembling Choeronycteris in all respects ex- cept that the pterygoids are not specially modified, their inner sur- face being convex and the hamular processes not coming in contact with the audital bullae. Species examined. — Hylonycteris underwoodi Thomas. Remarks. — - Hylonycteris , though very closely related to Chceronyc- teris , is well characterized by the form of the pterygoids. These bones are perfectly normal, quite as in other members of the sub- family, and lack all trace of the peculiar structure which they have assumed in the allied genus. Genus LEPTONYCTERIS Lydekker. 1860. Isclinoglossa Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2e ser., XII, p. 491. November, 1860. Not of Kraatz, 1856. 1878. Isclinoglossa Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit, Mus., p. 505. 1891. Leptonycteris Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 674. 1898. Leptonycteris H. Allen, Trans. Arner. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 250. Type-species. — Ischnoglossa nivalis Saussure. Geographic distribution. — Mexico, Central America, and the island of Curacao, off the coast of Venezuela. Number of forms. — Two species of Leptonycteris are known. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - -3456 - , 2-2 12 -. 1. - 23456- 1 2 - 2’ 1-1 2-2 1-1’ Pm 3-3’ m 2-2 2-2 = 30. Upper incisors rather large, forming an almost continuous line between canines, or separated by median space into two pairs, the crowns projecting forward. Crown of inner incisor about as long as high, the cutting edge straight, nearly horizontal. Crown of outer higher than that of inner, its length about half height, the ex- tremity rather sharply pointed. Lower incisors well developed, with THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 143 low, flat, rounded crowns. They are almost equally spaced or thrown into two pairs by wider median gap. Upper canine with cingulum obsolete, but represented anteriorly and posteriorly by short though well-developed cusps, that at posterior base of main shaft the more conspicuous. Lower canine with large cingulum, but no secondary cusps. Premolars long and narrow, with high main cusps and dis- tinct though small styles; anterior lower premolar (pm 2) noticeably concave on inner face and slightly convex externally. Molars show- ing no special peculiarities, except that the W pattern in m 1 is distorted by the great length and narrowness of the outer section of the tooth, and m 2 has the form usually characteristic of m 3. Inner edge of upper molars broadly convex. Skull of the normal Glossophagine type; zygomata slender, but complete; pterygoids rather short and thick, but not specially modified in form. Tail absent. Inter femoral membrance very narrow. Calcar small, but distinct. Species examined. — Leptonycteris nivalis (Saussure) and L. curasoce Miller. Remarks. — The genus Leptonycteris is well characterized by its unique dental formula, though externally it rather closely resembles Anoura and Lonchoglossa. The only other known genus in which the third molar is lacking, Lichonycteris , differ^ very conspicuously in the peculiar form of the upper incisors and in the absence of the lower incisors. Genus LICHONYCTERIS Thomas. 1895. Lichonycteris Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XVI, p. 55, July, 1895. Type-species. — Lichonycteris obscura Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Nicaragua and Dutch Guiana. Number of forms. — Only the type species has been described. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - -3456-. 2-2 1-1 2-2 2-2 . 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 - 1 0 - 0’ c 1 - 1’-^”'' 3-3’ m 2-2 Upper incisors evenly and widely spaced between canines, their crowns narrow though scarcely trenchant, longer than high, that of inner tooth distinctly emarginate on cutting edge, so that it appears bilobed when viewed from in front, that of outer tooth with sharp, backward-directed cusp near inner edge, and a flattish outer pro- jection. Canines simple, with moderately developed cingula, but no secondary cusps. Premolars rather short and not as narrow as usual, the main cusp well developed except in pm 2, in which it is obsolete, the styles evident but low. Upper molars with W pattern obsolete owing to the great reduction of the styles and commissures. 144 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. As in Leptonycteris , m 2 has the appearance of a third molar. Lower molars with the cusps all reduced in size, the metaconid largest. Zygomata incomplete. Tail distinct, about half as long as femur, extending scarcely to middle of broad inter femoral membrane. Species examined. — Liclionycteris obscura Thomas. Remarks.— This genus appears to be most nearly related to Lep- tonycteris , with which it agrees in the very peculiar * formula of the cheek teeth. It is, however, even more aberrant, having lost the lower incisors, and almost lost the W pattern of the upper molars. SiibfamLly HEMIDERMIN^]. 1838. Phyllostomina (part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, Decem- . ber, 1838. 1855. Glossophagina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 40. 1865. Vampyri (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., ' Berlin, p. 256. 1866. V ampyrina (part) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 113. 1875. Vampyri (part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 1878. Vampyri (part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 458. 1891. PhyllostomatincB (part, Vampyrine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 672. 1892. Phyllostomata (part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north to southern Mexico and in the West Indies to Jamaica. Characters. — Teeth abnormal. First and second upper molars with protocone greatly reduced ( Hemiderma ) or obsolete ( Rhino - phylla) , occupying entire very narrow inner edge of tooth ; paracone and metacone large, trenchant; parastyle and metastyle present, though small; mesostyle absent; an angular-concave commissure nearly in line with main axis of toothrow connects the outer cones and styles, but without forming any trace of a W pattern. Third upper molar never half as large as first or second, either a practically structureless remnant or at most with two low cusps, apparently the paracone and parastyle. Lower molars with protoconid (in Ilemi- derma the hypoconid also) well developed and forming with its commissures a median longitudinal cutting ridge, close to the middle of which the rather small metaconid may be situated. (In Rhino- phylla the metaconid is absent and the molars closely resemble the premolars in form.) Paraconid and entoconicl small or absent. Rostrum, noseleaf, and tongue normal. History .— Except that Gervais associated the genus Hemiderma with the Glossophagine bats in 1855, the Hemiderminse have been almost universally referred without special comment to the Phyl- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 145 lostominse. They are now for the first time recognized as a distinct subfamily. Principal subdivisions. — Only two genera of Hemiderminse have been described. KEY TO THE GENERA OF HEMIDERMIN^E. Lower molars distinctly different in form from premolars ; tail present Hemiderma, p. 145. Lower molars not distinctly different in form from premolars ; tail absent Rhinophylla, p. 146. Genus HEMIDERMA Gervais. 1838. Carollia Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 488. February, 1838. Not Carolia Cantraine, 1837. 1855. Hemiderma Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Marnmif., p. 43. 1866. Rhinops Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 115 ( Rhinops minor Gray= H emiderma perspicillatum ) . 1878. Carollia Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 495. 1891. Hemiderma Lydekker in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 674. 1907. Hemiderma Hahn, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, p. 108, February 9, 1907. Type-species. — Phyllostoma brevicaudum Wied p= Vespertilio per- spicillatus Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north on the mainland to southern Mexico, and in the West Indies to Jamaica, i Number of forms. — Four forms of Hemiderma are at present recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula: (Plates IX and X, fig. 1.) -2 8. 1. — 34567^2-2 „ 1 - 1 ^ 2 - 2 1 2 -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 T % 2 - 2’ C 1-1’ 2-2’ m 3-3 3-3 =32. Upper incisors strongly contrasted in size, completely filling space between canines. Inner incisors large, with projecting, obliquely set crowns about as high as long, strongly in contact near apex, the cutting edge entire, the outer surface convex, the inner surface slightly concave. Outer incisors minute, the rounded, flat crown barely rising to height of cingulum of banine. Lower incisors small, forming a slightly convex row between canines, the inner tooth larger than the outer, its crown somewhat extended backward and distinctly concave on inner surface; cutting edge of both teeth entire or slightly emarginate. Canines low and strong, simple in form and without secondary cusps or noticeable cingula. Premolars rather narrow, with well-developed main cusps and cutting edge, but no styles; inner surface slightly concave. First and second upper molar with low 25733— No. 57—07 m 10 146 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. but distinct protocone forming entire very narrow inner side of tooth and isolated from outer cusps by a distinct median depression. Paracone and metacone well developed though narrow; parastyle and metastyle small; mesostyle absent. The cones and styles are connected by a commissure which forms a sinuous cutting edge but no W jzjattern. Third upper molar about half as large as first or second, consisting of a short, wide parastyle, a low paracone from which a slight commissure extends backward to edge of tooth. First and second lower molars with all the cusps indicated but only the protoconid and metaconid well developed. Third lower molar with no entoconid. Skull rather heavily built. Rostrum about two-thirds as long as brain case, the lachrymal region slightly swollen; lach- rymal breadth equal to distance from orbit to gnathion. Brain^ase rising conspicuously though not abruptly above forehead. Zygomata incomplete. Basisplienoid pits broad and shallow. Audital bullae small, covering less than half surface of cochleae, their diameter slightly less than width of basioccipital. Ears small, separate. Tail short, extending to middle of moderately wide interfemoral mem- brane, its length about half that of femur. Species examined. — I have examined all the known members of this genus. Genus RHINOPHYLLA Peters. 1865. Rhinophylla Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akacl. Wissenscli., Berlin, p. 355. 1878. Rhinophylla Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 495. Type-species. — Rhinophylla pumilio Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America. Number of forms. — Only the type species is at present known. Characters. — Like Ilemiderma , but tail absent, skull with much broader rostrum and lower brain case, and teeth more highly modi- fied, though of the same number. Upper incisors like those of Ilemiderma, except that the outer is relatively larger, its crown distinctly pointed, and inner is bilobed on cutting edge, the lobes nearly equal in size. Premolars as in Ilemiderma , but pm 3 very much smaller than pm 4. Molars with the Hemidermine peculiarities much exaggerated, the inner portion of m 1 and m 2 so greatly reduced that there is practically no protocone ; parastyle and metastyle distinct, but low; paracone and metacone low and very narrow, producing a faintly two-lobed cutting edge, the posterior lobe of which (metacone) is distinctly higher than the anterior. A wavy commissure extends from parastyle to paracone and thence to metacone and metastyle. On m 1 a faint trace of the inner commis- sures may be detected, extending from the two main cusps downward THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 147 to inner edge of crown. Third upper molar a mere rounded, structure- less remnant lying directly in line with main cusps of the two preceding teeth and probably representing the paracone. Lower incisors strongly contrasted in size, the outer much reduced, the cutting edge of the inner obscurely trilobed, that of the outer bilobed. Lower molars essentially like lower premolars, differing only in their slightly greater length, slightly more distinct point, and in the presence of a low, barely indicated posterior cusj). This cusp appears as a mere backward prolongation of the cutting edge when teeth are viewed from the side, but in crown view it is seen to have a dis- tinctly indicated thickened base. It is probably the remnant of the hypoconid. No positive trace of the three inner cusps can be detected. The three teeth decrease uniformly in size from first to third. Skull with rostrum very short, the distance from orbit to gnathion barely equal to width of interorbital constriction. Dorsal profile of brain case deflected immediately behind orbits. Ears small, separate. Tail none. Interfemoral membrane narrow. Species examined. — Rhinophylla pumilio Peters. Remarks. — This genus represents the extreme stage of development of the Hemidermine type. It is not distantly related to Hemiderma , but the differentiation of the teeth has reached a much more extreme stage. Subfamily STIJRNIRIN . 1855. Stenodermina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 32. 1865. Stenodermata (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 257. 1866. Stenodermina (part) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 116. 1875. Stenodermata (part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser.,. XVI, p. 350. November, 1875. 1878. Stenodermata (part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 511. 1891. Phyllostomatinw (part; Stenodermatine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 675. 1892. Stenodermata (part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Jamaica and southern Mexico. Characters. — Teeth highly abnormal, .upper molars with distinct protocone, paracone, and metacone situated at extreme edges of crown, the space between occupied by a conspicuous longitudinal groove, continuous from one tooth to the next. Lower molars simi- larly grooved, the five typical cusps present at margins of crown, those on outer side low and indistinct, but metaconid and entoconid well developed. Rostrum, tongue, and noseleaf normal. 148 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. History. — The genus Sturnira has generally been associated with the Stenodermatinse. Its tooth structure is so aberrant and highly specialized, however, that it is more naturally placed in a special sub- family. Dobson remarks that the molars resemble those of the fru- giverous Pteropi more closely than those of any other [then known] bats, a statement that would have been true if he had excepted the mandibular teeth of Pliyllonycteris. Winge passes the subject by with the mere remark that he regards the cheek teeth of Sturnira and V ampyrops as more primitive than those of the other Stenoderms, owing to the usual persistence of m 3, the large size of m 2, and the slight development of the upper cheek teeth. Principal subdivisions— The genus Sturnira is the only member of the subfamily yet known. Genus STURNIRA Gray. 1842. Sturnira Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 257 {spectrum — lilium) . 1849. Nyctiplanus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, (1848), p. 58, January 30, 1849 ( rotundatus = lilium). 1878. Sturnira Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 538. Type-species. — Sturnira spectrum Gray = PJiyZlostoma lilium Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Jamaica and southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Only the type species is now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates III, IV, fig. 3) : -2 3.1. — 34567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 12- 1. - 2-4567*2- 2’ 0 l-Vpm 2-2’ m 3-B-32' Upper incisors large, subequal in cross section, completely filling space between canines. Inner incisors with crowns higher than long, slightly oblique, strongly in contact near middle, the front surface convex, the posterior surface concave, the cutting edge entire or with the faintest possible suggestion of a terminal emargination. Outer incisors extending barely beyond cingulum of canine, longer than high, the crown broadly concave in front, narrowly convex behind, its cutting edge sharp, rising to an angular point at middle. Lower incisors small, closely crowded in a nearly straight line between canines, the roots projecting forward, the crowns rising perpendicu- larly at a distinct angle with roots; crowns of inner pair with narrow backward extension; cutting edge of all four teeth uniform^ tri- lobate, the lobes equal. Canines strong, the upper more than half as long as high, the lower more slender and with narrow but distinct posterior heel. Inner surface of upper canine strongly concave. Premolars simple, rather low, each with an outer cusp and inner con- cavity. Upper molars quadratic in outline, slightly broader than Jong, the main portion of the crown occupied by a deep longitudinal THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 149 groove extending without break from last molar to last premolar, in- clusive. • Protocone low and long, occupying the entire inner border of crown. Para cone and metacone low but distinct, their commissure deeply concave. A faintly defined cingulum extends along outer edge of tooth. Second molar smaller than first; third with about one- third the crown area of second, its protocone and median groove dis- tinct, its outer cusps barely indicated, though present. First and sec- ond lower molars with median groove well developed, but less distinct and continuous from one tooth to the next than in upper molars; m 1 with paraconid low and hypoconid practically absent, but with protoconid, metaconid, and entoconid well developed; m2 with dis- tinct metaconid and protoconid exactly opposite each other at anterior corners of crown, and low entoconid at posterior inner corner, but hypoconid barely, if at all, indicated. Third lower molar with about one-third the crown area of second; it has two rather distinct cusps in position of protoconid and metaconid. Skull showing no special peculiarities, the braincase moderately high and with fairly devel- oped sagittal crest, the rostrum somewhat more than half as long as braincase, its greatest interorbital width slightly more than depth in same region, and about equal to distance from incipient postorbital process to canine. Nares slightly extended backward by a squarish emargination more than half as wide as nasal aperture. Audital bullse small, covering less than half surface of cochlese. Noseleaf and ears normal. Tail absent. Inter femoral membrane moderately developed. Calcar present, though small. In males there is a con- spicuous tuft of stiff, modified hairs at front of shoulder similar to the epaulettes of Epomophorus. * Species examined. — Sturnira lilium (Geoffroy). Subfamily STENODERMINJE. 1838. Phyllostomina (part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, Decem- ber, 1838. 1855. Stenodermina (part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool. Mamm., p. 32. 1865. Stenodermata (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wis- sensch., Berlin, p. 257. 1866. Stenodermina (part) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 116. 1866. Centurionina Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 118. 1875. Stenodermata (part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 1878. Stenodermata (part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 511. 1891. Phyllostomatince (part; Stenodermatine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 672. 1892. Stenodermata (part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. 1898. Brachyphyllina (part) H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 258. 1901. Centurionince Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 296, June 8, 1901. 150 BULLETIN 5 7, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north to Cuba, southern Florida, and central Mexico. Characters. — Teeth highly abnormal. Upper molars with crowns elongated across main axis of toothrow (very broad and short). Paracone and usually the metacone also wTell developed at extreme outer margin of tooth, the two cusps together with their commissure forming a cutting edge, which is often rimmed by two cingula, an outer and an inner. Protocone at extreme inner margin, except when its place is taken by the shelf-like, often very large hypocone, which in extreme instances resembles a second protocone. The space be- tween the inner and outer cusps is occupied by a wide, slightly con- cave crushing surface, the enamel of which is variously wrinkled and roughened, rarely almost smooth. Lower molars with main portion of crown nearly flat, its surface roughened as in the maxillary teeth. On the outer edge are two low, broad cusps (the second occasionally obsolete), the protoconid and hypoconid, between which a small third, possibly the mesostyle, is sometimes present. On the inner edge a conspicuous spike-like cusp arises opposite or slightly behind the protoconid and a less conspicuous cusp occupies the posterior inner angle of the crown. The larger of these cusps is the metaconid, as a rudimentary elevation representing the last trace of the paraconid is occasionally present in front of it (Artibeus) . (Plates Y and VI.) Tongue normal. Postrum usually though not invariably much broadened and shortened. Antorbital canal indistinct, opening ante- riorly by two or three minute orifices. Noseleaf usually present, though sometimes rudimentary or absent. History. — This subfamily has been recognized as a distinct group since 1855. It was subdivided by Gray, who separated the Centu- rionina; by Harrison Allen, who removed Brachyphylla and asso- ciated it with Phyllonycteris / and by Pehn, who again regarded the Centurioninse as distinct. The group as a whole appears to me very homogeneous, and I can see no reason to remove any of its genera. Principal subdivisions. — Nineteen genera of Stenoderminae are now known. KEY TO THE GENERA OF STENODERMIN^E. Rostrum much shortened, considerably less than half as long as braincase. 9—9 Molars^—; upper incisors situated beneath edge of nares. 2-2 3-3 Centurio, p. 168. Molars 2 — ; upper incisors separated from nares by distinct horizontal area. 3—3 Anterior margin of orbit with a low but distinct bead ; interptery- goid space practically absent, the hamular processes almost per- pendicular to sagittal plane; choame forming a nearly circular backward-directed opening Ametrida, p. 171. Anterior margin of orbit produced into a conspicuous plate ; inter- pterygoid space evident, the hamular processes directed backward and slightly outward ; choanse normal Sphceronycteris, p. 170. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 151 Rostrum not specially shortened, at least half as long as braincase. Rostrum deep, parallel sided, almost cuboid in form -Pygoderma, p. 166. Rostrum not cuboid. Nasal region occupied by a narrow emargination extending back from nares to between orbits Chiroderma, p. 157. Nasal region without emargination. Interpterygoid space extended forward as a deep palatal emar- gination. Rostrum strongly depressed between high supraorbital ridges ; nares extending half way from front of pre- maxillaries to point of juncture of supraorbital ridges Stenoderma, p. 165. Rostrum rising above level of low supraorbital ridges ; nares extending much less than half way from front of premaxillaries to point of juncture of supraorbital ridges. Borders of palatal emargination strongly converging anteriorly ; inner upper incisor with crown slender, noticably higher than long Phyllops, p. 164. Borders of palatal emargination not strongly converg- ing anteriorly ; inner upper incisor with crown short and thick, scarcely or not higher than long. Upper molars 3-3 . Ardops, p. 162. Upper molars 2-2 l Ariteus, p. 165. Interpterygoid space not extended forward as a deep palatal emargination. Inner upper incisor slightly higher than outer, but not twice as large, the two teeth usually not conspicuously different in form or size. Length of rostrum fully f that of brain case, depth of rostrum at front of second premolar more than \ that of brain case Uroderma, p. 154. Length of rostrum slightly more than \ that of brain case ; depth of rostrum at front of second premolar less than \ that of brain case. Inner upper incisor bifid, m3 and m3 present or absent, so reduced in size that their presence or absence does not affect the form of the sur- rounding bone Artibeus, p. 160. Inner upper incisor entire, m 3 and m 3 well de- veloped, effecting the form of the surrounding bone .1 Enchisthenes, p. 162. Inner upper incisor much higher than outer, usually, at least, twice as large, the two teeth conspicuously dif- ferent in form and size. First lower molar with distinct postero-internal cusp, the crown very different in form from that of the last premolar. Crowns of molars both above and below heavily wrinkled; second upper molar with large pro- toconule ; upper canine with large secondary cusp Brachyphylla, p. 152. 152 BULLETIN 5*7, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Crowns of molars both above and below nearly smooth ; second upper molar without protoco- nule ; upper canine with no secondary cusp. Upper molars 3-3, the second with large meta- cone Vampyrops, p. 155. Upper molars 2-2, the second with metacone obsolete Vampyrodes, p. 156. First lower molar without postero-internal cusp, the crown somewhat closely resembling that of last pre- molar. Inner cusps of second lower molar very large, their height about half width of crown. Lower incisors 2-2 ; surface sculpture on cheek teeth obsolete Vampyressa , p. 156. Lower incisors 1-1 ; surface sculpture on cheek teeth well developed Vampyriscus, p. 156. Inner cusps of second lower molar obsolete or ab- sent. Second upper molar without median ridge ; second lower molar scarcely wider than ra- mus of mandible, its crown with normal though very low cusps and no median ridge. Mesopliylla, p. 158. Second upper molar with median ridge ; sec- ond lower molar with saucer-shaped crown much wider than mandible and with two- cusped median ridge Ectophylla, p. 159. Genus BRACH YPHYLLA Gray. 1834. Brachyphylla Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1833), p. 122, March, 1834. 1878. Brachyphylla Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 540. 1898. Brachyphylla H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 258. Type-species. — Brachyphylla cavernarum Gray. Geographic distribution. — Greater and Lesser Antilles. Number of forms. — Two species of Brachyphylla are now recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - -34567.2-2 1-12-2 1 2-. 1. -2-4 5 6 7 *2-2’ 1-1,P 2-2’ m 3-3 3-3 = 32. Upper incisors very strongly contrasted in size and form, the inner large with triangular crowns, higher than long, the front face convex, the inner face concave, and with distinct cingulum. Though far apart at root and apex, the inner incisors are strongly in contact where widest, that is at the base of their crowns. Outer incisor minute, rounded, flat crowned, barely extending beyond cingulum of canine and of inner incisor, between which it is closely wedged. The incisors thus completely fill the space between canines at level of cingula, though their roots and tips are wide apart, a very unusual condition, THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 153 though the form of the inner incisor is somewhat closely approached in Ectophylla . Lower incisors with Founded subequal crowns crossed by a faint longitudinal ridge. They form a continuous, slightly convex row between canines. Upper canine with length of crown nearly equal to height, the cingulum well developed, especially on inner side, where it forms two low, but very distinct cusps; main shaft of tooth with a large secondary cusp extending nearly to mid- dle of posterior edge, a character unique in the subfamily. Mandib- ular canine low, the cingulum forming a noticeable posterior heel. Anterior upper premolar minute, not extending beyond cingulum of canine, scarcely larger than outer incisor, which it resembles in form. Posterior upper premolar high and short, with distinct cingulum but no evident styles, the inner flat surface directed very slightly back- ward. Lower premolars well developed, showing no special pecul- iarities. First and second upper molars (Plate VI, fig. 3), with outer cusps large and unusually trenchant, without distinct cingula; m1 with large protocone and small protoconule and metaconule, m 2 with protoconule about half as large as protocone, which it resembles in form ; metaconule about as in m1. The crushing surface of both teeth is concave laterally and very coarsely wrinkled, more coarsely than in any other member of the group. Third upper molar about half as large as second, and of approximately the same form. As in the second, the protoconule is large and much like the proto- cone in form, though not as high. First and second lower molars with protoconid, metaconid, hypoconid, and entoconid present, though rather low, the two inner cusps often, especially in m 2, bearing low but distinct secondary cusps in positions corresponding to those occu- pied by the protoconule and metaconule. Third lower molar more than half as large as second, its protoconid low but distinct, its hypoconid flat, its metaconid high, narrow, and more conspicuous than in either of the other molars. Skull rather long and slender for a Stenodermine bat, but showing no special peculiarities of form. Lachrymal breadth about one-half greater than depth in same region, and contained one and one-half times in length of rostrum. Width of palate between first molars equal to one-half length of tooth- row (incisors excluded). Ears small, separate. Noseleaf, rudimen- tary, without upright process, the upper edge slightly emarginate at middle. Tail about one- fourth as long as femur, entirely con- cealed in base of rather wide interfemoral membrane; caudal ver- tebrae, 3. Tongue not specially modified. Species examined. — Brachyphylla cavernarum Gray and B. nana Miller. Remurks. — Although specialized in the reduced condition of the noseleaf and in the peculiarities of the upper incisors and canines and in the great development of the protoconule in m 2 an d m 3, this genus 154 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. appears to be the most primitive of the Stenodermines, a position in- dicated by the slightly modified form of the skull, and more espe- cially by the large size and nearly complete condition of the posterior molar in both jaws. By Harrison Allen it was associated with Phyl- lonycteris as a section of the Glossophaginse, while by Dobson it was regarded as a relative of the Desmodonts. Genus URODERMA Peters. 1865. Uroderma Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 587 (genus). 1878: Uroderma Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 515 (subgenus of Artibeus, part). 1901. Uroderma Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1900, p, 757. February 9, 1901 (genus). Type-species. — TJroderma bilobatum Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America north to Panama. Number of forms. — Two species of Uroderma are now known, U . bilobatum Peters and U . convexum Lyon. The species planirostris , an Artibeus , has been wrongly placed in this group on account of its tooth formula. Characters. — Differing from Artibeus (p. 160) in the longer, much deeper rostrum, the well-developed last molar, both above and below, the bilobed outer upper incisor and in certain other details of tooth structure. Dental formula: - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7.2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 12- 1. -2-4567*2- 2’ c 1 - 1’ pvl’ 2-2’ m 3 - 3~32' Relative size and general form of incisors as in Artibeus , but i 3 with cutting edge distinctly and equally bilobed. Premolars and molars (Plate VI, fig. 1) as in Artibeus , except that the surface sculpture on molars is much coarser and less extensive, tending in m 1 and m 2 to form a rudimentary metaconule, m t lacks the metaconid, and m 3 and m 3 are well developed, though small teeth, the former broader than long and with about one- fourth the crown area of m 2, the lat- ter subquadrate, with nearly half the crown area of m 2. Rostrum fully three-fourths as long as and more than half as deep as brain case, giving the skull a very different aspect from that of Artibeus. Length of rostrum much greater than lachrymal breadth and about equal to distance across palate, including first molars. Depth through lachrymal region nearly equal to lachrymal breadth and more than half depth of brain case. Species examined. — Uroderma bilobatum Peters and U. convexum Lyon. Remarks. — As first clearly pointed out by Rehn this genus differs conspicuously from Artibeus in the form of the skull. In this charac- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 155 ter it somewhat suggests V ampyrops, but the rostrum is deeper, while the dental peculiarities at once separate the two genera. The most convenient means of recognition is furnished by the upper incisors; these in Uroderma are subequal and bilobed, in V ampyr ops strongly contrasted in size, and the inner with cutting edge entire. Genus VAMPYROPS Peters. 1860. Platyrrhinus Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 2e ser., XII, p. 429. October, 1860. Not Platyrhinus Clairville, 1798. 1865. Vampyrops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 356. 1878. Vampyrops Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 522. 1900. Vampyrops Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7tk ser., V, p. 269, March, 1900. Type-species. — Phyllostoma lineatum Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Nine species of V ampyr ops are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -23. 1. --34 5 6 7 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 QO 1 2-.1. -2-4567*2 - 2’ Cl-1’ 2-2’ m 3 - 3 Upper incisors very unequal, the inner more than twice as high as outer, the crowns obliquely set, in contact at tip, the cutting edge entire; outer incisor low but well developed, completely filling space between canine and inner incisor, its cutting edge faintly bifid. Lower incisors small, equal, forming a nearly straight line between canines, their cutting edge faintly bifid. Canines and premolars es- sentially as in Artibeus. First and second upper molars with the outer cusps and both cingula well developed, as in Artibeus , but with hypocone absent or very rudimentary and with crushing surface nearly smooth. The two teeth are essentially alike in form. Third upper molar always present, slightly larger than in Artibeus , its crown area about one-eighth that of second molar. Lower molars with surface of crowns nearly smooth; the two outer cusps well developed in m t and m 2 though hypoconid is usually very low, par- ticularly in m 2 ; metaconid absent or represented by a minute rudi- ment in m 1? well developed in m 2 ; entoconid moderately large in both teeth; third lower molar with crown surface about one-fourth as great as that of second. Species examined. — V ampyr ops dorsalis Thomas, V. fumosus Mil- ler, V. helleri Peters, V. lineatus (Geoffroy), V. recifinus Thomas, V. umbratus Lyon, V. vittatus Peters, V . zarhinus H. Allen. 156 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus YAMPYRODES Thomas. 1900. V ampyrodes Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., V, p. 270. March, 1900 (subgenus of V ampyrops) . Type-species. — V ampyrops caracciolce Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Island of Trinidad. Number of forms. — The type is the only species yet known. Characters. — Similar to V ampyrops , but with only 2-2 upper mo- lars, and these conspicuously differing from each other in form, owing to the reduction of the metacone in the second to a mere trace. Species examined. — V ampyrodes caracciolce (Thomas). Remarks. — -Although V ampyrodes was originally defined as a sub- genus of V ampyrops , it seems quite worthy of recognition as a genus. The third upper molar in V ampyrops is a well-developed tooth, the presence or absence of which would cause, contrary to the condition in Artibeus , a distinct difference in the form of the maxillary at back of toothrow. A character of more importance is furnished by the suppression of the metacone in the second molar. Genus VAMPYRESSA Thomas. 1900. Vampyressa Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., V, p. 270, March, 1900 (subgenus of Vampyrops). Type-species. — Phyllostoma pusillam Wagner. Geographic distribution. — Brazil. Number of forms. — The type is the only species thus far dis- covered. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - -3456-. 2-2 1-1 _ 2-2 1 2 -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 - *2 - 2’ 1 - 1’ V 2-2 m 2-2 2-2 = 28. In general like Yampyrops but molars only ^ _ their surface sculpture much more distinct; middle upper incisor faintly bifid; metacone of m 2 so reduced that the tooth is irregularly pyriform in outline, the narrower portion (paracone) outward; first lower molar without cusps on inner side, the general appearance of the tooth not very different froih that of last premolar. Species examined. — V ampyressa pusilla (Wagner). Genus VAMPYRISCUS Thomas. 1900. Vampyriscus Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., V, p. 270, March, 1900 (subgenus of Vampyrops) . Type-species. — Chiroderma bidens Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Peruvian Amazon region. Number of forms. — One, the type species. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 157 Characters . — Like V ampyressa , but with lower incisors only 1-1, and surface sculpture on molars obsolete. Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - - 3 4 5 6- 1 - -.1. -2 - 4 5 6 - .2-2 1-1 2-2 2-2 oa ^vcx^vpm^r m =^=2b- 2-2 Species examined. — Vampyriscus bidens (Dobson). Remarks. — Vampyriscus , like V ampyressa and V ampyrodes, seems too distinct from V ampyr ops to be united with it as a subgenus. This is the most divergent of the three, having lost two of its lower incisors, and agreeing with V ampyressa in the reduced number of molars and in the simplified structure of m 2 and m x. Genus CHIRODERMA Peters. 1860. Gliiroderma Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 747. 1866. Mimetops Gray, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, p. 117 (cited as MS. syn- onym of Ghiroderma) . 1878. Gliiroderma Dorson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 531. Type-species. — Ghiroderma villosum Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Costa Rica. Number of forms. — Four species of Ghiroderma are now known. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - -3456 - .2-2 „ 1 - 1 _ 2-2 1 2 -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 - % 2 - 2’ C 1 - 1’ pm 2-2’ 2_- 2- Teeth in general similar to those of V ampyr ops, but inner upper incisors more slender and slightly less oblique; lower incisors not as closely crowded ; anterior premolar both above and below smaller and not in contact with posterior premolar, each with diameter of crown decidedly less than that of its respective canine, that of lower jaw with crown area scarcely more than four times that of a lower incisor and with cusp reduced or obsolete; upper molars with the cusps, notably the protocone, the base of which in m 2 is nearly terete, much thickened, so as to encroach on crushing area of crown, the surface of which is marked by a few coarse wrinkles; outer cusps with cingula obsolete or absent ; lower molars with outer cusps similarly thickened as compared with those of V ampyr ops, this particularly the case with the hypoconid, which, in both teeth, is distinctly subterete; inner cusps oi m t practically absent, the tooth thus differing notably from that of V ampyr ops, those of m 2, however, thickened and well developed, a supplemental cusp, probably homologous with that some- times present in Artibeus, between metaconid and entoconid, and nearly as large as the latter. Skull essentially like that of Vam- pyrops but with nasal bones apparently absent, their place occupied by an emargination extending back from nares to between orbits.® ° I have seen no skulls sufficiently immature to show whether the nasals are completely absent or not. 158 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Mandible with angular process remarkably short and ill defined. In external characters not essentially different from V ampyr ops. Species examined. — Chiroderma salvini Dobson, C. jesupi J. A. Allen, C. dorice Thomas, and C. villosum Peters. Remarks. — Although not distantly related to Vampyrops this genus is readily distinguishable by the apparent absence of the nasals, the different tooth formula, the reduced condition of pm 3 and pm 3, and the peculiar thickening of the cusps of the molars. Genus MESOPHYLLA Thomas. 1901. Mesophylla Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., VIII, p. 143. August, 1901. Type-species. — Mesophylla macconelli Thomas. Geographic distribution. — British Guiana. Number of forms. — Only the type species is known. Characters — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. — 3456-^ 2-2 1-1 1 2 . 1. - 2- 45672 - 2’ 6 1-1 2 — 2 Vm 9— m A — A 2- 3 - Upper incisors small but strongly contrasted in size, separated from each other and from canines by distinct spaces, the inner pair con- verging terminally, their cutting edge entire. Lower incisors small, subequal, forming a continuous, nearly straight line between canines. Canines slender and very sharply pointed, the upper long at base and with well-developed cingulum, the lower with base somewhat pro- duced backward. Upper premolars acutely pointed, with distinct cutting edges and well-developed concave inner surface. Lower pre- molars approximately like lower canine in form, though smaller, each with a single main anterior cusp and a distinct, flat, posterior heel ; pm 3 in contact with canine ; pm 4 spaced both anteriorly and pos- teriorly. First upper molar much smaller than second, its crown triangular in outline, with barely indicated protocone and high para- cone. Second upper molar with the crown basin-shaped and nearly smooth, its single cusp, probably the paracone, well developed and situated antero-externally. First lower molar resembling last pre- molar, its crown mostly flat, but with a single high cusp anteriorly. Second lower molar rather longer than first, its outline narrowly oval with narrow end forward, its width scarcely greater than that of mandibular ramus. The surface is basin-shaped, smooth, and the edges bear two distinct cusps on inner side of tooth and one at middle of front. Last lower molar very small, showing no definite structure, its size about equal to that of a lower incisor. Skull much as in Vampyrops, but with relatively smaller rostrum narrowing more noticeably in front. Nasal region depressed. Basisphenoid pits shallow and ill defined. Ears and noseleaf showing no marked pecul- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 159 iarities. Tail absent. Calcar short but distinct. Interfemoral membrane moderately wide. Species examined'. — Mesophylla macconnelli Thomas. Remarks. — As pointed out by Mr. Thomas, this genus is interme- diate between V ampyrops and Eetophylla. It seems much nearer the latter, however, with which it forms a distinct group character- ized by the basin-shaped m 2 and m 2 and the almost exact approxi- mation in form of m t and pm 4. This last character is foreshadowed in V ampyressa and Vampyriscus. Genus ECTOPHYLLA H. Allen. 1892. Eetophylla H, Allen, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XV, p. 441, Octo- ber 26, 1892. 1898. Eetophylla FI. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 267, pi. XVI. Type-species. — Eetophylla alba H. Allen. Geographic distribution. — Honduras and Nicaragua. Number of forms. — The type species. Characters. — In general not unlike Mesophylla , but lower molars only 2-2, and basin-shaped crown of m 2 and m 2 crossed by a dis- tinct median longitudinal ridge. Upper incisors with terete-conical crowns, the inner pair approximating basally. Canines, premolars (except pmj, and lower incisors as in Mesophylla. First upper molar differing from that of Mesophylla in presence of a distinct though low protocone. Second lower molar basin-shaped, the bot- tom of the concavity occupied by a conspicuous though simple lon- gitudinal ridge. As in Mesophylla , the tooth has only one cusp, a rather high paracone. Last lower premolar and first lower molar approximately alike and closely resembling the corresponding teeth in Mesophylla , except that each has a distinct though low postero- external cusp. Second lower molar very conspicuously basin-shaped, broadly oval, much wider than ramus of jaw, its edge with two small but distinct cusps on anterior border and a low, indistinct postero- external elevation. As in the corresponding upper tooth, the bot- tom of the concavity is crossed by a distinct longitudinal ridge. This ridge is noticeably bicuspidate, or perhaps might be better described as formed by the coalescence of two cusps.® Otherwise essentially like Mesophylla. Species examined. — E ctophylla alba H. Allen. Remarks. — This genus is not distantly related to Mesophylla. In dental characters it is one of the most aberrant of the Stenoderminse, though the skull is .not specially modified, and externally it has the appearance of a small, whitish V ampyrops. a The peculiar cuspidate character of this ridge is not well shown in Harri- son Allen’s figure of the dentition. (Trans, Amer. Thilos, Soc., n, s., XIX, pi. xvi, fig. 3.) 160 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus ARTIBEUS Leach. 1821. Artibeus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 75 {jamaicensis) . 1821. Madatceus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 81 ( lewisii= jamaicensis) . 1827. Medateus Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, V, p. 74. 1838. Arctibeus Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 487. 1843. Medateus Gray, List spec, mamin. Brit. Mus., p. xviii. 1847. Arctibius Bonaparte, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 115. 1855. Pteroderma Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mammif., p. 34 (“; perspicillatum ” from Peru, Brazil, and Guiana). 1855. Artibceus Gervais, Exped. du Castelnau, Zool., Mammif., p. 34. 1855. Dermanura Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mammif. p. 36 (cinereum) . 1878. Artibeus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 514. 1878. Uroderma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 515 (subgenus, part). 1878. Dermanura Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 515 (subgenus). 1889. Dermanura Cope, Amer. Nat., XXIII, p. 130, February, 1889 (genus). 1892. Artobius Winge, Jordfundne og Nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p, 10. Type-species. — Artibeus jamaicensis Leach. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to Cuba, southern Florida, and central Mexico. Number of forms. — About 15 forms of Artibeus are now known. Characters. — Dental formula (Plate V) : -2 3.1. — 34 5 6 (7) .2-2 1-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 3-3 1 2 -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 (7) * 2 - 2’ c 1 - V#171 2 - 2’ m 2-2’ 3 - 3’ 0r 3 - 3“ 28, 30, or 32. Upper incisors small, closely crowded, completely filling space be- tween canines, the inner with a distinctly bilobed cutting edge, the outer simple, hardly extending beyond base of crown of inner, but about equal to it in length, the cutting edge entire, oblique. Lower incisors smaller than upper, closely crowded between canines, the crowns broader than long, with slightly bilobed cutting edge. Ca- nines stout, simple, with distinct cingulum but no secondary cusps. Upper premolars with large triangular outer cusp and broad flattish or concave inner surface directed backward and slightly inward; style's slightly developed, but the posterior usually forming a notice- able cusp ; second premolar with distinct though sometimes low inner basal cusp. Lower premolars not unlike the upper but broader rela- tively to their length and without the evident concave inner surface; the second often closely resembling the canine, especially in the smaller species. First upper molar with crown noticeably broader than long, much longer externally than internally, most of its sur- face occupied by a shallow-concave crushing area, the enamel of which is noticeably wrinkled; protocone and hypocone well devel- THE FAMILIES AND GENEKA OF BATS. 161 oped and nearly equal in size, the widening and shortening of the crown displacing the latter cusp, so that both appear to be on ante- rior side of tooth, the hypocone suggesting a protocone and the protocone an enormously enlarged protoconule. Paracone and meta- cone well developed, forming, with their commissure, the trenchant outer edge of tooth. Outer cingulum obsolete in m x, well developed in m 2. Inner cingulum distinct in both and extending to tip of paracone. Second upper molar slightly more than half as large as first, its greatest length at middle instead of along outer edge, the cusps all much reduced, particularly the metacone and hypocone, the latter being shelf-like in form and sometimes practically absent. Third upper molar reduced to the vanishing point, absent in some species and present in others as a rounded flattish remnant smaller than metacone of m 2, close beneath which cusp it is situated. This tooth is so small that its presence or absence has no effect on the form of the maxillary at back of tooth row. First and second lower mo- lars alike in general structure, but first is the larger, and its greatest width is at middle or posteriorly, while that of the second is in front. The Stenodermine type of tooth is here seen in its most perfect devel- opment, though Centurio presents a more extreme phase. The crush- ing surface is large, finely and ^closely wrinkled, and slightly en- croached upon by the cusps. Protoconid low, but long and well developed, without cutting ridge on inner side. Hypoconid. distinct though low in m 1 ; obsolete or flat in m 2. Metaconid high, narrow, and subterete, connected with cingulum in m 2, the cingulum passing its base in m t. Entoconid low but distinct, subterete. Between metaconid and entoconid the cingulum occasionally rises to a dis- tinct trenchant cusp. Third lower molar absent or present. When present slightly larger than m 3 and with a small antero-internal cusp, probably the protoconid, but area of crown not or scarcely greater than that of metaconid of the other molars. Skull with moderately wide, slightly elevated brain case, wide-spreading zygomata and rather short, low rostrum. Length of rostrum slightly more than half that of brain case and about equal to lach- rymal breadth; depth through lachrymal region less than half lachrymal breadth. Palate moderately wide, the distance between the second upper premolars about equal to that from incisor to hypo- cone of first molar. Ears separate. Noseleaf well developed. No external tail. Interfemoral membrane narrow. Calcar short but distinct. Species examined. — Artibeus coryi (J. A. Allen), A. glaucus Thomas, A. intermedins J. A. Allen, A. jamaieensis Leach, A. litu - ratus Lichtenstein, A. palmarum Allen and Chapman, A. parvipes Pehn, A. phceotis (Miller), A. planirostris Peters, A. quadrivittatus 25733— No. 57—07 m 11 162 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Peters, A. ravus (Miller), A. rosenbergi Thomas, A. toltecus Saus- sure, A. watsoni Thomas. Remarks. — According to the presence or absence of the vanishing q last molars, the species may be arranged as follows: Molars g, O planirostris ; molars g, coryi , glaucus , intermedins, jamaicensis , lituratus , palm arum, parvipes, rosenbergi, watsoni / molars 2> einereus, phceotis , guadrivittatus , ravus, toltecus. The species of the first group has been associated with the very different JJroderma bilobatum, those of the second are Artibeus in a restricted sense, while those of the third have been called Dermanura , either as a subgenus of Artibeus or as a distinct genus. After examining prac- tically all the known species, I can see no good reason for subdi- viding the genus Artibeus further than by removing Uroderma and Enchistlienes. There appear to be no other characters correlated with the different tooth formulas; and the presence or absence of these terminal teeth, when reduced to the vanishing point and entailing no change in the form of the surrounding bone, is of little importance. Genus ENCHISTHENES Andersen. 1906. Enchistlienes Andersen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XVIII, p. 420. December, 1906. Type-species. — Artibeus liarti Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Island of Trinidad, West Indies. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters. — Similar to Artibeus, but inner upper incisor not bifid, and third molar both above and below well developed and effecting the form of the surrounding bone. Species examined —Enchistlienes harti (Thomas). Remarks. — This genus is well differentiated from Artibeus by the simple form of the inner upper incisor and the large size of the pos- terior molar in both upper and lower jaws. The only species at present known is further distinguished from the members of the genus Artibeus by the presence in the tragus of “ a pointed upwardly directed projection on the inner margin near the tip.” Genus ARDOPS Miller. 1891. Stenoderma Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6tli ser., VII, p. 529. June, 1891 (part). 1898. Stenoderma Trouessart, Catalogus mammalium, p. 162 (subgenus, part). 1906. Ardops Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 84, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Stenoderma nicholtsi Thomas. Geographic distribution— Lesser Antilles. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 163 Number of forms.-- Three species are known, Ardrops niehollsi (Thomas), A. montserratensis (Thomas), and A. lucice (Miller). Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - -3456T .2-2 A - 1 _ 2 - 2 1 2 1. - 2 - \ 5 6 7 * 2-2’ c 2-2’ m 3- 3- 3 = 32. Upper incisors proportioned about as in Artibeus and forming a straight line between canines, the outer rising barely to level of cin- gulum of canine, its crown broader than long, deeply grooved on anterior face, its cutting edge entire and with faintly indicated cusp, but scarcely oblique, the inner about twice as high *as outer, but with its length nearly equal to its height, its posterior surface con- cave, its cutting edge rising to a blunt main cusp on inner side and sometimes showing a rudimentary second cusp on outer side. Lower incisors subequal, smaller than upper, the crowns projecting conspic- uously forward beyond roots, the anterior surface oblique, higher than wide, deeply grooved, the groove passing through cutting edge and short posterior surface. Canines stout, scarcely higher than large premolars {pm 4 and pm±), the lower with well developed postero-external talon, this slightly indicated in upper. Anterior upper premolar ( pmz ) essentially like canine, but not as high, and Avith better developed postero-external cingulum cusp. Pos- terior upper premolar {pruA) about as high as canine, but Avith longer base and Avith a conspicuous, deep, postero-internal con- cavity for reception of protoconid of first lower molar; posterior cutting edge with large secondary cusp near middle in addition to the basal talon. Anterior lower premolar ( pm 2) essentially like anterior upper premolar. Posterior lower premolar [pm 4) more nearly resembling loAver canine and Avith similar large postero-external talon, but the length of croAvn greater in propor- tion to the height, and the shaft thicker basally. Upper molars as in Artibeus except that hypocone of m 2 is relatively larger and more distinct from protocone, Avhich it nearly equals in height ; m 3 about as large as metacone of m 2, its surface concave, with a minute inner cusp and two outer cusps, one of the latter situated distinctly inward from the cingulum. A distinct though small median cusp on outer side of m 2 is possibly a rudimentary mesostyle ; outer cingulum obsolete, but inner unusually Avell deA^eloped, that of m 1 passing around anterior base of paracone. First lower molar dif- fering noticeably from that of Artibeus in the relatively much larger and higher protoconid, the inner side of which is provided with a high ridge which obliterates metaconid and extends baclvward to beyond middle of crown; entoconid high and distinct, relatively much larger than in Artibeus. Second lower molar more nearly resembling that of Artibeus , but with the protoconid, metaconid, and 164 BULLETIN m, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. entoconid high and styliform; hypoconid obselete, represented by a slight elevation in the ridge at edge of crown. Third lower molar slightly larger than m 3, its crown with two distinct styliform cusps (probably the protoconid and metaconid) near anterior edge and a cusp-like posterior elevation of cingulum. Skull essentially like that of Artibeus in general appearance, but somewhat broader in proportion to its length. Rostrum flattisli above, the slightly arched nasals forming a longitudinal median ridge which rises slightly above level of thickened, rounded, supraorbital ridges. Near middle each supraorbital ridge forms a distinct, slightly angular swelling at point where it bends abruptly to pass obliquely across forehead to join sagittal crest. Nares opening forward and slightly upward, extending less than halfway from front of premaxillaries to anterior termination of sagittal crest. Interpterygoid space continued for- ward to level of first molar as a nearly parallel-sided palatal emargi- nation. No appreciable space between incisive foramina and roots of incisors. Postglenoid process unusually well developed, its height noticeably greater than longitudinal width of glenoid surface. Exter- nally as in Artibeus , but arching of second finger more conspicuous. Species examined. — The three at present recognized. Remarks. — Though externally so much like Artibeus that there are apparently no characters by which they may be positively distin- guished, the members of the small group of genera, of which Ardops may be regarded as the best example, are at once recognizable by the deep emargination of the palate and the great development of the postglenoid process. It agrees with Phyllops and Ariteus and dif- fers from Stenoderma in the unmodified form of the rostrum and the close approximation of the incisive foramina to the roots of the incisors, but is distinguishable from the first by the low, usually bicuspid inner upper incisor, and narrow, parallel-sided palatal emargination, from the second by the presence of a third upper molar, and from both by the complete absence of the metaconid in the first lower molar. Genus PHYLLOPS Peters. 1865. Pliyllops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 356. 1878. Phyllops Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 527 (subgenus of Stenoderma) . Type- species.- — Phyllostoma albomaculatum Gundlach==dL renews falcatus Gray. Geographic distribution. — Cuba. Number of forms. — The type is the only species yet discovered. Character. — Like Ardops , but inner upper incisor with crown higher than long, and without distinct secondary cusp, first and second upper THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 165 molars with hypocone much lower than protocone, first lower molar with well-developed metaconi d connected with ridge on inner side of protoconid, and palatal emargination with sides strongly converging, in continuation of the divergent pterygoids. Species examined. — Phyllops falcatus (Gray). Remarks. — This genus is well differentiated from Ardops by the structure of the first lower molar and the form of the palate. Genus ARITEUS Gray. 1837. Ariteus Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 491, December, 1837 ( flaves - cens=aehradophilus ) . 1876. Peltorhinus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 433 (achradophilus ) . 1878. Peltorhinus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 527 (subgenus of Stenoderma) , Type-species. — Ariteus flavescens Gray = Artibeus achraclophilus Gosse. Geographic distribution. — Jamaica. Number of forms. — The type species is the only form known. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. --3 45 6- 1 2 - 2 ^1-1 _2-2 1 2 -.1. - 2- 4567 * 2 - 2’ C 1- 2-2’ 2-2 3-3 30. Like Ardops , but without the small upper molar ; first lower molar with minute though evident metaconid. Species examined . — Ariteus achradophilus (Gosse). Remarks. — The presence of the metaconid in m x and the absence of m 3 distinguish Ariteus from Ardops. Not only is the last upper molar absent, but the maxillary is too narrow behind m 2 for the small tooth to occur. Genus STENODERMA Geoffroy. 1813* Stenoderma Geoffroy, Descr. de l’Egypte, II, p. 114 ( rufum ). 1855. Artibeeus Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool. Mamm., p. 34. (part, undatus=rufus) . 1869. Histiops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 433 ( undatus=rufus ). 1876. Stenoderma Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 430, pi. i, figs. 1-6 {rufum). 1878. Stenoderma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 526 (part, rufum). Type-species. — Stenoderma rufum Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Unknown. Number of forms. — The type is the only known species. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3_00 12 -. 1. - 2- 4567*2-2’ cl-l’ pm 2-2’ m 3 - 3~6"’ 166 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. In general like Ardops , but skull with nasal region much depressed between high supraorbital ridges; anterior nares directed chiefly upward and extending fully halfway from front of premaxilla- ries to point of juncture of supraorbital ridges which are not angu- lated at middle, but extend in a nearly straight line from front of orbit to sagittal crest; incisive foramina separated from roots of incisors by space equal to their greatest diameter; inner upper incisor with high slender crown, as in Phyllops; first and second upper molars with low but distinct metaconule on surface of crown between hypocone and metacone. Species examined. — This genus is known from the published de- scriptions and figures only, as a second specimen has not been taken and the type is now lost. The details in Wagner’s lithograph of the skull published by Peters are so complete as to leave no doubt that the animal represents a peculiar genus, characterized particu- larly by the form of the rostrum and the presence of the well-devel- oped metaconule in the first and second upper molars. These pecul- iarities make it the most aberrant member of the restricted Steno- dermine group. Genus PYGODERMA Peters. 1863. Pygoderma Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch, Berlin, p. 83 (subgenus of 8 denoderma) . 1865. Pygoderma Peters, Monastber. k. prenss. Akad. Wissenscb., Berlin, p. 357 (genus). 1878. Pygoderma Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 536 (genus). , Type- species. — Stenoderma microdon Peters. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Two species of Pygoderma are known — the type, and the better known, P. bilabiatum Wagner. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. --345 6- . 2-2 1 2-. 1. - 2.-4 5 6 - 2-2 c 1-1 1-1 ,jpm 2-2 2-2’ m 2-2 2-2 =28. Upper incisors very unequal, forming a continuous row between canines; the inner large, nearly half as high as canine, conical, slightly higher than long, in contact basallv, their tips wide apart, a faintly suggested secondary cusp near middle of outer side ; the outer minute, nearly flat-crowned, barely extending to cingulum of canine. Lower incisors very small, closely crowded in a straight line between canines, their subequal crowns deeply grooved transversely to the tooth row. Canines low, stout, with prominent cutting edges and wide postero-internal heel, which, in mandibular tooth bears a dis- tinct secondary cusp; in both mandibular and maxillary tooth the cingulum is moderately developed, forming a minute posterior cusp. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 167 Premolars both above and below strongly resembling each other and canines, from which they differ chiefly in more reduced height and greater triangularity of outline of main cusp. Each has a large tren- chant outer cusp and the two upper teeth a distinct inner cusp high and well developed in pm 4, low and obsolete in pm 3. The lower pre- molars lack inner cusps, but the concave inner surface of the tooth is divided by a ridge extending from inner margin of tooth nearly to extremity of main cusp and strongly angled near middle. There is no indication of such a ridge in the upper premolars except a faint trace near summit of main cusp in pm 4, and the inner concave sur- face is very well developed, slightly roughened posteriorly in pm 4. First upper molar not strik- ingly different from last pre- molar in form, but longer, less concave, and the main cusp (paracoiie) not as high. On its inner side are the low proto- cone and liypocone, occup3ung about the same relative position as in the second molar of Artib- eus. From paracone a low, trenchant commissure extends along outer edge of tooth, near the posterior extremity of which is the rudimentary meta- cone. Outer and inner cingula very slight and irregular. Crushing surface concave, closely and finely wrinkled. Second u p p e r m o 1 a r with barely one-fourth area of first, fig.23.— pygoderma bilabiatum. ' sapucay, para- i 'ji ji ii • " GUAY. No. 105685. X If . but with the three mam cusps indicated, and a small, wrinkled, concave median surface. First lower molar of the usual Stenodermine type, the outer cusps low, or rather joined by a high commissure, the two inner cusps well de- veloped and in the normal position. A high, distinct ridge extends along anterior border of crown. Second lower molar less than half the size of first, its outer cusps obsolete, its two inner cusps rela- tively large. Skull (fig. 23) remarkable for its very deep, cuboidal rostrum, short, roundish palate (the inner line of the toothrows forms almost a circle except where broken posteriorly), and for the struc- ture of the interpterygoid region. The pterygoids are rather short and moderately divergent posteriorly, with short straight hamular processes, but below and behind each hamular (when skull is viewed from below) extends a plate conspicuously concave on inner side and 168 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. uniting the pterygoids with inner edge of glenoid fossae. Between these plates and the audita 1 bullae the median surface of the skull is occupied by a noticeable depression about as large as palate and divided by cross ridges into five secondary depressions, the two pos- terior of which represent the basisphenoid pits. Palatal branches of premaxillaries and the two father large palatal foramina (each of which is encroached on by a posterior median spine) raised above level of palate, at the front of which is a secondary foramen, trans- versely elliptical in outline, extending from incisors to level of middle of anterior premolars. Audital bullae small but rather high and narrow, covering less than half surface of cochleae, their greatest diameter much less than distance between cochleae. Ear and nose- leaf moderately large, essentially as in Artibeus. Second finger strongly bowed outward, about two-thirds as long as metacarpal of third. No external tail. Calcar and interfemoral membrane mod- erately developed. Species examined. — Pygoderma bilabiatum Wagner and P. micro- don Peters. Remarks— The members of this genus are at once recognizable by the remarkably shortened and deepened cuboidal rostrum, a character not closely approached by any other known bats. Aside from the form of the rostrum, the skull is not unlike that of Centurio , Sphoero- nycteris , and Ametrida , with which it agrees in the strongly diverg- ing hamulars, and the widening of the floor of the braincase between palate and audital bullae, a peculiarity the first stages of which are seen in PhyZlops and to a less degree in Ardops , Ariteus , and Steno- derma. The teeth also show a general resemblance to those of Cen- turio and its allies, though the distortion of the tooth rows as a whole is in the opposite direction. Externally the animals more closely re- semble the true Stenodermine genera. Genus CENTURIO Gray. 1842. Centurio Gray, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259. 1861. Trichocoryes IX. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, p. 359. Snbgenns cf Centurio (mcmurtrU^ adult male senex ). 1866. Triclwcorytes Gray, Proc. Zcol. Soc. London, p. 118 (genus). 1878. Centurio Doeson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 542. 1897. Trichocoryctes Trouessart, Catalogus Mammalimn, p. 164. 1901. Centurio Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 297, June 8, 1901. Type-species. — Centurio senex Gray. Geographic distribution. — Central America and southern Mexico. The supposed Cuban record is erroneous.® Number of forms. — Only one species is now recognized. a See Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Mamm., 1879, p. 51 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 169 Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - - 3 4 5 6 - , 2 - 2 1 - 1 2-2 2 - 2_ 12 1. - 2-156-^2 - 2’ G 1 - l’^m 2-2’ m 2 - 2— Upper incisors small, subequal, forming a discontinuous, nearly straight row between canines. Inner tooth larger than outer, its crown narrow, longer than high, the cutting edge rising to a point at middle and slightly emarginate on each side, the emarginations sometimes deep enough to make the crown appear tricuspid. Outer incisor with indistinct cusp at outer edge. Lower incisors equal, low, closely crowded in straight line between canines, their crowns transversely grooved. Upper canines flattened antero-posteriorly, the anterior surface concave just above base, the tip distinctly bent backward ; posterior surface convex below, concave above ; cutting edges well developed. Lower canines similar, but smaller, the front surface’ slightly and evenly convex from base to tip, the posterior surface concave. Premolars not very different from lower canines, the mandibular teeth almost exactly similar, except that their bases are longer and their shafts not as high. Posterior upper premolar with distinct though small supplemental cusp on posterior cutting edge, and with concave surface of crown noticeably roughened. Molars, both upper and lower, of the ordinary Stenodermine type, but with its peculiarities carried to the extreme ; m 1 almost twice as broad as long; hypocone, protocone, and paracone directly in line with each other and nearly equidistant, all well developed ; meta- cone long and low, a small supplemental cusp between paracone and metacone; outer cingulum obsolete, the inner well developed and extending to point of paracone; m2 more than half as large as m 1, the four normal cusps present, but the two outer very short, almost terete, and the metacone considerably displaced inward by the abrupt rounding off of postero-external angle of crown. Crush- ing surfaces of both teeth finely and closely wrinkled. Lower molars not specially modified, each with the usual two inner and two outer cusps and a flattish, very wide, finely corrugated crushing surface. Anterior molar broadest posteriorly, posterior broadest anteriorly; m2 with about two-thirds the crown area of m x (Plate VI, fig. 2). Skull with high, rounded, narrow braincase, and prac- tically no rostrum, the nares being at level of anterior zygomatic root and opening directly above incisors. Sagittal crest distinct, extending over entire brain case. Palate very wide and short, its length only about half its width. Posteriorly it is angular-emar- ginate by forward extension of interpterygoid space. Pterygoids simple, rather strongly diverging posteriorly, with distinct, outward- curved hamular processes. Between pterygoids and audital bulla} lies a broad, flat space, traversed by a median longitudinal ridge. 170 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Audital bullae very small, covering much less than half surface of cochleae. Rami of lower jaw strongly diverging, their spread poste- riorly much greater than the length of each ramus. Ear with con- spicuous inner lappet. No true noseleaf, but entire face and throat a complicated mass of naked dermal outgrowths. Second finger moderately bowed outward, about as long as metacarpal of third. Calcar well developed. No external tail. Interfemoral membrane moderately wide. Species examined. — Centurio senex Gray. Remarks. — Externally this genus is recognizable by the very short, broad face, completely covered with wrinkled dermal outgrowths. The skull is distinguished from that of the other short-snouted Stenodermines by the position of the external nares directly over the roots of the incisors. I can see no reason to make Centurio the type of a distinct subfamily. It is very closely related to Sphoero- nycteris and Ametrida , and in many ways is connected with the typical Stenodermines by such genera as Pygoderma and Phyllops. In spite of the great shortening of the rostrum and consequent dis- torting of the upper canines, the general type of the dentition is not very different from that of Artibeus. Genus SPH^RON YCTERIS Peters. . 1882. Sphcvronycteris Peters, Sitzungsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissenseh., Berlin, p. 988. Type-species. — Splicrronycteris toxophyllum Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America (Peru and Venezuela) . Number of forms. — Only the type species is known. Characters. — In general like Centurio / face hairy; muzzle with a thickened ridge-like outgrowth, best developed in males; skull with rostrum even more shortened than in the related genus, the nares so retracted between orbits that they are ' separated from in- cisors by a horizontal area the width of which is nearly equal to distance between canines; anterior edge of orbit produced into a conspicuous, thin plate; palate not. twice as wide as long; zygoma noticeably expanded and bent upward at middle; upper incisors very unequal, the inner fully one- third as long as canine, conical, convex in front, concave behind; the outer minute, flat-crowned, closely crowded between first and canine; upper canine not con- cave at base; a minute, quadrate third lower molar. Structure of teeth in general quite as in Centurio , though the molars are less extreme in the development of the Stenodermine peculiarities. Species examined.— Sphceronycteris toxophyllum Peters. Remarks. — This genus is closely related to Centurio , and it is almost impossible to decide which of the two is the more highly THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 171 specialized. In the reduction of the rostrum Sphceronyeteris has certainly proceeded further ; this is also true of the plate-like develop- ment of the anterior edge of orbits and of the widening and upward bending of the zygomata. On the other hand the persistence of the third lower molar is a more primitive character, the form of the upper canine and of the palate is less aberrant, and the development of the dermal outgrowths on face is much less extreme. Genus AMETRIDA Gray. 1847. Ametrida Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 15. 1878. Ametrida, Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 530. Type- species. — Ametrida centurio Gray. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America. Number of forms. — -Two species are now known. Characters. — Differs from Sphceronyeteris in the presence of a > small but normally formed noseleaf , in the still greater shortening of the rostrum, so that flat space in front of nares is wider than distance between canines, in the retraction of the anterior wall of orbit until orbital space is wider than long, in the presence of a mere bead along anterior rim of orbit, and in the practical absence of any interptery- goid space, the pterygoids being directed almost perpendicularly out- ward and the choanse opening between them as a rounded vertical aperture facing backward. Teeth essentially as in Sphceronyeteris , but upper incisors smaller and inner cusps of upper molars better developed, though in the same position. Minute third lower molar present as in Sphceronyeteris. Species examined. — Ametrida centurio Gray and A. minor H. Allen. Remarks. — Of the three related genera, Ametrida , Sphceronyeteris , and Centurio , the first is externally the least modified, retaining as it does its practically normal noseleaf. In dental characters it agrees with Sphceronyeteris , which is in this respect less aberrant than Centurio. Its skull, however, is the most peculiar of the three, show- ing the greatest extreme of rostral shortening, and in addition having a structure of the choanae that is unique among bats. SuL.ram.il5r PHYLLOXYCTERIXJ]. 1865. Glossophagce (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257. 1875. Glossophagce (part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4tli ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 1878. Glossophagce (part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 497. 1886. Glossophagince (part) Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 173. 1891. Phyllostomatince (part; Glossopkagine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 672. 1892. Glossophagce (part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagennus (Ckiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. 1898. Brachyphyllina (part) H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX. p. 258. 172 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — Bahama Islands and Greater Antilles. Characters. — Teeth highly abnormal. Upper molars with low, in- distinct paracone and metacone at extreme outer edge of crown. Pro- tocone low or obsolete, situated at extreme inner margin. Interme- diate region occupied by a wide, shallow groove, angled at middle. Lower molars very long and narrow, their cusps too indistinct to be positively identified ; m 15 and usually m 2 and m 3 also, with distinct median longitudinal groove, their structure almost exactly similar to that in the Kiodotinse. Noseleaf small or rudimentary. Rostrum and tongue elongated, the tongue armed with lengthened, bristle-like papillae. History. — Since the genus Phyllonycteris was discovered this group has not been distinguished from the Glossopliaginae except by Har- rison Allen. He associated it with Brachyphylla to form a section, Brachyphyllina or “ Glossopliagina aberrantia,” of the Glossopha- ginae. That it should be separated from the Glossophagine bats there can be no doubt, but of its near relationship to Brachyphylla I can detect no indication. The Phyllonycterinae may be an offshoot from some Hemidermine stock, as the teeth in one genus show such a resemblance to those of Rhinophylla that it may perhaps indicate more than a fortuitous likeness. Principal subdivisions. — Three genera are represented among the species of Phyllonycterinae thus far known. KEY TO THE GENERA PHYLLONYCTERINAE. Base of brain case between pterygoids with deep, conspicuous, longitudinal groove Reitl irony cteris, p. 174. Base of brain case between pterygoids flat with slightly developed median longitudinal ridge. Second and third lower molars without cusps ; calcar absent ; inter- femoral membrane extending to middle of tibia only. Phyllonycteris , p. 172. Second and third lower molars with two low but distinct cusps each ; calcar present ; interfemoral membrane extending to calcar. Erophylla, p. 175. Genus PHYLLONYCTERIS Gundlaeh. 1865. Phyllonycteris Gundlach, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 817 (part). 1878. Phyllonycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 501 (part). Type-species. — Phyllonycteris poeyi Gundlach. Geographic distribution. — Cuba. Number of forms. — The type species only. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates III, IV, fig. 4) : -23. 1. --34567 . 2-2 1-1 2-2 1 2-. 1. - 2-4567 * 2-2’ G \ -if 3Pm 2-2’ m 3-3 32. 3-3 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 173 Upper incisors small, in a slightly convex, continuous row, the outer separated from canine by space equal to length of cutting edge of i 1. Inner incisor fully double the bulk of outer, though the two when viewed from in front do not differ materially in form, their crowns being low, longer than high, with nearly horizontal cutting edge. Outer incisor wider relatively to its length than inner. Mandibular incisors very small, with low, flat, rounded crowns, the outer not as small as inner. They extend between canines in a slightly convex row broken by minute spaces, of which the median is the most distinct. Canines simple, without secondary cusps, the upper somewhat less than half as long as high, with well-developed cutting edges but with concave area on inner surface shallow. Lower canine slender, the shaft nearly terete, the posterior basal edge produced into a distinct heel. First upper premolar small, scarcely equal to inner incisor, its crown very low, longer than broad, with indis- tinct cutting edge rising to a slight an- gle anteriorly. Upper molars longer than broad; protocone low and broad, forming the entire shelf-like, broadly rounded inner edge of tooth; paracone and metacone low and long, about equal in m 1 and m 2, the metacone much smaller in m 3 ; between jmracone and metacone a distinct though very small elevation, probably the remnant of the mesostyle ; inner half of crown flat, outer half rising at a distinct angle ; m 2 slightly smaller than m 1 ; m 3 more than half as large as m 2 slightly smaller than m 1 ; m 3 more than half as large as m 2. Lower molars long and narrow, the second somewhat more Fig. 24. — Phyllonyctekis poeyi. Adult female. Guanajay, Cuba. No. 103585. xl£. than half as long as first, the third about half as large as second. Crown of m 2 and m 3 flat, the central portion distinctly concave, the margin without cusps ; m 1 with a similar concavity occupying pos- terior two-thirds of crown, the anterior third rising into a low cusp. This tooth is almost exactly similar to the posterior premolar except that it is nearly twice as long. Skull (fig. 24) essentially as in the less modified Glossophaginae, but rostrum deeper ; zygomatic arches incomplete. Base of brain case flat, showing no special peculiarities, the region between pterygoids with low median ridge. Basisphenoid pits barely indicated. Audital bullae rather large, covering more than half surface of cochleae. Ears moderately large, separate. Noseleaf rudimentary, the erect portion represented by a mere bluntly angular projection. Tongue long and extensible, armed with incurved papil- 174 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lse at tip. Lower lip conspicuously divided in front. Calcar absent. Inter femoral membrane very narrow, extending to middle of tibia. Tail about half as long as femur, included to middle in inter femoral membrane. Species examined. — Phyllonycteris poeyi Gundlach. Remarks. — Superficially this genus might be mistaken for a mem- ber of the Glossophaginae, but it is readily distinguishable by the absence of the calcar and by the narrow interfemoral membrane which does not extend below middle of tibia. The structure of its teeth is strikingly peculiar as compared with that in any of the Glossophagine bats. Genus REITHRONYCTERIS Miller. 1898. Reithronycteris Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 333, July 12, 1898. 1904. Rhithron ycteris Elliot, Land and Sea Mammals of Middle America and the West Indies, p. 687. T ype-speeies. — Reithronycteris aph- ylla Miller. Geographic distribution. — Jamaica. Number of forms. — Only the type species is thus far known. Characters— Similar to Phyllo- nycteris ^ but floor of brain case ele- vated out of its usual position, so that roof of posterior nares is formed by two longitudinal folds given off probably by the pterygoids and nearly meeting in median line in re- gion usually occupied b}^ basisphe- noid and presphenoid. . Species examined —Reithronycte- ris aphylla Miller. Remarks. — Through the kindness of the authorities of the Jamaica I have been enabled to re- examine the type of Reithronycteris aphylla , the only specimen by which the genus and species is known. I can therefore correct two inaccuracies in the original account: The tail is, like that of Phyllonycteris , only half as long as the femur, and the teeth do not in the least resemble those of Braehy- phylla. The teeth, though slightly injured by decalcification, are evidently similar to those of Phyllonycteris poeyi , an animal with which I was not acquainted in 1898. The following differences may be noted : There is less contrast in both diameter and height of the upper incisors, the four teeth stand in an almost straight row, and Fig. 25.— Reithronycteris aphylla. Adult male. Type, No. 9, Museum, Institute of Institute xlf. Jamaica. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 175 the crown of the inner tooth is longer in proportion to its height, less oblique on cutting edge, and less concave posteriorly; the second upper molar is narrower on lingual side; the lower incisors are slightly smaller and more widely spaced, and the lower premolars are broader in proportion to their length. Skull (fig. 25) with rostral portion relatvely broader than in Phyllonycteris poeyi , and palate wider anteriorly. Between Reithronycteris and Phyllonycteris there appears to be no tangible difference in the tongue, though both are readily distinguishable by this character from Erophylla. Genus EROPHYLLA Miller. 1864. Phyllonycteris Gundlach, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., Berlin, p. 817 (part). 1878. Phyllonycteris Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit^Mus., p. 501 (part). 1898. Phyllonycteris H. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., n. s., XIX, p. 261 (part). 1906. Erophylla Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc Washington, XIX, p. 84, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Phyllonycteris bombifrons Miller. Geographic distribution. — Bahama Islands and Greater Antilles. Number of forms. — Four species of Erophylla have been described : E. bombifrons (Miller), E. planifrons (Miller), E. santacristobalen- sis (Elliot), and E. sezekorni (Gundlach). Characters. — Like Phyllonycteris , but calcar distinct, though short, inter femoral membrane extending to calcar, noseleaf with upright portion represented by an evident, pointed, median projection; skull with zygomatic arches complete, and lower molars all distinctly cuspidate and with noticeable cutting edge. Incisors, canines, and lower premolars essentially as in Phyllonycteris , except that pm 4 is relatively larger and much more noticeably concave on inner sur- face. Upper molars (Plate IX, fig. 2) differing from those of Phyl- lonycteris in the greater height and more trenchant character of the outer main cusps and the more distinct concavity of the crowns. In m 1 and m 2 there is no trace of the rudimentary mesostyle. First lower molar with a low, but distinct, posterior cusp, and an outer slightly trenchant ridge high enough to cause the concave surface to be directed somewhat inward. Second and third lower molars like first, but considerably shorter, the anterior and posterior cusp rela- tively more developed and their cutting edge near middle of crown instead of at outer border. Species examined. — I have examined all the known species. Remarks.- — This genus is well differentiated from Phyllonycteris by the structure of its calcar and interfemoral membrane and by its distinctly cuspidate second and third lower molar. The species are also distinguishable from Phyllonycteris poeyi by the sharply pointed 176 BULLETIN _ 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. upper edge of noseleaf. Erophylla is less highly modified than Phyl- lonycteris , and the peculiarities of its dentition may indicate the descent of the subfamily Phyllonycterinae from a Hemidermine stock. Family DESMODONTIME. 1831. Vespertiliones ( Vespertilionidce ) (part; Phyllostomina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una clistrib. metodico degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Vespertilionidce (part; Phyllostomina , part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 486, December, 1838. 1839. Hcematophilini Waterhouse, Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Beagle, II, Mammalia, p. 3. 1840. Istiophora (part; Desmodina ) Wagner, Sclireber’s Saugtliiere, Sup- plements, I, p. 375. 1842. Phyllostominece (part) Lesson, Nouveau Tableau du Regne Animal, Mamm., p. 30. 1845. Desmodina Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Mamm. Europ., p. 5. 1855. [ Phyllostomidce ] “ Phyllostomides ” (part ; Desmodina, part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 30. 1865. Phyllostomata (part; Desmodi ) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, p. 257. 1865. Hcematophilina Huxley, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 388. 1866. Phyllostomidce (part; Desmodina ) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 118. 1872. Desmodidce Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 16. 1875. Phyllostomidce (part; Phyllostomina^, part; Desmodontes) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4tli ser., XVI, p. 350, November, 1875. 187 S. Phyllostomidw (part; Phyllistomince, part; Desmodontes ) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 545. 1886. Desmodontidce Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 175. 1891. Phyllostomatidce (part; Phyllostomatince, part; Desmodont division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals Living and Extinct, p. 676. 1892. Phyllostomatidce (part; Phyllostomatini, part; Desmodontes) Wince, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to southern Mexico. Characters. — Like the Phyllostomidae in respect to the wing, pec- toral girdle, and pelvis, except that the tuberosities of the hume- rus are more nearly equal in size, and both more distinctly exceed head. Fibula large, extending to head of tibia. All the long bones of the leg and wing deeply grooved for accommodation of muscles, this especially noticeable in tibia, fibula, and femur. Teeth very highly specialized for cutting, all trace of crushing surface being absent, and cheek teeth so reduced that the length of entire upper row is less than that of canine along alveolus. Stomach a slender caecum-like structure. Nostrils surrounded by dermal outgrowths that form a very rudimentary noseleaf. History. — Although recognized as a distinct group by Waterhouse as long ago as 1839, and again in 1872 and 1886 by Gill, the Desmo- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 177 dontidse have been almost universally associated with the Phyllo- stomidse. Winge placed Brachyphylla with them, but otherwise they have been regarded as the only members of the group. Remarks. — The Desmodontidse are somewhat closely related to the Phyllostomidse, as shown by the structure of the palate, wing, and shoulder girdle, but their modification for strictly sanguivorous habits is so extreme that it seems quite unnatural to retain them in the same family. It is hardly possible to suggest which group of the Phyllostomes is likely to contain their nearest allies, though a possible relationship with the Hemiderminse is suggested by the noticeably trenchant molars of Rhinophylla. Principal subdivisions. — The members of this family represent three genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF DESMODONTIDiE. Outer lower incisor seven-lobed ; lower cheek teeth four Diphylla, p. 179. Outer lower incisor with not more than two lobes ; cheek teeth three. Inner lower incisor deeply two-lobed ; thumb about one-fifth as long as third finger Desmodus, p. 177: Inner lower incisor with large median lobe and a minute outer and inner lateral lobe ; thumb about one-eighth as long as third finger Dicemus, p. 178. Genus DESMODUS Wied. 1824. Desmodus Wied, Abbild. Naturgesch. Brasilien, 5te Lief., pi. and text. 1834-36. Edostoma d'Orbigny, Voyage dans 1’Amerique Merid., p. vm. 1878. Desmodus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 546. 1905. Desmodon Elliot, Check List Mamm. North Amer. Cont. etc., p. 530. Type-species. — Desmodus rufus ^Ni^d—PhyTlostoma rotundum Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — The type species is the only form of Desmodus thus far known. Characters. — Dental formula (Plates IX and X, fig. 3) : -2-.1. 45--. 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 q 2 -. 1. - 2- 45 ^ 2 - 2’ 6" 1- 1 ->Pm 2-2’ m 1 - 1-^* Upper incisors very large, almost completely filling space between canines, the two teeth in contact anteriorly to beyond middle, strongly projecting, with acute triangular point and long, very sharp, slightly • concave cutting edge. Lower incisors minute, straight, in pairs at outer sides of two deep pits in which the upper incisors fit when jaws are closed; the pairs separated from canines and from each other by spaces about equal to their own length. The crown of each tooth is deeply bilobed at the apex, the inner lobe slightly the larger. 25733— No. 57—07 m 12 178 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Canines large, long, and narrow, with acute points and very sharp posterior cutting edge, the upper decidedly larger and more lancet- shaped than the lower. Upper cheek teeth minute, scarcely larger than lower incisors, the length of the two together scarcely equal to length of canine along alveolus. Viewed from the side they are subquadrate in outline, slightly higher than long, the cutting edge sloping a little backward. Viewed from above they are seen to be narrowly wedge-shaped and drawn down to a very acute, knife-like cutting edge. Second lower cheek. tooth much like the two upper, but with cutting edge sloping forward instead of backward. Anterior tooth nearly one-half longer than posterior, its cutting edge very oblique, beginning anteriorly at level of alveolus and reaching height of next tooth at extreme posterior edge only. Posterior cheek tooth nearly as long as anterior, but with the cutting edge horizontal except for three or sometimes four irregular serra- tions (Plates IX and X, fig. 3). Skull with braincase large, very wide posteriorly, narrowing rapidly in front, the rostrum reduced to a mere support for the enormous incisors and canines. Palate deeply concave laterally, slightly concave longitudinally. Inter pterygoid space distinctly wider posteriorly than anteriorly. Audital bullae well developed, covering more than half surface of cochleae. Lower jaw with posterior segment nearly as long as anterior, its upper and lower borders nearly parallel, its anterior border rising abruptly; angular process small, nearly in line with alveoli. Ears rather small, separate, distinctly pointed. Thumb about one-fifth as long as third digit, its metacarpal with a short rounded pad at base and a more elongate pad under outer half. Calcar reduced to a wart-like exerescence not connected with interfemoral membrane, the middle of which terminates about half way between knee and ankle. Tail absent. Species examined. — Desmodus rotundus (Geoffroy). Remarks. — This is the best known and most characteristic genus of the family. Except for the simple lower incisors it is the most specialized member of the group. It seems highly doubtful whether the animals would be able to take other food than blood. Genus DI^MUS Miller. 1906. Diwmus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 84, June 4, 1904. Type-species. — Desmodus youngi Jentink. Geographic distribution.- — Brazil and Dutch Guiana. Number of forms. — Only the type species is now known. Characters. — Similar to Desmodus , but thumb much less elongated, only about one-eighth as long as third digit, the two pads on under side of its relatively short metacarpal coalesced ; skull with posterior segment of mandible higher; teeth as in Desmodus , except that the THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 179 lower incisors are less distinctly paired, their tips curve slightly inward, the cutting edge of the outer is entire and distinctly longer than that of inner, the inner tooth is trilobate, with large median lobe, a minute inner lobe near tip and an equally small outer lobe near base, and posterior lower cheek tooth rises to a distinct cusp near middle. Species examined. — Dieemus youngi (Jentink). Remarks. — The peculiar short thumb with single pad a under its metacarpal and the slightly recurved lower incisors with their dif- ferent system of cusps are the principal characters which distinguish this genus from Desmodus. The thumb, in fact, is scarcely longer than in Diphylla , but it differs notably from that of the related genus in the presence of the large pad on metacarpal. So far as can be judged from the skins only, both legs and forearms share in the tendency to shortening so conspicuous in the thumbs. The two peripheral phalanges of the fingers are, however, as pointed out by Doctor Jentink, decidedly elongate as compared with the same bones in Desmodus , and this is another point of resemblance to Diplvylla. Genus DIPHYLLA Spix. 1823. Diphylla Spix, Simiar. et Vespert. Brasil. Spec. Nov., p. 68. 1878. Diphylla Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 550. 1896. Diphylla IT. Allen, Proc. U. Si- Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 769, October, 27, 1896. 1896. Ewmatonycteris IT. Allen, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVIII, p. 777 (name based on a probably abnormal specimen of Diphylla) . Type-species. — Diphylla eeaudata Spix. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America north to southern Mexico. Number of forms, — Only the type species has thus far been dis- covered. Characters. — Externally like Desmodus , but with shorter, broadly rounded ears, short thumb like that of Dieemus, but with no distinct pad under metacarpal, and a well-formed though small calcar. Skull differing from that of Desmodus in the much higher, broader interorbital region, nearly parallel-sided interpterygoid space, and low, weak posterior segment of mandible. Dental formula : -2 3. 1. — - 456 - -2-2 1-1 1-1 1 2 1. -2-4 5 6 -*2-2’ C 1 ~ 2 - 2’ m 2- 2- Inner upper incisors as in Desmodus, but not as large, and in con- tact to about middle only. Outer incisor minute, structureless, barely if at all piercing gum, and situated close to middle of inner side of a The surface of this pad is crossed by a distinct furrow indicating its origin from the two pads of Desmodus, 180 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. canine. Lower incisors much larger than in Desmodus or Dicemus , forming a continuous convex row, separated, however, from canines by distinct spaces. The edges of the teeth are slightly recurved over the pits that receive tips of upper incisors, and when viewed from in front the upper surface is ahnost straight. The crowns in this view are fan-shaped, that of the inner tooth about as long (on cutting edge) as high, that of outer decidedly longer than high, and slightly one-sided, the inner border being longer than outer. Cutting edge of inner tooth with four equal beadlike lobes, that of outer with seven similar lobes. Upper cheek teeth as in Desmodus , except for the presence of the minute, structureless, styliform m 2, the point of which barely reaches level of cutting edge of the other teeth. Lower cheek teeth differing in several details from those of Desmodus; the first (pm 2) is not oblique, but has the cutting edge as high in front as behind and rising to a point at middle; third (m x) similar to first, but intervening tooth (pm 4) with cutting edge almost straight; pos- terior tooth (m 2) similar to second, but smaller. Species examined. — Diphylla ecaudata Spix. Remarks. — Diphylla is recognizable externally by its short, broad ears, short thumb without pad on underside of metacarpal, and by the presence of a minute though evident calcar to which the very narrow uropatagium extends. Its most striking characters are, how- ever, the form of the mandible, the tooth formula, and the structure of the lower incisors. The fan-shaped, seven-lobed outer lower in- cisor is unique among bats, and, so far as I know, there is no tooth similar to it in other mammals. In a certain way it suggests the iower incisors of Cynocephalus and Colugo , but the lobation is con-" fined strictly to the edge. Except for the remarkable development of the lower incisors, Diphylla appears to be the least specialized of the Desmodontidoe, retaining as it does its calcar, i m 2, and m 2, and showing to a less degree than the other genera the reduction of the rostrum and the high development of the cutting teeth. Family AATALID.E. 1831. V espertiliones {V espertilionidce) (part; Vespertilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio cli uria distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. V espertilionidce (part; Vespertilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 494, December, 1838. 1840. Gymnorhina (part; Vespertilionina, part) Wagner, Schreber’s Saug- tbiere, Supplements, I, p. 483. 1855. [Pliyllostomidw] “ Pliyllostomides ” (part; Vampyrina, part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 44 GSpectrellum’— Natalus). 1855. [V espertilionidce] “ V a spertilionides ” (part; Vespertilionina, part) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 52 (Nyctiellus) . 1855. Vampyrina (part; Spectrellum=N atalus) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 44. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 181 1865. Vespertiliones Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Ber- lin, p. 258 (part; ‘ Spectrellum’=Natalus , and Nyctiellus) . 1866. V espertilionidw (part; Natalinia, Nycticellina, and Furipterina ) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 91, February, 1866. 1866. Noctilionidw (part; Spectrellina) Gray% Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 93. 1870. Vespertiliones (part; Vespertiliones, part) Fitzinger, Sitz. ber, kais. Akad. Wissensch., Math. Naturwissensck. Classe., Wien, LXII, Abtb. I, p. 66. 1875. V espertilionidce (part; Miniopteri, part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878. V espertilionidw (part; Miniopteri, part) Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 170. 1886. V espertilionidw (part; Miniopteri, part) Gill, Standard Natural His- tory, V, p. 166. 1891. V espertilionidw (part; Miniopterine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 660. 1892. Pliyllostomidw (part; NataMnw) Allen, Proc. U. S. National Mu- seum, XV, p. 437, October 28, 1892. 1892. V espertilionidw (part; Natalini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nule- vende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 24. 1899. Natalidw (part) Miller, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 245, December 23, 1899. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America north to the Bahama Islands and central Mexico. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter nearly as large as trochin and projecting noticeably farther beyond head, its surface of articu- lation with scapula nearly half as large as glenoid fossa and very definitely outlined, epitrochlea Avell developed, but short and thick, with broad spinous process, capitellum distinctly out of Jine with shaft; second manal digit with fully developed metacarpal but no phalanges; third finger with two phalanges; shoulder girdle normal in structure, but presternum relatively large and strong, its width equal to length of presternum and mesosternum together, its keel slanting backward; mesosternum very narrow, its keel much higher than its width posteriorly; xiphisternum scarcely longer than broad, its keel low but distinct; foot normal; fibula thread-like, usually cartilaginous at its upper extremity, which extends to head of tibia; pelvijs essentially normal, but ilia unusually expanded laterally and dorsal and ventral profiles of ossa innominata more nearly parallel than in any other bats except the Rhinolophidae and Hipposideridae, sacrum with boundaries of vertebrae nearly or quite effaced, though general form of bone not peculiar; vertebrae from last dorsal to antepenultimate lumbar fused into a solid, laterally compressed mass from which all boundaries of the original elements are obliterated, last two lumbar vertebrae free; skull without postorbital processes; premaxillaries complete, the slender palatal branches fused in me- dian line, leaving two small, lateral foramina and a slight anterior 182 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. emargination ; teeth normal; tragus present, variously distorted and thickened; muzzle without nose leaf in adult, though a structure resembling a rudimentary leaf has been described as occurring in the fetus of Natalus ; chin occasionally with ridge-like outgrowths. History. — As shown by the synonymy, this family has been asso- ciated by different authors with the Vespertilionidse, Phyllostomidse, and Noctilionidse as a group of varying importance. In 1899 I regarded it as a distinct family, containing also the genera Thyrop- tera , Furipterus , and Amorphochilus. Further study of more ex- tensive material convinces me that the family, as then understood, should be divided into three, the Natalidse containing the genera Natalus , Chilonatalus, Phodotes, and Nyctiellus, the Furipteridse con- taining Furipterus and Amorphocilus , and the Thyropteridse Thyroptera alone. Remarks. — The members of the family Nataliclie are small, deli- cately formed animals, in all but one genus (. Nyctiellus ) with dis- tinctly funnel-shaped ears and noticeably elongated legs. The thumb is well developed and furnished with a normal claw, and there are no adhesive disks on thumb or sole. By these superficial char- acters alone they may generally be recognized among American bats. The position of the family is evidently near to the Pliyllostomidse, as shown by the structure of the premaxillaries ; but the shoulder j oint is of a distinctly higher type, clearly foreshadowing the com- plete double articulation of the Vespertilionidse, Molossidse, and Mystacopidse. The fused lumbar vertebrae indicate a strong degree of specialization, but the same peculiarity is found in the high Keri- voula and in some genera of the relatively low Hipposideridae. It therefore is of no assistance in determining the position of the group. Principal subdivisions. — The family Natalidae as now restricted contains four genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF NATALIDiE. Breadth of braincase about equal to that of palate, including third molars ; canines reduced, scarcely higher than corresponding large premolar ; legs and tail not specially elongated, the tail shorter than head and body Nyctiellus, p. 185. Breadth of braincase much greater than that of palate including third molars ; canines normal, much higher than corresponding large pre- molar; legs and tail noticeably elongated, the tail longer than head and body. Sides of rostrum from orbits to nares so inflated that molars are not visible when skull is viewed from directly above Phodotes, p. 184. Sides of rostrum not inflated ; molars distinctly visible when skull is viewed from above. Muzzle and chin simple ; no glandular swelling on forehead in either sex Natalus, p. 183. Muzzle and chin with ridge-like dermal outgrowths ; a large glan- dular swelling on forehead of males Chilonatalus, p. 185. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 183 Genus NATALUS Gray. 1838. Natalus Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot:, II, p. 496, February, 1838 ( strami - neus). 1855. Spectrellum Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 51 ( macrourum ). 1878. Natalus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 341 (part). 1892. "Natalis Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Cliiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 36. 1905. Spectrellum Elliot, Field Colurnb. Mus., Publ. 105, Zool. Ser., VI, p. 501, November, 1905. ‘Type- species. — Natalus stramineus Gray. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to cen- tral Mexico, and in the West Indies to Santo Domingo. Number of forms. — Three species of Natalus are now known — N. stramineus Gray, N. mexicanus Miller, and N. major Miller. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3.1.- 2 34567.2-2 1-1 3-3 3-3 on 1 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 '' 3 - 3’ e 1 - V^m 3-3’ m 3 - 3_t58- Upper incisors low and strong, subequal or the outer slightly the larger, the four teeth in a straight line, broken in the middle by the shallow palatal emargination. The teeth of each pair are of equal height, slightly exceeding cingulum of canine, and are strongly in contact at middle, the tips diverging on account of the strong con- cavity on outer side of outer tooth and on inner side of inner tooth ; cingulum indistinct, that of outer tooth strongly oblique. Outer incisor separated from canine by space about equal to diameter of its crown; median space equal to length of pair of incisors. Lower incisors small, trifid, the middle lobe distinctly the largest, the three teeth forming a strongly convex row between canines. Upper canine high, well developed, the shaft appearing compressed by reason of the extensive though shallow concavity of its inner surface ; cingulum distinct, though small and without secondary cusps. Lower canine with exceptionally slender, subterete shaft. Upper premolars not strongly contrasted in size and form, though the posterior tooth is larger than either of the others. Each has a distinct, somewhat transverse cutting edge, a well-developed cingulum, and no secondary cusps. The middle and posterior teeth have a distinct inner poste- rior extension scarcely indicated in the first. Lower premolars com- pressed, well developed, closely similar to each other in size and form, the anterior tooth with the cusp slightly less acutely pointed than in the others. Molars normal ; m 3 exceptionally large, its area nearly equal to that of m x, its metacone and third commissure well devel- oped. In all three teeth there is a faintly indicated hypocone. Anterior surface of m 1 and m 2 scarcely or not emarginate. Lower 184 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. molars with the cusps normal in size and position ; m 3 with distinct entoconid and a slight postero-internal cingulum cusp. Skull (fig. 26) with globular braincase rising abruptly above level of narrow, elongate rostrum. Greatest breadth of braincase about equal to depth, including audital bulla ; rostrum about three- fourths as long as brain- case, its width in lachrymal region about twice depth, its lateral walls thin and translucent, but not inflated. Anterior edge of orbit over middle of second molar. Antorbital canal very long, its anterior ori- fice over middle premolar, its posterior orifice occupying entire ante- rior wall of orbit, including region in which lachrymal foramen usually occurs. Base of braincase parallel with palate. Audital bul- lae well developed, but small, covering about half surface of cochleae. Externally characterized by the very long leg and tail, each of which exceeds the head and body in length, the large, funnel-formed ear (outer base slightly in front of inner), with thickened, dis- torted tragus, and the long muzzle with simple lips and chin ; nostrils simple, di- rected outward and slightly downward. Species examined. — I have examined the three known forms. Genus PHODOTES Miller. 1906. Phodotes Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 85, June 4, 1906. Fig. 26. — Nataltjs mexicanus. Adult female. Morelos, Mexico. No. 102509. x2I. T ype - species. — Natalus tumidirostris Miller. Geographic distribution. — Island of Curacao, off coast of Venezuela. Number of forms. — Only the type species is now known. Characters. — Like Natalus , but maxillaries conspicuously inflated and translucent, the swollen region extending from orbit to nares and projecting so far laterally that the molar teeth are hidden when skull is viewed from above. Species examined. — Phodotes tumidirostris (Miller). Remarks. — -The inflated, semitransparent maxillaries of the type species give the skull of Phodotes a very distinct aspect from that of Natalus and Chilonatalus. The rostrum of Nyctiellus is of somewhat the same form ; but this genus is distinguished by the very different relative width of rostrum and braincase, Phodotes retaining in this respect strictly the proportions of Natalus. As I pointed out in the original account of Natalus tumidirostris ,a the palate in the only two a Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIII, p. 160, October 31, 1900. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OE BATS. 185 known specimens is deeply emarginate posteriorly to level of middle molar. This condition is probably due, at least in part, to faulty preparation, but it seems not improbable that the posterior region of the palate is extensively and irregularly fenestrate. Genus CH'I-LONATALUS Miller. 1898. GMlonatalus Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 326 (sub- genus of Natalus). 1903. GMlonatalus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVI, p. 119. Sep- tember 30, 1903 (genus). Type-species. — Natalus micropus Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Bahama Islands, Greater Antilles (Cuba, Jamaica), and Old Providence Island, Caribbean Sea. Number of forms. — Three species of Chilonatalus are now recognized. Characters. — Differs from Natalus in the presence of a ridge-like dermal out- growth on muzzle, suggesting a rudimen- tary noseleaf, and another on chin, pro- ducing in profile a double-lipped aspect; males, with large glandular swelling be- tween and in front of eyes. Skull (fig. 27 ) like that of Natalus , but with rostrum relatively longer, more slender, and more depressed posteriorly. /Species examined. — -C hilonatalus micro- pus (Dobson), C. brevimanus (Miller), and C. tumidifrons (Miller). Remarks. — Although dist inguished chiefly by external characters, this genus differs from Natalus in the excessively attenuate, flattened rostrum. It contains the smallest known numbers of the family, Nyctiellus lepidus excepted. Fig. 27. — Chilonatalus X2f. Genus NYCTMELLUS Gervais. 1855. Nyctiellus Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 84. 1866. Nycticellus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., p. 91. February, 1866. 1878. Natalus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 341 (part). 1904. Nyctiellus Miller, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XXVII, p. 340. January 23, 1904. Type-species. — V espertilio lepidus Gervais. Geographic distribution. — Cuba, including the Isle of Pines. Number of forms. — The type species is the only form thus far dis- covered. 186 BULLETIN 5 1, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters. — Differs externally from its allies in the much shorter leg, proportionally about as long as in the small species of Myotis , and in the nearly unmodified ear, the anterior border of which arises directly above eye, the posterior border behind base of tragus, so that the peculiar funnel-like form characteristic of the other genera is scarcely indicated. Skull (fig. 28) differing from that of the allied genera in the low braincase and very large rostrum, the length of which, as in Chilonatalus , is fully equal to that of braincase, the breadth of palate including third molars equal to that above posterior roots of zygomata. Maxillaries swollen, but much less than in Pho- dotes , not enough to conceal molars when skull is viewed from above. Teeth not essentially different from those of Natalus , but canine and anterior premolar both above and below greatly reduced in size, the canine scarcely higher than its corresponding large premolar, and the first upper premolar scarcely as large as outer incisor. Lower premolars much less trenchant than in Nodalus , the shafts almost terete, though retaining distinct traces of the cutting edges ; pm 2 much reduced in size, its height scarcely half that of pm 3. Species examined.— Nyctiellus lepidus (Gervais). Remarks. — As compared with other mem- bers of its subfamily, Nyctiellus is distinctly less specialized externally ; but in the peculiar form of the skull and in the reduced size of the anterior canine and premolar it repre- sents a more advanced stage than any of the related genera, both of these characters suggesting the members of tile next family. Family FUKIPTEKID.F. Fig. 28.— Nyctiellus lepidus. Adult female. Isle of Pines, Cuba. No. 103898. x2{- ' 1831. Vespertiliones ( Vespertilionidce ) (part; Vespertilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1855. [ Vespertilionidce ] “ Vespertilionides ” (part; Emballonurina, part) Gervais, Exp§d. du Compte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 52. 1865. Brachyura (part) Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257. 1866. Furipterina Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 91. February, 1866. 1872. Noctilionidce (part; Furiince) Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 18. 1875. EmdxillQnuridce (part; Emballonurce, part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878. Emballonuridw (part; Furiw ) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 354. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 187 1886. Emballonuridce (part; Furies) Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 169. 1891. Emballonuridce (part; Emballonurince, part, Furipterine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 666. 1892, Vespertilionidce (part; Natalini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nu- levende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 24. 1899. Natalidw (part) Miller, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 245, December 23, 1899. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of South America. Characters. — Wing as in the Natalidse, except that the trochiter is slightly more developed and the greatly reduced thumb is included in the membrane to base of minute, functionless claw. Width of presternum slightly greater than length, the broad keel projecting forward; xiphisternum slender, fused with broad, flat presternum, the two together marked with a low median ridge, which is nowhere sufficiently developed to form a keel. Pelvis and lumbar vertebrae as in the Natalidae. Skull differing from that of the Natalidae in the extremely rudimentary condition of the palatal branches of the pre- maxillaries, these processes reduced to mere cartilaginous filaments. Antorbital canal short, extending from middle of pm 4 to middle of m 1 ; its length about equal to that of m 1 ; its posterior orifice normal, not situated in a funnel-shaped depression as in the Natalidae. Teeth as in the Natalidae, except that canines are, so far as known, inva- riably reduced to about the height of the corresponding large premolars (a character occurring in one genus of Katalidse). History. — Though originally placed with the typical Vespertilion- ine bats, the members of this group were associated with the Molos- sines as early as 1855, a position which they retained jDractically without question until their relationship with Natalus was pointed out by Winge in 1892. Though undoubtedly related to the Natali- dse, the group seems worthy of recognition as a family. Remarks. — The Furipteridse are distinguished from the Natalidse by the less modified sternum, of which the anterior segment bears an almost normal keel, while the middle and posterior segments are essentially without keel, and the much reduced, functionless thumb, the latter a very remarkable character and, so far as I am aware, one which is unique among bats. The cartilaginous condition of the palatal branches of the jiremaxillaries and the reduction in the size of the canines are features of less importance, the latter being, in fact, almost exactly reproduced in the Nataline genus Nyctiellus. In both of the genera now known the rostrum is relatively much shorter than in the Natalidse and there are only two upper premolars. This condition of the dental formula is approached by Nyctiellus , in which pm 2 is much more reduced than in the other members of its family. As compared with the Natalidae, the more generalized and 188 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. more specialized characters of this group are so nearly balanced that it is difficult to form an opinion as to the relative position of the two families. In the structure of the sternum the Natalidae are evidently the more aberrant, but this is offset by the excessively ab- normal thumb of the Furipteridae. The Natalidae show the more primitive condition of the teeth. Principal subdivisions. — Two genera of Furipteridse are now known. KEY TO THE GENERA OF FURIPTERIDSE . Height of braincase, including audital bullae, much less than distance from frontal angle to most posterior point of occipital region ; muzzle and lips nearly simple Furipterus, p. 18$. Height of braincase, including audital bullae, equal to distance from frontal angle to most posterior point of occipital region ; muzzle and lips with conspicuous warty outgrowths Amorphocliilus, p. 190. Genus FURIPTERUS Bonaparte. 1828. Furia F. Cuvier, Mem. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, XVI, p. 150. Not of Linnaeus, 1758. 1837. Furipterus Bonaparte, Iconogr. Fauna Ital., I, fasc. XXI, under Plecotus auritus. 1866. Furiella Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 91, Feb- ruary, 1866. 1878. Furia Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 356. 1891. Furipterus Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, Living and Extinct, p. 666. . Type-species . — Furia, barrens F. Cuvier. Geographic distribution. — Tropical South America. Number of forms. — Only one species of Furipterus is now recog- nized. Characters. — -Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. -- 3 4 5 6 7 .2-2 1 2 3. 1. - 234567^3-3’ ^ 1-1 1-1’ pm 2-2 3-3’ m 3- 3- 3 3 =36. Upper incisors subequal, in pairs set obliquely to the sagittal line, the space between outer tooth and canine about equal to diameter of its subterete, slightly antero-posteriorly flattened crown, the median space about twice as great. Each tooth has a sharply conical crown, the height of which about equals greatest diameter, and a well- developed, horizontal cingulum, which rises posteriorly into a small but distinct cusp ; height of incisors about equal to that of cingulum of canine. Lower incisors forming a continuous convex row between canines, the outer slightly larger than the inner, their low crowns bluntly trifid on cutting edge, the middle segment larger than either THE FAMILIES AND GENEKA OF BATS. 189 of the others. Upper canine very small; its shaft about equal in height to large premolar, strongly flattened on inner surface; its posterior cutting edge with well-developed secondary cusp slightly below middle; its well-developed cingulum forming a conspicuous anterior basal cusp and a smaller posterior one. Lower canine even more reduced, closely resembling pm 3 in both size and form, except that its apex is less sharply pointed. The shaft is terete and the cingulum, though well developed, forms less distinct basal cusps than in the upper canine. Anterior upper premolar (pm3) about half as high as canine, but resembling it in form even to the presence of the two cingulum cusps and the secondary cusp on posterior cut- ting edge. The shaft is, however, relatively lower and the small cusps are not as well developed. Posterior upper premolar, with inner cusp narrow, but high and very distinct, cingulum forming a sharp, somewhat recurved, antero-external cusp. Lower premolars alike in form, except that the anterior (pm 2) has the shaft less dis- tinctly terete than the others. It is also much shorter than the others. Molars normal, the protocones high and short; no trace of hypocones ; m 3 with three fully developed commis- sures; lower molars with dis- tinct entoconids. Skull (fig. 29) with broad, flat rostrum (length from frontal angle scarcely greater than lachrymal breadth, but fully three times depth at pm 3), deeply furrowed in median line, and conspicuously emargi- nated in front by large narial opening. Antorbital foramen over base of anterior root of pm 4, the canal very short, its length scarcely exceeding that of this root. Brain case very large, its length twice that of rostrum; its height, including audital bull*, equal to its greatest breadth, and about two-thirds its length. Base of brain case bent upward. Palatal emargination extending forward to level of posterior molars. Posterior opening of antorbital canal normal. Audital bull* well formed, but small, covering less than half surface of cochle*. Externally much as in Natalus , with similarly funnel- shaped ears and much distorted tragus (the latter noticeably trian- gular), but at once recognizable by the rudimentary thumb and shorter tail, which ends in interfemoral membrane a little beyond middle. Muzzle and lips without warty processes, other than an angular projection on upper lip at outer edge of downwardly opening nostril. Species examined. — Furipterus horrens (F. Cuvier). Fig. 29.— Furipterus horrens. x 2f. 190 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus AMORPHOCHILUS Peters. 1877. Amorphochilus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. AkacL Wissensch., Berlin, p. 185. 1878. Amorphochilus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 357. Type- species. — Amorphochilus schnablii Peters. Geographic distribution. — Tumbez, on the Gulf of Guayaquil, Peru. Number of forms. — The type species. Characters. — Like Furipterus , but height of braincase, including audital bullae, fully equal to distance from frontal angle to most pos- terior point of occiput; palatal emargination not extending halfway from hamulars to posterior molars; nostrils opening forward at extremity of a conspicuous, snoutlike elevation ; chin with a triangu- lar, downward-turned flap, margined at each side with a small roundish wart ; lower lip thickened at angle of mouth and with large warty protuberance slightly in front of middle ; no angular elevation on upper lip at point where this occurs in Furipterus. Species examined. — This genus is still known from Peters’s de- scription and figures only. Family THYKOPTERID2E. 1831. Vespertiliones (V espertilioniclce) (part; Noctilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 14. 1838. Vespertilionidce (part; Noctilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 498, December, 1838. 1840. Gymnorhina (part; Gymnura, part) Wagner, Schreber’s Saugthiere, Supplements, I, p. 466. 1842. V octilioninece (part) Lesson, Nouveau Tableau du Regne Animal, Mamm., p. 16. 1855. [Vespertilionidce'] “ Vespertilionides ” (part; Molossina, paS) Gervais, Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamm., p. 55. 1856. Vespertilionidce (part) Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 172. 1865. Vespertiliones (part) Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 258. 1866. Vespertilionidce (part; Natalina, part) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 90, February, 1866. 1870. Vespertiliones (part; Vespertiliones, part) Fitzinger, Sitz.-Ber. k. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math. Naturwissensch., Classe LXII, Abth. I, p. 66. 1875. Vespertilionidce (part; Miniopteri, part) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878. Vespertilionidce^ (part; Miniopteri, part) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 170. 1886. Vespertilionidce (part; Miniopteri, part) Gill, Standard Natural His- tory, V, p. 166. 1891. Vespertilionidce' (part; Tliyropterine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 660. 1892. Vespertilionidce (part; Natalini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. 1899. Natalidce (part) Miller, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIII, p, 245, December 23, 1899, THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 191 Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Honduras. Characters.- — Shoulder joint and wing as in the Natalidae, except that trochiter is distinctly larger than trochin, second finger is re- duced to a rudimentary metacarpal less than half as long as that of third finger, there are three bony phalanges in third digit, and first phalanx of thumb bears a large sucking disk ; shoulder girdle differ- ing from that of the Natalidae and resembling that of the Furi- pteridae in the small size of the presternum, its width scarcely half length of presternum and mesosternum, its narrow keel slanting con- spicuously forward, mesosternum broad and flat, its keel obsolete, xiphisternum long and slender, its keel reduced to a mere ridge ; first and second dorsal vertebrae fused; foot abnormal, the toes with only two phalanges each, the third and fourth digits, together with their claws, anchylosed together from base to tip ; fibula reduced to a minute osseous thread closely applied to the tibia and disappearing about midway between heel ancl knee : sole with well-developed suck- ing disk attached to metatarsals; pelvis not essentially abnormal, but with very small pectineal process, and with obturator foramen much reduced by bony outgrowth from its sides, as in the Hippo- sideridae and Rhinolophidae, ischia wide apart posteriorly, a sym- physis pubis in males, sacrum with the posterior two vertebrae dis- tinct, the others fused; lumbar vertebrae distinct; skull without postorbital processes, much as in the Natalidae, the braincase large, smooth, and rounded, the rostrum slender and weak; premaxillaries complete, the very slender and easily broken palatal branches isolat- ing two foramina ; teeth normal, not essentially different from those of the Natalidae; ear, tragus, and muzzle as in Natalus. History. — As shown by the synonymy, this family has generally been united with the Vespertilionidae or Molossidae. Winge placed it with Natalus , Furipterus , and Amorphochilus to form the group Natalina, a section of the Vespertilionidae; and this assemblage. I regarded in 1899 as constituting the family Natalidae. Remarks. — The form of the sternum, the separate lumbar verte- brae, the greatly reduced second finger, the large third finger with fully ossified terminal phalanx, the peculiar structure of the toes, and the presence of sucking disk on thumb and sole are sufficient to dis- tinguish this family from the Natalidae. Contrary to what might be expected, the thumb has a well-developed claw. The Thyropteridae are in some respects more highly specialized than the Natalidae; in others, notably in the structure of the sternum and in the unfused lumbar vertebrae, much more primitive. As compared with the Furipteridae this family represents about the same stage in the devel- opment of the sternum; the lumbar region is more primitive; the feet are more highly modified, and the thumb is perhaps equally aberrant, though in another way. Principal subdivisions. — The family is represented by the single genus Thyroptera. 192 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus THYROPTERA Spix. 1823. Thyroptera Spix, Simiar. et Vespert. Brasil. Sp. Nov., p. 61 {tricolor). 1854. Hyonycteris Lichtenstein and Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 335 (cliscifera) . 1865. Thyroptera Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p, 580. 1878. Thyroptera Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 345. Type-species. — Thyroptera tricolor Spix. Geographic distribution. — Tropical America, north to Honduras. Number of forms. — Though others have been described, only two species are now recognized. Characters. — In addition to the characters of the family the fol- lowing may be mentioned. Dental formula : -23.1.-2 3 4 5 6 7.2-2 1-1 3-3 3-3 _ 1 2 3. 1. -2 3 4 5 6 7 4 3-3’ C 3-3’ m 3 - 3~38' Inner upper incisor larger than outer, but both teeth well developed, styliform, with small outer cusp, their extremities very slender and slightly curved inward, producing a faint sug- gestion of the milk dentition. Lower incisors 3-lobecl, the outer tooth slightly larger than the others. Canines weak, not peculiar in structure. Premolars both above and below, long, narrow, moderately high, their points very slender and situated at about middle of crown. Third upper premolar with remarkably developed inner ridge, ris- ing to a cusp anteriorly nearly as high as protocone of m 1 and m 2, and show- ing a slight though distinct posterior cusp, the two together strongly sug- gesting a protocone and hypocone. First and second upper molars with low but evident hypocone, the other cusps with their commissures normal. Third upper molar with live cusps and three well-developed commissures. Lower molar normal, the outer cusps particularly high and acute. Skull (fig. 30) with brain case about one and one-half times as long as rostrum, abruptly elevated anteriorly, its surface smooth and rounded. Rostrum nar- row, weak, and low, the upper surface nearly flat, the sides distinctly inflated and translucent. Palate slightly concave laterally, nearly straight longitudinally. Behind tooth rows it is abruptly narrowed, and the posterior extension is parallel-sided. Basisphenoid region broadly concave, the concavity bounded anteriorly by a high trans-^ Fig. 30. — Thyroptera discifera. x2f THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 193 verse ridge that extends across between pterygoids close to hamulars. Audital bullae small, covering less than half surface of cochleae. Ex- ternally as in Natalus except that the legs and tail are not elongated, the sole and thumb are provided with conspicuous adhesive disks, and the muzzle has a slight but evident wartlike elevation above the nostrils. Species examined.- — Thyroptera tricolor Spix and T. discifera (Lichtenstein and Peters). Family MYZOPODIME. 1891. Vespertilionidce (part; Thyropterine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 665. 1898. Vespertilionidce (part, Myxopodece) Trouessart, Catalogus Mamma- lium, p. 134. 1904. Myzopodidce Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, II, p. 5, October 1, 1904. Geographic distribution. — Madagascar. Characters .a — Humerus with trochiter larger than trochin, the relations of the two about as in the Tliyropteridae,6 surface of articu- lation between trochiter and scapula well developed, about as in Natalus or Rhinolophus , distal extremity of humerus essentially as in Natalus ; second manal digit with fully developed metacarpal and “ a short and very slender cartilaginous rod, probably represent- ing the proximal phalanx ” (Andersen), third finger with three bony phalanges; shoulder girdle normal, the sternum showing no special modifications; presternum small, much as in Thyroptera and with similarly forward-projecting manubrium; mesosternum slender, flat, slightly keeled; foot abnormal, the toes united to base of phalanges, thence free but closely approximated, only two phalanges in each toe; fibula thread-like c ; pelvis essentially normal, though with pectineal process very short, a symphysis pubis in males, boundaries of sacral vertebrae distinct ; lumbar vertebrae not fused or in any way specially modified; skull short, broad, and rounded, without postorbital pro- cesses; premaxillaries fused, complete, isolating two lateral palatal foramina ; teeth normal ; thumb and sole with sessile adhesive disks ; ears separate, very large, tragus present but fused along its anterior edge with ear conch, meatus partly closed by a conspicuous mush- room-shaped process unlike anything known in other bats. History. — Until recognized as a distinct family by Thomas, this group was regarded as a section of the Vespertilionidae. a Details concerning several important characters of this family which I neglected to note when examining the skeleton in the British Museum, have been kindly furnished by Mr. Knud Andersen. ft “ Tuberculum majus slightly more projecting than in Rhinolophus , but de- cidedly less so than in Pterygistes.” (Andersen.) c “ I can not make out with certainty whether the extreme distal end of the tibia perhaps shows some trace of ossification.” (Andersep.) 25733— No, 57—07 m 13 194 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Remarks. — The members of the family Mvzopodidae may be at once recognized by the sessile adhesive disks on sole and thumb, and the large ear with its tragus adnate to the conch, and its meatus partly closed by the unique mushroom-shaped process. The skeleton is, as pointed out by Thomas, remarkable for its lack of special modifica- tions. In general structure, however, especially in the form of the humerus and shoulder joint, it unquestionably agrees closely with the Natalidae and Thyropteridae, and I fully agree with Mr. Thomas that this resemblance indicates an actual relationship between the three groups. Principal subdivisions. — As at present known, the family consists of the single genus Myzopoda. Genus MYZOPODA Milne Edwards and Grandidier. 1878. Myzopoda Milne Edwards and Grandidier, Bull. Soc. Philomath., Paris, 7th ser., II, p. 220. 1878. Myxopoda Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 871. 1904. Myzopoda Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, II, p. 2, pi. i, October 1, ' 1904. Type-species. — Myzopoda aurita Milne-Edwards and Grandidier. Geographic distribution. — Madagascar. Number of forms. — Only the type species is known. Characters. — Dental formula: * -2 3. 1.-234567 ^2-2 „ 1 - 1 _ 3 - 3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 *3-3’'' 1 l,pm 3-3’ m 3-3 3-3 = 38. Upper incisors small, simple, with slightly developed cingula, the inner tooth distinctly smaller than outer, which is separated from canine by a narrow space ; axis of both pairs in same line ; canines simple, without secondary cusps or specially developed cingula ; pre- molars both above and below essentially as in Myotis , pm 2 and pm 3 about equal to upper incisors in size, each separated by narrow spaces from the neighboring teeth ; molars strictly normal, m 3 with well-developed metacone and third commissure, m 1 and m 2 without hypocone. Skull short, broad, and rounded, its general outline when viewed from above strongly suggesting that of Noctilio. General structure of anterior portion of palate about as in Natalus , the lateral foramina well developed and about as large as median emargination, the width of which is approximately equal to length of a pair of incisors. Pterygoids rather strongly divergent, the hamular pro- cesses unusually long. Basisphenoid pits well developed, circular in outline, narrowed superficially, separated by a flat median space the width of which is equal to about half surface diameter of pit. Audi- tal bullae and cochleae rather large, but not peculiar in structure, the bullae covering slightly more than half surface of cochleae, its inner border not emarginate. Lips wide, the upper extending beyond lower, and somewhat obliquely truncate in front; ear much longer THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF RATS. 195 than head; thumb with rudimentary claw; tail projecting noticeably beyond free edge of interfemoral membrane. Species examined. . — Myzopoda aurita Milne-Edwards and Grandi- dier. Family VESPERTILIONIME. 1821. Vespertilionidw (part; Race 2) Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1827. Vespertilionina Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 87. 1831. Vespertiliones ( Vespertilionidw ) (part; Vespertilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 15. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Vespertilionina, part) Bonaparte, N'novi An- nali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112. 1838. Vespertilionidw (part; Vespertilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 494. December, 1838. 1855. [Vespertilionidw] “ Vespertilionides ” (part; Vespertilionina ) Gervais, Exped du Comte de Castelnau, Zool. Mamm., p. 52. 1865. Vespertiliones Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., Ber- lin, p. 258. 1866. Vespertilionidw (part; Scotophilina, Romiciana, Vespertilionina, Ple- cotvna, and Nyctophilina ) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 89, February, 1866. 1870 . Vespertiliones (part; Vespertiliones, part) Fitzinger, Sitz.-ber. k. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math. Naturwiss., Classe, LXI, I Abth.. p. 458. 1872. Vespertilionidw Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Vespertilionidw Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 348, November, 1875 (except genera Natalus and Thyroptera, p. 349). 1878. Vespertilionidw Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 167 (except genera Natalus and Thyroptera, p. 341-347). .1886. Vespertilionidw Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 165. 1891. Vespertilionidw Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 660 (except N.atalus, p. 664, and Thyropterine division, p. 665). 1892. Vespertilionidw (part; V espertilionini) Winge, Jordfundne og nule- vende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 24. Geographic distribution. — -Eastern and western hemispheres to the limit of tree growth ; in -the Atlantic to the Azores, and in the Pacific to the Galapagos and Hawaiian Islands from America, and to New Zealand and Samoa from Asia. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter very noticeably larger than trochin and projecting distinctly beyond head, its surface of articu- lation on scapula decidedly more than half as large as glenoid fossa, distinctly concave and sharply outlined, epitrochlea obsolete, capitel- lum scarcely out of line with shaft ; ulna usually fused with radius at its head, the shaft reduced to a scarcely ossified fibrous strand; sec- ond finger with fully developed metacarpal and one small bony phalanx; third finger with three phalanges, of which the distal is cartilaginous throughout except at extreme base, where distinct joint is formed with middle phalanx ; shoulder girdle strictly normal in its general structure, the seventh cervical vertebra free except in Tomo- 196 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. peatinse; the presternum small, with forward-projecting, variously developed median lobe, the mesosternum flat and scarcely keeled, usually slender; foot normal; fibula thread-like, complete or with upper extremity cartilaginous, extending to head of tibia; pelvis normal, the boundaries of the sacral vertebrse distinct, the ischia widely separated posteriorly, a symphysis pubis in males; lumbar vertebrae free ; skull without postorbital processes ; premaxillaries without palatal branches, the palate widely emarginate anteriorly ; palate ab- ruptly narrowed behind toothrows, the sides of its posterior exten- sion parallel or nearly so; teeth usually normal, though in a few genera showing a tendency to reduction of the cusps; ears usually though not invariably separate, the anterior border with distinct basal lobe (except in Tomopeatinse) ; tragus usually well developed, simple ; muzzle without distinct leaf-like outgrowths ; tail well devel- oped, extending to edge of wide interfemoral membrane. History.- — The family Vespertilionidse, with its almost universal distribution, and containing, as it does, the best known and most familiar species, has been very generally recognized in approximately the sense in which it is now understood. Certain genera formerty placed with it have been recently removed, but, on the tvhole, the group has been more uniformly treated than any other family except, perhaps, the fruit bats. Remarks. — -The members of this family are recognizable exter- nally by their simple muzzles and lips, usually separate ears with well-developed, straight, or slightly curved tragi, long tails extend- ing to edge of wide interfemoral membrane, but never much beyond ; presence of only two bony phalanges in third finger, and absence of sucking disks on sole and thumb. Internally they are distinguished by the highly developed double articulation between scapula and humerus, the very rudimentary ulna, the essentially unmodified shoulder girdle and pelvis, the conspicuous anterior emargination of the bony palate, and the essentially normal teeth. A very high position for the Vespertilionidse is indicated by the structure of the wing, in which the family stands further removed from the Pteropidse and from nonvolant mammals than any other group except the Molossidse and Mystocopidse. In the extreme re- duction of the ulna it even surpasses both of these. Principal subdivisions. — The known genera of Vespertilionidse represent at least six subfamilies. KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF VESPERTILIONHLE. Anterior upper premolar (pm2) large, not differing conspicuously from posterior premolar (pm4) in size or form; nostrils tubularly elongated Murinin^e, p. 229. Anterior upper premolars (pm 2 and pm3) greatly reduced in size or absent; when present conspicuously different from posterior premolar (pm4) in both size and form ; nostrils not tubularly elongated. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 197 Sternum short and broad, its length in middle line not twice as great as breadth of presternum ; four or five ribs connected with sternum ; ear slightly but evidently funnel-formed Kerivouline, p. 232. Sternum slender, its length in middle line more than twice as great as breadth of presternum ; six or seven ribs connected with sternum ; ear not funnel-formed. Presternum with median lobe larger than body of bone ; scapula with coracoid straight, directed inward ; second phalanx of third finger nearly three times as long as first. Miniopterine, p. 227. Presternum with median lobe much smaller than body of bone ; scapula with coracoid curved outward ; second phalanx of third finger not specially elongated. Nostrils opening forward beneath a conspicuous horseshoe- shaped ridge or low noseleaf Nyctophiline, p. 234. Nostrils opening laterally or vertically, the muzzle occa- sionally with warty elevations, but never with horseshoe- shaped ridge or low noseleaf. Seventh cervical vertebra fused with first dorsal ; ear with rudimentary keel, but with no anterior basal lobe. Tomopeatine, p. 237. Seventh cervical vertebra free from first dorsal ; ear without keel, but with well-developed anterior basal lobe Vespertilionine, p. 197. Subfamily VESPBRTILIONINJE. 1878. Vespertiliones Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 168 (except genera Kerivoula and Harpiocephalus) . 1891. VesperUlionidw (part, Vespertilionine division, except genera Keri- voula and Harpiocephalus ) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 661. 1897. Vespertilioninw and Plecotince Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, pp. 46 and 54, October 16, 1897. G eographic distribution. — Same as that of the family. Characters— Sternum slender, its entire length considerably more than twice greatest width of presternum; median lobe much smaller than body of presternum ; six ribs connected with sternum ; seventh cervical vertebra not fused with first dorsal; scapula with coracoid curved outward ; nostrils simple, sometimes tubularly elongated, but never margined by special outgrowths; lower incisors in all known genera 3-3. Remarks. — Of the subfamilies of Vespertilionidae this is distinctly the most primitive, being perhaps best characterized by the absence of the special modifications that distinguish the other groups. Principal subdivisions. — The species now known represent 33 genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF VESPERTILIONINE. Cheek teeth Wing without glands Wing with large gland near elbow _My otis, p. 200. Pizonyx, p. 202. 198 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Cheek teeth less than 77 — 6-6 Upper premolars 2-2. Upper incisors 1-1 ; metacarpal of third, fourth, and fifth fingers successively much shortened Lasiurus , p. 221. Upper incisors 2-2 ; metacarpal of third, fourth, and fifth fingers about equal in length. Lower premolars 3-3. Audital bullse not specially enlarged ; rostrum broad, con- cave on each side above ; ear shorter than head. Lasionycteris, p. 203. Audital bullpe much enlarged ; rostrum narrow, evenly con- vex above ; ear much longer than head. Anterior edge of orbit distinctly ridged ; nostrils hot overhung by glandular outgrowths from side of muzzle Plecotus, p. 224. Anterior edge of orbit smoothly rounded ; nostrils overhung by conspicuous glandular outgrowth from side of muzzle Corynorhinus , p. 225. Lower premolars 2-2. Lower carmine small, its tip unequally bifid; diameter of audital bulla equal to length of tooth row, exclusive of incisors; ear much longer than head Euderma, p. 225. Lower canine well developed, its tip not bifid ; diameter of audital bulla much less than length of tooth row ; ear not specially elongated. Braincase conspicuously deepened, its depth including audital bullae nearly equal to its width. Chalinolobus, p. 219. Braincase normal, its depth including audital bullae much less than its width. Outer upper incisor not extending beyond cingu- lum of inner. Outer upper incisor distinctly cuspidate. Scotozous, p. 206. Outer upper incisor with flat crown. Ia., p. 206. Outer upper incisor extending distinctly beyond cingulum of inner. Fifth finger only a little longer than meta- carpal of fourth and third. Pterygistes, p. 207. Fifth finger longer than metacarpal and first phalanx of fourth and third. Upper surface of rostrum concave ; ears joined Barbastella, p. 223. Upper surface of rostrum convex ; ears separate. Outer upper incisor normal in posi- tion, its concavity directed back- ward Pipistrellus, p. 204. Outer upper incisor pushed outward from its normal position, the con- cavity directed outward. .Glischropus, p. 205. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 199 Upper premolars 1-1. Upper incisors 2-2. Ears noticeably enlarged. Audital bullae as wide as space between them, Lcephotis, p. 215. Audital bullae much wider than space between them, Histiotus, p. 214. Ears not noticeably enlarged. Depth of bra incase, including audital bullae, about equal to distance from incisors to posterior root of zygoma, Glauconycteris , p. 221. Depth of braincase, including audital bullae, much less than distance from incisors to posterior root of zygoma. Skull noticeably flattened, the occipital depth less than one-third greatest length. Rostrum broad ; lachrymal region so inflated as to be distinctly visible when skull is viewed from below Mimetillus, p. 213. Rostrum normal ; lachrymal region quite hidden when skull is viewed from below, Tylonycteris, p. 212. Skull not noticeably flattened, the occipital depth more than one-third greatest length. Upper canine with distinct supplemental cusp at posterior base of shaft Pliiletor, p. 213. Upper canine without supplemental cusp at pos- terior base of shaft. Outer upper incisor large, crowded inward between inner incisor and canine, Hesperoptenus, p. 211. Outer upper incisor small, on outer side of inner incisor and widely separated from canine. Surface of forearm, ta\l, and legs thickly sprinkled with small, pointed, horny outgrowths ; upper toothrow strongly concave on inner side anteriorly, Rliinopterus, p. 210. Surface of forearm, tail, and legs smooth ; upper toothrow slightly concave on in- ner side anteriorly. Rostrum evenly convex laterally ; nares not extending half way to interorbital constriction ; palatal emargination deeper than broad, Eptesicus , p. 207. Rostrum noticeably concave on each side of middle line ; nares extend- ing about half way to interorbital constriction ; palatal emargination broader than deep, Vespertilio, p. 209. 200 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Upper incisors 1-1. Ears noticeably enlarged ; audital bullae much wider than space between them Otonycteris, p. 215. Ears not noticeably enlarged ; audital bullae not as wide as space between them. First and second upper molars with mesostyle reduced, the W pattern distorted or nearly absent ; first and second lower molars with second triangle smaller than first. Pachyotus, p. 219. First and second upper molars with normal cusps and ridges, the W pattern not distorted ; first and second lower molars with second triangle larger than first. Skull short and deep, the depth of braincase, including audital bulla, about one-half greatest length; meta- carpal of 3d, 4th, and 5tli fingers successively much shortened Dasypterus , p. 222. Skull normal, the depth of braincase, including audital bulla, considerably less than one-lialf greatest length ; metacarpal of 3d, 4th, and 5th fingers about equal in length. Third lower incisor noticeably smaller than first or second. Crown of third lower incisor in line with crowns of first and second, the tooth func- tional Rhogeessa, p. 218. Crown of third lower incisor scarcely visible under cingulum of canine, the tooth func- tionless Bceodon, p. 218. Third lower incisor as large as first or second. Third upper molar with well-developed meso- style, metacone, and three commissures. Lachrymal breadth greater than alveolar breadth Scotoecus, p. 217. Lachrymal breadth less than alveolar breadth Nyciiceius, p. 216. Third upper molar with mesostyle rudimen- tary or absent, and metacone very minute ; only two distinct commissures present. Depth of maxillary emargination equal to distance between canines. Scoteinus, p. 217. Depth of maxillary emargination scarcely more than one-half distance between canines Scotomcmes, p. 217. Genus MYOTIS Kaup. 1829. Myotus Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. Natiirl. Syst. d. Europ. Thierw., I, p. 106 ( myotis ). 1829. Nystactes Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. Natiirl. Syst. d. Europ. Thierw., I, p. 108 ( leisleri ). Not Nystactes Gloger, 1827. 1830. Leuconoe Boie, Isis, p. 256. (Die Wasserfledermause. ) 1839. Vespertilio Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv fur Natur- gesch., I, p. 306 (not of Linnaeus, 1758). THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 20 1 1841. Selysius Bonaparte, Iconografia della Fauna Italica, Introd., p. 3 (mystacinus) . 1841. Capaccinms Bonaparte, Iconografia della Fauna Italica (capaccinii) . 1842. Trilatitus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 258, December, 1842 ( hasseltii , macellus=adversus. and blepotis=Miniopterus sp.). 1849. Tralatitus Gervais, Diet. Univ. d’Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 213. 1856. Brachyotus Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. Naturhist. Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( mystacinus , daubentonii, and dasycneme. Not Brachyotus Gould, 1837. 1856. Isotus Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. Naturhist. Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( nattereri and emarginatus) . 1866. Tralatitius Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 90. 1867. Pternopterus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 706 (subgenus of Vespertilio=Myotis, type, P. lobipes Peters-— Ves- pertilio . muricola Hodgson ) . 1870. Exocliurus Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math.-Naturwissensch. Classe LXII, p. 75 (macro dactylus, horsfieldii= adversus, and macrotarsus) . Not Exochura Kolenati, 1858. 1870. Aeorestes Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math.-Naturwissensch. Classe LXII, p. 427 ( villosissimus , albescens, and nigricans). 1870. Comastes Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math.-Naturwissensch. Classe LXII, p. 565 ( capaccinii , megapodius, dasycneme, and limnopliilus ) . 1878. Vespertilio Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 284. Not Ves- pertilio Linnaeus, 1758. 1894. Vespertilio H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 70, March 14, 1894. 1897. Myotis Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 382, October, 1897. 1897. Myotis Miller, North Amer. Fauna, No. 13, p. 55, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio myotis Bechstein. Geographic distribution. — Entire mainland of Eastern and Western Hemispheres to limits of tree growth; also the Malay Archipelago, New Guinea, Australia, and Samoa, and in America the Lesser Antilles. Number of forms. — About eighty species of Myotis are now known, making the genus one of the largest, as well as the most widely distributed of the order. Characters. — Dental fornmla: ■2 3. 1. -234567.2-2 1-1 _3-3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 7 % 3 - 3’ 1 - V pm 3^3’ 3 3 =38. Upper incisors well developed, subequal, closely crowded, the crowns higher than long, subterete ; the inner with a distinct posterior secondary cusp, the outer with a well-developed concave surface directed toward canine, from which it is separated by a space not quite equal to diameter of both incisors together. Lower incisors with crowns about equal in length, forming a continuous, strongly convex row between canines, the first and second with rather narrow, trilobed 202 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. cutting edge, the third much wider, subterete, with three or four tubercles. Canines well developed, simple, with distinct though rather small cingulum and no secondary cusps. Cheek teeth both above and below strictly normal, m 1 and m 2 rather narrow on inner edge and with hypocone absent or very imperfectly developed, m 3 with three commissures and four or five cusps, according to the varying condi- tion of the metacone, m 3, with second triangle smaller than first, but with all the elements of the tooth complete. Skull slender and lightly built, without special peculiarities of form, the rostrum nearly as .on g as braincase, the depth of braincase, including audital bulla, about equal to mastoid breadth, the sagittal crest low, but usually distinct, the palate deeply emarginate in front, abruptly contracted behind, the sides of its posterior exten- sion parallel. Audital bullae well devel- oped and covering more than half sur- face of cochleae, but simple in form and not very large, their diameter about equal to the distance between them. Ear well developed, slender, occasionally rather large ; tragus slender and nearly or quite straight. Foot very variable in size, but never peculiar in form. Tail about as long as outstretched leg. Inter- femoral membrane large, its surface furred at extreme base above. Species examined. — I have examined about half the known forms of Myotis. Remarks. — Myotis appears to be the most primitve genus of Vespertilionidse, as it not only retains the maximum number of teeth known in the order, but it also has the slightest possible degree of special modifica- tion in external form. Fig. 31.— Pizonyx vivesi. Mexico. No. 123701. Genus PIZONYX Miller. 1906. Pizonyx Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 85, June 4, 1906. Type- species— Myotis vivesi Menegaux. Geographic distribution. — Known only from two localities in north- western Mexico ; Cardona! Island, Gulf of California, and Guaymas, Sonora. Number of forms. — Only the type species is thus far known. Characters— Like Myotis , but with foot (claws included) as long as tibia, the toes and claws greatly compressed, so that width of claw is only about one-eighth the height at base ; wing with large glandular 203 THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. mass (in females 10 mm. long and 3 mm. wide) near middle of fore- arm. Skull (fig. 31) and teeth as in Myotis , but cingulum of lower canine forming a small cusp anteriorly and inner cusps of lower molars unusually well developed. Species examined . — Pizonyx vivesi (Menegaux). Remarks. — The size of the foot relatively to the tibia exceeds that in any of the large- footed species of Myotis , while the extreme com- pression of the claws is noticeably unlike any members of the related genus. The presence of the glandular masses in the wing is a char- acter unique in the family, though apparentlv analogous structures occur on the ear of Rhogeessa gracilis. Genus LASION YCTERIS Peters. 1831. Vespertilio Le Conte, McMurtrie’s Cuvier, Anim. Kingd., I, p. 31 (part). Not Vespertilio Linnaeus 1758. 1864. Scotophilus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 27, June, 1864 (part). 1865. Lasionycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Ber- lin, p. 648. 1870. Cneplialophilus Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math.-N aturwissen'scb. Classe LXII, p. 8 (part). 1875. Vesperides Coues, in Coues and Yarrow, Zoology of Wheeler’s Exped., p. 83. 1878.* Lasionycteris Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 238 (subgenus of Vesperugo) . 1894. Lasionycteris LI. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., 1893, p. 104, March 14, 1894. 1897. Lasionycteris Miller, North Amer. Fauna, No. 13, p. 85, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — Vespertilio noctivagans Le Conte. Geographic distribution.— Northern North America south through the United States. Number of forms. — The type species only. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1.-2-4567 12 3. 1. - 234567 2-2 3-3’ 1-1 2-2 1-1’ Pm 3-3’ Structure of teeth as in Myotis / upper incisors of same general form and relative size, the inner strongly bicuspidate, the outer sim- ple; cheek teeth not peculiar except that pm 3 is absent, and the hypo- cone is distinctly indicated in first and second upper molars; third upper molar with more than half the crown area of first, its metacone nearly as large as paracone, and the three commissures well developed. Skull flattened, with broad rostrum, the depth of braincase including audital bullse about three- fourths mastoid breadth ; sagittal crest obso- lete; interorbital region wide, flattish, the upper edge of orbit with a low “ bead,” which near middle forms an angle suggesting an 204 BULLETIN 5% UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. incipient postorbital process ; upper surface of rostrum with distinct concavity on each side between lachrymal region and nares; other features of skull essentially as in Myotis , except for a general tendency toward broadening and shortening. Ear short, nearly as broad as long, the tragus short, straight, and bluntly rounded, its width more than half length of anterior margin. Interfemoral membrane furred on basal half above. Species examined. — Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte). Remarks. — In its dention, Lasionycteris very closely resembles Myotis , differing only in the absence of the small, middle upper premolar. In the form of the skull and in the peculiar short, broad ears it shows greater specialization than some of the genera with more highly modified teeth. Genus PIPISTRELLUS Kaup. 1829. Pipistrellus Kaup, Skizzirte Entwick.-Gesch. u. natiirl. Syst. d. europ. Tkierw., I, p. 98 ( pipistrellus ). 1837. Pipistrellus Bonaparte, Icon, della Fauna Ital., I, fasc., XX. 1838. Romicia Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., II, p. 495, February, 1838 ( calca - rata—kuhlii). 1839. Vesper ago Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Arckiv fiir Natur- gesckickte, 5ter Jahrg., I, p. 312 (part). 1840. Romicius Blyth, Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, p. 75. 1856. Hypsugo Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturliist, Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( maurus and Jcraschenmikowii) . 1856. Nannugo Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturliist, Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( nathusii , pipistrellus, and kiihlii). 1864. Scotophilus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 27, June, 1864 (part). 1871. Pipistrellus Dobson, Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, p. 213. 1878. Vesperugo Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 183 (part). 1894. Vesperugo FI. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 121, March 14, 1894. 1897. Pipistrellus Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 384, October, 1897. 1897. Pipistrellus Miller, North Amer. Fauna, No. 13, p. 87, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio pipistrellus Schreber. Geographic distribution. — Entire mainland of Eastern Hemisphere to limits of tree growth, also Malay Archipelago, New Guinea, Solo- mon Islands, and northern Australia ; in America from northern United States (except in boreal zone) to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — About 40 species of Pipistrellus are now recog- nized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1. - 2- 456 7 .2-2 1- 1 2-2 3-3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 * 3 - 3’ c 1 - 2 - 2’ m 3 - 3— rf4‘ THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 205 Teeth strictly normal and not differing in any essential features from those of Myotis and Lasionycteris , except in the absence of both pm 3 and pm 3. Outer upper incisor not as large as inner, but extend- ing considerably beyond its cingulum. Inner upper incisor simple, or more often with a well-developed secondary cusp.a Canines usually rather stout, the posterior cutting edge of upper tooth often, though not invariably, with incipient secondary cusp. Anterior upper pre- molar barely or not in toothrow. Other teeth with no special peculi- arities. Skull (fig. 32) essentially as in Myotis , though with a tend- ency to greater breadth. External charac- ters not essentially different from those of Myotis , but ear usually shorter and broader, and tragus less acutely pointed ; in some spe- cies bent forward at tip. Species examined. — About half the known species have been examined. Remarks. — As stated by Flower and Lydekker, the coracoid in Pipistrellus is bi- fid at tip, though very slightly. It differs further from that of Myotis in its much slighter curvature. The members of the genus are recognizable by their dental for- FlG- 32.— pipistrellus pipistrel- mula, large outer upper incisor, unmodified skull and ears, and the normally long fifth finger. The species are all small, some of them the smallest of known bats. Genus GLISCHROPUS Dobson. 1875. Glischropus Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 472 ( nanus and tylo- pus). Subgenus of Vesperugo. 1878. Vesperugo Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 183 (part). Type-species. — Vesperugo tylopus Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Borneo and Batchian. Number of forms. — This genus, as here understood, contains the species tylopus Dobson and batchianus Matschie and krefftii Peters; nanus , although referred to it by Dobson, proves to have the teeth of true Pipistrellus. Characters. — Externally like Pipistrellus , but with the callosities on sole of foot and ball of thumb usually more developed. Teeth as in Pipistrellus except- that outer upper incisor is forced outward from the toothrow and so turned that its convexity is directed out- ward instead of backward. Species examined. — Glischropus tylopus ( Dobson 1 and G. krefftii (Peters). a This cusp is present in Pipistrellus abramus, P. eeylonicus, P. ghrysothrix , P. imbricatus, P. Jcuhlii, P. mimus, P. murrayi, P. papuanus, P. pipistrellus, and P. raptor. It is absent in P. ariel, P. crassulus, P. deserti, P. hesperus, P. nanus , P. nanulus, P, ridleyi, and P. subflavus. 206 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus SCOTOZOUS Dobson. 1875. Scotozous Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 372. 1878. Scotozous Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 243 (subgenus of V esperugo) . Type-species. — Scotozous clormeri Dobson. Geographic distribution. — India and northwestern Africa. Number of forms. — Four, Scotozous dorm,eri Dobson, S. ruppelii Fischer ( = V esperugo temminckii of Dobson), S. pidcher Dobson, and S. deserti (Thomas). Characters. — Like Pipistrellus , but with outer upper incisor very minute, its acutely pointed tip not extending beyond cingulum of inner. The small tooth lies external to the line between canine and inner incisor, and the large tooth is separated from canine by a space less than half its breadth. Premaxillary shortened proportionately with reduction of incisors. Upper canine without secondary cusp. Cheek teeth normal. Species examined. — Scotozous dormeri (Dobson), S. ruppelii (Fischer), and A. deserti (Thomas). Remarks. — In Scotozous ruppelii the inner upper incisor is strongly bicuspid (in dormeri it is simple) and the premaxillary is less shortened. The small outer incisor is, however, exactly as in S. dormeri. Genus IA Thomas. 1902. la Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7tb ser., X, p. 163, August, 1902. Type-species. — la io Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Southern Hupeh, China. Number of forms. — Only the type species has yet been discovered. Characters. — Similar to Scotozous , but differing in the form of the outer incisor, the crown of which is flat, with well-developed cingulum and barely indicated central elevation, and in the less development of the mesostyle in m 1 and m 2, this cusp barely extending outward to line joining extremities of parastyle and metastyle, while in the related genera it extends distinctly beyond. The size of the only known species is much greater than in the members of the genus Scotozous / greatest length of skull 27 mm. instead of about 14 mm. Species examined. — la io Thomas. Remarks. — The relationship of la to Scotozous is undoubtedly very close, but the dental characters are perhaps sufficient to keep the genera separate. The difference in aspect clue to the great size of la io is very striking. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 207 Genus PTERYGISTES Kaup. 1829. Pterygistes Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. natiirl. Syst. der europ. Tliierw., I, p. 99 ( noctula ). 1839. Vesperugo Iveyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fiir Natur- gesch., 5ter Jalirg., I, p. 312 (part). 1842. Noctulinia Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 258 (part; contained proterus=noctula and fulvus—Scotopliilus Jcuhlii. ) 1856. Panugo Kolenati, Allgem. deutsck. naturliist., Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( noctula and leisleri). 1878. Vesperugo Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 183 (part). 1893. Noctulinia H. Allen, Proc. U. S. National Museum, p. 30, June 13, 1893. 1897. Pterygistes Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 384, October, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio noctula Schreber. Geographic distribution. — Northern portion of Eastern Hemisphere from the Azores to Japan. Number of forms. — Eight species of Pterygistes are known : P. azo- reum Thomas, P. lasiopterus (Schreber), P. leisleri (Kuhl), P. max- ima (Fatio), P. noctula (Schreber), P. stenopterus (Dobson), P. macleirce Barrett-Hamilton, and P. montanus Barrett-Hamilton. Character. — In general like Pipistrellus , with which it agrees in dental formula; fifth finger much shortened, scarcely longer than metacarpal of fourth and third ; skull with nares extending unusually far back, half way to interorbital constriction, and with very large anterior palatal emargination ; teeth as in Pipistrellus , but outer upper incisor very deeply concave and with a large anterior and small posterior secondary cusp; canine and pm4 always strongly in con- tact ; pm 3 very small, quite invisible from outer side ; canines with- out trace of secondary cusps; first and second upper molars with small but rather distinct hypocones ; third upper molar with about half the crown area of first, its metacone and three commissures well developed ; lower molars strictly normal in all respects. Species examined. — I have examined all the known species. Remarks. — Though rather closely related to Pipistrellus and its allies, this genus is well differentiated by the shortened fifth finger. In the related genera with wing of normal form the fifth finger exceeds the combined length of metacarpal and first phalanx of fourth or third digit. Genus EPTESICUS Rafinesque. 1820. Eptesicus Rafinesque. Annals of Nature, p. 2 ( melanops—fuscus ). 1829. Cneplixus Ivaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. natiirl. ‘Syst. der europ. Tkierw., I, p. 103 (serotinus) . 1839. Vesperugo Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fiir Natur- gescliiehte, 5ter Jalirg., I, p. 312 (part), 208 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1839. Vesperus Iveyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fur Natur- geschichte, 5ter Jahrg., I, p. 313 (subgenus of Vesperugo, part). 1841. Noctulci Bonaparte, leonogr. Fauna Ital., fasc. XXI, in account of Yespertilio alcythce ( serotinus ). 1856. Cateorns Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturbist. Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 ( serotinus ). 1856. Meteorus Kolenati, Allgem. deutscb. naturbist. Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 (part). 1858. Amblyotus Kolenati, Sitz. ber. kais. Akad. Wissenscb., Wien, Math. Naturwissensch, Classe, XXIX, p. 252 (atratus=nilssoni) . 1863. “ Aristippe Kolenati, Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Phthiriomyiarien, Petersburg, 1863” (part; included both discolor =murinus and nilssoni). 1864. Scotophilus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 27, June, 1864 (part). 1866. Pacliyomns Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p.1 90. February, 1866 ( pachyomus ). 1870. N yctiptenus Fitzinger, Sitz. ber. kais. Akad. Wissensch., Wien, Math. Naturwissensch., Classe, LXII, p. 424 ( smithii ). 1878. Vesperus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 184 (subgenus of Vesperugo) part. 1892. Adelonycteris II. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1891, p. 466, January 19, 1892 (part: substitute for Vesperus, preoccupied). 1894. Adelonycteris H. Allen, Mongr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. Ill, March 14, 1894. 1897. Vespertilio Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 384, October, 1897 (part). 1897. Vespertilio Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 95, October 16, 1897 (part). 1900. Eptesicus Mehely, Monogr. Chiropt. Hungarise, p. 219 (part: in- cluded both murinus and l)orealis=nilssoni) . 1900. Eptesicus Mehely, Monogr. Chiropt, Hungarlse, p. 206. Type-species. — Eptesicus melanops=V espertilio fuscus Beauvios. Geographic distribution. — Africa, Madagascar, Australia, Asia (except Malay region) ; America from southern Canada southward (except Lesser Antilles). Number of forms. — About 45 species of V espertilio are now known. C haracters.— Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. 4567.2-2 1-1 1-1 3-3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 * 3 - 3’ c: 1 - Vpm 2-2’ m 3 - 3~32- Teeth strictly normal throughout and showing no special pecul- iarities. Both upper incisors well developed, the inner larger than the outer and usually with distinct secondary cusp, the outer sep- arated from canine by a space equal to its greatest diameter. Lower incisors subequal, trifid, the crown of the third wider than that of either the first or second. They are closely crowded and distinctly imbricated, forming a strongly convex row between canines. Canines simple, with distinct cingulum, but no secondary cusps, Premolars with no special peculiarities. Molars normal; m1 and THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 209 m 2 with hypocone always indicated arid in some species well de- veloped, a distinct concavity between it and protocone ; m 3 variable in form, usually with well developed metacone and three commis- sures in the smaller species, but with metacone and third commis- sure obsolete in the larger forms; lower molars with all the cusps present and of normal form. Skull not essentially different from that of Pipistrellus , the rostrum flattish or more usually rounded off above, the nares and palatal emargination not specially enlarged, the latter at least as deep as wide. Externally as in the related genera. Species examined. — Eptesicus capensis (Smith) and related forms, E. serotinus (Schreber), E. platyops (Thomas), E. megalurus (Tem- minck), E. matroka (Thomas and Schwann), E. rendalli Thomas, E. hillarii (Geoffroy), E. dorianus (Dobson), E. minutus (Tem- minck), E. matschiei Thomas, E. tenuipinnis (Peters), E. nilssoni (Keyserling and Blasius), E. fuseus (Beauvois) and related forms. Remarks. — Notwithstanding the great difference in size between such species as Eptesicus pachyomus and E. pumilus , the characters of the genus are very constant. In the smaller forms the skull is more slender and Myotis-Wkz and the last upper molar is better de- veloped, while in the larger species the skull is more angular. Genus VESPERTILIO Linnaeus. 1758. Vespertilio Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., I, 10th ed., p. 31 ( murinus ). 1839. Vesperugo Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fur Natur- geschichte, 5ter Jahrg., I, p. 312 (part). 1839. Vesperus Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fur Natur- geschichte, 5ter Jahrg., I, p. 313. Subgenus of Vesperugo (part). 1856. Meteor us Ivolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist, Zeitung, Dresden, neue Folge, II, p. 131 (part; included nilssoni, “discolor ”=murinus, savii, leucippe, and aristippe). 1863. “ Aristippe Kolenati, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Phthiriomyiarien, Petersburg, 1863” (part: included both murinus and nilssoni). 1872. Marsipolcemus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Ber- lin, p. 260 (subgenus of Vesperugo for albigularis=murinus) . 1878. Vesperus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 183 (subgenus of Vesperugo), part. 1897. Vespertilio Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 384. October, 1897 (part). 1897. Vespertilio Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 95, October 16, 1897 (part). 1900. Vespertilio Mehely, Monogra. Chiropt. Hungarise, p. 219 (part: in- cluded both murinus and “ borealis ”=nilssoni) . T ype-species. — V espertilio murinus Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — Northern portions of Europe and Asia. 25733— No. 57—07 m 14 210 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Number of forms. — The genus V espertilio as now restricted con- tains only two forms, murinus Linnaeus and superans Thomas. Characters— Like Eptesicus , but ear much shortened and broad- ened, rostrum flattened above, with a deep concavity on each side between nares and lachrymal region; nares very large and extending back nearly half way to interorbital constriction, and palatal emar- gination extended so far laterally that its width is distinctly greater than its depth. 'Species examined. — V espertilio murinus Linnaeus and V. superans Thomas. Remarks. — With regard to the necessity for distinguishing V esper- tilio generically from Eptesicus , I agree with Mehely. The spe- cies nilssoni (=“ borealis ”) , however, shows none of the special cranial peculiarities of V espertilio, but is in all respects a typical Eptesicus as the genera are here understood. The skull of V esper- tilio shows a strong likeness to that of Lasionyeteris / and it is worthy of remark that the members of the two genera further resemble each other in the rather unusual “ frosted ” coloring of the back. The type of Vesperugo ( Marsipolazmus ) albigularis Peters, which I have examined in Berlin, is, as suggested by Mehely, merely a specimen of V espertilio murinus. Genus RHINOPTERUS Miller. 1906. Rhinopterus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 85, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Glauconycteris floweri de Winton. Geographic distribution. — Southern Soudan. Number of forms. — Only the type species has been thus far dis- covered. Characters. — Externally like a small Eptesicus , but upper surface of forearm, tail, and tibia thickly sprinkled with pointed, horny ex- crescences resembling those on edge of ear in some of the Molossidse, but larger. Metacarpals as in Eptesicus. Skull differing from that of Eptesicus in much greater relative breadth of anterior portion of braincase, shorter, lower rostrum, and in the form of the upper toothrows as a whole, these being more concave on inner side and more convergent anteriorly. Teeth as in Eptesicus. Type-species. — Glauconycteris floweri (de Winton). Remarks. — The extraordinarily roughened surface of the forearm, tail, and tibia, together with the peculiar form of the skull and of the upper toothrow, distinguish this genus very sharply from its ally, Eptesicus. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 211 Genus HESPEROPTENUS Peters. 1868. Hesperoptenus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch.. Ber lin, p. 626 (subgenus of Vesperus). 1878. Hesperoptenus Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 183 (subgenus of Vesperugo) . Type- species.- — Vesperus dorice Peters. Geographic distribution. — India and the Malay region. Number of forms.— Three species of Hesperoptenus are now known: Id. dorice (Peters), Id. tickelli (Blyth), and Id. blanfordi Dobson. Characters. — Dental formula and general structure of teeth as in Eptesicus and V espertilio ; but outer upper incisor much larger, the area of its base more than half that of ca- nine, which tooth, in its sim- ple, strong shaft and well- developed cingulum, it rather closely resembles; space be- tween inner incisor and ca- nine scarcely perceptible, barely greater than width of cingulum of canine ; outer upper incisor closely crowded between canine and inner in- cisor, forced backward from the toothrow, and quite in- visible from the front; its crown scarcely reaching level of cingulum of the two neighboring teeth, but with area in cross section decid- FlG- 33 edly more than half that of inner incisor, the surface of the crown basin-shaped, with a large, but low, central cusp ; other teeth like those of Eptesicus , the third upper molar with less than half the crown area of first, but with the meta- cone and three commissures distinct though small. Skull (fig. 33) broad, the zygomatic breadth nearly equal to upper length in median line, but with no special peculiarities in form ; basisphenoid pits well developed, though shallow. Externally as in Eptesicus. Species examined. — Hesperoptenus tickelli (Blyth). Remarks. — It is with some hesitation that I apply the name Hes- peroptenus to the genus represented by H. tickelli. I have not seen “ Vesperus ” dorice , the type of Hesperoptenus^ and certain features in the original description, notably what is said of the position of the Hesperoptenus tickelli. Ceylon. No. 123437 x2. 212 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. outer upper incisor, make it seem possible that the animal is gener- ically distinct from tickelli and blanfordi. The peculiarities of the prepuce and the presence of a large bone in the penis may indicate, as. supposed by Dobson, that the three species form a single group, but the value of these characters is not }^et well understood. Genus T YLON YCTERIS Peters. 1872. Tylonycteris Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 703. 1878. Vesperus Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 184 (subgenus Ves- perugo) part. 1898. Tylonycteris Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 321, July 25, 1898 (genus). Type-species. — V espertilio paehypus Temminck. Geographic distribution. — Malay region from Tenasserim to the Philippine Islands. Number of forms. — Only one species is now recognized. Characters. — Externally like a small Ep- tesicus with the entire head greatly broadened and flattened and a conspicuous fleshy pad on ball of thumb and sole of foot. Skull (fig. 34) so broad that depth of brain case through audital bulla is barely one-half mastoid breadth; upper surface flat, sloping gradu- ally forward to nares ; rostrum very short and broad, its length scarcely equal to lachrymal breadth, its depth at front edge of orbit less than half breadth at same region; maxillaries not concealing tooth rows when viewed from above; a distinct blunt projection over anterior upper edge of orbit, perhaps representing an incipient postorbital process. Dental form- ula as in Eptesicus , and teeth not peculiar except in the following characters: Inner upper incisor conspicuously bicuspidate, its crown much longer than broad and nearly as long as high, the outer cusp projecting noticeably inward, so that the greatest width of the tooth is at level of its point ; upper canine with a well-developed secondary cusp on posterior cutting edge, unconnected with cingulum and ex- tending nearly to middle of main shaft. Species examined. — Tylonycteris paehypus (Temminck). Remarks. — This genus is well characterized by the remarkable flat- tening of the skull, a character which it shares with Mimetillus only, combined with the perfectly normal wing. The skull is so unusual in form that it appears almost as if artificially crushed. This tendency to widening is reproduced in the inner upper incisor, but not to any appreciable degree in the other teeth. Fig. 34.— Tylonycteris pachy- ptjs. Adult male. Trong, Lower Siam. No. 83526. xU- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 213 Genus MIMETILLUS Thomas. 1905. Mimetillus Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, II, p. 188, April 18, 1905. Type-species. — Vesperugo moloneyi Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Fernando Po. Number of forms. — The type species is the only form yet dis- covered. Characters. — Dentition and skull as in Tylonycteris , but sides of rostrum projecting sufficiently to conceal tooth rows when viewed from above ; antorbital foramina large and conspicuous, directed for- ward; inner upper incisor bifid though not specially modified in form; and upper canine without secondary cusp. Externally differ- ing from all known bats in the greatly reduced wing, the third finger not longer than head and body; fifth metacarpal not quite equal to forearm in length, third and fourth equal to each other and slightly longer than forearm; tragus very short and broad, the free portion measured from anterior base less than one-third length of posterior border and barely equal to width at middle. Other exter- nal characters not essentially different from those of Tylonycteris. Species examined. — Mimetillus moloneyi (Thomas). Remarks. — The reduction in the size of the wings in Mimetillus is so great that specimens appear at first sight to be immature or even embryonic. Nothing comparable to this is known in other bats, since all of those with narrow wings, such as Pterygistes , Lasiurus and its allies, and the Molossidse, have the third finger fully devel- oped or even exaggerated in length, so that the wing loses none of its power.® Here, however, the third finger shares in the general short- ening, and the efficiency of the wing is much impaired.* * * 6 Genus PHILETOR Thomas. 1902. Philetor Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., IX, p. 220, March, 1902. Type-species. — Philetor rohui Thomas. Geographic distribution. — New Guinea. Number of forms. — Only the type species is yet known. Characters. — Dental formula and structure of teeth as in Eptesicus except that inner upper incisor is of the same lengthened, strongly two-pointed type as in Tylonycteris , the upper canine is similarly provided with a large secondary cusp, and the upper premolar is much crowded between canine and first molar, its width nearly three « That the Lasiuri are unusually strong of ' wing is shown by the fact that they alone have reached the Galapagos and Hawaiian Islands. The migratory habits of some of the species are well known. 6 See Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., VII, p. 528. June, 1891. 214 BULLETIN 57/ UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. times its length along outer edge of alveolus. Skull (fig. 35) with rostrum relatively even more shortened than in Tylonycteris , and with very conspicuous peg-like projections over anterior edge of orbit, but without any of the flattening characteristic of Tylonycteris and Mimetillus , the depth of braincase through audital bulla nearly equal to width above posterior roots of zygomata. The general out- line of the skull is therefore not unlike that of Lasiurus. Externally about as in Pterygistes , the fifth finger nearly as much shortened, its length equal to metacarpal and .half of first phalanx of fourth. Penis with bone well developed as in Ilesperoptenus , but distinctly expanded distally. Ear short. Species examined . — Phi- let or rohui Thomas. Remark s . — This very distinct genus appears to be related to Tylonycteris , though lacking the pecu- liar flatness of the skull. Genus HISTIOTUS Gervais. 1855. Histiotus Gervais, Expect du Comte de Castelnau, Zoot, Mamm., p. 77. 1878. Yesperus Dobson, Catat Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 184 (subgenus of V esperugo) part. 1900. Histiotus Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat., 2d ser., XX, p. 546, July 4, 1900 (genus). Type-species. — Plecotus velatus I. Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — South America. Number of forms. — Five species of Histiotus are currently rec- ognized. Characters. — Dental formula and structure of teeth as in Epte- sicus , but outer upper incisor considerably reduced, its tip scarcely extending beyond cingulum of inner. Skull as in Eptesicus , but more elongated and with larger audital bullae, their diameter more than double width of space between them. Ears very large, at least as long as head, and united by a ridge or low band of membrane across forehead. Species examined. — -Histiotus macrotus (Poeppig), H. velatus (Geoffroy), and IT. montanus (Philippi). .Fig. 35. — Philetor rohui. Albert, New Guinea. No. 123438. x2f. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 215 Genus L^PHOTIS Thomas. 1901. Lcephotis Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ttli ser., VII, p. 460, May, 1901. Type-species. — Lcephotis wintoni Thomas. Geographic distribution. — British East Africa. Number of forms. — Only the type species is thus far known. Characters. — Very similar to Histiotus , but differing in the follow- ing particulars: Tragus spatulate, narrowed just above middle; skull with less elevated braincase, its general form much as in Lasi- onycteris , except that rostrum is slender and not flattened ; zygomata longer and nearly parallel, not so abruptly bowed outward; audital bullae smaller than in Histiotus , rather larger than in Lasionyeteris , their diameter about equal to distance between them. The teeth are throughout as in Histiotus. Species examined. — Lcephotis wintoni Thomas. Remarks. — The very striking similarity of this African genus to the South American Histiotus may be the result of parallel develop- ment from some Eptesicus- like ancestry, but I am inclined to believe that it indicates a relationship much less remote. Genus OTONYCTERIS Peters. 1859. Otonycteris Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch, Berlin, p. 223. 1878. Otonycteris Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 181. Type-species. — Otonycteris hemprichii Peters. Geographic distribution. — Northern Africa and central and south- western Asia. Number of forms. — Two species of Otonycteris are now known. Characters. — Dental formula : -2-.1. d567.1-l 1-1 1-1 3-3 _ 12 3. 1. - 2- 4567*3 - 3’ Cl-T pm 2 - 2’ m 3 - 3~;30' Externally like a large Myotis , the ears proportionally larger, but not differing appreciably in form. Skull essentially like that of the larger species of Eptesicus , but deeper in interorbital region and slightly narrower in general outline ; interorbital region flat dorsally, the edge of the orbit forming a distinct angle that suggests an incipi- ent postorbital process; audital bullae very large, though not peculiar in form, their greatest diameter about three times the distance between them and slightly more than width of palate between last molars. The teeth resemble those of Eptesicus , except for the ab- sence of the outer incisor and for the following details in structure: 216 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Upper incisor (i2) larger, its shaft unicuspid, but the cingalum pro- duced into a conspicuous cusplike heel directed backward and out- ward and occupying much the same position as the outer tooth of Eptesicus ; m 3 with practically no trace of mesostyle or metacone, the short commissure extending back from paracone directed inward instead of outward ; lower teeth as in Eptesicus , except that the incisors are bicuspid and very slightly imbricated. Species examined. — Otonycteris hemprichii Peters and 0. petersi Anderson and de Winton. Remarks. — Though readily distinguishable from its allies by the details of its characters, but especially by the greatly enlarged audital bullae, this genus appears to be closely related to Eptesicus , Scoteinus , Scotomanes , and others with the auditory apparatus not specially modified. Its likeness to Plecotus is evidently more superficial than real, as the nostrils are strictly of the Vespertilionine type. Genus NYCTICEIUS Rafinesque. 1819. Nycticeius Rafinesque, Journ. de Physique, LXXXVIII, p. 417. June, 1819. 1827. Nycticeus Lesson, Man. de Mammal., p. 98r 1827. Nycticejus Temminck, Monogr. de Mammal., I, p. XVIII. 1830. Nycticeyx Wagler, Natiirl. Syst. der Ampli, p. 13. 1831. Nycticea Le Conte, MeMurtrie’s Cuvier, Anim. Kingd., p. 432. 1878. Nycticejus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 266. 1894. Nycticejus PI. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 131, March 14, 1894. 1897. 'Nycticeius Miller, North Amer. Fauna, No. 13, p. 118, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — Nycticeius liumeralis Rafinesque. Geographic distribution.- — Southeastern United States; Cuba. Number of forms. — Two species are known. Characters. — External and cranial characters as in Eptesicus. Dental formula : -2 -. 1. 4 5 6 7 .Ul 1 2 3. 1.-2-4 5 6 7 ^3-3' 1-1 1-1’ jpm 1-1 2-2’ m 3-3 3-3 = 30. Upper incisor simple, unicuspid, nearly half as high as canine, wdth which it is in contact or nearly so. Lower incisors as in Eptesicus , the outer larger than either of the others. Upper premolar without cusp on inner side. Canines, molars, and lower premolars as in Eptesicus; m 3 with crown area more than half that of m1 or m 2, its mesostyle, metacone, and three commissures well developed. Species examined. — Nycticeius humeralis (Rafinesque) and N. cu- banus (Gundlach) THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 217 Genus SCOTCECUS Thomas. 1901. Scotcecus Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th sei\, VII, p. 263, March, 1901. Type-species. — Scotophilus albofuscus Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Africa, except northern portion. Number of forms. — Scotoecus albofuscus (Thomas), S. hindei Thomas, S. hirundo (de Winton). Characters. — -Externally like Nycticeius. Skull as in Nycticeius , but everywhere greatly broadened, the zygomatic breadth at least equal to basal length in median line; lachrymal region so wide that diameter of skull at front of orbits is considerably greater than that across outer edge of toothrows. Teeth as in Nycticeius. Species examined. — I have examined all of the known species. Remarks. — The great broadening of the skull, especially in the lachrymal region, combined with the perfectly Nycticeius- like teeth distinguish this genus from its allies. Genus SCOTEINUS Dobson. 1875. Scoteinus Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 371 (subgenus of Scotophilus) . 1878. Scoteinus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 257 (subgenus of Scotophilus) . Type-species. — Scotophilus emarginatus Dobson. Geographic distribution. — This genus is at present known from Africa, India, and Australia. Number of forms. — Scoteinus balstoni Thomas, S. emarginatus (Dobson), S. greyii (Gray), S. pallidus (Dobson), and S.. schliefenii (Peters). Characters. — Externally like Nycticeius. Skull as in Nycticeius , but broader, though without the conspicuous widening in lachrymal region characteristic of Scotoecus. Teeth differing from those of both Nycticeius and Scotoecus in the reduction of the posterior por- tion of last molar both above and below ; in m 3 both mesost}de and metacone are practically absent, though the position of each is indi- cated in the very short commissure back of protocone ; m 3 with scarcely a trace of entoconid, and with second triangle very much smaller than first. Species examined. — Scoteinus balstoni Thomas, S. greyii (Gray) and S. schliefenii (Peters). Genus SCOTOMANES Dobson. 1875. Scotomanes Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 371 (subgenus of Scotophilus) . 1878. Scotomanes Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 258 (subgenus of Scotophilus) . Type-species. — Ny dice jus ornatus Blyth. 218 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — Central and eastern Asia. Number of forms. — Only the type species is yet known. Characters.- — Externally as in Nycticeius except that the fur has a distinct color pattern of white markings on a brown ground. Skull wider and not as deep as that of Nycticeius , the anterior palatal emargination relatively smaller than in any other member of the family, its greatest depth scarcely more than half as great as dis- tance between upper canines. Lachmyral region somewhat expanded, and anterior edge of orbit distinctly beaded and angular. Species examined. — Scotomanes ornatus (Blyth). Genus RHOGEESSA H. Allen. 1866. Rhogeessa II. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 285. 1873. Rhogoessa Marschall, Nomenclator Zoologicus, Mamm., p. 11. 1878. Rhogeessa Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 245 (subgenus of Vesperugo) . 1894. Rhogeessa PI. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 132, March 14, 1894 (genus). 1897. Rhogeessa Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 122, October 16, 1897 (part). Type-species. —Rhogeessa turnida H. Allen. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to Cen- tral Mexico. Number of forms. — Six species of Rhogeessa are currently recog- nized. Characters. — Like Nycticeius , but outer lobe of all three lower incisors obsolete and inner lobe practically absent also in the outer tooth, which is thus much reduced in size as compared with the other two, though its cutting edge, formed by the middle lobe, remains in line with the others, and functional. Species, examined. — Rhogeessa gracilis Miller, R. io Thomas, R. minutilla Miller, R. parvula H. Allen, R. turnida H. Allen, and R. peT^k Thomas. Genus BAODON Miller. 1897. Rhogeessa Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 122, October 16, 1897 (part). 1906. Bceodon Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 85, June 4, 1906. Type-species.- — Rhogeessa aileni Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Jalisco, Mexico. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters. — Like Rhogeessa , but with the reduction of the outer lower incisor carried so far that the tooth has become a mere function- less spicule less than one-twentieth as large as the first or second incisor, nearly concealed beneath cingulum of canine. Third upper molar with posterior portion slightly more reduced than in Rhogeessa. Species examined.— Bceodon aileni (Thomas). THE FAMILIES AND GENEEA OF BATS. 219 Genus PACHYOTUS Gray. 1821. BcotophUus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 69 (Jcuhlii). Not Scotophila Hiibner, 1816. 1831. Pachyotus Gray, Zoological Miscellany, No. 1, p. 38 (part). Name^ applied to a genus formed by combining Nycticeius and Scotophilus. 1878. Scotophilus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 256 (part). Type-species. — Scotophilus huhlii Leach. Geographic distribution. — Africa, Madagascar, Southern Asia, and the Malay Archipelago. Number of forms. — Ten species of this genus, the 4 subgenus Scoto- philus 5 of recent authors, are currently recognized. Characters.- — Externally as in Eptesicus. Skull with no special peculiarities; in the largest species a high backward-projecting occipital crest is developed. Teeth (Plates I, II, fig. 2) as in Nyc- ticeius , except that the molars are distinctly abnormal. First and second upper molars with main cusps close together and so displaced outward that the protocone of m x is near middle of crown ; styles reduced, particularly the mesostyle, which in some species ( gig as , heathi , nigrita) is practically absent, thus greatly distorting the W pattern ; third upper molar with protocone, paracone, parastyle, and two commissures, of which the second is very short. Lower molars with hypoconid and entoconid reduced in size, so that the second tri- angle in each tooth is smaller than the first and with the cusps notice- ably lower ; in m 3 the second triangle is so reduced that the homology of its single remaining cusp can not be satisfactorily determined. Species examined. — Pachyotus castaneus (Horsfield), P. gig as (Dobson), P. heathi (Horsfield), P. huhlii Leach, P. nigrita (Schre- ber), P. wroughtoni (Thomas). Remarks. — From the related genera of Vespertilionidse this group is readily distinguishable by the peculiarities of the molars. In the form of these teeth it is almost exactly paralleled by some of the quite unrelated Megadermidse, while the line of development, of which this represents the first step, is carried much further in Harpio- cephalus . Genus CHALINOLOBUS Peters. 1866. Glialinolohus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., Berlin, p. 680. 1878. Chalinolobus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 246 (part). Type-species. — V espertilio tuberculatus Forster. Geographic distribution. — New Zealand and Australia. Number, of forms. — Four species of Chalinolobus are currently recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 3. 1. - 2- 4 5 6 1 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 of 1 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 % 3-3’ C m S-3~U' 220 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Upper incisors simple, the four teeth lying almost in the same line, the outer well developed, but considerably smaller than the inner and separated from canine by a space about equal to the diameter of its crown; lower incisors trifid, their crowns strongly imbricated and increasing regularly in size from first to third, the series continuous between canines, and strongly, almost angularly convex. Canines well developed, simple. Cheek teeth strictly normal ; pm 2 minute, crowded in inner angle between canine and large premolar, pm 4 with very small inner anterior cusp ; m 1 and m 2 without hypocone, and with metacone, especially in m 4, unusually large, m 3 with rather more than half the crown area of m 1 or m 2, its mesostyle, metacone, and three commissures well de- veloped; lower molars with the cusps normal in size and posi- tion. Skull (fig. 36) with rather short, deep braincase and broad, low rostrum, the length of which is about two-thirds that of brain- case ; a slightly angled ridge along edge of anterior portion of orbit ; palate rising rather noticeably in front, and floor of braincase sloping upward poste- riorly, so that the two surfaces are set at a distinct angle with each other; audital bullse small; basisphenoid pits shallow and indistinct; palatal emargination broad and shallow, much as in Lasiurus / nares moderate, slightly longer than broad. Ex- ternally characterized by the short, broad head; low, rounded ears with tragus much widened above (its width along upper border nearly equal to length of anterior margin) and with antitragus con- tinued forward to angle of mouth, where it terminates in a conspicu- ous lobe; swollen muzzle and chin, each of which is separated from wide lip by deep narrow groove ; and slight or no graduation of meta- carpals (fifth never less than third by more than one-eighth or one- tenth length of forearm). Species examined. — Chalinolobus tuberculatus (Forster), G. signi- fer Dobson, C. gouldi (Gray), and C. nigr'ogriseus (Gould). Remarks. — In certain respects this genus and the next resemble Lasiurus and Dasypterus , particularly in the form of the head and ears and in the general structure of the skull. Externally the two Fig. 36.— Chalinolobus tuberculatus. Adult MALE. DUNNEDIN, NEW ZEALAND. NO. 38031. X‘2f. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 221 Old World genera are the more highly modified; but in cranial and dental characters the American forms depart more widely from the ordinary Vespertilionine type. Genus GLAUCONYCTERIS Dobson. 1875. Glauconycteris Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 383 (subgenus of Ghalinololms) . 1878. Glauconycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 247 (subgenus of Chalinolobus) . 1901. Glauconycteris de Winton, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., VII, p. 46, January, 1901. Genus (part; included Rhinopterus floweri). Type-species. — Kerivoula poensis Gray. Geographic distribution. — Africa, south of the Sahara. Number of forms. — Five species of Glauconycteris are now recog- nized: G. argentatus (Dobson), G. beatrix Thomas, G. papilio Thomas, G. poensis (Gray), and G. variegatus (Tomes). Characters. — Very similar to Chalinolobus , but graduation of meta- carpals more noticeable (one-fifth to one-sixth forearm), outer in- cisor crowded between canine and inner incisor, and small upper premolar ( pm 2) absent. The third upper molar is relatively larger than in Chalinolobus , though of the same shape. Species examined. — Glauconycteris argentatus (Dobson), G. beat- rix Thomas, G. papilio Thomas, and G. poensis (Gray). Genus LASIURUS Gray. 1831. Lasiurus Gray, Zoological Miscellany, No. 1, p. 38. 1870. Atalaplia Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 907. Not Atalaplia Raflnesque, 1814. 1878. Atalaplia Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 267 (part). 1894. Atalaplia H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 141, March 14, 1894. 1897. Lasiurus Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 105, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio borealis Midler. Geographic distribution. — America to the limits of tree growth, including the Bahama Islands and Greater Antilles; also the Gala- pagos and Hawaiian Islands. Number of forms.— About a dozen forms of Lasiurus are now rec- ognized. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 -. 1. -2-4567^1-1 1-1 2-2 3-3_on 12 3. 1. -2-4567^3-3’ G \-Vvm 2-2’ m 3-3“dA Upper incisor short and robust, in contact with canine, the great- est diameter of crown nearly equal to its height, the crown subterete though slightly triangular in outline; lower incisors closely imbri- cated, trifid, the outer slightly larger than either of the others; 222 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. canines well developed, not peculiar in form; anterior upper pre- molar minute, occupying the inner angle between canine and large premolar ; other cheek teeth strictly normal ; m 1 and m 2 without hypocone, m 3 much reduced, its crown area less than one-third that of m 1, the protocone, paracone, parastyle, and first commissure well developed, the mesostyle and second commissure obsolete, though not absent; lower molars with, all the cusps well developed, m 3 with dis- tinct entoconid. Skull short and broad, the brain case high and rounded, the rostrum sloping away rapidly in front so that its upper surface is nearly in line with that of brain case; nares and palatal emargination wide and shallow, the width of the emargination distinctly greater than its depth; palate sloping upward anteriorly, and floor of brain case rising posteriorly so that the two surfaces are set at noticeably different angles ; audital bullse well developed but not large, their diameter about equal to width of space between; basisphenoicl pits narrow and elongate, but distinct; zygomata slen- der, not expanded at middle or elsewhere. Ear short, rounded. Wing with fifth finger much shorter than third, the third metacarpal usually exceeding fifth by at least length of thumb, though by dis- tinctly less than length of thumb in L. borealis. Interfemoral mem- brane very large, most of its upper surface furred. Mammae, 4.® Species examined. — Lasiurus borealis (Muller) and the related forms, also L. cinereus (Beauvois) and L. semota (H. Allen). Remarks. — This genus is well characterized by the short, deep skull, the graduated metacarpals, and the furred interfemoral mem- brane. The only genus that it is likely to be confused with is the closely related Dasypterus , from which it is distinguished by the pres- ence of the small upper premolar {pm2). Genus DASYPTERUS Peters. 1864. Lasiurus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 25 (part). 1871. Dasypterus Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1870, p. 912 (subgenus of Atalapha). 1878. Dasypterus Dobson, Catal. Cbiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 274 (subgenus of Atalapha). 1894. Dasypterus PI. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 137, March 14, 1894. (Genus.) 1897. Dasypterus Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 115, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — Lasiurus intermedius H. Allen. Geographic distribution. — America, from the southern border of the United States (including Florida and the Gulf coast) southward; not yet recorded from the West Indies. « For notes on the mammae and the unusual number of young in the Lasiurine bats, see Lyon, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XXYI, pp. 425-426, Janhary 26, 1903, and Ward, Science, n. s., XXII, p. 20, July 7, 1905. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 223 Number of forms. — Eight forms of Dasypterus are now known. Characters. — Like Lasiurus but without the small upper premolar. Species examined. — Dasypterus egregius (Peters), D. ega (Ger- vais) and its geographical forms, also D. intermedins (H. Allen) and D. floridanus Miller. Remarks. — Though very closely related to Lasiurus this genus may, as a matter of convenience, be regarded as distinct. Genus BARBASTELLA Gray. 1821. Barbastella Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 300, April 1, 1821. 1839. Bynotus Keyserling and Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv. fur Naturge- schichte, 5ter Jahrg., I, p. 305. 1878. Bynotus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 175. 1897. Barbastella Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XX, p. 385, October, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio barbastellus Schreber. Geographic distribution. — Northern Africa; central and southern Europe ; west central Asia to the Himalayas. Number of forms. — Two species are known. Barbastella barbastel- lus (Schreber) and B. darjelingensis (Hodgson). Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. -2-4567 .2-2 ,1-1 _ 2-2 1 2-3. 1. - 2- 4 5 6 7 1 3-3’ Cl-1’ pm 2-2’ 3-3 .1 m 3^=34. Upper incisors well developed, the inner much larger than the outer, its inner cusp unusually distinct and producing a noticeable length- ening of the crown; outer incisor nearly in contact with canine, its crown with acuminate anterior cusp and distinct posterior con- cavity directed slightly outward; lower incisors subequal, trifid, the outer tooth larger than either of the others, the complete row very convex ; upper canine simple, with distinct cingulum but no secondary cusps; lower canine with the cingulum produced into a noticeable anterior basal cusp; anterior upper premolar minute, crowded into angle between canine and large premolar; other cheek teeth, both above and below, normal ; pm 4 with inner section unusually low and flat, without trace of inner cusp ; m 1 and m 2 with very large proto- cone and no hypocone, m 3 with crown area distinctly more than half that of m1 or m2, its metacone and three commissures well devel- oped; lower molars with the cusps all normal in position and size, though the protoconids are somewhat unusually slender and high. Skull with rather long, rounded brain case and weak rostrum, the upper surface of which is distinctly concave from edge of nares to faintly developed supraorbital ridges; audital bullae not specially enlarged; zygomata not expanded at middle. Ears broad but not 224 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. specially elongated (laid forward they do not reach tip of muzzle), joined across forehead. Nostrils opening upward and outward on a flat, median space between two high lateral swellings and behind a prominent median pad. Metacarpals very slightly graduated. Species examined. — Barbastella barbastellus (Schreber). Remarks. — Although differing very notably from the Plecotine Plecotus , Corynorhinus and Euderma in the dental formula, the small audital bullse, and the simple zygoma, Barbastella is probably more closely related to these three genera than to any others. With them it shares the peculiar elongated, rounded, and rather low brain case, the weak rostrum, the distinctly graduated lower incisors, the slenderness and relatively great height of the protoconid of the lower molars, and a certain aspect of the upper molars. The last char- acter is difficult to define, but it probably results from the wide spaces between the teeth, the large protocone, and a slight flattening of the W -pattern due to the somewhat decreased width of the outer section of the crowns. Genus PLECOTUS Geoffroy. 1813. Plecotus Geoffroy, Descr. cle l’Egypte, II, p. 112. 1816. Macrotus Leach, Catal. Spec. Indig. Mamm. and Birds Brit. Mus. (Willughby Society reprint, 1882), p. 1. Nomen nudum. The ‘Euro- pean Longear, Macrotus europwus .’ 1878. Plecotus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 177 (part). T ype-species. — V espertilio auritus Linnaeus. Geographic distribution. — Temperate Europe, Asia, and northern Africa. Number of forms. — Only the type species is at present definitely known. Characters. — Dental formula: -2 3. 1.-2-4567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 3 4 5 6 3 - 3’ 6‘ 1 - Vpm 3 - 3’ m 3 - 3~~36' Upper incisors well devoloped, each with a distinct secondary cusp, the inner tooth much smaller than the outer, and separated from canine by a space about equal to its diameter; lower incisors sub- equal, trifid, the crowns increasing in size from first to third, and forming a continuous, strongly convex row between canines. Upper canines rather small and weak, but not peculiar in form; lower canine with cingulum produced into a distinct though small anterior basal cusp. Cheek teeth normal, though rather small ; anterior upper premolar (pm2) in contact with canine, but separated from large premolar (pm4) by a narrow space; posterior premolar with distinct though small inner cusp; upper molars short on inner side, the spaces between the crowns unusually large ; m 1 and m 2 with no trace of hypocone ; m 3 with crown area about half that of m 2, its metacone and third commissure small but distinct; lower molars with all the THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. - 225 cusps present and well developed, the protoconid noticeably higher than the hypoconid. Skull with large, elongate and rounded brain case, but with rostrum slender and reduced, its upper surface, how- ever, of the normal, laterally convex form; lachrymal ridges well de- veloped; audital bullse large, rounded, their greatest diameter equal to about three times the distance between them. Ears very large, much longer than head, joined across forehead; nostrils opening upward, their orifice continued backward by a slit-like prolongation, the warty outgrowths on muzzle not especially prominent. Species examined. — Pleeotus auritus (Linnaeus). Genus CORYNORHINUS H.Allen. 1831. Pleeotus Le Conte, McMurtrie’s Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, I, p. 431 (part, see p. 84). 1864. Synotus H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 62 (not of Keyserling and Blasius, 1839). 1865. Corynorhinus H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 173. 1865. Corynorhynchus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 524, October, 1865. 1878. Corynorhinus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 180 (subgenus of Pleeotus ) . 1894. Corynorhinus Cl. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 53, March 14, 1904 ( genus ) . 1897. Corynorhinus Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 49. Type-species. — Pleeotus macrotis Le Conte. Geographic distribution. — Warmer portions of North America, from southern British Columbia and the southeastern United States to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — Three forms are currently recognized. Characters. — Externally like Pleeotus , but glandular masses on muzzle rising high above nostrils; skull differing from that of Pleeotus in the smoothly rounded lachrymal region; teeth as in Pleeotus. Species examined. — I have examined all the known forms. Remarks. — The great development of the glandular masses on muz- zle, and the absence of the distinct lachrymal ridge, distinguish this genus sufficiently from Pleeotus. Genus EUDERMA H. Allen. 1891. Histiotus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 195 (not of Gervais, 1855). 1892. Euderma H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1891, p. 467, January 12, 1892. 1894. Euderma H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 60, March 14, 1894. 1897. Euderma Miller, North Amer. Fauna, No. 13, p. 46, October 16, 1897. 1903. Euderma Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVI, p. 165, Novem- ber 30, 1903. 25733— No. 57—07 m — — 15 226 BULLETIN" 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Type-species. — Histiotus maculatus J. A. Allen. Geographic distribution. — Southwestern United States. Number of forms. — The type species is the only member of the genus thus far discovered. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 1 2 3. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 1 3 - 3’ c 1 - 1’ 'pm 2 - 2’ m 3 - 3“34' Upper incisors alike in form, slender, with well-developed cingula, and simple, styliform crowns, the outer somewhat larger than inner, which is in contact or nearly so with canine ; lower incisors trifid, the middle lobe largest, especially in i 2 and { 3. Upper canine small and weak, barely more than twice the height of inner incisor, which it rather closely resembles in form; lower canine relatively smaller than in any other known Vespertilionine bat, its crown scarcely higher than that of pm 4 and not as high as protoconid of m 3 or m 2, with a noticeable posterior heel ris- ing at edge to a distinct cusp, and a large secondary cusp anteriorly rising above crown of outer incisor, and giving the tooth when viewed from the side and slightly in front an unequally bilobed ap- pearance unique so far as I have seen in the order. Anterior upper premolar minute, scarcely more than one-third as large as Fig. 37. — euderma macula™, outer incisor and rising barely to cingulum adult male, mesilla park, 0f canine. It stands in the tooth row at New Mexico. No. 122545. xl|. the middle or the narrow space between canine and large premolar, and in form resembles the incisors, except that the crown is relatively lower and thicker ; large premolar of the usual form, but very deeply concave on anterior border; lower pre- molars of the ordinary Vespertilionine type. Molars normal; m1 and m 2 with barely indicated hypocone, and with protocone sepa- rated from outer cusps by a rather unusually wide space, para- cone and metacone high and slender, mesostyle rather short but W pattern very distinct; m 3 with, well-developed metacone and three commissures, the area of its crown fully half that of either of the other molars; lower molars with all the cusps unusually high and slender, especially the protoconids, which considerably exceed the hypoconids; a distinct though low cingulum cusp behind the ento- conid in each tooth. Skull (fig. 37) with large, rounded, though rather low brain case and excessively weak rostrum; zygomata abruptly expanded at middle; audital bullse very large, and much THE FAMILIES AND GENEEA OF BATS. 227 elongated, their greatest diameter about equal to length of tooth row exclusive of incisors, the inner edge strongly emarginated anteriorly. Ears very large, fully three-fourths as long as forearm, joined across forehead by a low band of membrane; tragus well developed. Nos- trils simple, as in Myotis or Eptesicus. The only known species ic nearly black with conspicuous white markings. Species examined. — Euderma maculatum (J. A. Allen). Remarks. — This strikingly characterized genus resembles Plecotus and C orynorhinus in its skull and teeth, though all of the peculiarities are much exaggerated. In its simple nostrils, strictly of the Vesper- tilionine type it differs, however, very notably from the other mem- bers of the Plecotine group. S iaL»f aixLil y MINIOPTERIN^E. 1875. Miniopteri Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875 (part). 1878. Miniopteri Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 170 (part). 1891. V espertilionidce (part: Miniopterine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 664. 1898. Miniopterce Trouessart, Catalogus mammalinm, p. 134. Geographic distribution.— Northern Africa and southern Europe and Asia, including the Malay region. Characters. — Like the Vespertilioninse, but presternum with median lobe enormously developed and forming the greater part of the bone ; scapula with the coracoid straight, directed conspicuously inward. Remarks. — The two characters on which this group is based might seem insufficient were it not that they appear to be not only unique but directly contrary to the tendency of the corresponding structures in members of the related groups. I know of no other bat in which the presternum consists chiefly of the median lobe. The straight, inwardly directed coracoid is, however, found elsewhere, notably in the Molossidse. Principal subdivisions. — The subfamily contains the * one genus Miniopterus. Genus MINIOPTERUS Bonaparte. 1837. Miniopterus Bonaparte, Iconagr. della Fauna Italica, I, fasc. XX, under Vespertilio eniarginatus (subgenus of Vespertilio) . 1866. Miniopteris Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 91, February, 1866. 1878. Miniopterus Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 347. 1892. Minyopterus Winge, Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus (Cliiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, p. 36. 1900. Minneopterus Lampe, Jahrbuch Nassau Ver. Naturkunde, Jabrg. 53, Catal. Saugetb. — Samml., p. 12. Type-species. — V espertilio ursinii Bonaparte— F. schreibersii Kuhl. 228 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — Northern Africa and southern Europe and Asia, including the Malay region. Number of forms. — Eight species are currently recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 no3-3 „„ 12 3. 1. - 234567*3-3’ C\-Vpm 3-3,m 3~3~'^' Upper incisors low and robust, subequal, the outer lower than inner but with slightly greater cross section, each tooth simple, the apex of inner rather slender and directed strongly inward, that of outer broadly pointed and nearly erect, the teeth of each pair strongly in contact, but outer incisor separated from canine by dis- tinct space; lower incisors forming a rather strongly convex row, their crowns trifid, the lobes of the first and second subequal, the middle lobe of the third much the largest, the outer almost obsolete. Canines slender, not peculiar in form, the upper with very slight cingulum, the lower with cingulum well developed and forming an . indistinct anterior basal cusp. Premolars showing no special pecu- liarities except that the anterior upper tooth (pm 2) is unusually large, its shaft more than one-third as high as that of canine, to the base of which its crown area is nearly equal ; lower premolars high and slender, with subterete though slightly four-sided shafts. Molars normal, though the outer section of the first and second upper teeth is somewhat narrowed ; hypocone absent or barely indicated ; m 3 with metacone and three commissures well developed, its crown area more than half that of m 1 or m2; lower molars with all the cusps present, rather high and slender. Skull with large, high brain case, the anterior portion of which rises distinctly above occiput ; ros- trum slender and small, though not specially reduced or peculiar in form, its dorsal surface with a slight median longitudinal concavity between orbits; sagittal crest low, but rather distinct, not sending forward any branches to supraorbital region, which, with anterior border of orbits, is smoothly rounded; palate slightly concave both longitudinally and transversely, a noticeable foramen near its border close to inner extremity of each posterior molar; audital bullse small, covering slightly more than half surface of cochleae ; floor of braincase forming no noticeable angle with plane of palate ; basisphenoid pits indicated. Ear small, not peculiar in form; tragus high, slender, slightly curved forward at tip. Second and third metacarpals about equal; third distinctly shorter. Second phalanx of third finger nearly three times as long as first. Species examined. — Miniopterus schreibersii (Bonaparte) and M. ncwtoni (Bocage), M. natalensis A. Smith, M. fucas Bonhote, M. manavi Thomas, M. fratercidus Thomas, M. dasythrix Thomas, M. majori Thomas. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF RATS. 229 Subfamily MURININAE. 1878. Vespertiliones Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 168 (part). 1891. Vesper til ionidw (part: Vespertilionine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 661. Geographic distribution. — Malay region, India, and central and eastern Asia to Japan. Characters. — Anterior upper premolar {pm2) very slightly reduced, scarcely smaller than posterior premolar {pm 4) and essentially like it in form; molars essentially normal or considerably modified, the metaconid always noticeably the largest cusp in m 1 and m 2 ; nos- trils conspicuously tubular-projecting. Remarks. — The very u#usual structure of the anterior upper pre- molar suggests a primitive stage of development, preceding the ten- dency to reduction to which the premolars are subject elsewhere among the bats. The molars of II arpiocephalus are, on the other hand, very highly modified, more so than in any other genus of Yes- pertilionidse, though a suggestion of the same form of tooth is found in Pachyotus. Both H arpiocephalus and Murina also show a high degree of specialization in the tubular nostrils. It seems most natu- ral, therefore, to regard the group as a specialized offshoot from some low, Myotis-Y\kv Vespertilionine form. Principal subdivisions. — Two very distinct genera of Murininse are now known. KEY TO THE GENERA OF MURININHS. Molars essentially normal Murina , p. 229. Molars highly abnormal, m 1 and m 2 with main cusps closely approximated and mesostyle absent, m 3 reduced to an almost structureless, sometimes deciduous, remnant H arpiocephalus, p. 230. Genus MURINA Gray. 1842. Murina Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 258, December, 1842 ( suillus ). 1842. Ocypetes Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Regne Anim., p. 30 (part; included cavernarum—liarpia and suillus) ; not Ocypetes Wagler, 1832. 1878. H arpiocephalus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 276 (part: subgenus Murina, p. 277, and subgenus It arpiocephalus, p. 277, part). Type-species. — V espertilio suillus Temminck. Geographic distribution. — Malay region, India, and central and eastern Asia to Japan. Number of forms . — Eight species are known, including all of those currently referred to “ Murina ” and all the members of Ilarpiocepha- lus except harpia. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 2- 4567 .2-2 1-1 2-2 3-3 12 3. 1. - 2-4567 ? 3 - 3’ A - 1’^"' 2 - 2' m 3-3- 34. 230 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Upper incisors well developed, without distinct secondary cusps, the outer larger than the inner, and closely crowded against canine, the four teeth almost exactly in line with each other; lower incisors essentially as in Myotis. Canines well developed, not peculiar in form. Second upper premolar {pm 4) unusually large, but not pecul- iar in form, its cingulum when unworn produced antero-internaliy into the faint suggestion of a cusp ; anterior premolar not as large, but of essentially the same structure. First and second upper molars with length along outer edge about equal to transverse diameter, the cusps normal in position, the W pattern present but someivhat distorted by the reduced condition of the |>arastyle ; hypocone absent. Third upper molar not unusually reduced, the protocone, paracone, mesostyle, and first commissure of normal size, the second commissure and its terminal cusp both small. The mandibular teeth show no special peculiarities. Skull essentially as in the medium sized species of Myotis. External form peculiar in the projecting tubular nostrils only, the animals otherwise resembling the species of Myotis or Kerivoula / feet rather small; metacarpals not graduated. Species examined. — Murium suilla (Temminck), M. aurita (Milne Edwards), M. griseus (Hutton), M. tubinaris (Scully), M. cyclotis (Dobson), and M. leucogaster (Milne Edwards). The two remain- ing species, M. few Thomas, and M. hilgendorfi (Peters), are so well described (the skull of M. hilgendorfi is figured) that there appears to be no doubt as to their position. Genus HARPIOCEPHALUS Gray. 1842. Harpiocephalus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259, December, 1842. 1842. Ocypetes Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Regne Anim., p. 30 (part; included cav - ernarum=harpia , and s-uillus). Not Ocypetes Wagler, 1832. 1866. Harpy ioceplialus Grayt, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 90, February, 1866. 1878. Harpiocephalus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus„ p. 276 (part). Type-species. — Harpiocephalus rufus Gray = F espertilio harpia Temminck. Geographic distribution. — India and the Malay Region. Number of forms.— As now restricted this genus includes the type species only. Characters. — Externally as in Murina. Skull more heavily built than in the related genus but not differing noticeably in form except that the rostrum is relatively shorter, broader, and more abruptly truncate anteriorly. Teeth (Plates I, II, fig. 4) resembling those of THE FAMILIES AND GENEEA OF BATS. 231 Murina in the slight contrast between anterior and posterior premo- lars, but this peculiarity carried still further. Upper incisors very large, the crown low and with distinct secondary cusps much like those of Myotis , closely crowded against each other and against canine, the four teeth, as in Murina , nearly in line with each other; lower incisors low and heavy but normal in form, the edge bluntly trifid. Canines excessively thick and low, though without peculiar cusps. Upper premolars large, the approximation in form between the two teeth carried even further than in Murina , so that the ante- rior is merely not as large as the posterior, the latter of the normal Vespertilionine form and with no distinct secondary cusp, except occasionally at middle of cingulum (see Plate I, fig. 4) ; lower pre- molars not peculiar, except that they are unusually large and robust. First and second upper molars closely resembling the premolars, owing to the fact that the protocone and paracone are greatly re- duced from their normal size, and the mesostyle is absent. The outer side of the tooth therefore presents a rather shallow, wide V inclos- ing a noticeable concave depression, while the crown appears at first sight to have only one cusp, the metacone, much like the cusp of the premolars but lower and situated a little farther backward and inward. On closer inspection the small protocone and paracone are readily seen, both placed much nearer the metacone than in the nor- mal tooth. Parastyle and metastyle unusually large though rather indistinctly outlined. Last upper molar reduced to a mere scale closely applied to posterior surface of m 2 immediately behind its metacone, its greatest diameter (transverse to the tooth row) scarcely one- fourth that of m 2. Though so greatly reduced this tooth retains a faint trace of an outer and inner cusp with the connecting com- missure. Lower molars with all the cusps except protoconid much reduced so that the teeth strongly approximate the form of the lower premolars. The W pattern is practically absent owing to the reduced size of the second segment and the indistinctness of the commissures. Species examined. — Harpiocephalus Jiarpia (Temminck). Remarks— This genus is immediately recognizable by the peculiar tendency to approximation in the form of all the teeth. It appears to be one of the most aberrant of the Vespertilionidse. The greatly developed anterior upper premolar, if not a primitive character, is certainly one that indicates a tendency directly opposed to the normal course of evolution in the family. The form of molars, though very peculiar, is merely an exaggeration of the conditions found in Pachyotus. The tubular nostrils of this genus and of Murina are not elsewhere met with except in Nyctymene , one of the fruit bats. 232 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. SvxL family' KERIYOULIN^. 1878. Vespertiliones Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 168 (part). 1891. V espertilionidce (part; Vespertilionine division, part) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 661. Geographic distribution. — Africa, south of the Sahara ; India and the Malay Region ; New Guinea. Characters. — Externally as in the Vespertilioninse, Sternum very short, its length in median line not twice as great as breadth of presternum ; median lobe of presternum small but distinct, upright ; keel of mesosternum low. Only four or five ribs articulate with sternum. Coracoid curved outward as in the Vespertilioninae. Remarks. — The peculiar, shortened sternum distinguishes this group very readily from the other subfamilies of Vespertilionidae. Principal subdivisions. — The subfamily Kerivoulinae is represented by two genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF KERIVOULINiE. Upper canine normal ; middle lower incisor with three cusps. Kerivoula , p. 232. Upper canine with shaft elongated and laterally compressed; middle lower incisor with four cusps Phoniscus, p. 233. Genus KERIVOULA Gray. 1842. Kerivoula Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 258, December, 1842. 1849. Kirivoula Gervais, Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat., XIII, p. 213. 1860. Nyctophilax Fitzinger, Sitzungber. Math. -Nat. Cl. k. Akad. Wis- sensch. Wien, XLII, p. 390. 1878. Kerivoula Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 330. 1891. Cerivoula Blanford, Fauna Brit. India. Mamm., p. 338. Type-species. — V espertilio hardioickii Horsfield. Geographic distribution. — Africa, south of the Sahara; India and the Malay Region; New Guinea. Number of forms. — Eighteen species of Kerivoula are now rec- ognized. Characters.- — Dental formula : -2 3. 1. - 234567 .2-2 1-1 3-3 3-3 00 123 1. -234567^3-3’ c 1- l’Vm 3 -S’ m 3 - 3“38- Upper incisors well developed, the outer about half the height, though of nearly the same diameter as inner, between which and canine it is closely crowded; main axis of each tooth nearly perpendicular; lower incisors trifid, slightly imbricated. Canines normal in form and rather small, the point of the upper tooth extending slightly beyond cingulum of lower when jaws are closed; lower canine with small antero-internal cingulum cusp. Premolars well developed, but not peculiar in form, those of mandible subequal, their crowns sub- quadrate in cross section and without distinct cutting edges. Molars normal ; m 1 and m 2 without liypocone, m 3 with metacone and three THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 233 commissures well developed, the area of the crown about half that of first or second ; lower molars with all the cusps present and normal in form, no great contrast in height of protoconid and hypoconid in m t and m 2. Skull (fig. 38) slender and lightly built, the braincase large, smoothly rounded and abruptly elevated anteriorly, the rostrum slender and weak. There is no indication of sagittal crest or of supraorbital or lachrymal ridges. Nares very narrow, the width of the aperture as viewed from above scarcely or not half the length. Anterior palatal emargination about as wide as deep. Posterior extension of palate narrowed gradually backward, much as in Nata- lus; hamulars very short. Audital bulla? very- small, covering much less than half surface of large cochleae. Ears moderately long (ex- tending slightly beyond nostrils when laid forward), separate, slightly fun- nel-formed owing to the fact that the outer border arises slightly in front of the inner, and its lower por- tion is unusually widened ; tragus long and very slender. Muzzle sim- ple. Third and fourth metacarpals about equal, fourth slightly shorter. Species examined. — Kerivoida af- ricana Dobson, K. brunnea Dobson, K. liardwickii (Horsfield), K. harri- soni Thomas, K. minuta Miller, K. papillosa (Tennninck), K. papuensis Dobson, K. picta (Pallas), K. pu- silla Thomas. Remarks. — Among Old World bats the members of this genus are recog- nizable by their small size, delicate form, distinctly funnel-shaped ears, with very long, slender tragi, and the absence of peculiar develop- ments of the nostrils, canines, or other parts. The fur is long and soft, and in some species the wing membranes have a conspicuous color pattern. Superficially they resemble some of the Natalidse, but the lengthening of the legs and tail is much less. Genus PHONISCUS Miller. 1905. Plioniscus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVIII, p. 229, Decem- ber 9, 1905. Type-species. — Plioniscus atrox Miller. Geographic distribution. — Eastern Sumatra. Number of forms. — Only the type species is known. Fig. 38.— Kerivoula hardwickii. Adult male. Western Java. No. 141591. -x2|. 234 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Characters. — Like Kerivoula , but with upper canine strongly com- pressed, the shaft with deep longitudinal groove on outer side, and with conspicuous posterior cutting edge, its length so increased that the point extends noticeably beyond exposed portion of lower canine when jaws are closed; lower incisors imbricated, the crown relatively longer than in Kerivoula , that of inner tooth with four distinct cusps; lower premolars with crowns longer than wide, their shafts with well developed anterior and posterior cutting edges; skull with braincase so elevated anteriorly that the highest region is at middle instead of in occipital region; anterior portion of rostrum broader than in Kerivoula , the width of the nares rather greater than their length; palatal emargination distinctively broader than deep. Ex- ternally as in Kerivoula , but lower lip with a distinct though minute pocket to receive tip of elongated upper canine. Species examined. — Phoniscus atrox Miller. Remarks. — The greatly increased size and peculiar shape of the upper canine, and the four-cusped inner mandibular incisors distin- guish this genus sufficiently from Kerivoula. But the modification is not confined to these teeth, as the premolars both above and below have become more pointed and trenchant, and the whole anterior portion of the rostrum is strengthened. Contrary to what might be expected, the lower canine remains unchanged. Externally the animal is quite as in Kerivoula , except for the pockets in the inner side of the lower lip, in which the extremities of the upper canines are sheathed. SnUfaiXLily NYCTOPHILIN^]. 1865. Nyctophili Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 524 ( Nyctophilus and Antrozous), 1866. Nyctophilina Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 91, February, 1866. ( Nyctophilus and Antrozous.) 1878. Plecoti Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 168 (part). 1891. Vespertilionidce (part: Plecotine division, part) Flower and Lydek- ker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 660. 1897. Antrozoince Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 41, October 16, 1897. Antrozous only. Geographic distribution. — From Timor to the Fiji Islands and Tasmania; warmer parts of western North America, from Texas to the Pacific coast and from the Columbia Fiver to central Mexico. Characters. — Differs from the Vespertilioninae in the abruptly truncate muzzle, on the anterior face of which the nostrils open for- ward beneath a distinct horseshoe-shaped ridge or small noseleaf. Remarks. — Though Dobson placed the genera Nyctophilus and Antrozous among the Plecotine bats, Peters had twelve years pre- viously expressed the opinion that their relationships are elsewhere. By Harrison Allen a they were regarded as distantly allied, Nycto- a Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 65, March 14, 1894. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 235 philus being supposed to have strictly Vespertilionine relationships, while Antrozous appeared to be derived from some primitive Phyl- lostomine stock. While the genera are very distinct, I am inclined to accept Peters’s view and place them together as a subfamily of Vespertilionidae. In any event, Nyctophilus seems to be not specially allied to the Plecontines, as its muzzle is very differently formed, and the teeth show no tendency to become reduced in strength. Principal subdivisions. — Two genera of Nyctophilinse are now known, one peculiar to each of the regions inhabited by the group. KEY TO THE GENERA OF NYCTOPHILINiE. Lower incisors 2-2 ; extremity of muzzle with distinct horseshoe-shaped ridge Antrozous , p. 235. Lower incisors 3-3 ; extremity of muzzle with low but evident nose- leaf A yctophilus, p. 236. Genus ANTROZOUS H. Allen. 1862. Antrozous H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 247. 1878. Antrozous Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 170. 1894. Antrozous H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer. (1893), p. 64, March 14, 1894. 1897. Antrozous Miller, North American Fauna, No. 13, p. 42, October 16, 1897. Type-species. — V espertilio pallidus Le Conte. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of western North Amer- ica, from Texas to the Pacific coast, and from the Columbia Piver to central Mexico. Number of forms. — Three forms of Antrozous are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 - . - 1. 4 5 6 7 .1-1 1-1 12-.- 1. - 2 - 4 5"6 7 4 2^2’ ° \-Vpm 1-1 2-2 , m 3-3 3-3 = 28. Upper incisor large, simple, its shaft more than half as high as canine, against which the tooth is crowded at base ; lower incisors sub- equal, trilobed, the high, narrow crowns very strongly imbricated. Canines moderately large, not peculiar in form, the cingulum distinct but small. Cheek teeth normal both above and below ; m 1 and m 2 without hypocone, and with base of protocone so short that it does not extend back to level of metacone, the W pattern rather shallow but perfectly distinct, m 3 with less than half the crown area of m 1 or m 2> its protocone, para cone, and parastyle well developed, but no other cusps present, and the second commissure reduced to the merest trace ; lower molars with outer cusps unusually high as compared with those of inner side ; m 3 with second triangle much reduced, and apparently consisting of the hypoconid only. Skull with rather high, smooth braincase, deep interorbital region, and large rostrum, the dorsal profile with no special concavities or convexities; rostrum decidedly 236 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. more than half as long as braincase, without distinct lateral ridges; no trace of basisphenoid pits; audital bullae large but not peculiar in, form, covering nearly the entire cochleae, their diameater equal to nearly twice the distance between them. Ears separate but large, extending considerably beyond tip of muzzle when laid forward; tragus long and slender, straight. Muzzle squarely truncate, with low but distinct horseshoe-shaped ridge above nostrils ; behind this a large flattish swelling on each side. Metacarpals of third and fourth fingers equal. Species examined. — Antrozous pallidus (Le Conte), A. pacificus (Merriam), and A. minor Miller. Remarks. — Among the American Vespertilionidoe this genus is at once recognizable by the form of the muzzle. The known species are all of large size for the group ; and their color is a characteristic pallid tawny. In the slight development of the nose leaf Antrozous is more primi- tive than Nyctophilus. The opposite is, however, true of the reduced number of lower incisors, the shortened protocone of m 1 and m 2 and the peculiar deepening of the anterior part of the skull. Genus NYCTOPHILUS Leach. 1813. Plecotus Geoffroy, Descr. de 1’Egypte, II, p. 112 (part). 1822. Nyctophilus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XIII, p. 78. 1831. Barhastellus Gray, Zoological Miscellany, p. 38. Not Barhastella Gray, 1821. 1878. Nyctophilus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 171. Type-species. — Nyctophilus geoffroyi Leach = Plecotus timoriensis Geoffroy. Geographic distribution.- — From Timor to the Fiji Islands and Tasmania. Number of forms. — Three species of Nyctophilus are currently recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2-. 1. 45 6 7„. 1-1 „1-1 _ 1-1 12 3. 1. -2-4567*3-3’* 2-2’ m Except for the presence of the full number of lower incisors the teeth do not differ very noticeably from those of Antrozous. Lower incisors with the crowns of the usual low, long, trifid form, not high and narrow as in the related genus; upper incisor scarcely half as high as canine. Cheek teeth strictly normal, m 1 and m 2 with the protocone large, its base extending backward to line of metacone; neither tooth shows any distinct trace of hypocone ; m 3 with rather more than half the crown area of m 1 or m 2, its metacone and meso- style together with the commissures present though small; lower molars with the discrepancy in height between inner and outer cusps THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 237 not specially exaggerated ; m 3 with second triangle not unusually reduced, the entoconid small but distinct. Skull with form of brain case, and relative length of brain case and rostrum about as in Antrozous , but interorbital region not deepened, the forehead therefore rising at a distinct though slight angle with upper surface of rostrum; posterior portion of palate gradually narrowed (much more so than in Antrozous , which in this respect is essentially normal), much as in Natalus or Kerivoula. No basisphenoid pits. Ears large, extending nearly to or beyond extremity of muzzle when laid forward, usually joined across forehead by a conspicuous band of membrane, but this obsolete at middle in one species; tragus rather short and broad. Muzzle squarely truncate as in Antrozous , but with the horseshoe-shaped ridge developed into a low but distinct nose leaf; flattened swellings behind leaf more prominent than in Antrozous. Second and third metacarpals about equal, the third somewhat shorter. Species examined —Nyctophilus timoriensis ( Geoff roy ), N. microtis Thomas, and N. walkeri Thomas. Subfamily TOMOPEATIN^]. Geographic distribution. — Peru. Characters. — Seventh cervical vertebra fused with first dorsal; ear with no anterior basal lobe, but with a distinct rudimentary keel; audital bullse disk-shaped, owing to the great emargination of inner border. Otherwise as in the Vesper tilioninse. Remarks. — This subfamily combines in a very remarkable manner the characters of the Vespertilionidse and Molossidse. The general external appearance, the thin membranes, broad wings, slender leg and foot, and the long tail wholly included in the uropatagium are strictly Vespertilionine. The same is true of the skeleton as a wdiole. The fibula, though perhaps larger than in most Vespertilionidse, is scarcely better developed than that of Tylonycteris , while its form shows no departure from the general rule in the family. On the other hand, the seventh cervical vertebra is fused with the first dorsal, a character that I have not seen in any other genus of Vespertilionidse, but which is apparently universal in the Molossidse. The ear, both externally and in the peculiar emarginate- flattened form of the tympanic bone, is essentially Molossine in structure, though the conch shows no tendency to assume the leathery texture usually character- istic of this group. The upper lip, though more widely expanded than in any Vespertilionine bat that I have examined, is not heavily wrinkled, and the nostrils have no trace of the horny processes so characteristic of the Molossidse. Neither are there any of the modi- fied, spoon-shaped hairs on muzzle or chin. Principal subdivision. — The subfamily is represented by the genus Tomopeas only. 238 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Genus TOMOPEAS Miller. 1900. Tomopeas Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 7th ser., VI, p. 570, December, 1900. Type-species. — T omopeas ravus Miller. Geographic distribution.— Peru. Number of forms. — Only the type species is thus far known. Characters. — Dental formula: - 2 -. 1. 4 5 6 7 .1-1 ^1-1 , 1-1 i 2-. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 X1 2-2’ °1 - VP‘>1 2-2’ 111 3-3 3-3 =28. Upper incisor close to canine though not actually in contact its shaft subterete, nearly half as high as that of canine, strongly curved backward at extremity, the posterior surface slightly concave ; cingulum forming a small but distinct inner basal cusp. Lower incisors subequal, trifid, slightly imbricated. Canines well devel- oped, but showing no special peculiarities in form; shaft of upper canine slightly curved backward; cingulum of lower canine forming distinct anterior basal lobe. Upper premolar {pm 4) relatively large, its crown area more than three-fourths that of first molar, very slightly emarginate posteriorly, its inner cusp well developed. Lower premolars slender, not peculiar in form. Molars normal ; m 1 and m 2 with large protocone, the commissure of which joins the very dis- tinct hypocone; inner border of tooth with noticeable concavity just in front of hypocone ; m 3 about as large as premolar, its metacone and three commissures well developed. Lower molars with all the cusps present, their development normal, except that the paraconid is unusually low. Skull with smoothly rounded, somewhat flat- tened braincase, the occipital depth about two-thirds breadth above posterior roots of zygomata. Rostrum considerably more than half as long as braincase, flattened above, with distinct median groove and a shallow though noticeable longitudinal concavity on each side. No sagittal crest, but edges of orbits distinctly ridged. Outline of nares forming rather more than half of a circle when viewed from above. Palate slightly concave longitudinally, distinctly concave laterally, its anterior emargination shallow, with distinct median projection, its posterior prolongation scarcely extending beyond molars. Ptery- goids parallel, inclosing a nearly square space; hamulars minute, slightly bent inward. Audital bullse large, their diameter noticeably exceeding space between them, but greatly emarginated on inner side and so flattened that they are almost discoid, the edge curving over postero-internally, but not elsewhere. No basisphenoid pits, Externally not unlike a small Pipistrellus , but upper lips very widely spreading, ear with no anterior basal lobe, but with a rudi- mentary keel ; tragus short and blunt ; antitragus small but distinct. 1 THE FAMILIES AND GENEKA OF BATS. 239 Third and fourth metacarpals equal, slightly longer than forearm; fifth metacarpal one-fifth shorter than third. Species examined. — Tomopeas ravus Miller. Remarks. — Although superficially resembling a small Pipistrellus , Rhogeessa , or Myotis , this genus is at once recognizable by its essen- tially Molossine ear. Family MYSTACOPIDHh 1857. Noctilionma Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 138 (part). 1863. Phyllostomidce Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 84 (part). 1865. Brachyura Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 257 (part). 18 66. Noctilionidce (part: N octilionina, part) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 3d ser., XVII, p. 93, February, 1866. 1875. Emballonuridw (part: Molossincc, part, Mystacince ) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878. Emballonuridw (part: Molossinw, part, Mystacince) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 442. 1891. Emballonuridw (part: Molossince, part, Mystacopine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. 669. 1892. V espertilionidw (part: Molossini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nule- vende Flagermus (Ckiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 36. Geographic distribution. — New Zealand. Characters. — Humerus essentially as in the Vespertilionidse, the trochiter articulating with scapula by surface nearly as large as glenoid fossa, but its height fully equalled by the very large, broad trochin ; ulna distinct, slightly less than half as long as radius, with which it is not fused proximally; second finger with well-developed metacarpal and one minute bony phalanx; third finger with three bony phalanges and a „ cartilaginous tip, the first flexed on upper surface of metacarpal when wing is at rest; shoulder girdle normal, the seventh cervical vertebra not fused with first dorsal a ; foot short and broad, resembling that of the Molossidie, but with the peculiari- ties less pronounced; fibula and tibia as in the Molossidse; pelvis normal, but unusually elongated, the boundaries of the sacral ver- tebrae clearly indicated ; lumber vertebrae distinct, the third with two minute ventral processes; skull distinctly Vespertilionine in aspect, the audital bullae well developed, and without emargination of inner border; premaxillaries with palatal branches present, isolating two lateral foramina ; posterior orifice of antorbital canal greatly en- larged; teeth normal; ear essentially Vespertilionine in its general form and in the size of tragus and antitragus, but anterior border of auricle without basal lobe; no trace of keel; muzzle obliquely ® Perhaps fused in old individuals, though from the distinctness of the bones in a young adult this seems unlikely. 240 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. truncate, with rudimentary nostril pad, and with a sprinkling of stiffened hairs, these, however, without spoon-shaped tips; wing not narrowed, of the usual Vespertilionine proportions; the fifth finger much longer than metacarpal of third ; claws on thumb and toes with supplementary basal talon ; membrances thick and leathery, the uro- patagium narrow, the short tail projecting from near middle of its upper surface. History. — When first described the genus Mystacina ( =M ymctcops) was compared to Emballonura. It was next regarded as a member of the ‘ N octilionina ’ by Tomes, who afterwards placed it in the Phyl- lostomidse. Subsequently it was replaced among the ‘Noctilionidee ’ by Gray, who united it with the genus Noctilio to form the subfamily c Noctilionina.’ Dobson included it in the ‘ Emballonuridse ’ as a section ‘ Mystaeinse,5 of the subfamily Molossinse, a position which it has retained, essentially unmodified, in subsequent works. Remarks. — In the structure of the shoulder joint and in the broad wing this family is less modified than the Molossidse. The palatal branches of the premaxillaries are larger and more distinct than in those genera of Molossidse in which they are present, this character, together with the ossified third phalanx of the middle finger, suggest- ing the Phyllostomidse. On the other hand, a high degree of special- ization is indicated by the perfectly Molossine leg and foot and by the very remarkable secondary talons of the claws. Principal subdivisions. — The family Mystacopidse is represented by one genus only. Genus MYSTACOPS Lydekker. 1843. Mystacina Gray, Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur, Mammalia, Pt. 2, p. 23. Not Mystacinus Boie, 1822. 1878. Mystacina Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 442. 1891. Mystacops Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals, living and extinct, p. (371. Type-species. — Mystacina tuberculata Gray. Geographic distribution. — New Zealand. Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters. — Dental formula: -2-. 1. - 2-1567 .1-1 1-1 2-2 3-3 -J 1 - 1. - 2-4 5 6 7 * 1-1’ c 1-1 'pm 2-2’ m 3-3-28' Upper incisors more than half as large as canines, their crowns oblique, noticeably separated below, in contact at about middle, diverging at tip, the anterior surface convex, the posterior concave, with faintly indicated basal cusp; laterally they are separated from canines by narrow but evident spaces. Lower incisors well developed, functional, closely crowded between canines, their cutting edges evenly and deeply trifid, their crowns so extended backward that their width THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 241 is distinctly greater than their length. Canines well developed, not peculiar in form, the lower approximated posteriorly, though not in contact, the antero-inner edge with distinct convexity just above level of incisors, the posterior base with small rounded, median cusp. Upper premolars well developed, the anterior (pm2) very slightly smaller than posterior (pm 4) and closely approximating it in form, the posterior tooth with distinct antero-internal cusp, lower premolars large, the anterior ( pm2 ) not as high as posterior (pm 4) but fully equal to it in cross section of base ; each tooth has a rounded postero- basal cusp much like that of lower canine. Molars normal ; m 1 and m 2 with inner segment deeply divided from outer, its inner border squarely truncate, the protocone rather low but long, its commissure abruptly bent downward posteriorly at a point corresponding to the usual position of the hypocone when present, but with no other dis- tinct trace of hypocone; a narrow but evident postero-internal heel present in both teeth, but particularly well developed in m 1 ; third upper molar with large metacone and third commissure ; lower molars with all the cusps present and of the usual form, though rather low and thick ; pm 3 with distinct entoconid. Skull in general appear- ance not unlike that of Myotis myotis , but somewhat smaller, dis- tinctly narrower, and with much shorter, almost uniformly convex; zygomata. Posterior opening of antorbital canal essentially as in Natalus , occupying practically the entire anterior wall of orbit and extending upward to and including region occupied in Myotis by the lachrymal foramen which here does not exist as a separate orifice; anterior opening of canal larger than in Myotis , but not extraordi- narily so. Foramen rotundum very large, coalesced with optic fora- men, the aperture broadest and squarely truncate anteriorly, where breadth is about equal to that of interptergoid space. Palate slightly concave both laterally and antero-posteriorly, the anterior portion entire except for two minute lateral foramina ; pterygoids parallel. Basiphenoid pits barely indicated. Audital bullse essentially as in Myotis myotis , but not as large. Mandible differing conspicuously from that of Myotis in the low coronoid (not exceeding articular process in height) and short angular process. Species examined. — Mystacops tuber culatus (Gray). Family MOLOSSID^B. 1821. N octilionidw (part; Race 1, part) Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April, 1821. 1827. Vespertilionina Lesson, Man. de Mammalogie, p. 99 (part). 1831. Vespertiliones ( Vespertilionid(r ) (part: Noctilionina, part) Bona- parte, Saggio di una distrib. metodica degli Anim. Vert., p. 14. 1838. V espertilionidcc (part; Noctilionina, part) Bonaparte, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, Anno I, Tomo II, p. 112, 25733 — No. 57 — 07 m -16 242 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1838. Y espertilionidw (part; Noctilionina, part) Gray, Mag. Zool. Bot., II, p. 498, December, 1838. 1855. [VespertUionidce] “ Vespertilionides ” (part; Molossina ) Gervais, Exp§d. clu Comte de Castelnau, Zool., Mamin., p. 52. 1865. Molossi Peters, Monatsber, k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 258. 1866. Noctilionidw (part; Molossina) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., XVII, p. 92, February, 1866. 1870. Vespertiliones (part; Molossi) Fitzinger, Sitz.-Ber. k. Akad. Wissen- sch., Wien, Math. Naturwiss. Classe, LXI, Abtli. I, p. 458. 1872. Molossidw Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 17. 1875. Eniballonurmm (part; Molossina?, part, Molossi) Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., XVI, p. 349, November, 1875. 1878. Emballonuridcc (part; Molossina?, part, Molossi ) Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 402. 1886. Molossidw Gill, Standard Natural History, V, p. 170. 1889. Gymnuridu; Am eg hi no, Actas de la Acad. Nac, de Ciencias de la Rep. Argentina en Cordoba, VI, p. 351. 1891. Eniballonuridw (part: Molossiiur, part, Molossine division) Flower and Lydekker, Mammals living and extinct, p. 669. 1892. V espertilionidw (part; Molossini, part) Winge, Jordfundne og nu- levende Flagermus (Chiroptera) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Bra- silien, p. 24. 1894. V espertilionidw (part; Molossi ) H. Allen, Monogr. Bats. N. Am. (1893), p. 162, March 14, 1894. Geographic distribution. — Warmer portions of both hemispheres; in the old world north to southern Europe and southern Asia, east to New Guinea, Australia, and Norfolk Island; in America north to the southern United States and throughout the West Indies. Characters. — Humerus with trochiter much larger than trochin, the discrepancy in size usually more noticeable, than in the Yesper- tilionidae, trochin articulating with scapula by a surface nearly as large as glenoid fossa, epitrochlea short, but with very conspicuous spinous process, capitellum almost directly in line with nearly straight shaft; ulna less reduced than in the Yespertilionidae, the very slender shaft usually about half as long as radius ; second finger with well-developed metacarpal and one rudimentary phalanx ; third finger with three phalanges, of which the first is flexed on upper side of metacarpal when wing is at rest, and third is cartilaginous except occasionally at extreme base, where distinct joint is formed with middle phalanx ; fifth finger scarcely longer than metacarpal of first ; shoulder girdle normal (Plate XIY, fig. 1), except that seventh cervical vertebra is fused with first dorsal ; foot short and broad, but of normal structure ; fibula complete, bowed outward from tibia, its diameter about half that of latter, entering conspicuously into mechanical scheme of the short, stout leg (Plate XIY, fig. 2) ; pelvis (Plate XIY, figs. 3-5) normal, the boundaries of the sacral vertebrae clearly defined ; lumbar vertebrae not anchylosed ; skull without post- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 243 orbital processes; premaxillaries with nasal branches present or ab- sent, when present forming two palatal foramina, when absent allowing the formation of one ; posterior orifice of antorbital canal not enlarged ; teeth normal ; ears’ variable in size and form, sometimes joined across forehead, the tragus much reduced, the antitragus usu- ally very large, the anterior border of auricle never with basal lobe; muzzle obliquely truncate, usually sprinkled with short, modified hairs with spoon-shaped tips,® the nostrils usually opening on a special pad, the upper surface of which is often set with fine horny excrescences; wing narrow; the fifth finger much shortened; mem- branes thick and leathery, the uropatagium short, the tail projecting conspicuously beyond its free edge. History. — This group has been recognized as a distinct family by Peters, Gill, and Ameghino. By most other writers it has been re- garded as of subordinate rank. Gray placed it in 1821 among the * Noctilionidse,’ a family including the ‘ Molosses,’ ‘ Nyctinomes,’ ; Stenodermes,’ and .■ Vampyre,’ of Geoff roy. Ten years later it was joined with the Vespertilionidse by Bonaparte, where it was retained by subsequent authors, including Gray, in 1838, until 1865, when Peters first made it a distinct family. In 1866 Gray reverted to his family Noctilionidae, now modified to contain the subfamilies Noc- tilionina, Mystacina, Mormopsina, Phyllodiana ( LPhyllodia ,’ Chi- lonyoteris , and Pteronotus) , Spectrellina, and Molossina. Dobson united it with the Mystacinse to form the subfamily Molossinse, of the family Emballonuridse, the other groups of equal rank being the Noc- tiliones, Khinopomata, Tapliozoi, and Emballonurae, these four con- stituting the subfmily Emballurinse. The same arrangement, slightly modified, was repeated in the 6 Catalogue of Chiroptera,’ and has re- mained in general use until now, though not adopted by Gill in 1886, and conspicuously departed from by Winge in 1891. Remarks. — The characters of the leg and wing seem quite sufficient to warrant the recognition of the Molossidae as a family distinct from the Vespertilionidse. In the perfect development of the double articu- lation of the shoulder joint, together with the great narrowing of the wing, this family represents the extreme phase of the series of modi- fications through which the anterior limb of the Chiroptera has passed. The peripheral position of the group is further indicated by the structure of the leg, in which the fibula has become a functional part of the mechanical scheme, an arrangement which, except in the related family Mystacopidse, is not known to occur elsewhere among bats. o .Tablonowski, Abh. u. Ber. d. k. Zool. u. Anthrop.-Ethn. Mus. zu Dres- den, VII, 1899, No. 7, pp. 32-55, pis. x, xi. 244 BULLETIN 5*7, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Principal subdivisions . — Ten genera of Molossidae are now known. KEY TO THE GENERA OF MOLOSSID.E. Bony palate with conspicuous median emargination extending back of roots of incisors. Depth of brain case only about one-third width ; coronoid process long and slender, conspicuously recurved ; forearm covered with warty excrescences Platymops, p. 254 Depth of brain case at least one-half width ; coronoid process short and thick, not recurved ; forearm without warty excrescences. Upper premolars 1-1 Mormopterus, p. 253 Upper premolars 2-2 Nyctinomus, p. 251 Bony palate without conspicuous median emargination, but a small notch may be present which never extends back of roots of incisors. Upper incisor with length along cingulum equal to or greater than height of shaft. Skull without conspicuous sagittal crest ; crown of first upper molar subquadrate ; a space between upper incisor and ca- nine Cheiromeles, p. 249 Skull with high knife-like sagittal crest; crown of first upper molar much wider than long; no space between upper incisor and canine Molossus, p. 260 Upper incisor with length along cingulum decidedly less than height of shaft. Crown of lower incisors with conspicuous concave posterior pro- longation extending back between canines Eomops, p. 245 Crown of lower incisors without posterior prolongation. Palate conspicuously domed (deeply concave both laterally and longitudinally) Promops , p. 259 Palate arched (concave laterally but scarcely, if at all, longi- tudinally). Rostrum noticeably flattened, its length about equal to lachrymal breadth Molossops, p. 247 Rostrum subcylindrical, its length considerably greater than lachrymal breadth. Upper incisors in contact with each other, their crowns expanded posteriorly Eumops, p. 257 Upper incisors not in contact, their crowns not ex- panded posteriorly Chcerephon, p. 244 Genus CH^REPHON Dobson. 1874. Chcerephon Dobson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, XLIII, Pt. 2, p. 144 (subgenus of Nyctinomus) . 1878. Nyctinomus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 420 (part). 1907. Chcerephon Andersen, Ann. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, 3d ser., Ill, p. 35, April 10, 1907 (genus). Type-species. — Nyctinomus johorensis Dobson. Geographic distribution. — Africa, India, and the Malay region. Number of forms. — Eleven species referable to this group are now known. Characters.— Similar to Nyctinomus (p. 251) in all respects except that the premaxillary bones are complete, their palatal branches iso- THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 245 lating two small palatal foramina, or filling the entire space occupied in Nyctinomus by the palatal emargination. When this closing of the emargination is complete a slight anterior median notch is sometimes developed, but this never extends behind incisors. Teeth similar to those of Nyctinomus / m1 and m 2 with well-developed hypocone. Species examined. — Chcerephon angolensis (Peters), C. emini (de Winton), C. gambianus (de Winton), C. liindei Thomas, C. jobensis (Miller), C. johorensis (Dobson), C. limbatus (Peters), C. major (Trouessart) , C. plicatus (Buchannan), C. pumilus (Cretzschmar) , C. pusillus (Miller). Remarks. — This genus, though so closely resembling Nyctinomus as to be indistinguishable except by the structure of the palate, is well characterized by the complete condition of the premaxillaries. It includes all the species without obvious palatal emargination, cur- rently referred to Nyctinomus , and is evidently a natural genus. The character on which it is now based is wholly unrelated to that which Dobson originally assigned to the group. Genus EOMOPS Thomas. 1813. ? My opt er us Geoffroy, Descr. de l’Egypte, II, p. 113. 1905. Eomops Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., XVI, p. 574. November, 1905. Type-species. — M ormopterus whitley i Scharff. Geographic distribution. — West Central Africa. Number of forms. — Only the tj^pe species is known. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 -. 1. — - 4567 1-1 1--. 1. - 2-4567*1-1’ c 1-1 1-1’ jpm 1-1 2-2’ m 3-3 3-3 =26. Upper incisors strongly in contact with each other and with canines, the shafts very slightly curved forward, their anterior face evenly convex, their posterior face slightly concave; posterior basal expan- sion slight but evident, directed someAvliat outward. Lower incisors in contact with each other and with canines, perfectly in toothrow though not rising to level of cingulum of canines; anterior face of crown slightly higher than long, deeply bifid,- the inner lobe the larger ; crowns extended back between canines in a concave posterior heel, the general outline of which rather closely resembles the anterior face in both size and form. Canines simple, with low but distinct cingula, that of the lower teeth forming a slight anterior cusp ; lower canines separated by space equal to about one-fourth diameter of crown; anterior face of upper canines with barely indicated longi- tudinal groove. Upper premolar large, its crown area nearly three- fourths that of first molar, its antero-internal cusp small but distinct. Lower premolars closely crowded, the anterior smaller but with rela- tively more robust cusp than posterior, both teeth somewhat crescen- 246 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. tic in outline when viewed from above, the outer lobe larger than inner. Molars strictly normal ; m 1 and m 2 with hypocone indicated by thickening of posterior portion of inner segment ; m 3 with well- developed second commissure, but no trace of third ; m 1 and m 2 with low protoconid and high entoconid, m 3 with protoconid as in the other teeth, but with entoconid practically absent. Skull rather slender and rounded, the lachrjunal breadth less than length of ros- trum, which in turn is about three-fourths that of braincase; depth of rostrum about equal to that of braincase; sagittal crest barely in- dicated ; antorbital foramina opening conspicuously forward, but not surrounded by noticeable ridges; palate slightty domed, but its lon- gitudinal concavity less than the lateral; anterior portion of palate entire or with two minute foramina ; basisphenoid pits large, sepa- rated by a narrow median ridge; audital bullae less emarginate on inner side than usual in the family Molossidae. External form with no striking peculiarities ; ear extending not quite to nostril when laid forward, broadly triangular in general outline, the keel very low and anti tragus small ; tragus rather large for a member of the group, flattened, evenly rounded above ; anterior bases of ears near together on forehead; muzzle pad very slightly indicated, its ridges without horny processes; front of upper lip thickly beset with very slender spoonhairs; both upper and lower lip scarcely expanded and little wrinkled ; wings, legs, tail, and membranes of the usual Molossine type. Species examined . — Eomops whitleyi (Scharff). Remarks . — This genus, immediately recognizable among' Molossine bats by the peculiar form of the lower incisors, more closely resembles the South American Molossops than it does any of the known Old World groups. The unusually slight emargination of the audital bullse is a somewhat primitive character, and the backward prolonga- tion of the crown of the lower incisor strongly suggests the Phyllo- stomidse, but in other respects the genus is strictly Molossine. While there is no question as to the distinctness of Eomops from all currently recognized genera, I feel some doubt as to its relation- ship to the Myopterus of Geoffroy. This genus, based on an animal supposed to be from Senegal, was determined by Peters to be the same as the South American Molossops at a time when the existence of a bat of this kind in the Old World was unknown. During my visit to Paris, in 1905, the skull of the type (all that remained when it was seen by Peters in 1869) could not be found; but from the figure pub- lished by Gervais a and the measurements given by Peters, & it is evi- dent that in cranial characters the animal was much more like Eomops than Molossops. This is shown by the general outline of the « Hist. Nat. des Mammif., I, p. 221. b Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensck., Berlin, 1869, p. 402. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 247 skull, with its low, flat braincase and long, deep rostrum, without evident lachrymal ridge, and also by the slight zygomatic breadth as compared with the total length. Peters gives these measurements as 13 mm. and 22 mm., respectively, from which it folloAVS that the ratio of breadth to length is onty 59 +. In a somewhat immature speci- men of E omops wliitleyi a in which the skull has probably not attained its full breadth, these measurements are 9.6 and IT, giving a ratio of 56 In Molossops cerastes and M. temminckii , on the other hand, the ratio of breadth to length is 68 and 69. While it is impossible, in the absence of the type specimen, to reach a definite conclusion other than that Myopterus is different from Molossops , it seems highly probable that Myopterus daubentonii is a large species of the same genus as E omops whitleyi , occurring in Senegal, and related to wliitleyi much as the large Molossops cerastes is to the small M. temminckii. The whitish underparts in the type of Myop- terus daubentonii furnish another feature of similarity to the species of E omops now known. Genus MOLOSSOPS Peters. 1865. Molossops Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissenscb , Berlin, p. 575 (subgenus of Molossus). 1869. Myopterus Peters, Monatsber. p. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 402 (not Myopterus _ Geoff roy, 1813). 1878. Myopterus Dobson, Catal. Ckiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 408 (subgenus of Molossus) . T ype-species. — Molossus temminckii Burmeister. Geographic distribution. — South America. Number of forms. — Four species of Molossops are now known. Characters. — Dental formula : - 2 -. 1. 4 5 6 T .1-1 .1-1 1 (2)-. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7' 1-1 01 2-2’ 1-1 1-1’ 1-1 .3-8 l Vm 2T2’ m 3-3 = 26 or 28’ Upper incisors strongly in contact with each other, but separated from canines by narrow spaces; shaft slender, strongly hooked forward, the anterior face evenly convex, the posterior slightly concave; pos- terior basal expansion slight. Middle lower incisors crowded for- ward from tooth row, their height much less than that of cingulum of canine; crown narrow, with no posterior expansion, its anterior face slightly higher than long, its cutting edge deeply bifid, the lobes nearly equal; outer incisor when present smaller than inner, very strongly crowded against canine, the faintly trifid crown a little bent inward. Canines strong, simple, with small but distinct cingula and no secondary cusps except that formed by cingulum of lower tooth anteriorly ; upper canine with broad groove on front surface of shaft ; a Male, Cat. No. 141532, U.S.N.M., Lower Niger, Africa. 248 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. lower canines in contact with each other or separated by a narrow space. Upper premolar large, its crown area slightly more than half that of first molar, its antero-internal cusp well developed. Lower premolars closety crowded, the anterior much smaller than posterior, the crowns of both teeth wider than long, and slightly crescentic in outline. Molars strictly normal, m 1 and m 2 with hvpocone obsolete though obviously indicated, m 3 with second commissure always well developed, and a small third commissure sometimes present ; m - and m 2 with low protoconid and large, long entoconid, m with protoconid obsolete, and entoconid smaller than Irypoconid. Skull (figs. 39 and 40) broad and flattened, the rostral portion marked by conspicuous lachrymal ridges, but sagittal crest obsolete; lachrymal breadth distinctly greater than length of rostrum, which in turn is about two- thirds that of brain case; depth of rostrum dis- tinctly less than that of brain case; antorbital fo- ramina opening very con- spicuously forward at bot- tom of groove formed be- tween side of rostrum and high lachrymal ridge; pal- ate distinctly arched, and slightly domed, its ante- rior portion entire or with two minute foramina; ba- si sphenoid pits obsolete or absent ; audital bullse strongly emarginate on inner side as usual in the family. External form thickset and heavy, much like that of Eomops. Ear short, orbicular, extending somewhat more than halfway from eye to nostril when laid forward; keel low but distinct; tragus small, narrowed above; antitragus well developed, but not thickened; anterior termi- nation of ear on forehead close to that of opposite side. Lips much thickened, but not specially expanded or wrinkled, the upper lip sprinkled with spoon hairs, particularly in front. Muzzle pad indis- tinct, without definite ridges. Legs, feet, and tail thick and heavy. Membranes leathery. Species examined. — Molossops cerastes (Thomas), M. paranus Thomas, M. planirostris Peters, M. temminckii (Burmeister). Remarks. — Both externally and in the structure of the skull this THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 249 genus resembles the African Eomops. The peculiarities of the skull are, however, more accentuated than in the Old World genus, while the lower incisors show no tendency to modification. The outer lower incisor is present in the larger species of the genus, but apparently always absent in the small M. temminckii. From the American mem- bers of the group it is at once distinguishable by the short, flattened rostrum with its high lachrymal ridges, and conspicuously for- ward-directed antorbital foramina. It is the only genus of Ameri- can Molossines with complete premaxillaries, a character readily appreciable in young skulls, while even in adults some trace of the two palatal foramina usually persists. As I have already stated (p. 246) there is no reason to replace Peter’s name Molossops by Myopterus Geoffroy. Whatever the latter name may apply to, a glance at Gervais’s figure of the type skull is sufficient to show that Geoff- roy’s animal could have not been a member of the present group. Genus CHEIROMELES Horsfield. 1824. Cheiromeles IIorsfield, Zool. Re- searches in Java. 1841. Cliiropetes Gloger, Gemeinnut- ziges Hand-u. Ililfsbuch der Natur- gesch., I, p. 49. 1846. CTiiromeles Agassiz, Nomenclator Zoologicus., Mauim., Addenda, p. 3. 1878. Cheiromeles Dobson, Catal. Chi- ropt. Brit. Mus., p. 405. Type- species. — C heiromeles torqua- tus Horsfield. Geographic distribution. — Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. Number of forms. — The type is the only known species. Characters, — Dental formula: - 2 1. 4 5 6 7.1-1 1-1 1-1 3-3 _ _ 1--. 1. -2-4 5 6 7* 1-1 ’ c 1-1 ’ 2-2 ’ m 3-3 _26' Upper incisors short and robust, their form much as in Molossus , the height of the crown barely equal to width through posterior expansion, the shafts oblique and closely in contact with each other, though there is a distinct space between incisor and canine. Lower incisors well developed, functional, perfectly in the tooth row, sep- arated from each other by a narrow space, but in contact with canines, their crowns subterete, with broadly conical cutting edge. 250 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Canines heavy, but not peculiar in form, the upper with deep longitudinal furrow on anterior face, and minute postero-basal cusp. Upper premolar large, with distinct antero-internal cusp, its crown sharing the general reduction of transverse diameter to which all the upper cheek teeth are subjected. First lower premolar (pm 2) small, scarcely functional, crowded between second premolar (pm 4) and canine; second premolar large, slightly exceeding anterior sec- tion of first molar. Upper molars normal, though the transverse diameter of the crowns is so reduced that m 1 and m 2 are subquad- rate in outline ; each of the larger teeth with slightly indicated hypo- cone ; m 3 with crown area less than half that of m 1 or m 2, the meta- cone and third commissure very minute. Lower molars normal, except that paraconid is very low in all three teeth, and entoconid is absent in the third. Skull robust and heavily built, but rather smooth, the sagittal crest barely indicated except in overhanging occipital region, where it abruptly becomes prominent; lachrymal ridge slightly developed, succeeded posteriorly by a small but dis- tinct peg-like process; rostrum considerably more than half as long as brain case, its lachrymal breadth about equal to its length, and nearly twice its depth, its upper surface broadly and smoothly con- vex ; palate entire anteriorly or with two lateral foramina, its lateral concavity much more pronounced than the longitudinal; pterygoids parallel; no basisphenoid pits; audital bulhe small, their diameter barely more than half distance between them, their form as usual in the family. External form excessively robust and heavy, the size of the only known species the maximum for the family. Ears rather narroAv, extending about half way from eye to nostril, widely separate, angular above, the keel low, broad, and rounded, the anti- tragus suborbicular, distinctly thickened; tragus small, its anterior edge adnate to side of head. Lips thickened, but scarcely expanded, and not much wrinkled, the upper lip as well as the cheeks sparsely beset with short, very stiff modified hairs, these crowded into a shagreen-like mass anteriorly. Muzzle pad ill-defined, without ridges or horny processes. Legs and feet unusually short and heavy, the toes more independent of each other than in any other known bat. Wing membranes attached to middle of back, the space between them and body converted into a large pouch by a supplemental mem- brane extending from under surface of humerus to side of body ; this pouch is completely closed when wings are folded, and in the female it contains the nipple. Substance of interfemoral membrane and of that portion of wing that is exposed when closed much thickened; remainder of flight membrane thin and delicate, the dividing line between the two sharply defined and extending from wrist to ankle. Whole animal essentially naked, but with a sprinkling of fine short hairs on head, interfemoral membrane and under parts, and a ruff of THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 251 hairs about 10 mm. in length on under side of neck in region of conspicuous gular sac. Species examined. — Cheiromeles torquatus Horsfield. Remarks. — Although so highly modified externally this genus is typically Molossine in its dental and skeletal characters. The skull, in fact, is less specialized in form than that of Molossus , Platymops , or Molossops , and the only noticeable peculiarity of the teeth is the reduced transverse diameter of the upper molars. This, however, is not accompanied by any modification of the cusps. The upper in- cisors are remarkably like those of Molossus , and the tragus resembles that of the same genus. It is unlikely that this indicates any near relationship, as Molossus is one of the genera with incomplete pre- maxillary, while in Cheiromeles the palatal branch is well developed, so that two palatal foramina are always formed. Genus NYCTINOMUS Geoffroy. 1813. Nyctinomus Geoffroy, Desc-i*. de l’Egypte, II, p. 114 ( cegyptiacus )„ 1821. Nyctinoma Bowdich, Anal. Nat. Class. Mamin., p. 28. 1821. Nyctinomes Gray, London Medical Repository, XV, p. 299, April 1, 1821. 1822. Nyctinomia Fleming, Philos, of Zoology, II, p. 178. 1842. Mops Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Regne Anim., p. 18 ( Mops indicus Lesson= Dysopes mops F. Cuvier). 1878. Nyctinomus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 420 (part). 1902. N yctinomops Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, p. 393, Sep- tember 12, 1902 (femorosaccus) . Type- species. — Nyctinomus cegyptiacus Geoffroy. Geographic distribution. — Warmer portions of both hemispheres, north to southern Europe and the southern United States, east to the Philippines and Norfolk Island. Number of forms. — About 40 species of Nyctinomus are now recog- nized, 16 of which occur in America. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 -. 1. -2-4567 .1-1 1-1 1-1 2-2 3-3 12(3). 1: -2-4567’ * 2=8 01 3=3’ c LI’ pm L2’ “ Lb = 30 °F ^ Upper incisors simple, well developed, about half as high as canines, wide apart at base, strongly converging at tip, separated from canine by space about equal to their greatest diameter, shaft narrowing both above and below slightly developed cingulum, its apex blunt. Lower incisors equal, bifid, their crowns in contact -with each other and with canine, and usually somewhat imbricated, the cutting edge about on level with cingulum of canine; third incisor, when present (N. tceniotis and the N. brasiliensis group), less than half the size of the others, its crown scarcely bifid ; canines strong and well developed, but not peculiar in form, the cingulum distinct, but 252 BULLETIN 51, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. not forming noticeable secondary cusps, except occasionally at pos- terior base of lower tooth. First upper premolar (pm -) minute but perfectly in tooth row and not specially crowded. Second upper pre- molar (pm 4) not in contact with canine, well developed, and with large antero-internal cusp. Lower premolars normal in form and size, the first not as high as second, but with the cross section nearly as great. Molars normal ; m 1 and m 2 with inner segment large, the terete hypocone unusually distinct ; m 3 with crown area more than half as great as that of m 1 or m 2 and about equal to that of pm 4 ; the metacone and three commissures well developed. Lower molars with all the cusps normal in size and form, the three inner approxi- mately equal in height. Skull (figs. 41-43) with rounded or some- Fig. 41.— Nyctinomus brasiliensis. Fig. 42.— Nyctinomus europs. Adult fe- Parana, Brazil. No. 37878. x 2. male. Brazil. Paratype, No. 101502. x 2£. what flattened, moderately wide brain case about one and one-tliird times as long as rostrum, above level of which it is very slightly ele- vated, and at least half as deep as wide; a distinct depression in front of occipital region ; sagittal crest scarcely indicated ; lachrymal and supraorbital ridges low but evident; dorsal surface of rostrum with faint longitudinal concavity between orbits; zygoma slightly expanded at middle. Anterior palatal emargination about as large as base of canine, wider posteriorly than between incisors; palate slightly arched, but nearly flat antero-posteriorly ; pterygoids paral- lel ; basisphenoid pits moderately developed or obsolete. Ears large arid rounded, arising from same point on forehead. Laid forward they extend distinctly beyond extremity of muzzle ; anterior border of ear conch with 6 to 8 horny excrescences ; keel well developed : tragus small, flattened, squarely truncate above; antitragus variable THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 253 in form, sometimes low and indistinct. Muzzle pad well developed and sharply outlined, its upper margin thickly set with horny points like those on. anterior margin of ear; a line of similar points extends downward across middle of pad between nostrils. Upper lip full and wrinkled, rather thickly sprinkled, as are also the muzzle and chin, with stiffened spoon-hairs, the extremities of which are very slightly expanded. Feet as usual in the family. Species examined. — All of the American forms ( Nyctinomus and “ Nyctinomops ”) , also N. cegyptiacus Geoffroy, N. africanus Dobson, N. anchietee Seabra, N. bocagei Seabra, N. brachypterus Peters, N. brunneus Seabra, N. cisturus Thomas, N. lobatus Thomas, N. lorice Thomas N. mops (F. Cuvier), N . norfolcensis Gray, N. ther- ■ sites Thomas, N. tragatus Dob- son. Remarks. — The genus Nycti- nomus is the most widely dis- tributed group of Molossine bats. Its members also present more variations in form than in perhaps any other genus of the entire order. So great are these differences that it seems probable that the genus must be subdivided into several groups of at least subgeneric rank. For the present, how- . ever, I seemo better course than to unite all of the species with 2-2 upper premolars under the name Nyctinomus. The Amer- ican forms, as I have already pointed out, fall naturally into two groups, but the distinctions between them become apparently worthless when the Old World spe- cies are considered. Nyctinomus is readily distinguishable from other genera of the family, though the superficial resemblance to some species of Eumops is occasionally deceptive, while that to Chcerephon and Mormopterus is even more striking. The technical characters are, however, sufficiently distinct. Genus MORMOPTERUS Peters. 1865. Mormopterus Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissenscb., Berlin, p. 258 (subgenus of Nyctinomus). 1878. Mormopterus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 440 (subgenus of Nyctinomus) . Type- species. — Nyctinomus jugularis Peters. Fig. 43. — Nyctinomus macrotis. Jamaica. No. 3914, Miller Coll, x about 2\. 254 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Geographic distribution. — Southeastern Africa, Madagascar, Bour- bon, and Mauritius; also Tropical America (Peru and Cuba). Number of forms. — Eight forms are currently referred to this group. Characters. — Dental formula : -2 -. 1.— 4567 . 1 12(3). 1.-24567 * 3 1-1 1-1 3°r2 2,C1 1 pm 1-1 2 - 9’ m 3-3 :30 or 28* 3-3 Except in the constant absence of the small upper premolar this genus does not differ appreciably from Nyc- tinomus. The ears are usually smaller, however, and are never joined across forehead. The skull of Mormopterus minutus is shown in fig. 44. Species examined. — M ormopterus acetabidosus (Demarest), M. alli- venter (Dobson), M. jugularis (Peters), M. kalinowskii (Thomas), and M. minutus (Miller). Remarks. — The constant absence of the small upper premolar and the generally smaller size of the ears as compared with those of Nyctinomus seem important enough characters to warrant the recognition of this genus. In the two known American species there are only 2-2 lower incisor teeth. Fig. 44.— Mormopterus minutus. Adult male. Trinidad, Cuba. No. 4915. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, x 2}. Genus PLATYMOPS Thomas. 1900. Platymops Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ttli ser., XVII, p. 499, May, 1906. T ype-species. — Platymops macmillani Thomas. Geographic distribution. — Northeast Africa (between Adis Ababa and Lake Rudolf). Number of forms. — The type is the only species known. Characters.— Dental formula : - 2 1- 1. - 2 -4 5 6 7 .1 - 1 1 - 1 2-2 3 - 3__QA 12 -1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 * 2 - 2 1 - 1’ pm 2-2 3-3 Upper incisors bifid, more than half as high as canines, wider apart at base than at tip, separated from canines and from each other by space about equal to their greatest diameter; crown about half as long as high, its breadth at base slightly less than length; posterior surface of crown rather strongly concave; outer lobe slightly more than half as large as inner, its tip diverging a little outward. Lower incisors subequal, imbricated, forming a continuous, slightly convex THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 255 row between canines; crowns deeply and unequally bifid, the outer lobe less than half as large as inner ; height about equal to that of large cingulum of canine; no indication of backward prolongation of crowns. Canines relatively low and weak, the height of the upper teeth distinctly less than the distance between their bases, the diameter of the shaft in both maxillary and mandibular teeth much less rela- tively to that of crown than in Nyctinomus ; anterior surface with longitudinal groove well developed, especially in upper teeth, and anterior cutting edge unusually prominent; cingulum well developed, forming a distinct posterior cusp above, and anterior and posterior cusp below. Anterior upper premolar (pm 3) a minute (sometimes deciduous) spicule considerably smaller than cingulum of canine. Posterior upper premolar (pm4) essentially as in Nyctinomus , but main cusp smaller and lower, and postero-internal heel more devel- oped; antero-internal cusp well developed but small. Lower pre- molars proportioned as in Nyctinomus but resembling the canine in the much reduced diameter of the cusp as compared with the crown. This is especially noticeable when teeth are viewed from above, the periphery of the crowns appearing like an enormously developed cin- gulum. Molars essentially normal, but differing from those of Nyc- tinomus in several important particulars. In all of the upper teeth the protocone is unusually narrow and ridge-like, leaving a very wide concave area between bases of cusps ; hyppcone barely indicated by a slight angularity of posterior commissure of protocone;- m3 with crown area fully three-fourths that of m 1 and much more than that of pm 4, the metacone and third commissure well developed. Lower molars peculiar in the very narrow triangles and strongly incurved main cusps. As in the upper teeth, the concavities of the crowns are unusually large as compared with the diameter of the cusps. Proto- conid of m 2 and m 3 with a distinct incipient secondary cusp on outer side slightly above middle. Inner cusps as in Nyctinomus , the ento- conid of m 3 equally well developed. Skull broad and much flattened, in general appearance not unlike that of Tylonycteris , the dorsal pro- file straight from nares to lambda ; depth of braincase about one-third greatest breadth, its length about one and one-third times that of ros- trum ; depth of rostrum in lachrymal region slightly less than one-half lachrymal breadth and about one-half length of rostrum. Lachrymal ridges prominent, giving the rostrum a peculiar diamond-shaped out- line. Antorbital foramen large, opening conspicuously forward. Palate broad, slightly arched, both laterally and longitudinally, the anterior emargination about twice as long as wide, extending back to middle of canine. Basisphenoid pits barely indicated. Pterygoids parallel. Audital bullae about as in Nyctinomus , but slightly more emarginate on inner side. Zygoma weak, not expanded at middle. Mandible with coronoid process slender, high, and strongly curved backward, 256 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. its form more resembling that seen in Erinaceus (except for the general outward deflection) than that characteristic of most bats. The angular process is also unusually slender, and is flattened ver- tically instead of horizontally. External characters in general not unlike those of Nyctinomus , but head very noticeably flattened; ears slender, wide apart at anterior base, their anterior margin with- out horny excrescences, the antitragus very obscurely marked off, the keel obsolete, the tragus well developed, not peculiar ; lips slightly Fig. 45.— Eumops californicus. Tucson, Arizona. No. 88451. x 2. expanded and obscurely wrinkled, thickly set throughout, though especially above, with very short, stiff modified hairs; nostril pad obsolete; dorsal surface of forearm and of third metacarpal thickly sprinkled with minute warty excrescences, a few of which are also present on thumb. Species examined. — Platymops macmillani Thomas. Remarks. — Though not distantly related to Nyctinomus this genus is readily distinguishable by the flattened head, the roughened fore- arm, and the peculiarities of the skull and teeth. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 257 Genus EUMOPS Miller. 1878. Promops Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 414 (part). Subgenus of Molossus. Not Promops Gervais. 1900. Promops Miller, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., VI, p. 471, November, 1900 (genus). 1906. Eumops Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIX, p. 85, June 4, 1906. Type-species. — Molossus calif ornicus Merriam. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to the southwestern United States ; Greater Antilles. Number of forms. — Ten species of Eumops are now recognized. Characters. — Dental formula : -2-. l.-(2)-4567 .1-1 1-1 2-2 1-1 1 2 -. 1. - 2 -4567 ^2-2’ f 1 - 1 ’ 2 - 2 °r 2 - 2’ 3-3 3-3 =30 or 28. Upper incisors large, the slender shafts about one-half as high as that of canine, projecting for- ward and in contact with each other except at slightly diverging tips, the bases expanded posteriorly and almost or quite in contact with canines. Lower incisors subequal, bifid, much ex- ceeded in height by cin- gulum of canines, be- neath which they are crowded in a nearly semicircular row. Ca- nines large and strong but not peculiar in form, the upper with shallow longitudinal groove on anterior face and dis- tinctly flattened or con- cave on inner side, the lower with their bases almost in contact (less closely approxi- mated in the smaller species). First upper premolar (pm2) small, but usually well formed and not deciduous (though absent in only known specimen of E. maurus) either crowded between canine and second premolar (pm 4) or forced outward from the tooth row when the two large teeth are in contact; posterior premolar normal, its 25733— No. 57—07 m 17 Fig. 46.— Eumops abrasus. Adult male. X 2. Surinam. No. 37456. 258 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. crown area more than half that of first molar, its antero-internal cusp well developed. Lower premolars not peculiar, the bases of the crowns about as long as broad, the shaft of the anterior not as high as that of posterior, but with about the same area in cross section. Molars normal; m 1 and m 2 with the inner section somewhat reduced but with distinct liypocone; m3 with or without distinct metacone and third commissure ; lower molars with the cusps in the usual posi- tion, but entoconid frequently reduced or obsolescent in m s. Skull (figs. 45-47) strongly built, though rather slender and with sagittal crest absent or slightly indicated, the rostrum well developed, always more than half as long as brain case, the entire dorsal profile from nares to occiput nearly straight, or at least with no strongly contrasting ele- vations and depressions; interorbital region and rostrum subterete, in most of the species distinctly hour-glass shaped ; a slight lachrymal ridge ; pal- ate slightly arched, with or without a small median anterior foramen, the premaxillaries without trace of pala- tal branches; pterygoids parallel; basisphenoid pits present, well defined. External form slender, much as in Nyctinomus. Ears very large, rounded or squarish in outline, joined across forehead, extending slightly beyond nostril when laid forward, the ante- rior margin without horny processes; anti tragus distinct but not thickened ; keel greatly developed, flattened and expanded at edge; tragus small, flat, its upper edge squarish or rounded; lips full and expanded, though not conspicuously wrinkled. Muzzle pad well developed, deeply emarginate above, its upper edge and median ridge with minute horny processes and small spoon hairs. Wings, feet, tail, and membranes not peculiar. Species examined. — Eumops abrasus (Temminck), E. bonariensis (Peters), E. calif brnicus (Merriam), E. glaucinus (Wagner), E. maurus (Thomas), E. milleri (J. A. Allen), E. nanus (Miller), E. orthotis (H. Allen), E. perotis (Wied), and E. trumbulli (Thomas). Remarks. — The members of this genus are easily recognizable by their Nyctinomine general form combined with the merely arched palate and the strongly projecting upper incisors completely filling space between canines. The small upper premolar is usually present and well formed. Pig. 47.— Eumops nanus. Type. Adult MALE. BOGAVA, CHIRIQUI, PANAMA. No. 0. 7. 11. 99. Brit. Mus. x 2. THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 259 Genus PROMOPS Gervais. 1855. Promops Gervais Exped. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool. Mamm., p. 58. 1878. Promops Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 407 (part). Subgenus of Molossus. Type- species.- — Promops ursinus Gervais —Molossus nasutus Spix. Geographic distribution. — Warmer parts of America, north to southern Mexico. Number of forms. — This genus as now restricted contains only the type species and Promops fosteri (Thomas). Characters. — Dentition as in Eumops , except that the upper inci- sors are not as high (barely one-half height of canine) , the anterior upper premolar is re- duced to a mere structureless, often deciduous, spicule, the lower premolars are greatly crowded, their width notice- ably exceeding their length, and the upper molars lack all distinct trace of hypocones. Skull (fig. 48) differing con- spicuously from that of Eu- mops in its general shorter, broader, and more rounded outline, the presence of a high sagittal crest extending for- ward almost to level of lach- rymal region, the very marked shortening and deepening of the rostrum (horizontal dis- tance from orbit to nares scarcely half depth through lachrymal region) , the slightly emarginate audital bullae (as in Molossus and Eumops ), and the highly domed palate ( antero-posterior concavity nearly as great as lateral). External form heavier and more robust than in Eumops. Ears short, rounded, arising from same point on forehead, extending barely to nostril when laid forward; keel low and rounded; anti- tragus very distinct, constricted at base, its substance noticeably thickened posteriorly; tragus minute, very slender though distinctly flattened. Muzzle pad very small but rather distinctly outlined, though without median ridge or horny processes; a keel-like ridge from immediately behind muzzle to point of origin of ears. Lips slightly expanded, scarcely wrinkled; spoon hairs small, forming a Fig. 48. — Promops fosteri. Adult female. Villa Rica, Paraguay. No. 105677. x 2£. 260 BULLETIN 57, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Wings, feet, tail, and membranes not (Spix) and P. fosteri dense brush below nostrils, peculiar. Species examined . — Promops nasutus (Thomas) . Remarks. — This genus is in many respects intermediate between Eumops and Molossus , though nearer the latter. It is at once recog- nizable by the distinctly flattened tragus, the highly domed palate, the presence of the rudimen- tary small upper premolar, and of a second lower in- cisor. Genus MOLOSSUS Geoffroy. 1805. Molossus Geoffroy, Ann. Mils. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, VI, p. 158 ( rufus ). 1811. Dysopes Illiger, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. et Avium, p. 122 (substitute for Molossus) . 1878. Molossus Dobson, Ca- tal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 107 (part). T ype-species. — Molossus ru- fus Geoffroy. Geographic distribution — Warmer parts of America, north to central Mexico and Cuba. Number of forms. — As now restricted the genus Mo- lossus contains M. rufus , M. ob scums , and the numerous local forms of these species. The M. fluminensis of Lataste may also be a member of the same group. Characters. — Dental formula : Fig. Molossus rufus. 114885 Sapucay, Paraguay. x 2. No. . l. 1567-1-1 1-1 1-1 1 - -. 1. - 2 - 4 5 6 7 1 - 1’ C 1 - V- 2-2' 3-3 „„ 3UT26- Except for the absence of pm 2 and i 2 the teeth resemble those of Promops. The form of the upper incisor is, however, very charac- teristic, somewhat resembling that of Cheiromeles , the shafts scarcely projecting forward, and so reduced that their height is not equal to the width of the crown through the broad posterior heel. As in Promops , the upper molars usually show little or no distinct trace of hypocones, the large protocone occupying the entire inner side of THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF BATS. 261 the tooth; a low though distinct hypocone is, however, occasionally present. Skull (fig. 49) essentially like that of Promops , but sagit- tal crest even more conspicuously developed, and palate merely arched — that is, the antero-posterior concavity is much less than the lateral concavity. As in Promops and Eumops , the audital bullae are much better developed than is usual in the family (the inner margin not emarginate), and the basisphenoid pits are distinct. External form thick and heavy. Ear as in Promops , except that the antitragus is even more constricted at base, suborbicular in outline, and more noticeably thickened; tragus minute, subterete. Muzzle and other external characters as in Promops. Species examined. — Molossus crassicaudatus (Geoff'roy), M. eur- rentium Thomas, M. nigricans Miller, M. ob scurus Geoffroy, M. pre- tiosus Miller, M. pygmazus Miller, M. rufus Geoffroy, M. tropido- rhynchus Gray. Remarks. — The genus Molossus is characterized by its short but high and 'rounded skull with greatly developed, knife-like sagittal crest, arched palate, short upper incisors, and 1-1 lower incisors. Externally the only tangible character by which it can be distin- guished from Promops is the very minute, subterete tragus, unique in the group. ■ INDEX. In this index terms relating to anatomical structures, systems of classification, genera, and higher groups occurring in the tables of synonymy and the specific names are printed in ordinary type. Names adopted for the genera and higher groups recognized in this work are printed in small capitals and the page number on which the main account of such groups occurs is printed in black-faced -type. A. Page. abramus, Pipistrellus 205 abrasus, Eumops 258 Acerodon 25,56,59 Acerodon j ubatus 59 acetabulosus, Mormopterus 254 achradophilus, Ariteus. . 165 Peltorhinus 165 Adelonycteris 208 admiralitatum, Pteropus 58 adversus, Exochurus 201 Trilatitus 201 aegyptiaca, Xantharpyia. . -. 54 aegyptiacus, Cercopteropus . 54 Nyctinomus 251,253 Rousettus 54 Aello 121 cuvieri 121 aello , N y cty mene 76 Aeorestes . 201 albescens 201 nigricans 201 villosissimus 201 aethiopica, Nycteris 101 affinis, Rhinolophus 108 Taphozous 93 afra, Coleura . 87 Emballonura 87 af ricana, Kerivoula 233 africanus, Nyctinomus 253 alba, Ectophylla 159 albescens, Aeorestes 201 albigularis, Marsipolaemus 209 Vesperugo (Marsipolaemus) 210 albiventer, Cynopterus ' 75 Dirias 99 tormopterus 254 Noctilio 99 Nyctymene 76 albofuscus., Scotcecus 217 Scotophilus 217 albomaculatum, Phyllostoma 164 albus, Diclidurus 95 alcythae, Vespertilio 208 aldabrensis, Pteropus 58 Alectops 130 ater 130 elongatum 130 Page. Alipedes 3 alleni, Baeodon 218 Rhogeessa 218 amblyotis, Lophostoma 128 Amblyotus... 208 atratus 208 nilssoni 208 Ametrida 26,171 Ametrida centurio 171 minor 171 Amorphochilus 25, 182, 190, 191 Amorphochilus schnablii 190 amplexicandata, Phyllophora 137 Xantharpyia 54 amplexicandatus, Cercopteropus 54 Rousettus 54 anambensis, Emballonura 87 Anatomy 12 Dental Formula 23 Elbow 13 Humerus 13 Phalanges 17 Ribs 18 Shoulder 13 Shoulder girdle 17,18 Sternum 17,18 Teeth 20 Wing 13 anchietae, Nyctinomus 253 anetianus,. Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 angolensis, Chaerephon 245 angulatus, Cynopterus 49 Animalivora 9,10,11,78 Anistiophori 5,6 Anoura 25,139 Anoura 140 geoflroyi 139,140,141 Anthops 26,113 Anthops ornatus 113 Anthorhina 26,129 Anthorhina crenulata 130 picata 130 antillarum, Glossophaga 138 Antrozoinae 234 Antrozous 26,27,234,235 Antrozous minor 236 pacificus 236 263 264 INDEX, Page. Antrozous pallidus 236 Anura 140 aphylla, Reithronycteris 174 Aquias 108 luctus 108 trifoliatus 108 Arctibeus 160 falcatus 164 Arctibius 160 arcuatus, Rhinolophus 108 Ardops . .. 25,162 Ardops lucise 163 montserratensis 163 nichollsi 163 argentatus, Glauconycteris 221 ariel, Pipistrellus 205 Aristippe 208,209 discolor 208 murinus 208,209 nilssoni 208,209 aristippe, Meteorus 209 Ariteus 26,165 Ariteus aehradophilus 165 flavescerr 165 armigera, Gloionycteris 110 Artibseus 160,165 rufus 165 undatus 165 Artibetjs 22,25,26,40,160 Artibeus 154 aehradophilus 165 coryi 161 glaucus 161 harti 162 intermedius 161 jamaicensis 160,161 lituratus 161 palmarum 161 parvipes 161 phaeotis 161 planirostris 154,161 quadrivittatus 161 ravus 162 rosenbergi 162 toltecus 162 watsoni 162 Artobius 160 Asellia 26,112,113 Asellia murraiana 112 tridens 112 assamensis, Pteropus (Spectrum) 56 Atalapha 221,222 ater, Alectops 130 atrata, Pteralopex 60,61 atratus, Amblyotus 208 atrox, Phoniscus 233,234 aurantius, Rhinolophus 114 Rhinonycteris 114 aurita, Lonchorhina 127 Murina 230 Myzopoda 194,195 auritus, Chrotopterus 134 Plecotus 188,225 Vampyrus 133 Vespertilio 224 australis, Kiodotus 72 Page. australis, Macroglossus minimus 72 Syconycteris 72 azoreum, Pterygistes 207 B. BiEODON 26,218 Bseodon alleni 218 Balantiopteryx 25,92 Balantiopteryx infusca 93 plicata 92,93 Balionycteris 26,52 Balionycteris maculatus- 52,53 balstoni, Scoteinus 217 Barbastella 25,223 Barbastella barbastellus 223,224 darjelingensis 223 barbastella, Barbastella 224 Barbastellus 236 barbastellus, Barbastella 223 Vespertilio 223 barbensis, Hipposideros Ill batchianus, Glischropus 205 Bdelygma 76 beatrix, Glauconycteris 221 bedfordi, Scotonycteris 64 behni, Glyphonycteris 125 bennettii, Mimon 129 Phyllostoma 129 bernsteini, Coelops 114 Bicipital Groove 13 bidens, Boneia 61,62 Chiroderma 156 Tonatia 129 Vampyriscus 157 Vampyrus 128 bilabiatum, Pygoderma 166,168 bilineata, Saccopteryx 89 Urocryptus 89 bilobatum, Uroderma 154 blain villi, Mormoops 121 blanfordi, Cynopterus 53 ITesperoptenus 211,212 Sphaerias 53 Thoopterus 50 blepotis, Trilatitus 201 Blumenbach’s Classification 3 bocagei, Nyctinomus 253 Bolodon 42 bombifrons, Erophylla 175 Phyllonycteris 175 Bonaparte’s Classification 5,6 bonariensis, Eumops 257 Boneia 25,61 Boneia bidens 61,62 menadensis 62 borealis, Eptesicus 210 Lasiurus 222 Vespertilio 208,209,221 brachycephala, Xantharpyia 54 brachyotis, Cynopterus 49 Glyphonycteris 125 Rousettus... 54 Xantharpyia 54 Brachyotus 201 dasycneme 201 daubentonii 201 INDEX. 205 Page. Brachyotus mystacinus 201 Brachyphylla 25,40,152,172,177 Brachyphylla cavernarum 152,153 nana 153 Brachyphyllina 9,122,149,171 brachypterus, Nyctinomus 253 brachysoma, Cynopterus 47 Brachyura 7, 8, 83, 84, 95, 116, 118, 186, 239 Brachyuridae 96 brasiliensis, Nyctinomus 251 brevicaudatum, Pachysoma 47 brevicaudum, Phyllostoma 145 brevimanus, Chilonatalus 185 brevirostris, Cormura 92 Saccopteryx 90 brooksiana, Celaeno 97 brunnea, Kerivoula 233 brunneus, Nyctinomus 253 Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 Briinnich’s Classification 2 buttikoferi, Leiponyx . 55,56 Pterocyon 56 C. Caelophyllus 108 cselophyllus 108 caelophyllus, Cselophyllus 108 Caeiops 113 caffer, Hipposideros Ill caffra, Ptychorhina 110 cagayanus, Pteropus 58 calcarata, Romicia 204 Vespertilio 91 calcaratus, Emballonura . 86 Hipposideros Ill californicus, Eumops 258 Molossus 257 Callinycteris 25, 69 Callinycteris rosenbergii 69, 70 canescens, Saccopteryx 89 canina, Peropteryx 90 Canines 30,33 caninus, Emballonura 86 Vespertilio 90 capaccinii, Capaccinius 201 Comastes 201 Capaccinius 201 capaccinii 201 capensis, Eptesicus 209 Nycteris , 101 Rhinolophus 108 capistratus, Pteropus 56,58 (Sericonycteris) 56 Capitellum 13,15 caracciolse, Vampyrodes 156 Vampyrops 156 Cardioderma 26,106 Cardioderma cor 106 carimatae, Megaderma 104 Carolia 145 Carponycteriinae 68 Carponycteri s 70 castaneus, Pachyotus 219 Cateorus 20s serotinus 208 Page. caudifer, Nicon 137 caudifera, Glossophaga 140 Lonchoglossa 140 cavernarum, Brachyphylla •. 152,153 Ocypetes 229,230 cayenensis, Guandira 132 Celaeno 97 brooksiana 97 leporinus 97 Centetes 37 centralis, Saccopteryx 89 Centronycteris 25,84,91 Centronycteris maximiliani 91 Centurio 26, 40, 168, 171 Centurio mcmurtrii 168 senex 168,170 centurio, Ametrida 171 Centurionina 9,149 Centurioninae 149 Cephalotes 63,75 peronii 63 cephalotes, Nyctymene 76 Vespertilio 75,76 Cephalotidae 4,75 Cephalotina » 8 cerastes, Molossops 247,248 Cercopteropus 54 aegyptiacus 54 amplexicaudatus 54 Cerivoula 232 Cervical Vertebrae 18,19,20 ceylonicus, Pipistrellus 205 Cieerephon 26,244 Chaerephon angolensis 245 emini 245 gambianus 245 hindeii 245 jobensis 245 johorensis 245 limbatus 245 major 245 plicatus 245 pumilus 245 pusillus 245 Chalinolobus 25,219,221 Chalinolobus gouldi 220 nigrogriseus 220 signifer 220 tuberculatus 220 Chauve-souris 5 Cheiromeles 27,249 Cheiromeles torquatus 249,251 Cheiroptera 4 Cheiropteres 3, 5 Phyllostomides 7 Vespertilionides 7 Cheiropteruges 73 Chilonatalus 25, 182, 185 Chilonatalus brevimanus 185 micropus 185 tumidifrons 185 Chilonycteriinae 118 Chilonycterin^e 37, 116, 117, 118 Chilonycteris 25,84,119 Chilonycteris 120 macleayii 119 266 INDEX, Page. Chilonycteris personata 120 Chiroderma 26,157 Chiroderma bidens 156 dorise 158 jesupi 158 salvini 158 villosum 157,158 Chiromeles 249 Chiro petes 249 Chiroptera 43 Chiroptera 3,4,5,6,7,9,10 Chiropteres 3 Chceronycteris 26,141 Choeronycteris godmani 142 intermedia 142 mexicana 141,142 minor 142 Chrotopterus 25, 117, 133, 134 Chrotopterus auritus 134 Chrysonycteris 110 fulvus 110 chrysoproctus, Pteropus 58 chrysothrix, Pipistrellus 205 cinereum, Dermanura 160 cinereus, Lasiurus 222 cirrhosus, Trach ops 133 Vampyrns 132 cisturus, Nyctinomus 253 Classification, Blumenbach 3 Bonaparte 5,6 Briinnich 2 Cuvier 3 Desmarest 3 Dobson 10 Dumeril . 3 Erxleben 3 Fischer 5 Gervais 7 Gill 9,10,11 Goldfuss 4 Gray 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 Lesson 5,7 Linnaeus 2 Oken 3 Peters.. 8 Scopoli.. 2 Spix. 5 Tiedeman . . . 3 Wagner 6.7 Weber. 12 Winge 11, 12 Clavicle 18 Clceotis 26, 114 Clceotis percivali 114 Cnephaeus 207 serotinus 207 Cnephalophilus 203 Ccelops 26,113 Ccelops bemsteini 114 frithii 113.114 Coleura 25,87 Coleura afra 87 collaris, Cynonycteris 54 Pteropus 54 Rousettus 54 Xantharpyia 54 Page. Colugidae 14 Colugo 180 Comastes 201 capaccinii 201 dasycneme 201 limnophilus 201 megapodius 201 Commissures 31 comptus, Epomophorus 67 Epomops (Epomophorus) 65 conspicillatus, Pteropus 58 corivexum, Uroderma 154 cor, Cardioderma 106 Megaderma 106 Coracoid 18 Cormura 25,90 Cormura brevirostris 92 cornutus, Rhinolophus 108 coronata, Thyreorhina Ill coronatus, Pteropus , 58 coryi, Artibeus -. 161 CORYNORHINUS 25, 2*25 Corynorhynchus 225 crassa, Syconycteris 72 crassicaudatus, Molossus 261 crassulus, Pipistrellus 205 crassus, Kiodotus 72 Syconycteris 72 crenulata, Anthorhina 130 crenulatum, Phyllostoma 129 crypturus, Epomophorus 67 cubanus, Nycticeius. 216 curasoae, Leptonycteris 143 currentium, Molossus 261 Cusps 29 Modifications of 36 cuvieri, Aello 121 Cuvier’s Classification 3 cyclops, Doryrhina 110 Cyclorina 110 dorise 110 obscura 110 cyclotis, Murina 230 Cynocephalus 14,180 Cynonycteris 54,55 collaris 54 grandidieri 52 Cynopterina 8 CYNOPTERUS 21,26,53,47 Cynopterus 50, 51 aibi venter 75 angulatus 49 bianfordi 53 brachyotis 49 brachysoma 47 latidens 50 maculatus 52 major 49 marginatus 47 melanocephalus 49 montanoi 49 nigrescens 50 pagensis 49 princeps 49 titthsecheilus 49 scherzeri 47,49 INDEX, 267 Page. | Cynopterus sphinx 49 eystops, Rhinopoma -. 82 D. darjelingensis, Barbastella 223 dasycneme, Brachyotus 201 Cojnastes 201 dasymallus, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 Dasypterus 26,222 Dasypterus ega 223 egregius 223 floridanus 223 intermedius 223 dasythrix, Miniopterus 228 daubentonii, Brachyotus 201 Myopterus 247 davyi, Pteronotus 120,121 degener, Pteropus (Eunycteris) 56 Deltoid Crest 13,15 Dental Formula 23,24,25,26,27 Dentition, Milk. 20 Dermanura 160,162 cinereum 160 Dermonotus 120 Dermoptera 6,14 deserti, Pipistrellus 205 Scotozous 206 Desmalopex 25,60 Desmalopex leucopterus 60 Desmarest’s Classification 3 Desmodi - 8,176 Desmodidae 9,176 Desmodina - 7,9,176 Desmodon 177 Desmodontes 10,12,176 Desmodontidje 11,21,43,176 Desmodontinse 12 Desmodus 27,43,177 Desmodus rufus 177 youngi 178 diadema, Phyllorhina 110 Dijemus 27,178 Diaemus youngi 179 diardii. Pachysoma 47, Dicliduri 11,83,94 Diclidurina . 9,83,84,94 DlCLIDURINiE 94 Diclidurus 25,84,85,95 Diclidurus albus 95 scutatus 95 virgo 95 Digits 17 Diphylla 27,179 Diphylla ecaudata 179,180 Dirias 26,99 Dirias albiventer 99 zaparo 99 discifera, Hyonycteris 192 Thyroptera 193 discolor Aristippe 208 Meteorus 209 Phyllostomus 131,132 Dobsonia 26,63,75 D ob sonia magna 64 Page. Dobsonia minor 64 palliata 64 dobsonii, Epomophorus 67 Epomops (Epomophorus) 65 Dobson’s Classification 10 Dolichophyllum 25,127 Dolichophyllum macrophyllum 128 doriae, Chiroderma 158 Cyclorina 110 Hesperoptenus 211 Vesperus 211 dorianus, Eptesicus 209 dormeri, Scotozous 206 Dorsal Vertebrae 19,20 dorsalis, Vampyrops 155 Doryrhina 110 cyclops 110 Dumeril’s Classification 3 dupreanus, Pterocyon 55,56 duvaucelii, Pachyscma 47 Dysopes 260 mops 251 E. ecaudata, Diphylla 179,180 Megaera 51 Megera 51 ecaudatus, Megaerops 51 Ectophylla 26,159 Ectophylla alba 159 Edostoma 177 edwardsi, Pteropus 58 ega, Dasypterus 223 egregius, Dasypterus 223 Elbow 13 Eleutherura 54 elongata, Glossophaga 138 elongatum. Alectops 130 emarginatus, Isotus 201 Scoteinus 217 Scotophilus 217 Vespertilio 227 Emballonura 25,84,86,240 Emballonura afra 87 anambensis 87 calcaratus 86 caninus 86 maximiliani 86 monticola 86 nigrescens 87 peninsularis 87 saxatilis 86 semicaudata 87 Emballonurae 10, 11, 12,83,85, 186, 187 Emballonurhle 82,84 Emballonuridae 10, 11,12,80,83,96 186,187.239,242 Emballonurina 7, 9, 83, 84, 85, 186 Emballonurin^e 85 Emballonurinae 10, 12, 80, 83, 96 Emballonurini 12,83 emini, Chaerephon 245 Enchisthenes 25,162 Enchisthenes harti 162 Entoconid 32 EOMOPS 27,245,246,247 268 INDEX, Page. Eomops whitleyi 246,247 Eonycteris 25,69 Eonycteris spelaea 69 Epomophorina 8 Epomophorus 26, 65, 149 Epomophorus comptus 65,67 crypturus 67 dobsonii 65,67 franqueti 65,67 gambianus 67 labiatus 67 macrocephalus 65,67 minor 67 neumanni 67 pusillus 67 wahlbergi 67 epomophorus, Pteropus 65 Epomops 65 franqueti 65 Eptesicus 20,22,25,207,208,210 Eptesicus borealis 210 capensis 209 dorianus 209 fuscus 207,209 hillarii 209 matroka 209 matschiei 209 megalurus 209 melanops 207,208 minutus 209 nilssoni 209,210 pachyomus 209 platyops 209 pumilus 209 rendalli 209 serotinus 209 tenuipinnis 209 epularis, Pteropus (Spectrum) 56 Ericulus 37 Erinaceus 256 Erophylla 25,43,175 Erophylla bombifrons 175 planifrons 175 santacristobalensis 175 sezekorni 175 Erxleben’s Classification 3 Eucheira 104 lyra 104 schistacea' ; 104 Euderma 25,225 Euderma maculatum 227 Eumops 26,27,77,257 Eumops abrasus 258 bonariensis. 258 californicus 258 glaucinus 258 maurus 257,258 milleri 258 nanus 258 orthotis 258 perotis 258 trumbulji 258 Eunycteris 56 phaiops 56 europaeus, Macrotus 224 Euryalus 108 Page. Euryalus mehelyi 108 Exochura . . 201 Exochurus 201 adversus 201 horsfieldii ‘ 201 macroaactyius 201 macrotarsus 201 External Condyle 13 F. falcatus, Arctibeus 164 Phyllops 165 faunulus, Pteropus 58 feae, Murina 230 femorosaccus, Nyctinomops 251 ferrum-equinum, Rhinolophus 108 Vespertilio 108 Finkenklauer 3 finschi, Kiodotus 72 Syconycteris. 72 Fischer’s Classification 5 flavescens, Ariteus 165 Fledermause 3 Fliegende Saugthiere 3 floridanus, Dasypterus 223 flowed, Glauconycteris 210 Rhinopterus 221 fiuminensis, Molossus 260 formosus, Pteropus (Spectrum) 56 fosteri, Promops 259,260 franqueti, Epomophorus 67 Epomops 65 (Epomophorus) 65 fraterculus, Miniopterus 228 frithii, Coelops 113,114 frons, La via 105 Megaderma 105 Fructivorae 4,44 Frugivora 7, 10, 11, 44 fucas, Miniopterus 228 fuliginosa, Nycteris 101 Siderodermia 110 fuliginosus, Trachops 132 fulvus, Chrysonycteris 1 110 Noctulinia 207 Pteronotus 121 fumosus, Vampyrops 155 Furia ,...84,188 horrens 188 Furiae 11,186,187 Furiella 188 Furiinae 10,186 FURIPTERIDiE 84, 186, 187 Furipterina 9,84,181,186 Furipterus 25, 84, 182, 188, 191 Furipterus horrens 189 fuscus, Eptesicus 207,209 Pteropus 58 Vespertilio 208 Gr. Galeopithfeques 5 gambianus Chaerephon 245 Epomophorus 67 Gelasinus 75,76 geminorum, Pteropus 58 geoflroyi, Anoura 139,140,141 INDEX, 269 Page. geoffroyi, Nyctophilus 236 Rhinchonycteris 139 Gervais’s Classification 7 giganteus, Pteropus 58 gigas, Macroderma 105 Macronycteris 110 Megaderma *• 105 Pachyotus 219 Gill’s Classification 9, 10, 11 glaucinus, Eumops 258 Glauconycteris 25,221 Glauconycteris argentatus 221 beatrix 221 flowed 210 papilio 221 poensis... 221 variegatus 221 glaucus, Artibeus 161 Glischropus 25,205 Glischropus batchianus 205 krefftii 205 nanus 205 tylopus 205 Gloionycteris 110 armigera 110 Glossonycteris 140 lasiopyga 139 Glossophaga 25,137 Glossophaga 140,141 antillarum 138 caudifera 140 elongata 138 longirostris 138 mutica 138 soricina 137,138 truei '. 138 Glossophagae 8, 10, 11, 136, 171 Glossophagina 7,9,121,136,144 aberrantia 172 Glossophaginje 136 Glossophaginae. 9, 11, 37, 136, 171 Glyphonycteris 25,125 Glyphonycteris behni 125 brachyotis 125 sylvestris 125 godmani, Chceronycteris 142 Goldfuss’ Classification 4 gouldi, Chalinolobus 220 Pteropus 58 gracilis, Rhogeessa 203,218 grandidieri, Cynonycteris 52 grand is, Nycteris 101 Pteropus - 58 Gray’s Classification 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 greyii, Scoteinus 217 griseus, Murina 230 Guandira 131 cayenensis 132 Gymnorhina 7,116,190 Gymnura 7,190 gymnura, Saccopteryx 89 Gymnuridae 242 IT. Haematonycteris 179 Haematophilini 176 Page. hardwickii, Kerivoula 233 Vespertilio 232 harpia, Harpiocephalus 231 Ocypetes 229,230 Vespertilio 230 Harpiocephalus : 25,37,229,230 Harpiocephalus 197 Harpiocephalus harpia 231 ruf us 230 Harpyia 75 major 76 Harpyiae 4 Harpyiana 8 HARPYIONYCTERIN.E 77 Harpyionycteris 25,77 Harpyionycteris whiteheadi 77,78 harrisoni, Kerivoula 233 harti, Artibeus 162 Enchisthenes 162 hasseltii Trilatitus 201 hastatus Phyllostomus 130,131,132 Vespertilio 130 heathi, Pachyotus 219 helleri, Vampyrops 155 Hemiderma 25,145 Hemiderma 42,144 perspicillatum 145 Hemiderminsg 144 hemprichii, Otonycteds 215,216 Hesperoptenus 25,211 Hesperoptenus blanfordi. 211,212 doriae 211 tickelli 211,212 hesperus, Pipistrellus 205 hilgendorfi, Murina 230 hillarii Eptesicus 209 hindei, Chgerephon 245 Scotoecus 217 Hippisideros 112 Hipposiderid^e 109 Hipposiderinae 109 Hipposideros 26,110 Hipposideros Ill barbensis ill caffe r Ill calcaratus Ill larvatus Ill pygmaeus Ill speoris ilO, 111 templetonii Ill vittatus Ill hipposideros, Rhinolophus 108 Hipposiderus 111,113 hirsutum, Schizostoma 124 hirsutus, Xenoctenes 125 hirundo, Scotoecus 217 hispida, Nycteris 101 Nycterpps 101 hispidus, Vespertilio 101 Histiophorus 132 Histiops... 165 rufus 165 undatus 165 Histiotus 25,214,215 Histiotus 225 macrotus 214 270 INDEX. Page. Histiotus maculatus 226 montanus 214 velatus 214 horrens, Furia 188 Furipterus 189 horsfieldii, Exochurus 201 hottentottus, Pteropus 54 humeralis, Nycticeius 216 Humerus 13,14,15,16 Hylonycteris 26,142 Hylonycteris underwoodi 142 Hyonycteris 192 discifera 192 Hypocone 31 Hypoconid 32 Hypoderma 63 Hypodermis 63 hypomelanus, Pteropus 56,58 (Spectrum) 56 Hypsignathus 26,67 Hypsignathus monstrosus 67 Hypsugo 204 krascheninikowii 204 maurus 204 I. I A 25,206 la io 206 imbricatus, Pipistrellus 205 Incisors 27,28,30,33 indicus, Mops 251 infusca, Balantiopteryx 93 Insectivora 14,37,78 Insectivorae 4 intermedia, Chceronycteris 142 intermedius, Artibeus 161 Dasypterus 223 Lasiurus 222 Internal Condyle 13 Interrelation of teeth 33 io, la 206 Rhogeessa 218 Ischnoglossa 142 nivalis 142 Isotus 201 emarginatus 201 nattereri*. 201 Istiophora 7,116,176 Istiophori 5,6,116 Istiophorus 132 J. jagori, Pachysoma 51 Ptenochirus 51 jamaicensis, Artibeus 160, 161 Madataeus 160 javanica, Nycteris 101 Pelatia 101 Petalia 101 jesupi, Chiroderma 158 jobensis, Chaerephon 245 johorensis, Chaerephon 245 Nyctinomus 244 jubatus, Acerodon 59 Pteropus 59 jugularis, Mormopterus 254 Nyctinomus 253 K. Page. kalinowskii, Mormopterus 253 kappleri, Peropteryx go keraundren, Pteropus 58 Kerivoula 25,232 Kerivoula 197 africana 233 brunnea 233 hardwickii 233 harrisoni 233 minuta 233 papillosa 233 papuensis 233 picta 233 poensis 221 pusilla 233 KERIVOULINAE 232 Key, Chilonycterinae 119 Chiroptera 43 Desmodontidae 177 Emballonuridae 85 Emballonurinae 85 Furipteridae 188 Glossophaginae 137 Hemiderminae 145 Hipposideridae 110 Kerivoulinae 232 Kiodotinae 68 Megadermidae 103 Microchiroptera 79 Molossidae 244 Murininae 229 Natalidae 182 Noctilionidae 97 Nyctophilinae 235 Phyllonycterinae 172 Phyllostomidae 118 Phyllostominae 122 Pteropidae 45 Pteropinae 46 Stenoderminae 150 Vespertilionidae 196 Vespertilioninae 197 Kiodotinae 68 Kiodottjs 25,70,72 Kiodotus crassus 72 lagochilus.. 71 minimus 71 papuanus 72 Kirivoula 232 krascheninikowii, Hypsugo 204 krefftii, Glischropus 205 kuhlii, Nannugo 204 Pachyotus 219 Pipistrellus 205 Romicia 204 Scotophilus * 207,2x9 lx. labiatus, Epomophorus 67 labrosus, Sphyrocephalus 67 labuanensis, Rhinophylla 110 Kephotis 25,215 Laephotis, wintoni 215 lagochilus, Kiodotus 71 lanensis, Pteropus 58 INDEX. 271 Page. lanigera, Pteropus 58 larvatus, Hipposideros Ill Rhinolophus 108 Lasionycteris 25,203 Lasionycteris nocti vagans 204 lasiopterus, Pterygistes 207 lasiopyga, Glossonycteris 139 Lasiuri 213 Lasiurus 25,213,221 Lasiurus 20,222 borealis 222 cinereus 222 intermedius 222 semota 222 latidens, Cynopterus 50 lat’ifolius, Phyllostomus 131,132 Layia 26,105 La via frons 105 rex 105 Leiponyx 55 buttikoferi 55,56 leisleri, Nystactes. 200 Panugo 207 Pterygistes. 207 lepidus, Nyctiellus 186 Pteropus , 58 Vespertilio 185 leporinus, Celaeno 97 Noctilio 97,98 Vespertilio 97 Leptonycteris 26, 142 Leptonycteris curasoae 143 nivalis 143 leptura, Saceopteryx 89 Vespertilio 89 Lesson’s Classification „ . 5, 7 leucippe, Meteorus 209 leucogaster, Murina 230 Leuconoe • . 200 leucoptera., Peropteryx 90 leucopterus, Desmalopex 60 Peronymus 91 Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 lewisii, Ma.dataeus 160 Lichonycteris 26,143 Lichonycteris obscura . . 143, 144 lilium, Nyctiplanus 148 Phyllostoma 148 Sturnira 1 148 limbatus, Chaerephon 245 limnophilus, Comastes 201 lineatum, Phyllostoma 155 lineatus, Vampyrops 155 Linnaeus’ Classification 2 lituratus, Artibeus 161 Livia 105 livingstoni, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 lobatus, Nyctinomus 253 lobipes, Pternopterus 201 Lob o stoma 119 Lobostomidae 118 Lobostominae 10, 12, 1 18 lombocensis, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 Page. Lonchoglossa 25,140 Lonchoglossa caudifera 140 wiedi 141 Lonchophylla 25,139 Lonchophylla mordax 139 thomasi 139 Lonohorhin a 25, 1 2 7 Lonchorhina aurita 129 Lonchorhinina 8 Lonchoronina 121 longifolius, Phyllostomus 132 longirostris, Glossophaga 138 loochooensis, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum), 56 Lophostoma 128 amblyotis 128 sylvicola 128 loriae, Nyctinomus 253 lucasi, Ptenochirus 51 luciae, Ardops 163 luctus, Aquias 1C8 lullulae, Nyctymene 76 luteola, Nycteris 101 lyra, Eucheira 104 Lyroderma 26,104 M. macconelli, Mesophylla 158,159 macdonaldii, Notopteris 74,75 macellus, Trilatitus 201 macleayii, Chiionycteris 119 macmillani, Platymops 254,256 mcmurtrii, Centurio 168 Trichocoryes 168 macrocephalus, Epomophorus 65, 67 Pteropus 65 macrodactylus, Exochurus 201 Macroderma 26,105 Macroderma gigas 105 Ma'croglossa 70 Macroglossi 10, 11, 68 Macroglossina 8 Macroglossinae : . . 12 Macroglossum 70 Macroglossus 70,72 minimus australis 72 spelaeus 69 Macronycteris 110 gigas 110 Macrophylla 127 Macrophyllina 8,121 Macrophyllum 127 macrophyllum, Dolicophyllum 128 Phyllostoma 127 macrotarsus, Exochurus 201 Macro tis 126 macrotis, Plecotus 225 (Spectrum) 56 Macrotus 101,116,126,224 europaeus 224 waterhousii 126 macrotus, Histiotus 214 macrourum, SpeCtrellum 183 maculatum, Euderma : 227 maculatus, Balionycteris 52,53 Cynopterus 52 272 INDEX. macuiatus, Histiotus Madatseus jamaicensis lewisii madeirse, Pterygistes magna, Dobsonia major, Chserephon Cynopterus : Harpyia Natalus Nyctymene majori, Miniopterus manavi, Miniopterus marginatus, Cynopterus Pteropus mariannus, Pteropus (Spectrum) Marsipolaemus albigularis murinus mastivus, Noctilio matroka, Eptesicus matschiei, Eptesicus mauritianus, Taphozous maurus, Eumops Hypsugo maxima, Pterygistes maximiliani, Centronycteris Emballonura Vespertilio ' . . . mcmurtrii, Centurio Trichocoryes Medateus Megachiroptera Megacbiroptera Megaderma Megaderma carimatse cor frons gigas spasma trifolium Page. 226 160 160 160 207 64 245 49 76 183 76 228 228 47 47 56 209,210 209 209 97,98 209 209 94 257,258 204 207 91 86 91 168 168 160 44 10,12 26,103 101,104, 106,116 104 106 105 105 104 104 Megadermata Megadermatidae Megadermatinae Megadermatini Megadermes Megadermhue Megadermidae Megadermina Megaderminae Megsera ecaudata MEG.EROPS Megaerops ecaudatus Megaglossa Megaloglossus megalotis, Micronycteris Syndesmotis megalurus, Eptesicus megapodius, Comastes Megera mehelyi, Euryalus melanocephalus, Cynopterus. Pteropus . . . Thoopterus 8,11,80,99,102 101,102,116 12 11,100,102 4 100,101,102 9,11,99,100, 101,102 8,102 10,11,102 51 51 26,51 52 73 73 123 Ill 209 201 51 108 49 47 50 Page. melanopogon, Pteropus 58 (Eunycteris) 56 Taphozous 94 melanops, Eptesicus 207,208 Melonycteris 73,74 Melonycteris 25,73 Melonycteris melanops 73, 74 menadensis, Boneia 62 I Mesophylla 26,158 | Mesophylla macconelli. 158,159 Mesosternum 18, 19, 20 j Mesostyle 31 J Metacone 31 Metaconid 32 I Metaconule 31 Metastyle 31 Meteorus 208,209 aristippe 209 discolor 209 leucippe 209 murinus 209 nilssoni 209 savii 209 mexicana, Chceronycteris 141,142 mexicanus, Micronycteris megalotis 123 . Natalus 183 I meyeri, Odontonycteris 71,72 j Microchiroptera 78 Microchi roptera 10, 12 microdon, Pygoderma 168 Stenoderma 166 Micronycteris 25,123 | Micronycteris megalotis 123 mexicanus 123 microtis 123 minuta 123 microphyllum, Rhinopoma 81 Vespertilio 81,82 Micropteropus 65 (Epomophorus) pusillus 65 micropus, Chilonatalus 185 Natalus 185 microtis, Micronycteris 123 Nyctophilus 237 Milk Dentition 20 Milk Teeth milleri, Eumops Mimetillus Mimetillus moloneyi Mimetops Mimon Mimon bennettii mimus, Pipistrellus minimus, Kiodotus. Pteropus Miniopterae Miniopteri Miniopterin^e Miniopterus Miniopterus dasythrix. . fraterculus. fucas majori manavi natalensis . 21,22 258 25,213 213 157 26,129 129 205 71 70 227 10,11,181,190,227 227 25,89,22 7 201 228 228 228 228 228 228 INDEX. 273 Page. Miniopterus newtoni 228 schreibersii 228 Minneopterus 227 minor, Ametrida 171 Antrozous 236 Choeronycteris 142 Dobsonia 64 Epomophorus 67 Rhinolophus 108 Rhinops 145 minuta, Kerivoula 233 Micronycteris 123 minutilla, Rhogeessa 218 minutus, Eptesicus 209 Mormopterus 253 Minyopterus 227 Modifications of Cusps 36 modiglianii, Pteropus 56,58 Molars 29,30,34 moloneyi, Mimetillus 213 Vesperugo 212 Molosses 4 Molossi 8,10,84,242 MOLOSSIDiE 27,213,237,241 Molossidae 10,11,242 Molossina 7,9,190,242 Molossinae 10, 12, 239, 240, 242 Molossini 12,239 molossinus, Pteropus 58 (Sericonycteris) 56 MOLOSSOPS 26,27,246,247,249 Molossops cerastes 247, 248 paranus 248 planirostris 248 temminckii 247, 248, 249 Molossus 27,260 Molossus 113,257,259 californicus 257 crassicaudatus 261 currentium 261 fluminensis . . 260 nasutus..' 259 nigricans 261 obscurus 260,261 pretiosus... 261 pygmaeus 261 rufus 260,261 temminckii 247 tropidorhynchus 261 Monophyllus 25, 139 Monophyllus redmani 139 monstrosus, Hypsignathus 67 Sphyrocephalus 67 montanoi,Cynopterus 49 montanus, Histiotus 214 Pterygistes 207 monticola, Emballonura 86 montserratensis, Ardops 163 Mops 251 indicus 251 mops, Dysopes. 251 Nyctinomus 253 mordax, Lonchophylla 139 Mormoops 25,84,121 Mormoops blainvillii * 121 Mormopes 8,10,118 25733— No. 57—07 m 18 Page. Mormopida 118 Mormopidae 11,118 Mormopinae 119 Mormopini 12,96,118 Mormops 121 Mormopsina 9,118 Mormopterus 26,27,253 Mormopterus acetabulosus 254 albiventer 254 jugularis 254 kalinowskii 254 minutus 254 whitleyi 245 muricola,Vespertilio 201 MURINA 25,229,231 Murina aurita 230 cyclotis 230 feae 230 griseus 230 hilgendorO 230 leucogaster 230 suilla 230 suillus 229 tubinaris 230 Murininte 229 murinus, Aristippe 208,209 Marsipolaemus 209 Meteorus 209 Vespertilio 208,209,210 murraiana, Asellia 112 murrayi, Pipistrellus 205 mutica, Glossophaga 138 Myonycteris 54 torquatus., 54 Myopterus 245, 246, 247, 249 daubentonii 247 Myotis 25,200 Myotis 20,22,201 myotis 2G0 vivesi 202 myotis, Myotis #•. 200 Vespertilio 201 Myropteryx 26, 9 1 Myropteryx pullus ; 91 Mystacina 84,240 tuberculata 240 Mystacinae 10,239 Mystacinus 240 mystacinus, Brachyotus 201 Selysius 201 Mystacopid.® 84,239 Mystacops. 26,84,240 Mystacops tuberculatus 241 Myxopoda '. . . . 194 Myxcpodeae 193 Myzopoda 25,194 Myzbpoda aurita 194,195 Myzopoduxe 27, 193 N. nana, Bracby, 1_iylla 153 Nannugo kunl 204 natln sli 204 pipistrellus.... 204 Nanonycteris 65 (Epomophorus) veldkampii. . 65 nanulus, Pipistrellus 205 274 INDEX, Page. nanus, Eumops 258 Glischropus 205 Pipistrellus 205 naso, Rhynchiscus 89 Vespertilio 88 nasutus, Molossus 259 Promops 260 natalensis, Miniopterus 228 Natalid^e 27, 180, 182, 187, 191 Natalid® 181,187,190 Natalin® 12,181 Natalini 12,181,187,190 Natalinia 9,181 Natalis 183 natalis, Pteropus 58 Natalus 25, 182, 183, 191 Natalus 180, 181, 183, 185 major 183 mexicanus 183 micropus 185 stramineus 183 tumidirostris 184 nathrusii, Nannugo 204 nattereri, Isotus 201 neohibernicus, Pteropus (Eunycteris) 56 Nesonycteris. 25,74 Nesonycteris woodfordi 74 neumanni, Epomophofus 67 newtoni, Miniopterus 228 Niadius 26,41,42,49 Niadius princeps 50 nichollsi, Ardops 163 Stenoderma 162 nicobaricus, Pteropus 58 Nicon 137 caudifer 137 soricina 137 Nicteris 101 nigrescens, Cynopterus 50 Embalionura 87 Thoopterus 50 nigricans, Aeorestes 201 Molossus 261 nigrita, Pachyotus 219 nigrogriseus, Chalinolobus 220 nilssoni, Amblyotus 208 Aristippe. . .: 208,209 Eptesicus 209,210 Meteorus 209 Vespertilio 208,209 nivalis, Ischnoglossa 142 Leptonycteris 143 Noctileo 97 Noctilio 26,84,97,240 Noctilio .' 2,99 albi venter 99 leporinus 97,98 mastivus 97,98 Noctiliones 4,10,83,84,95,96,118 Noctilionia 95 Noctilionid^: 95 Noctilionid® . . 4, 9, 10, 11, 83, 84, 96, 116, 181, 186, 239, 241,242 Noctilionina 5, 6, 7, 9, 82, 95, 116, 118, 190, 239, 241, 242 Noctilionin® 10,96 Noctilionineae 7,190 noctivagans, Lasionycteris . Vespertilio Noctula noctula, Noctulinia Panugo Pterygistes Vespertilio.. Noctulinia f ulvus noctula. proterus norfolcensis, Nyctinomus . . Notopteris Notopteris macdonaldii nudiventris, Taphozous Number of Teeth Nyctericina . NYCTERID^E Nycterid® Nycterides Nycterina Nycterin® Nycteris Nycteris ®thiopica capensis fuliginosa grandis hispida javanica luteola thebiaca Nycterops hispida pilosa Nycterus Nycticea Nycticeina Nycticeius Nycticeius cubanus humeralis Nycticejin® Nycticejus. ornatus Nycticellina Nycticellus Nycticeus Nycticeyx Nyctiellus Nyctiellus lepidus Nyctimene Nyctinoma Nyctinomes Nyctinomia Nyctinomops femorosaccus Nyctinomus Nyctinomus ®gyptiacus africanus anchiet® bocagei brachypterus. . brasiliensis brunneus Page. 204 203 208 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 253 26,74 74,75 94 24 9 99 10,100,102 11,100 8,99 10,11,100 25,101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 216 7 26,216 219 216 216 9 216 217 9,181 185 216 216 25,182,185 180,181 186 . . , 76 251 4,251 251 251,252 251 !... 25,26,251 21,22,113,244,252,253 251,253 .253 253 253 253 251 253 INDEX. 275 P Page. Nyctinomus cisturus 253 johorensis 244 jugularis 253 lobatus 253 lorise 253 mops 253 norfolcensis . .. 253 tseniotis 251 thersites 253 tragatus 253 Nyctiplanus 148 lilium 148 rotundatus .' 148 Nyctiptenus 208 smithii. 208 Nyctophilax 232 Nyctophili 234 Nyctophilina - - 9, 195, 234 Nyctophilhsle 234 Nyctophilus 26,235,236 Nyctophilus 234 geoff roy i . 236 microtis 237 timoriensis . 237 wa.lkeri 237 Nyctymene 27, 41, 75,76, 231 Nyctymene aello 76 albiventer 76 cephalotes 76 lullulse 76 major. . . 76 robinsoni 76 Nyctymeninte 75 Nystactes 200 leisleri.. 200 O. obscura, Cyclorina 110 Licbonycteris 143,144 obscurus, Molossus 260,261 Ocypetes 229,230 cavemarum 229,230 harpia 229,230 suillus 229,230 Odontonycteris . 25, 7 1 Odontonycteris meveri 71,72 O ken’s Classification 3 OlecranQp 13 ornatus, Anthops. 113 Nycticejus 217 Scotomanes 218 ortbotis, Eumops 258 Otonycteris 26,215 Otonycteris hemprichii 215, 216 petersi 216 Otopterus 25,126 Otopterus 101,116 pygmams 126 P. Pachyomus 208 pachyomus 208 pachyomus, Eptesicus 209 Pachyomus . 208 Pachyotus 26,32,219 Pachyotus castaneus 219 Page. Pachyotus gigas 219 heathi 219 kuhlii 219 nigrita 219 wroughtoni 219 pachypus, Tylonycteris 212 Vespertilio 212 Pachysoma 47, 51 brevicaudatum 47 diardii 47 duvaucelii.. 47 jagori 51 pacificus, Antrozous 236 pagensis, Cynopterus 49 paleaceus, Pterocyon 55 palliata, Dobsonia 64 pallidus, Antrozous 236 Scoteinus 217 Vespertilio 235 palmarum, Artibeus 161 Panugo 207 leisleri 207 noctula 207 papilio, Glauconycteris 221 papillosa, Kerivoula 233 papuanus, Kiodotus , 72 Pipistrellus 205 Pteropus (Eunycteris) 56 Syconycteris 72 papuensis, Kerivoula 233 Paracone 31 Paraconid 32 paranus, Molossops 248 Parastyle 31 parvipes, Artibeus 161 parvula, Rhogeessa 218 pearsonii, Rhinolophus 108 Pelatia 101 javanica 101 peli, Taphozous 93 Peltorhinus 165 achradophilus 165 peninsularis, Emballonura 87 percivali, Clceotis 114 perforatus, Taphozous 93,94 peronii, Cephalotes 63 Peronymus 25,90 Peronymus leucopterus 91 Peropteryx 25,90 Peropteryx canina 90 kappleri 90 leucoptera 90 trinitatis 90 perotis, Eumops 258 persicus, Trisenops 115, 116 personata, Chilonycteris 120 persona tus, Pteropus 58 (Sericonycteris) 56 perspicillatum, Hemiderma 145 Pteroderma 160 perspicillatus, Vespertilio 145 peruana, Rhinchonycteris 139 Petalia 101 javanica .’ 101 Peters’ Classification 8 petersi, Otonycteris 216 276 INDEX, Page. petersi, Pteropus (Sericonycteris) . . : 56 phoeotis, Artibeus 161 phaiops, Eunybteris 56 Phalanges 17 Philetor 25,213 Philetor rohui 213,214 philippensis, Phyllotis 108 Rousettus 54 Phodotes 25,182,184 Phodotes tumidirostris 184 Phoniscus 25,233 Phoniscus atrox 233, 234 Phylloderma 25,131 Phylloderma stenops 131, 132 Phyllodia 119 Phyllodiana 116,118 Phyllonycterina 38, 17 1 Phyllonycteris 22, 25, 43, 136, 148, 172 Phyllonycteris 175 bombifrons 175 poeyi 172,174 Phyllophora 137 amplexicaudata 137 soricina 137 Phyllops 25,164 Phyllops f alca tus 165 Phyllorhina 110,111,112 . diadema.... 110 Phyllorhinse 11,109 Phyllorhinina 8 Phyllorhininae : 10,11,109 Phyllostoma 130 albomaculatum 164 bennettii 129 brevicaudum 145 crenulatum 129’ lilium 148 lineatum 155 macrophyllum 127 pusillum 156 rotundinn 177 Phyllostomata ...... 4, 7, 8, 11, 116, 121, 122, 144, 176 Phyllostomatidse 11, 12, 96, 116, 176 Phyllostoma tinae 122, 136, 144, 147, 149, 171, 176 Phyllostomatini 11,12,176 Phyllostomes 5 PHYLLOSTOMIDA 21,27,116,182 Phyllostomidae 8, 9, 10, 11, 116, 176, 180, 181, 239 Phyllostomides 7 Phyllostomina 6, 9, 80, 99, 101, 109, 116, 121, 136, 144, 149, 176 Phyllostomina 121 Phyllostominae . . ' 10, 12, 37, 122, 176 Phyllostomineae 7, 136, 121, 176 Phyllostomines 11 PHYLLOSTOMUS 22, 25, 130,131, 134 Phyllostomus discolor 131,132 hastatus 130, 131, 132 latifolius 131,132 longifolius 132 verrucosus.. 131 Phyllotis 108 philippensis 108 picata, Anthorhina 130 Kerivoula 233 pilosa, Nycterops 101 Page. Pipistrellus 25, 204 Pipistrellus abramus , 205 ariel 205 ceylonicus 205 chrysothrix 205 crassulus 205 deserti 205 hesperus 205 imbricatus. 205 kuhlii 205 mimus 205 murrayi 205 nanulus 205 nanus 205 papuanus 205 pipistrellus 204,205 raptor 205 ridleyi 205 subflavus 205 pipistrellus, Nannugo 204 Pipistrellus 204,205 Vespertilio 204 Pizonyx 25,202 Pi z ony x vi vesi 203 planifrons, Erophylla 175 planirostris, Artibeus 154, 161 Molossops 248 Uroderma 154 Platymops 26,254 Platymops macmillani 254, 256 platyops, Eptesicus 209 Platyrhinus 155 Platyrrhinus 155 Plecoti 10,11,234 Plecotina 9,195 Plecotinae 197 Plecotus 25,224, 225,236 Plecotus auritus 188, 225 macrotis 225 timoriensis 236 velatus 214 plicata, Balantiopteryx 92,93 plicatus, Chaerephon 245 poehsis, Glauconycteris 221 Kerivoula 221 poeyi, Phyllonycteris 172,174 poliocephalus, Pteropus 56,58 (Spectrum) 56 Premolars 28,29,30,34 Presternum 17,19,20 pretiosus, Molossus 261 princeps, Cynopterus 49 Niadius 50 Proboscidea 84,88,91 saxatilis 88 Promops 22,26,257,259 Promops fosteri 259,260 nasutus 260 ursinus 259 - proterus, Noctulinia 207 Protocone 31 Protoconid 32 Protoconule 31 Pselaphon 56 pselaphon 56 ursinus 56 INDEX, 277 Page. pselaphon, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 Pselaphon 56 Ptenochirus... 16,51 Ptenochirus jagori 51 lucasi 51 Pteralopex 25,60 Pter'alopex 56 atrata 60,61 Pternopterus 201 lobipes 201 Pterocyon 25,55 Pterocyon 21 buttikoferi J56 dupreanus 55,56 paleaceus 55 stramineus 55,56 Pteroderma 160 perspicillatum 160 Pteronotus. 25,120 Pteronotus davyi 120,121 fulvus 121 Pteropi 8,10,45,75 Pteropid^ 27,45 Pteropidae 4,8,10 Pteropina 5, 6, 8, 45 PTEROPINiE 45 Pteropodes 7,11 Pteropodidse 6,10,11,12,45,68,75 Pteropodina 6 Pteropodinae 12,45 Pteropus 25,41,56,59,60,62 Pteropus 3 admiralitatum 58 aldabrensis 58 anetianus 58 assamensis 56 brunneus 58 cagayanus 58 capistratus 56, 58 chrysoproctus 58 collaris 54 conspicillatus 58 coronatus 58 dasymallus. 58 degener 56 edwardsi 58 epomophorus 65 epularis 56 (Eunycteris) degener 56 melanopogon 56 papuanus 56 faunulus 58 formosus 56 f uscus 58 geminorum 58 giganteus 58 gouldi 58 grandis 58 hottentottus 50 hypomelanus 56,58 jubatus 59 keraundren 58 lanensis 58 lanigera 58 lepidus 58 Page. Pteropus leucopterus 58 livingstoni 58 lombocensis 58 loochooensis 58 macrocephalus 65 macro tis 56 margmatus » 47 marianus 56 melanocephalus 47 melanopogon 58 minimus 70 modiglianii 56, 58 molossinus 58 natalis 58 nicobaricus 58 papuanus 56 personatus 58 petersi 56 poliocephalus 56,58 pselaphon 58 rayneri 58 rodricensis 56 rubricollis. 58 samoensis 58 scapulatus 58 seminudus 54 (Sericonycteris) capistratus 56 molossinus 56 personatus 56 petersi 56 rubricollis 56 temmincki 56 woodfordi... 56 seychellensis 58 (Spectrum) anetianus 56 assamensis 56 brunneus 56 dasymallus 56 epularis 56 formosus 56 hypomelanus 56 leucopterus 56 livingstoni 56 lombocensis 56 loochooensis 56 macrotis 56 mariannus 56 poliocephalus 56 pselaphon 56 rayneri 56 rodricensis 56 samoensis 56 scapulatus 56 vampyrus - 56 vetulus '56 stramineus 55 temminckii 58 titthsecheilus 47 vampyrus 56,58 Wallace! 62 woodfordi 58 Pteropusideae 7 Pterygistes 25,207,213 Pterygistes azoreum 207 lasiopterus 207 leisleri 207 278 INDEX. Page. Pterygistes madeirse 207 maxima 207 montanus 207 noctula 207 stenopterus 207 Ptychorhina 110 caffra . 110 pulcher, Scotozous 200 pullus, Myropteryx 91 pumilio, Rhinophylla 146, 147 pumilus, Chaerephon 245 Eptesicus 209 pusilla, Kerivoula 233 Vampyressa 156 pusillum, Phyllostoma 156 pusillus, Chaerephon 245 Epomoph orus 67 Micropteropus (Epomophorus) 65 pygmaeus, Hipposideros Ill Molossus 261 Otopterus 126 Pygoderma 26,166 Pygoderma bilabiatum 166, 168 microdon 168 Q. quadrivittatus, Artibeus 161 R. Radius 13 raptor, Pipistrellus 205 ravus, Artibeus 162 Tomopeas 238, 239 rayneri, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum).. 56 recifinus, V ampy rop s 155 redmani, Monophylius 1 139 Reithronycteris 25, 136, 174 Reithronycteris aphyila 174 rendalli, Eptesicus 209 rex, Lavia 105 Rhinchonycteris 88, 139 geoffroyi 139 peruana 139 Rhinolophi 8,11,106,109 Rhinolophiae 109 Rhinolophiae 106 Rhinolophidae 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 80, 99, 100, 101, 102, 109 Rhinolophides 7 Rhinolophina 5, 6, 8, 82, 99, 101, 106, 109 Rhinolophinae 10, 11, 12, 106 Rhinolophineae 7 Rhinolophini 11, 106, 109 Rhinolophus 25,108 Rhinolophus affinis 108 arcuatus 108 aurantius 114 capensis 108 cornutus 108 ferrum-equinum 108 hipposideros 108 larvatus... 108 minor 108 pearsonii , . . . 108 tridens 112 Page. Rhinonicteris 114 Rhinonycterina 8, 109 Rhinonycteris 26,114 Rhinonycteris aurantius 115 Rhinophylla 25,116,172,177 Rhinophylla 42, 110, 144 labuanensis no pumilio 146,147 Rhinopoma 26,81 Rhinopoma 10 cystops 82 microphyllum 81,82 Rhinopomata 11,80 Rhinopomatidse 80 Rhinopomatinae 12 Rhinopomatini 12,80 Rhinopomid.e 80 Rhinopomina 6,8,80 Rhinopomus 81 Rhinops 145 minor 145 Rhinopterus 25,210 Rhinopterus floweri 221 Rhithronycteri s 174 Rhogeessa 26,218 Rhogeessa alleni ' 218 gracilis 203,218 io 218 minutilla 218 parvula 218 tumida 218 velilla 218 Rhogoessa 218 Rhynchiscus 25,88 Rhynchiscus naso 89 Rhynchocyon 70 Rhynchonycteris .. 88 Rhynopoma 81 Ribs 18,19,20 ridleyi, Pipistrellus 205 robinsoni, Nyctymene 76 rodricensis, Pteropus (Spectrum) 56 rohui, Philetor 213,214 Romicia 204 calcarata 204 kuhlii 204 Romiciana 9,195 rosentergi, Artibeus 162 rosenbergii, Callinycteris 69,70 rotundatus, Nyctiplanus 148 rotundum, Phyllostoma 177 Rousettes 3 Rousettus 25,54 Rousettus 55 aegyptiacus 54 amplexicaudatus ; 54 brachyotis 54 collaris 54 philipp inensis 54 torquatus 54 rubricollis, Pteropus 58 (Sericonycteris) 56 rufum, Stenoderma 165 rufus, Artibaeus 165 Desmodus 177 H arpiocephalus 230 INDEX, 279 Page. rufus, Histiops 165 Molossus ..... 260,261 ruppelii, Scotozous 206 S. Saccolaimus 93 saccolaimus, Taphozous 93,94 Saccopteryx . . 25, 89 Saccopteryx 84,90,91,92 bilineata 89 brevirostris 90 canescens 89 centralis 89 gymnura 89 leptura 89 wiedi 91 salvini, Chiroderma 158 samoensis, Pteropus ■ 58 (Spectrum) 56 santacristobaleneis, Erophylla 175 savii, Meteorus 209 saxatilis, Emballonura 86 Proboscidea 88 Scapula 18 scapulatus, Pteropus 58 (Spectrum) 56 scherzeri, Cynopterus 47, 49 schistacea, Eucheira 104 Schizastoma 123 Schizostoma 123 hirsutum 124 schliefenii, Scoteinus 217 schnablii, Amorphochilus. 190 schreibersii, Miniop! erus! 228 Vesper alio. 227 Scopoli’s Classification 2 Scoteinus 26,217 Scoteinus balstoni 217 emarginatus 217 greyii 217 pallidus 217 schlieferil 217 SCOTCECUS = 26,217 Scotoecus r.ibofuscus 217 hinder 217 hirundo 217 SCOTO MANES 26,217 Scotomanes ornatus 218 SCOTONYCTERIS 26,64 Scotonycteris bedfordi 64,65 zenker i 64 Scotophila 219 Scotophilina 9,195 Scotophilus 203, 204, 208, 217, 219 albofuscus 217 emarginatus 217 kuhlii 207,219 Scotozous 25,206 Scotozous deserti 206 dormer! 206 pulcher 206 ruppelii 206 scutatus, Diclidurus 95 Selysius 201 mystacmus 201 semicaudata, Emballonura 87 Page. seminudus, Pteropus 54 semota, Lasiurus 222 senex, Centurio 168, 170 Trichocoryes 168 Senonycteris 54 Sericonycteris 56 serotinus, Cateorus 208 Cnephfeus 207 Eptesicus 209 Vespertilio 208 seychellensis, Pteropus 58 sezekorni, Erophylla 175 Shoulder 13 Girdle 17, 18 Siderodermia 110 fuliginosa 110 signifer, Chalinolobus 220 smithii, Nyctiptenus 208 soricina, Glossophaga 137,138 Nicon 137 Phyllophora 137 soricinus, Vespertilio 137 spadiceus, Thoopterus 50 Spasma 103 spasma, Megaderma 104 Vespertilio 103 Spectrellina 9,181 Spectrellum 180, 181, 183 macrourum 183 Spectrum 56 vampyrus 56,135 spectrum, Sturnira 148,149 Vespertilio 134 spelaea, Eonycteris 69 spelseus, Macroglossus 69 Speorifera 110 vulgaris 110 speoris, Hipposideros 110,111 Vespertilio Ill Spiuerias 26,53 Sphaerias blanfordi 53 Sphjeronycteris 26,170, 171 Sphaeronyctens toxophyllum 170 sphinx, Cynopterus 49 Vespertilio 47 Sphyrocephalus 67 labrosus 67 monstrosus 67 Spix’s Classification 5 Stenoderma . .' 25, 165 Stenoderma 162,164,165,166 microdon 166 niehollsi 162 rufum 165 Stenodermata 8, 10, 12, 147, 149 Stenodermes 4 Stenodermina 7,9,147,149 Stenodermusce. 149 Stenoderminae 9,11,39 stenops, Phylloderma 132 stenopterus, Pterygistes 207 Sternum : 17,18 stramineus, Natalus 183 Pterocyon 56 Pteropus : 55 Sturnira 25,148 280 INDEX, Page. Sturnira lilium 148 spectrum 148, 149 Sturnirin je 38,147 Styloctenium 26,62 Styloctenium v 56 wallacei 62,63 subflavus, Pipistrellus 205 suilla, Murina 229,230 suillus, Ocypetes 229,230 Vespertilio 229 superans, Verpertilio 210 Supracondylar Foramen 13 Supratrochlear Perforation 13 Syconycteris 25,72 Syconycteris australis 72 crassa 72 finschi ' . 72 papuanus 72 sylvestris, Glyphonycteris 125 sylvicola, Lophostoma 128 Syndesmotis Ill megalotis Ill Synotus 223,225 T. tseniotis, Nyctinomus 251 Taphonycteris 93 Taphozoi 10,12,83 Taphozoinae 83 Taphozous 26,93 Taphozous affinis 93 mauritianus 94 melanopogon .’ 94 nudiventris. . 94 peli 93 perforatus 93,94 saccolaimus 93,94 Teeth 20 Interrelation of 33 temminckii, Molossops 247,248,249 Molossus 247 Pteropus 58 (Sericonycteris) 56 Vesperugo 206 templetonii, Ilipposideros Ill tenuipinnis, Eptesicus 209 thebiaca, Nycteris 101 thersites, Nyctinomus 253 thomasi, Lonchophylla 139 Thoopterus 26,50 Thoopterus 53 blanfordi 50 melanocephalus 50 nigrescens 50 spadiceus 50 Thyreorhina Ill coronata Ill Tiiyroptera 25,182,192 Thyroptera 191 discifera 193 tricolor 192,193 Thyropterid^: 27, 190 Thyropteridae 193 tickelli, Hesperoptenus 211,212 Tiedemann’s Classification 3 timoriensis, Nyctophilus. 237 Pago. timoriensis, Plecotus 236 titthaecheiius, Cynopterus 49 Pteropus 47 toltecus, Artibeus 162 Tomopeas 26,27,237,238 Tomopeas ravus 238, 239 Tomopeatin^e 195,196,237 Tonatia 25,128 Tonatia bidens 129 venezuelae 129 torquatus, Cheiromeles 249,251 Myonycteris 54 Rousettus 54 toxophyllum, Sphaeronycteris 170 Trachops 25,132 Trachops cirrhosus 133 fuliginosus 132 Trachyopina 9,122 Trachyops 132 tragatus, Nyctinomus 253 Tralatitius 201 Tralatitus 201 Tri^enops 26,115 Triaenops persicus 115, 116 Trichocoryctes 168 Trichocoryes 168 mcmurtrii 168 senex 168 Trichocorytes 168 tricolor. Thyroptera T 192,193 tridens, Asellia 112 Rhinolophus 112 trifoliatus, Aquias 108 trifolium, Megaderma 104 Trilatitus 201 adversus 201 blepotis . . . . . 201 hasseltii 201 macellus 201 trinitatis, Peropteryx 90 Trochin 13,15,16,17 Trochiter 13,15,16,17 tropidorhynchus, Molossus 261 truei, Glossophaga 138 trumbulli, Eumops 258 Trygenycteris 25,73 tuberculata, Mystacina - 240 tuberculatus, Chalinolobus 220 Mystacops — 241 Vespertilio 219 Tuberculum Majus 13 Minus 13 tubinaris, Murina 230 tumida, Rhogeessa 218 tumidifrons, Chilona talus 185 tumidirostris, Natalus 184 Phodotes 184 Tupaia 14 Tylonycteris 25,212 Tylonycteris pachypus 212 tylopus, Glischropus 205 Vesperugo 205 Tylostoma 129 IT. Ulna 13 umbratus, Vampyrops 155 INDEX 281 Page. undatus, Artibseus 165 Histiops 165 underwoodi, Hylonycteris 142 Unguiculata 2 Urocryptus 84,89 bilineata 89 Uroderma 25,39,154,162 Uroderma 40,160 bilobatum 154 convexum 154 planirostris 154 Uronycteris 75 ursinii, Vespertilio 227 ursinus, Promops 259 Pselaphon 56 V. Vampiridee 6,116 Vampyrella 123 Vampyressa. 26,156 Vampyressa pusilla 156 Vampyri 8,10,121,122,144 Vampyrina 6,7,9,121,144,180 Vampyrjnse 9,122 Vampyriscus 26,156 Vampyriscus bidens 157 Vampyrodes 26,156 V ampy rodes caracciolse . 156 Vampyrops 25,148,155 Vampyrops 156 caracciolse 156 dorsalis 155 fumosus 155 helleri . 155 lineatus 155 recifinus 155 umbratus 155 vittatus 155 zarhinus 155 Vampyrus 25,134 Vampyrus 133 auritus 133 bidens... 128 cirrhosus 132 vampyrus, Pteropus 56,58 (Spectrum) | 56 Spectrum 56,135 Vespertilio v 56 variegatus, Glauconycteris 221 velatus, Histiotus 214 Plecotus 214 veldkampii, Nanonycteris (Epomophorus) . 65 velilla, Rhogeessa 218 venezuelse, Tonatia 129 verrucosus, Phyllostomus 131 Vertebrae 18,19 Vesperides 203 Vespertilio 25,209 Vespertilio 2, 3, 200, 201, 203, 208, 209, 227 alcytbse 208 auritus 224 barbastellus 223 borealis 208,209,221 calcarata 91 caninus 90 cephalotes 75,76 Page. Vespertilio emarginatus 227 ferrum-equinum 108 fuscus 208 hardwickii 232 harpia 230 hastatus 130 hispidus 101 lepidus 185 leporinus 97 leptura.... 89 maximiliani. 1 . . . . 91 microphyllum 81 muricola 201 murinus 208, 209, 210 myotis 201 naso 88 nilssoni 208,209 noctivagans 203 noctula 207 pachypus 212 pallidus 235 perspicillatus 145 pipistrellus 204 schreibersii 227 serotinus 208 soricinus 137 spasma 103 spectrum 134 speoris Ill sphinx 47 suillus : 229 superans 210 tuberculatus 219 ursinii 227 vampyrus 56 Vespertilionese 7 Vespertiliones 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 80, 82, 83, 95, 99, 101, 106, 109, 116, 176, 180, 181, 186, 190, 195, 197, 229, 232, 241,242 Vespertilionhle 27,195,237 Vespertilionidse 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 80, 82, 83, 84, 95. 99, 101, 106, 109, 116, 176, 180, 181, 186, 187, 190, 193, 195, 197, 229, 232, 234, 239' 241, 242 Vespertilionides 7 Vespertilionina 5, 6,7,9,82,99, 180, 186, 195,241 V ESPERTILIONINiE 197 Vespertilioninse 9, 12 Vespertilionini 12,195 Vesperugo 204, 205, 207, 208, 209, 211, 212, 214, 218 (Marsipolsemus) albigularis 210 moloneyi 213 temminckii 206 tylopus 205 Vesperus 208, 209, 211, 212, 214 dorise 211 vetulus, Pteropus (Spectrum) 56 villosissimus, Aeorestes 201 villosum, Chiroderma 157,158 virgo, Diclidurus 95 vittatus, Hipposideros Ill Vampyrops 155 vivesi, Myotis ; 202 Pizonyx 203 Vogelartige Saugthiere 3 282 INDEX. Page. Vogel suke 3 Volitantia 6,7 vulgaris, Speorifera. 110 W. Wagner’s Classification 6,7 wahlbergi, Epomophorus 67 walkeri, Nyctophilus 237 wallacei, Pteropus 62 Styloctenium 62,63 waterhousii, Macrotus 126 watsoni, Artibeus. . . . 162 Weber’s Classification 12 whiteheadi, Harpyionycteris 77,78 whitleyi, Eomops 246,247 Mormopterus 245 wiedi, Lonchoglossa 141 Saccopteryx 91 Wing.. 13 W inge’s Classification 11,12 wintoni, Lsephotis 215 woodfordi, Nesonycteris 74 Pteropus. 58 Page. woodfordi, Pteropus (Sericonycteris) 56 wroughtoni, Pachyotus 219 X. Xantharpyia 54,55 segyptiaca 54 amplexicaudata 54 brachycephala 54 brachyotis 54 collaris 54 Xenoctenes 25,124 Xenoctenes hirsutus 125 Xiphisternum 18,19 Y. youngi, Desmodus 178 Disemus. 179 Z. zaparo, Dirias 99 zarhinus, Vampyrops 155 zenkeri, Scotonycteris 64 Zygaenocephalus 67 O REMINGTON KELLOGG U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. I Maxillary Teeth of Rhinolophus, Pachyotus, Vampyrus, and Harpiocephalus. For explanation of plate see page XIII. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. II Mandibular Teeth of Rhinolophus, Pachyotus, Vampyrus, and Harpiocephalus. For explanation of plate see page XIII. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. Ill Maxillary Teeth of Micronycteris, Glossophaga, Sturnira, and Phyllonycteris. For explanation of plate see page XIII. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. IV Mandibular Teeth of Micronycteris, Glossophaga, Sturnira, and Phyllonycteris. For explanation of plate see page XIII. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. V Teeth of Artibeus. For explanation of plate see page XIII. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. VI Maxillary Teeth of Uroderma, Centurio, and Brachyphylla. For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. VII Maxillary Teeth of Pteropus, Nyctymene, Niadius, and Melonycteris. For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. VIII Mandibular Teeth of Pteropus, Nyctymene, Niadius, and Melonycteris. For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. IX Maxillary Teeth of Hemiderma, Erophylla, and Desmodus. For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 Mandibular Teeth of Hemiderma, Erophylla, and Desmodus. PL. X For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. XI Shoulder Girdle and Pelvis of Rhinopoma. For explanation of plate see page XIV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. XII Shoulder Girdle, Pelvis, and Leg Bones of Diclidurus. For explanation of plate see page XV. . U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. XIII Shoulder Girdle, Pelves, and Leg Bones of Noctilio. For explanation of plate see page XV. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 57 PL. XIV Shoulder Girdle, Pelvis, and Leg Bones of Molossus. For explanation of plate see page XV.